PILLAR III 2022
-
Foreword
The Pillar III report presents information relating to the risks of Groupe BPCE and is prepared in accordance with European regulation 2019/876, known as "CRR II", in particular according to articles 431 to 455 of the regulation, which detail the information to be published by institutions under Pillar III. The CRR II-CRD V legislative package was adopted on May 20, 2019 by the European Parliament and entered into force on June 28, 2021. Pillar III disclosures have also been prepared in accordance with the European Commission's Implementing Regulation (EU) 2021/637 of March 15, 2021.
The format and references of the Pillar III tables changed on June 30, 2021 according to the technical standards defined by Implementing Regulation (EU) No. 2021/637.
Groupe BPCE has put an internal control framework in place to verify that the reported information is appropriate and compliant.
-
1.KEY FIGURES
(1) CRR/CRD IV without transitional measures; additional Tier 1 capital takes into account subordinated issues that have become ineligible at the phase-out rate in force.
12/31/2022
12/31/2021
Cost of risk (in basis points)(1)
24
23
Ratio of non-performing/gross outstanding loans
2.3%
2.4%
Impairment recognized/Gross outstandings
41.3%
42.7%
Groupe BPCE’s consolidated VaR (in millions of euros)
10.3
8.3
Liquidity reserves (in billions of euros)
322
329
(1)Excluding exceptional items.
in millions of euros
a
b
c
d
e
12/31/2022
09/30/2022
06/30/2022
03/31/2022
12/31/2021
AVAILABLE CAPITAL
1
Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1)
69,665
69,453
68,557
68,181
69,764
2
Tier 1 capital
69,665
69,453
68,557
68,181
69,764
3
Total capital
82,424
83,212
82,322
83,061
82,715
RISK-WEIGHTED ASSETS
4
Total risk-weighted assets
460,858
460,514
459,214
448,000
441,428
CAPITAL RATIOS (AS A PERCENTAGE OF RISK-WEIGHTED ASSETS)
5
Common Equity Tier 1 ratio
15.12%
15.08%
14.93%
15.22%
15.80%
6
Equity Tier 1 ratio
15.12%
15.08%
14.93%
15.22%
15.80%
7
Total capital ratio
17.88%
18.07%
17.93%
18.54%
18.74%
ADDITIONAL CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS TO ADDRESS RISKS OTHER THAN THE EXCESSIVE LEVERAGE RISK (AS A PERCENTAGE OF THE RISK-WEIGHTED ASSETS)
EU 7a
Additional capital requirements to address risks other than excessive leverage risk
2.00%
2.00%
2.00%
2.00%
1.75%
EU 7b
of which: to be met with CET1 capital
1.13%
1.13%
1.50%
1.50%
1.31%
EU 7c
of which: to be met with Tier 1 capital
1.50%
1.50%
1.50%
1.50%
1.31%
EU 7d
Total SREP capital requirement
10.00%
10.00%
10.00%
10.00%
9.75%
OVERALL BUFFER REQUIREMENT AND OVERALL CAPITAL REQUIREMENT (AS A PERCENTAGE OF THE RISK-WEIGHTED ASSETS)
8
Capital conservation buffer
2.50%
2.50%
2.50%
2.50%
2.50%
EU 8a
Conservation buffer due to macro-prudential or systemic risk at the level of a Member State
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
9
Institution-specific countercyclical capital buffer
0.03%
0.01%
0.02%
0.02%
0.02%
EU 9a
Systemic risk buffer
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
10
Global systemically important institution buffer
1.00%
1.00%
1.00%
1.00%
1.00%
EU 10a
Other systemically important institution buffer
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
11
Overall buffer requirement
3.53%
3.51%
3.52%
3.52%
3.52%
EU 11a
Overall capital requirements
13.53%
13.51%
13.52%
13.52%
13.27%
12
CET1 capital available after compliance with total SREP capital requirements
9.12%
9.08%
8.93%
9.22%
9.99%
LEVERAGE RATIO
13
Total exposure measure
1,388,681
1,408,372
1,355,218
1,242,971
1,212,857
14
Leverage ratio
5.02%
4.93%
5.06%
5.49%
5.75%
ADDITIONAL CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS TO ADDRESS THE EXCESSIVE LEVERAGE RISK (AS A PERCENTAGE OF THE TOTAL EXPOSURE MEASURE)
EU 14a
Additional capital requirements to address the excessive leverage risk
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
EU 14b
of which: to be met with CET1 capital
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
EU 14c
Total SREP leverage ratio requirement
3.00%
3.00%
3.00%
3.23%
3.23%
LEVERAGE RATIO BUFFER REQUIREMENT AND OVERALL LEVERAGE RATIO REQUIREMENT (AS A PERCENTAGE OF TOTAL EXPOSURE MEASURE)
EU 14d
Leverage ratio buffer requirement
-
-
-
-
-
EU 14e
Overall leverage ratio requirement
3.00%
3.00%
3.00%
3.23%
3.23%
LIQUIDITY COVERAGE RATIO
15
Total High Quality Liquid Assets (HQLA) (weighted average)
220,984
210,361
185,958
218,414
222,399
EU 16a
Cash outflows – Total weighted value
208,095
228,626
225,657
223,048
205,973
EU 16b
Cash inflows – Total weighted value
66,970
79,433
84,314
76,936
67,903
16
Total net cash outflows (adjusted value)
141,125
149,192
141,342
146,113
138,069
17
Liquidity coverage ratio
156.59%
141.00%
131.57%
149.48%
161.08%
NET STABLE FUNDING REQUIREMENT
18
Total available stable funding (ASF)
828,977
854,269
843,577
875,246
875,323
19
Total RSF
780,086
783,702
773,139
767,840
756,669
20
NSFR ratio
106.27%
109.00%
109.11%
113.99%
115.68%
-
1.1 Types of risk
Risk macro-categories
Definition
Credit and counterparty risks
The risk of loss resulting from the inability of clients, issuers or other counterparties to honor their financial commitments. It includes counterparty risk related to market transactions (replacement risk) and securitization activities. It can be exacerbated by concentration risk.
Financial risks
•Market risk
The risk of loss of value on financial instruments resulting from changes in market inputs, from the volatility of these inputs or from the correlations between these inputs. Inputs include exchange rates, interest rates and prices of securities (equities, bonds), commodities, derivatives or any other assets, such as real estate assets.
•Liquidity risk
The risk that the Group cannot meet its cash requirements or collateral requirements when they fall due and at a reasonable cost.
•Structural interest rate risk
The risk of loss in interest income or in the value of a fixed-rate structural position in the event of changes in interest rates. Structural interest rate risks are associated with commercial activities and proprietary transactions.
•Credit spread risk
The risk associated with a decline in the creditworthiness of a specific issuer or a specific category of issuers.
•Exchange rate risk
The risk of loss in interest income or in the value of a fixed-rate structural position in the event of changes in exchange rates. Structural interest rate and foreign exchange risks are associated with commercial activities and proprietary transactions.
Non-financial risks
•Non-compliance risk
The risk of a legal, administrative or disciplinary penalty, material financial loss or reputational risk arising from a failure to comply with the provisions specific to banking and financial activities (whether these are stipulated by directly applicable national or European laws or regulations), with professional or ethical standards, or instructions from executive management, notably issued in accordance with the policies of the supervisory body.
•Operational risk
The risk of loss resulting from inadequacies or malfunctions attributable to procedures, employees and internal systems (including in particular information systems) or external events, including events with a low probability of occurrence, but with a risk of high loss.
•Insurance underwriting risks
In addition to asset-liability risk management (interest rate, valuation, counterparty and foreign exchange risks), these risks include pricing risk in respect of mortality risk premiums and structural risks related to life and non-life insurance activities, including pandemics, accidents and disasters (earthquakes, hurricanes, industrial accidents, terrorist acts and military conflicts).
Strategic business and ecosystem risks
•Solvency risk
The risk that the company will be unable to honor its long-term commitments and/or ensure the continuity of its ordinary operations in the future.
•Climate risk
Vulnerability of banking activities to climate change, where a distinction can be made between physical risk directly relating to climate change and transition risk associated with efforts to combat climate change.
-
1.2 Regulatory changes
The outbreak of war on the EU's doorstep, with its impact on energy access and accelerating inflation, has further refocused European and French regulatory work on consumer protection and economic sovereignty Europeans seem to be united on various subjects, which encourages the Commission and parliamentarians sustain their regulatory work.
In a context of difficulties in the “real” economy, the co-legislators were particularly effective in taking charge of the CRR3/CRD6 banking package in 2022.
The Commission’s draft (October 2021) had already included a significant number of agreed measures between Member States. The Council, under the French Presidency, was able to find a compromise in six months of work. National interests were expressed on a number of political issues, such as the level at which prudential capital requirements are applied (individual or consolidated) to satisfy host countries (output floor mechanism), the introduction of a grandfather clause for "strategic" holdings for the benefit of German IPS, the flat-rate calculation of operational risk without taking into account historical losses for Spanish banks... In the European Parliament, the high degree of fragmentation of the parties has encouraged accelerated work due to the absence of a majority on most of the proposed amendments, including the environmentalists' demands to use the banks as a tool for greening the European economy. The compromise therefore remains close to the Commission's initial draft and the technical amendments to the Council's draft, except on governance issues specific to the European text: the treatment of third-country branches and the methods to assess the suitability of managers. Thus, the work of the Trilogue should also be concluded quickly in 2023.
With regard to the resolution framework, the Eurogroup in June 2022 validated a pragmatic approach and asked the Commission to refocus the reform project on a limited number of subjects (debt hierarchy, notion of public interest, etc.) in order to clarify the treatment applicable to medium-sized banks. Parliament regrets that the European guarantee fund project is not part of the scope of the review and asks for strong commitments. A legislative draft is expected in 2023.
The regulatory agenda remains strong for banks and BPCE: the digital euro initiative, revision of the consumer loans directive, revision of the directive on the distance marketing of financial services, as well as acceleration of the sustainable finance agenda, and finalizing the work on open finance.
On the digital euro, the committee is working on a text that will specify the legal basis, and which will be published at the end of May 2023.
The consumer loans directive is still under negotiation at the Trilogue, where discussions continue on the inclusion of GAFAMs (acronym for American technology companies), which make deferred/split payments for their goods and services, in the scope of the directive.
On the directive on the distance marketing of financial services, the provisions of the text must be repealed and incorporated into the Consumer Law Directive.
On sustainable finance, many texts have already been adopted and are in the implementation and technical development phase: EU taxonomy, CSRD (corporate sustainability disclosure regulation) which replaces NFRD and will integrate the standards of extra-financial reporting (EFRAG, SFDR - sustainable finance disclosure regulation - Deforestation), while other texts are being negotiated: CSDDD (Corporate sustainability due diligence directive) - corporate duty of vigilance in terms of sustainability, and EU green bond standards.
-
2. RISK FACTORS
The banking and financial environment in which Groupe BPCE operates exposes it to a multitude of risks and requires it to implement an increasingly demanding and rigorous policy to control and manage these risks (see Article 16 of Regulation (EU) No. 2017/1129 known as “Prospectus 3” of June 14, 2017, the provisions of which relating to risk factors entered into force on July 21, 2019).
Some of the risks to which Groupe BPCE is exposed are set out below. However, this is not a comprehensive list of all of the risks incurred by Groupe BPCE in the course of conducting its business or given the environment in which it operates. The risks presented below are those identified to date as significant and specific to Groupe BPCE, and liable to have a material adverse impact on its business, financial position and/or results. For each of the risk sub-classes listed below, the risk factor considered to date by Groupe BPCE as the most significant is listed first.
-
Strategic, business and ecosystem risks
Groupe BPCE may be vulnerable to political, macro-economic and financial environments or to specific circumstances in its countries of operation.
Some Groupe BPCE entities are exposed to country risk, which is the risk that economic, financial, political or social conditions in a foreign country (particularly in countries where the Group conducts business) may affect their financial interests. Groupe BPCE predominantly does business in France (81% of net banking income for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022) and North America (11% of net banking income for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022), with other European countries and the rest of the world accounting for 4% and 4%, respectively, of net banking income for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022. Note 12.6 “Locations by country” to the consolidated financial statements of Groupe BPCE, contained in the 2022 universal registration document, lists the entities established in each country and gives a breakdown of net banking income and income before tax by country of establishment.
A significant change in the political or macro-economic environment of such countries or regions may generate additional expenses or reduce profits earned by Groupe BPCE.
The extent of the imbalances to be eliminated (mismatch between supply and demand in the goods and labor markets, public and private debt, inflationary mechanics of expectations, heterogeneity of geographical and sectoral situations), combined with numerous overlapping global risks, can always tip developed economies into a downward spiral. To date, these joint threats mainly relate to: geopolitical and health uncertainties (risks on supplies and value chains, evolution of the Russian-Ukrainian military situation and sanctions against Russia, increased tension between Taiwan and China, availability of nuclear weapons in Iran, effective challenge to the zero-Covid policy in China); the development of protectionist trends, particularly in the United States (such as the Chips Act - $270 billion - and the Inflation Reduction Act (IRA) - $370 billion - enacted in August 2022, both of which massively subsidize the microprocessor industry and renewable energies); delays in the negative impacts of successive monetary tightening and reduced budget support; contract renegotiations, particularly for natural gas and electricity in the Euro zone. In addition, the development of the war in Ukraine, by its geographical proximity, maintains both uncertainty and fear and weariness in the face of the continuation of rapid repetitive crises, especially after the pandemic.
In addition to any serious economic disruption, such as current inflation and its impact on the economy, or such as the financial crisis of 2008 or the sovereign debt crisis in Europe in 2011 or a major geopolitical crisis, could have a significant negative impact on all Groupe BPCE activities, in particular if the disruption is characterized by a lack of market liquidity making it difficult for Groupe BPCE to obtain funding. In particular, some risks do not occur in the normal economic cycle because they are externally generated. Examples include the increase in credit risk associated with corporate debt around the world (leveraged loans market) and the threat of the Covid-19 epidemic growing even worse, or the longer-term impacts of climate change. During the financial crisis of 2008 and 2011, the financial markets were subject to strong volatility in response to various events, including but not limited to the decline in oil and commodity prices, the slowdown in emerging economies and turbulence on the equity markets, which directly or indirectly impacted several Groupe BPCE businesses (primarily securities transactions and financial services).
Similarly, the armed conflict triggered by the Russian Federation following its invasion of Ukraine constitutes a significant change that directly or indirectly penalizes the economic activity of the counterparties financed by Groupe BPCE, and entails additional expenses for or reduces the profits of Groupe BPCE, in particular by discontinuing its activities in this geographical area. For information, as of December 31, 2022, Ukrainian counterparties were impaired in the amount of €35 million, corresponding to a gross exposure of €91 million. The Russian counterparties were impaired in the amount of €85 million corresponding to a gross exposure of €1,088 million. These exposures are very limited in view of Groupe BPCE’s €939 billion in gross outstanding loans and advances at amortized cost at December 31, 2022 (customers and banks).
For more detailed information, see Sections 4.2.1 “Economic and financial environment” and 4.7 “Outlook for Groupe BPCE” of the 2022 universal registration document.
The risk of a pandemic (such as the coronavirus - Covid-19) and its economic consequences may adversely impact the Group’s operations, results and financial position.
The emergence of Covid-19 in late 2019 and rapid spread of the pandemic across the globe led to a deterioration in economic conditions in multiple business sectors, a deterioration in the financial position of economic players, while also disrupting the financial markets. In response, many affected countries were forced to implement preventive health measures (closed borders, lockdown measures, restrictions on certain economic activities, etc.). Government (guaranteed loans, tax and social assistance, etc.) and banking (moratoriums) schemes were put in place. Some counterparties may emerge weakened from this unprecedented period.
Massive fiscal and monetary policy measures to support activity were put in place between 2020 and 2022, notably by the French government (State-guaranteed loans for businesses and professional customers, for individual customers, short-time working measures as well as numerous other fiscal, social and bill-paying measures) and by the European Central Bank (more abundant and cheaper access to very large refinancing packages). Groupe BPCE has actively participated in the French State-guaranteed loan program in the interest of financially supporting its customers and helping them overcome the effects of this crisis on their activities and income (e.g. automatic six-month deferral on loans to certain professional customers and micro-enterprises/SMEs). There is no way to guarantee, however, that such measures will be enough to offset the negative impacts of the pandemic on the economy or to fully stabilize the financial markets over the long term. In particular, the repayment of State-guaranteed loans may lead to defaults on the part of borrowers and financial losses for Groupe BPCE up to the portion not guaranteed by the State.
On July 8, 2021, Groupe BPCE announced its BPCE 2024 strategic plan. It is structured around the following three strategic priorities: (i) a winning spirit, with €1.5 billion in additional revenues in five priority areas, (ii) customers, by offering them the highest quality service with an adapted relationship model, and (iii) the climate, through concrete and measurable commitments that are part of a Net zero trajectory. The BPCE 2024 strategic plan is based on the following three key principles: (i) be simple: because Groupe BPCE seeks efficiency and customer satisfaction, it aims for greater simplicity; (ii) be innovative: because Groupe BPCE is driven by an entrepreneurial spirit and is aware of the reality of the changes underway, it strengthens its capacity for innovation; and (iii) be safe, because Groupe BPCE is committed to a long-term approach, it prioritizes the security of its development model with regard to its ambitions. These strategic objectives were developed in the context of the Covid-19 crisis, which has acted as an indicator and accelerator of fundamental trends (in particular, digitization, hybrid work, energy transition) and reflects Groupe BPCE’s desire to accelerate its development by supporting its customers in their economic recovery and their projects to emerge from the health crisis. The success of the BPCE 2024 strategic plan is based on a very large number of initiatives to be implemented within the various business lines of Groupe BPCE. Although many of these targets can be achieved, it is possible that not all of them will be, nor is it possible to predict which of these goals will not. The BPCE 2024 strategic plan also calls for significant investments, but if the plan’s objectives are not met, the return on these investments may be lower than expected. If Groupe BPCE does not achieve the targets defined in its BPCE 2024 strategic plan, its financial position and results could be more or less significantly affected.
The physical and transition components of climate risk, together with their repercussions for economic players, could adversely affect the activities, income and financial position of Groupe BPCE.
The risks associated with climate change are factors that exacerbate existing risks, including credit risk, operational risk and market risk. In particular, BPCE is exposed to physical and transition climate risk. They potentially carry an image and/or reputation risk.
Physical risk leads to increased economic costs and financial losses resulting from the severity and increased frequency of extreme weather events related to climate change (such as heat waves, landslides, floods, late frosts, fires and storms), as well as long-term gradual changes in climate (such as changes in rainfall patterns, extreme weather variability, and rising sea levels and average temperatures). It could have an extensive impact in terms of scope and magnitude, that may affect a wide variety of geographic areas and economic sectors relevant to Groupe BPCE. For example, the Cévennes episodes that affect the south-east of France every year can cause buildings, factories and offices to flood, slowing down or even making it impossible for some of the Group’s customers to carry out their activities. Moreover, physical climate risk can spread along the value chain of Groupe BPCE’s corporate customers, which can lead to default and thus generate financial losses for Groupe BPCE. These physical climate risks are likely to increase and could lead to significant losses for Groupe BPCE.
The transition risk is connected to the process of adjusting to a low-carbon economy. The process of reducing emissions is likely to have a significant impact on all sectors of the economy by affecting the value of financial assets and the profitability of companies. The increase in costs related to this energy transition for economic players, whether corporates or individual customers, could lead to an increase in defaults and thus significantly increase Groupe BPCE’s losses. For example, the French “Énergie-Climat” law of November 8, 2019 is expected to limit from 2023, and completely limit from 2028, the sale and rental of real estate with very low energy performances. Some of Groupe BPCE’s customers will therefore have to plan renovation work for a possible future sale or lease of such type of properties. The risk lies in the impossibility for Groupe BPCE’s customers to carry out this costly work and consequently being unable to complete the financial transaction necessary to balance their budget. These customers of Groupe BPCE could therefore become insolvent, which would result in significant financial losses for Groupe BPCE.
Groupe BPCE may encounter difficulties in adapting, implementing and incorporating its policy governing acquisitions or joint ventures.
Although acquisitions are not a major part of Groupe BPCE’s current strategy, the Group may nonetheless consider acquisition or partnership opportunities in the future. Although Groupe BPCE carries out an in-depth analysis of any potential acquisitions or joint ventures, in general it is impossible to carry out an exhaustive appraisal in every respect. As a result, Groupe BPCE may have to manage initially unforeseen liabilities. Similarly, the results of the acquired company or joint venture may prove disappointing and the expected synergies may not be realized in whole or in part, or the transaction may give rise to higher-than-expected costs. Groupe BPCE may also encounter difficulties with the consolidation of new entities. The failure of an announced acquisition or failure to consolidate a new entity or joint venture may place a strain on Groupe BPCE’s profitability. This situation may also lead to the departure of key employees. In the event that Groupe BPCE is obliged to offer financial incentives to its employees in order to retain them, this situation may also lead to an increase in costs and a decline in profitability. Joint ventures expose Groupe BPCE to additional risks and uncertainties in that it may depend on systems, controls and persons that are outside its control and may, in this respect, see its liability incurred, suffer losses or incur damage to its reputation. Moreover, conflicts or disagreements between Groupe BPCE and its joint venture partners may have a negative impact on the targeted benefits of the joint venture. At December 31, 2022, the total investments accounted for using the equity method amounted to €1.7 billion. For further information, please refer to Note 12.4 “Partnerships and associates” to the consolidated financial statements of Groupe BPCE, included in the 2022 universal registration document.
Intense competition in France, Groupe BPCE’s main market, or internationally, may cause its net income and profitability to decline.
Groupe BPCE’s main business lines operate in a very competitive environment both in France and other parts of the world where it does substantial business. This competition is heightened by consolidation, either through mergers and acquisitions or cooperation and arrangements. Consolidation has created a certain number of companies which, like Groupe BPCE, can offer a wide range of products and services ranging from insurance, loans and deposits to brokerage, investment banking and asset management. Groupe BPCE is in competition with other entities based on a number of factors, including the execution of transactions, products and services offered, innovation, reputation and price. If Groupe BPCE is unable to maintain its competitiveness in France or in its other major markets by offering a range of attractive and profitable products and services, it may lose market share in certain key business lines or incur losses in some or all of its activities.
For example, at December 31, 2022, in France, Groupe BPCE was the number one bank for SMEs(1), and number two for individual(2). It has a 26.2% market share in home loans(2). For Retail Banking and Insurance, customer loan outstandings amounted to €701 billion and customer deposits & savings(3) to €888 billion (for more information on the contribution of each business line, and each network, see Section 1.4 “The Group’s business lines” of the 2022 universal registration document).
In addition, any slowdown in the global economy or in the economies in which Groupe BPCE’s main markets are located is likely to increase competitive pressure, in particular through increased pressure on prices and a contraction in the volume of activity of Groupe BPCE and its competitors. New, more competitive rivals subject to separate or more flexible regulation or other prudential ratio requirements could also enter the market. These new market participants would thus be able to offer more competitive products and services. Advances in technology and the growth of e-commerce have made it possible for institutions other than custodians to offer products and services that were traditionally considered as banking products, and for financial institutions and other companies to provide electronic and internet-based financial solutions, including electronic securities trading. These new entrants may put downward pressure on the price of Groupe BPCE’s products and services or affect Groupe BPCE’s market share. Advances in technology could lead to rapid and unexpected changes on Groupe BPCE’s markets of operation. Groupe BPCE’s competitive position, net earnings and profitability may be adversely affected should it prove unable to adequately adapt its activities or strategy in response to such changes.
Groupe BPCE’s ability to attract and retain skilled employees is paramount to the success of its business and failing to do so may affect its performance.
The employees of Groupe BPCE entities are the Group’s most valuable resource. Competition to attract qualified employees is fierce in many areas of the financial services sector. Groupe BPCE’s earnings and performance depend on its ability to attract new employees and retain and motivate existing employees. Changes in the economic environment (in particular tax and other measures aimed at limiting the pay of banking sector employees) may compel Groupe BPCE to transfer its employees from one unit to another, or reduce the workforce in certain business lines, which may cause temporary disruptions due to the time required for employees to adapt to their new duties, and may limit Groupe BPCE’s ability to benefit from improvements in the economic environment. This may prevent Groupe BPCE from taking advantage of potential opportunities in terms of sales or efficiency, which could in turn affect its performance.
At December 31, 2022, Groupe BPCE had 99,800 employees. 8,700 permanent employees were recruited during the year (for more information, see Section 2.4 “A committed and socially responsible group” of the 2022 universal registration document).
(2) Retail market share: 21.9% in household savings and 26.2% in mortgage loans to households (Banque de France Q3-2022). Overall penetration rate of 29.7% (rank 2) among retail customers (SOFIA Kantar study, March 2021). For professionals: 38.4% (rank 2) penetration rate among professional customers and individual entrepreneurs (Pépites CSA 2020-2021 survey).
-
Financial risks
Significant changes in interest rates may have a material adverse impact on Groupe BPCE’s net banking income and profitability.
The net interest margin collected by Groupe BPCE during a given period represents a significant portion of its net banking income. Consequently, changes in the latter have a significant impact on Groupe BPCE’s profitability. The cost of the resource as well as the conditions of return on the asset and in particular those attached to new production are therefore very sensitive elements, particularly to factors that may be beyond Groupe BPCE’s control. These significant changes can have significant temporary or lasting repercussions, even if the rise in interest rates should be generally favorable in the medium to long term.
After a decade of low or even negative interest rates, a sharp and rapid rise in interest rates and strong inflationary pressures have emerged, reinforced by the consequences of the health crisis and the conflict in Ukraine. The exposure to interest rate risk was increased by the combination of unfavorable elements, namely the increase in inflation (major impact on regulated rates), the rapid exit from the negative interest rate policy (deposit arbitrage), the rise in interbank spreads, while, conversely, new loan production is constrained by the attrition rate and the competitive environment.
The sensitivity of the net present value of Groupe BPCE’s balance sheet to a +/-200 bps variation in interest rates remains below the 15% Tier 1 limit. At December 31, 2022, Groupe BPCE’s sensitivity to interest rate increases stood at -13.94% compared to Tier 1 versus -11.37% at December 31, 2021. As of September 30, 2022, the small upward shock (+25 bps) would have a negative impact of 1.4% on the projected net interest margin (expected loss of €91 million) over a rolling year, whereas the small downward scenario (-25 bps) would have a positive impact of 1.5% (expected gain of €95 million).
Market fluctuations and volatility expose Groupe BPCE to losses in its trading and investment activities, which may adversely impact Groupe BPCE’s results and financial position.
In the course of its third-party trading or investment activities, Groupe BPCE may carry positions in the bond, currency, commodity and equity markets, and in unlisted securities, real estate assets and other asset classes. These positions may be affected by volatility on the markets (especially the financial markets), i.e. the degree of price fluctuations over a given period on a given market, regardless of the levels on the market in question. Certain market configurations and fluctuations may also generate losses on a broad range of trading and hedging products used, including swaps, futures, options and structured products, which could adversely impact Groupe BPCE’s results and financial position. Similarly, extended market declines and/or major crises may reduce the liquidity of certain asset classes, making it difficult to sell certain assets and in turn generating material losses.
The market risk-weighted assets totaled €15.4 billion, i.e. around 3% of Groupe BPCE’s total risk-weighted assets, on December 31, 2022. For information, the weight of Corporate & Investment Banking activities in the Group’s net banking income was 15% for the year 2022. For more detailed information and examples, see Note 10.1.2 “Analysis of financial assets and liabilities classified in level 3 of the fair value hierarchy” to the consolidated financial statements of Groupe BPCE, included in the 2022 universal registration document.
Groupe BPCE is dependent on its access to funding and other sources of liquidity, which may be limited for reasons outside its control, thus potentially having a material adverse impact on its results.
Access to short-term and long-term funding is critical for the conduct of Groupe BPCE’s business. Non-collateralized sources of funding for Groupe BPCE include deposits, issues of long-term debt and short/medium-term negotiable debt securities, banks loans and credit lines. Groupe BPCE also uses guaranteed financing, in particular through the conclusion of repurchase agreements and the issuance of covered bonds. If Groupe BPCE were unable to access the secured and/or unsecured debt market at conditions deemed acceptable, or incurred an unexpected outflow of cash or collateral, including a significant decline in customer deposits, its liquidity may be negatively affected. Furthermore, if Groupe BPCE were unable to maintain a satisfactory level of customer deposits (e.g. in the event its competitors offer higher rates of return on deposits), it may be forced to obtain funding at higher rates, which would reduce its net interest income and results.
Groupe BPCE’s liquidity, and therefore its results, may also be affected by unforeseen events outside its control, such as general market disruptions, which may in particular be related to geopolitical or health crises, operational hardships affecting third parties, negative opinions on financial services in general or on the short/long-term outlook for Groupe BPCE, changes in Groupe BPCE’s credit rating, or even the perception of the position of Groupe BPCE or other financial institutions among market operators.
Groupe BPCE’s access to the capital markets, and the cost of long-term unsecured funding, are directly related to changes in its credit spreads on the bond and credit derivatives markets, which it can neither predict nor control. Liquidity constraints may have a material adverse impact on Groupe BPCE’s financial position, results and ability to meet its obligations to its counterparties. Similarly, a change in the monetary policy stance, in particular that of the European Central Bank, may impact Groupe BPCE’s financial position.
However, to deal with these risk factors, Groupe BPCE has liquidity reserves made up of cash deposits with central banks and available securities and receivables eligible for central bank refinancing. Groupe BPCE’s liquidity reserve amounted to €322 billion on December 31, 2022, covering 150% short-term funding and short-term maturities of MLT debt. The one-month LCR (Liquidity Coverage Ratio) averaged 142% over 12 months on December 31, 2022 versus 161% on December 31, 2021. Given the importance of these risks for Groupe BPCE in terms of impact and probability, these risks are monitored proactively and closely, with Groupe BPCE also pursuing a very active policy of diversification of its investors.
Changes in the fair value of Groupe BPCE’s portfolios of securities and derivative products, and its own debt, are liable to have an adverse impact on the net carrying amount of these assets and liabilities, and as a result on Groupe BPCE’s net income and equity.
The net carrying amount of Groupe BPCE’s securities, derivative products and other types of assets at fair value, and of its own debt, is adjusted (at balance sheet level) at the date of each new financial statement. These adjustments are predominantly based on changes in the fair value of assets and liabilities during an accounting period, i.e. changes taken to profit or loss or recognized directly in other comprehensive income. Changes recorded in the income statement, but not offset by corresponding changes in the fair value of other assets, have an impact on net banking income and thus on net income. All fair value adjustments have an impact on equity and thus on Groupe BPCE’s capital adequacy ratios. Such adjustments are also liable to have an adverse impact on the net carrying amount of Groupe BPCE’s assets and liabilities, and thus on its net income and equity. The fact that fair value adjustments are recorded over an accounting period does not mean that additional adjustments will not be necessary in subsequent periods.
On December 31, 2022, financial assets at fair value totaled €193 billion (with approximately €182 billion in financial assets at fair value held for trading purposes) and financial liabilities at fair value totaled €185 billion (with €156 billion in financial liabilities at fair value held for trading purposes). For more detailed information, see also Note 4.3 “Gains (losses) on financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss”, Note 4.4 “Gains (losses) on financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income before tax”, Note 5.2 “Financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit or loss” and Note 5.4 “Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income” to the consolidated financial statements of Groupe BPCE in the 2022 universal registration document.
Groupe BPCE’s revenues from brokerage and other activities associated with fee and commission income may decrease in the event of market downturns.
A market downturn is liable to lower the volume of transactions (particularly financial services and securities transactions) executed by Groupe BPCE entities for their customers and as a market maker, thus reducing the net banking income from these activities. In particular, in the event of a decline in market conditions, Groupe BPCE may record a lower volume of customer transactions and a drop in the corresponding fees, thus reducing revenues earned from this activity. Furthermore, as management fees invoiced by Groupe BPCE entities to their customers are generally based on the value or performance of portfolios, any decline in the markets causing the value of these portfolios to decrease or generating an increase in the amount of redemptions would reduce the revenues earned by these entities through the distribution of mutual funds or other investment products (for the Caisses d’Epargne and the Banques Populaires) or through asset management activities, by an unfavorable evolution of management or superperformance fees. In addition, any deterioration in the economic environment could have an unfavorable impact on the seed money contributed to asset management structures with a risk of partial or total loss.
Even where there is no market decline, if funds managed for third parties throughout Groupe BPCE and other Groupe BPCE products underperform the market, redemptions may increase and/or inflows decrease as a result, with a potential corresponding impact on revenues from the asset management business.
In 2022, the total net amount of fees and commissions received was €11,929 million, representing 46% of Groupe BPCE’s net banking income. The revenues earned from fees and commissions for financial services came to €513 million and the revenues earned from fees and commissions for securities transactions amounted to €237 million. For more detailed information on the amounts of fees and commissions received by Groupe BPCE, see Note 4.2 (“Fee and commission income and expenses”) to the consolidated financial statements of Groupe BPCE in the 2022 universal registration document.
Downgraded credit ratings could have an adverse impact on BPCE’s funding cost, profitability and business continuity.
Groupe BPCE’s long-term ratings on December 31, 2022 were AA- for Fitch Ratings, A1 for Moody’s, A+ for R&I and A for Standard & Poor’s. The decision to downgrade these credit ratings may have a negative impact on the funding of BPCE and its affiliates active in the financial markets. A ratings downgrade may affect Groupe BPCE’s liquidity and competitive position, increase funding costs, limit access to financial markets and trigger obligations under some bilateral contracts governing trading, derivative and collateralized funding transactions, thus adversely impacting its profitability and business continuity.
Furthermore, BPCE’s unsecured long-term funding cost is directly linked to its credit spreads (the yield spread over and above the yield on government issues with the same maturity that is paid to bond investors), which in turn are heavily dependent on its ratings. An increase in credit spreads may materially raise BPCE’s funding cost. Shifts in credit spreads are correlated to the market and sometimes subject to unforeseen and highly volatile changes. Credit spreads are also influenced by market perception of issuer solvency and are associated with changes in the purchase price of Credit Default Swaps backed by certain BPCE debt securities. Accordingly, a change in perception of an issuer solvency due to a rating downgrade could have an adverse impact on that issuer’s profitability and business continuity.
-
Credit and counterparty risks
Groupe BPCE is exposed to credit and counterparty risks that could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business, financial position and income.
Groupe BPCE is significantly exposed to credit and counterparty risk through its financing or market activities. The Group could thus incur losses in the event of default by one or more counterparties, in particular if the Group encounters legal or other difficulties in exercising its collateral or if the value of the collateral does not allow it to fully cover the exposure in the event of a default. Despite the due diligence carried out by the Group, aimed at limiting the effects of having a concentrated credit portfolio, counterparty defaults may be amplified within a specific economic sector or world region by the effects of interdependence between these counterparties. Default by one or more major counterparties could thus have a material adverse effect on the Group’s cost of risk, income and financial position.
For information, on December 31, 2022, Groupe BPCE’s gross exposure to credit risk amounted to €1,484 billion, with the following breakdown for the main types of counterparty: 38% for retail customers, 28% for corporates, 17% for central banks and other sovereign exposures, and 6% for the public sector and similar entities. The credit risk-weighted assets amounted to €400 billion (including counterparty risk).
The main economic sectors to which the Group was exposed in its non-financial corporations portfolio were Real Estate (37% of gross exposures at December 31, 2022), Wholesale and Retail Trade (11%), Finance/Insurance (10%) and Manufacturing industry (7%).
Groupe BPCE develops its activities mainly in France. The Group’s gross exposure (gross carrying amount) to France was €1,046 billion, representing 84% of the total gross exposure. The remaining exposures were mainly concentrated in the United States, for 5%, with other countries accounting for 11% of the total gross exposures.
For further information, please see Chapters 5 “Credit risks” and 6 “Counterparty risk” in this document.
A substantial increase in impairments or provisions for expected credit losses recognized in respect of Groupe BPCE’s portfolio of loans and advances could have a material adverse effect on its income and financial position.
In the course of its lending activities, Groupe BPCE regularly recognizes charges for asset impairments in order to reflect, if necessary, actual or potential losses on its portfolio of loans and advances. Such impairments are booked in the income statement under “Cost of risk.” Groupe BPCE’s total charges for asset impairments are based on the Group’s measurement of past losses on loans, volumes and types of loans granted, industry standards, loans in arrears, economic conditions and other factors associated with the recoverability of various types of loans. While Groupe BPCE makes every effort to set aside a sufficient level of provisions for asset impairment expenses, its lending activities may cause it in the future to have to increase its expenses for losses on loans, due to a rise in non-performing loans or for other reasons such as the deterioration of market conditions or factors affecting certain countries. Any substantial increase in charges for losses on loans, material change in Groupe BPCE’s estimate of the risk of loss associated with its portfolio of loans, or any loss on loans exceeding past impairment expenses, could have an adverse impact on Groupe BPCE’s results and financial position.
For information, Groupe BPCE’s cost of risk amounted to €2,000 million in 2022 compared to €1,783 million in 2021, with credit risks accounting for 87% of Groupe BPCE’s risk-weighted assets. On the basis of gross exposures, 38% relate to retail customers and 28% to corporate customers (of which 70% of exposures are located in France).
Consequently, the risk associated with a significant increase in impairment expenses on assets booked to Groupe BPCE’s loans and advances portfolio is significant for Groupe BPCE in terms of impact and probability, and is therefore monitored carefully and proactively. In addition, prudential requirements supplement these provisioning mechanisms via the prudential backstop process, which results in a total deduction in equity of non-performing loans beyond a certain maturity in line with the quality of the guarantees and according to a regulatory timetable.
A decline in the financial strength and performance of other financial institutions and market players may have an unfavorable impact on Groupe BPCE.
Groupe BPCE’s ability to execute transactions may be affected by a decline in the financial strength of other financial institutions and market players. Institutions are closely interconnected owing to their trading, clearing, counterparty and financing operations. A default by a significant sector player (systematic risk), or even mere rumors or concerns regarding one or more financial institutions or the financial industry in general, may lead to a general contraction in market liquidity and subsequently to losses or further defaults in the future. Groupe BPCE is directly or indirectly exposed to various financial counterparties, such as investment service providers, commercial or investment banks, clearing houses and CCPs, mutual funds, hedge funds, and other institutional clients, with which it regularly conducts transactions. The default or failure of any such counterparties may have an adverse impact on Groupe BPCE’s financial position. Moreover, Groupe BPCE may be exposed to the risk associated with the growing involvement of operators subject to little or no regulation in its business sector and to the emergence of new products subject to little or no regulation (including in particular crowdfunding and trading platforms). This risk would be exacerbated if the assets held as collateral by Groupe BPCE could not be sold or if their selling price would not cover all of Groupe BPCE’s exposure to defaulted loans or derivatives, or in the event of fraud, embezzlement or other misappropriation of funds committed by financial sector participants in general to which Groupe BPCE is exposed, or if a key market operator such as a CCP defaults.
-
Non-financial risks
In the event of non-compliance with applicable laws and regulations, Groupe BPCE could be exposed to significant fines and other administrative and criminal penalties that could have a material adverse effect on its financial position, activities and reputation.
The risk of non-compliance is defined as the risk of sanction – judicial, administrative or disciplinary – but also of financial loss or damage to reputation, resulting from non-compliance with laws and regulations, professional standards and practices, and ethical standards specific to banking and insurance activities, whether national or international.
The banking and insurance sectors are subject to increased regulatory oversight, both in France and internationally. Recent years have seen a particularly substantial increase in the volume of new regulations that have introduced significant changes affecting both the financial markets and the relationships between investment service providers and customers or investors (e.g. MIFID II, PRIIPS, the directive on the Insurance Distribution, Market Abuse Regulation, fourth Anti-Money Laundering and Terrorism Financing directive, Personal Data Protection Regulation, Benchmark Index Regulation, etc.). These new regulations have major impacts on the company’s operational processes.
The realization of the risk of non-compliance could result, for example, in the use of inappropriate means to promote and market the bank’s products and services, inadequate management of potential conflicts of interest, the disclosure of confidential information, or privileged, failure to comply with due diligence on entering into relations with suppliers and customers, particularly in terms of financial security (in particular the fight against money laundering and the financing of terrorism, compliance with embargoes, the fight against fraud or corruption).
Within BPCE, the Compliance function is responsible for overseeing the system for preventing and managing non-compliance risks. Despite this system, Groupe BPCE remains exposed to the risk of fines or other significant sanctions from the regulatory and supervisory authorities, as well as civil or criminal legal proceedings that could have a significant adverse impact on its financial position, activities and reputation.
Any interruption or failure of the information systems belonging to Groupe BPCE or third parties may generate losses (including commercial losses) and may have a material adverse impact on Groupe BPCE’s results.
As is the case for the majority of its competitors, Groupe BPCE is highly dependent on information and communication systems, as a large number of increasingly complex transactions are processed in the course of its activities. Any failure, interruption or malfunction in these systems may cause errors or interruptions in the systems used to manage customer accounts, general ledgers, deposits, transactions and/or to process loans. For example, if Groupe BPCE’s information systems were to malfunction, even for a short period, the affected entities would be unable to meet their customers’ needs in time and could thus lose transaction opportunities. Similarly, a temporary failure in Groupe BPCE’s information systems despite back-up systems and contingency plans could also generate substantial information recovery and verification costs, or even a decline in its proprietary activities if, for example, such a failure were to occur during the implementation of a hedging transaction. The inability of Groupe BPCE’s systems to adapt to an increasing volume of transactions may also limit its ability to develop its activities and generate losses, particularly losses in sales, and may therefore have a material adverse impact on Groupe BPCE’s results.
Groupe BPCE is also exposed to the risk of malfunction or operational failure by one of its clearing agents, foreign exchange markets, clearing houses, custodians or other financial intermediaries or external service providers that it uses to carry out or facilitate its securities transactions. As interconnectivity with its customers continues to grow, Groupe BPCE may also become increasingly exposed to the risk of the operational malfunction of customer information systems. Groupe BPCE’s communication and information systems, and those of its customers, service providers and counterparties, may also be subject to failures or interruptions resulting from cybercriminal or cyberterrorist acts. For example, as a result of its digital transformation, Groupe BPCE’s information systems are becoming increasingly open to the outside (cloud computing, big data, etc.). Many of its processes are gradually going digital. Use of the Internet and connected devices (tablets, smartphones, apps used on tablets and mobiles, etc.) by employees and customers is on the rise, increasing the number of channels serving as potential vectors for attacks and disruptions, and the number of devices and applications vulnerable to attacks and disruptions. Consequently, the software and hardware used by Groupe BPCE’s employees and external agents are constantly and increasingly subject to cyberthreats. As a result of any such attacks, Groupe BPCE may face malfunctions or interruptions in its own systems or in third-party systems that may not be adequately resolved. Any interruption or failure of the information systems belonging to Groupe BPCE or third parties may generate losses (including commercial losses) due to the disruption of its operations and the possibility that its customers may turn to other financial institutions during and/or after any such interruptions or failures.
The risk associated with any interruption or failure of the information systems belonging to Groupe BPCE or third parties is significant for Groupe BPCE in terms of impact and probability, and is therefore carefully and proactively monitored.
Reputational and legal risks could unfavorably impact Groupe BPCE’s profitability and business outlook.
Groupe BPCE’s reputation is of paramount importance when it comes to attracting and retaining customers. The use of inappropriate means to promote and market Group products and services, inadequate management of potential conflicts of interest, legal and regulatory requirements, ethical issues, money laundering laws, economic sanctions, data security policies, sales and trading practices, and inadequate customer protection systems could adversely affect Groupe BPCE’s reputation. Its reputation could also be harmed by inappropriate employee behavior, cybercrime or cyber terrorist attacks on Groupe BPCE’s information and communication systems, or any fraud, embezzlement or other misappropriation of funds committed by financial sector participants to which Groupe BPCE is exposed, or any legal ruling or regulatory action with a potentially unfavorable outcome. Any such harm to Groupe BPCE’s reputation may have a negative impact on its profitability and business outlook.
Ineffective management of reputational risk could also increase Groupe BPCE’s legal risk, the number of legal disputes in which it is involved and the amount of damages claimed, or may expose the Group to regulatory sanctions. For more information, see Chapter 10 “Legal risks” of this document. The financial consequences of these disputes may have an impact on the financial position of the Group, in which case they may also adversely impact Groupe BPCE’s profitability and business outlook.
Unforeseen events, such as a serious natural disaster, events related to climate risk (physical risk directly associated with climate change), new pandemics, attacks or any other emergency situation can cause an abrupt interruption in the operations of Groupe BPCE entities, affecting in particular the Group’s core business lines (liquidity, payment instruments, securities services, loans to individual and corporate customers, and fiduciary services) and trigger material losses, if the Group is not covered or not sufficiently covered by an insurance policy. These losses could relate to material assets, financial assets, market positions or key employees, and have a direct and potentially material impact on Groupe BPCE’s net income. Moreover, such events may also disrupt Groupe BPCE’s infrastructure, or that of a third party with which Groupe BPCE does business, and generate additional costs (relating in particular to the cost of re-housing the affected personnel) and increase Groupe BPCE’s costs (such as insurance premiums). Such events may invalidate insurance coverage of certain risks and thus increase Groupe BPCE’s overall level of risk.
At December 31, 2022, the operational risks accounted for 9% of Groupe BPCE’s risk-weighted assets, as on December 31, 2021. At December 31, 2022, Groupe BPCE’s losses in respect of operational risk could be primarily attributed to the “Payment and Settlements” business line (35%). They were concentrated in the Basel category external fraud for 40%.
The failure or inadequacy of Groupe BPCE’s risk management and hedging policies, procedures and strategies may expose it to unidentified or unexpected risks which may trigger unforeseen losses.
Groupe BPCE’s risk management and hedging policies, procedures and strategies may not succeed in effectively limiting its exposure to all types of market environments or all kinds of risks, and may even prove ineffective for some risks that the Group was unable to identify or anticipate. Furthermore, the risk management techniques and strategies employed by Groupe BPCE may not effectively limit its exposure to risk and do not guarantee that overall risk will actually be lowered. These techniques and strategies may prove ineffective against certain types of risk, in particular risks that Groupe BPCE had not already identified or anticipated, given that the tools used by Groupe BPCE to develop risk management procedures are based on assessments, analyses and assumptions that may prove inaccurate. Some of the indicators and qualitative tools used by Groupe BPCE to manage risk are based on the observation of past market performance. To measure risk exposures, the heads of risk management carry out a statistical analysis of these observations.
These tools or indicators may not be capable of predicting future exposure to risk. For example, these risk exposures may be due to factors that Groupe BPCE may not have anticipated or correctly assessed in its statistical models or due to unexpected or unprecedented shifts in the market. This would limit Groupe BPCE’s risk management capability. As a result, losses incurred by Groupe BPCE may be higher than those anticipated on the basis of past measurements. Moreover, the Group’s quantitative models cannot factor in all risks. While no significant problem has been identified to date, the risk management systems are subject to the risk of operational failure, including fraud. Some risks are subject to a more qualitative analysis, which may prove inadequate and thus expose Groupe BPCE to unexpected losses.
Actual results may vary compared to assumptions used to prepare Groupe BPCE’s financial statements, which may expose it to unexpected losses.
In accordance with current IFRS standards and interpretations, Groupe BPCE must base its financial statements on certain estimates, in particular accounting estimates relating to the determination of provisions for non-performing loans and advances, provisions for potential claims and litigation, and the fair value of certain assets and liabilities. If the values used for the estimates by Groupe BPCE prove to be materially inaccurate, in particular in the event of major and/or unexpected market trends, or if the methods used to calculate these values are modified due to future changes in IFRS standards or interpretations, Groupe BPCE may be exposed to unexpected losses.
-
Insurance risks
Groupe BPCE generates 11% of its net banking income from its insurance businesses. The net banking income from life and non-life insurance activities amounted to €2,927 million for the year 2022, compared to €2,860 million for 2021.
A deterioration in market conditions, and in particular excessive interest rate increases or decreases, could have a material adverse impact on the personal insurance business and income of the Group.
The main risk to which Groupe BPCE’s insurance business subsidiaries are exposed in their personal insurance business is market risk. Exposure to market risk is mainly related to the capital guarantee as applicable to euro-denominated savings products.
Among market risks, interest rate risk is structurally significant for BPCE Assurances, as its general funds consist primarily of bonds. Interest rate fluctuations may:
•in the case of higher rates: reduce the competitiveness of the euro-denominated offer (by making new investments more attractive) and trigger waves of redemptions and major arbitrages on unfavorable terms with unrealized capital losses on outstanding bonds;
•in the case of lower rates: in the long term, make the return on general funds too low to enable them to honor their capital guarantees.
As a result of the allocation of general funds, the widening of spreads and the decline in the equity markets could also have a significant unfavorable impact on the results of Groupe BPCE’s life and health insurance business, through the recording of provisions for impairment due to the decline in the valuation of investments at fair value through profit or loss.
A mismatch between the loss experience expected by the insurer and the amounts actually paid by the Group to policyholders could have a significant adverse impact on its non-life insurance business and on the personal protection insurance portion of its insurance business, as well as its results and its financial position.
The main risk to which Groupe BPCE’s insurance business subsidiaries are exposed in connection with these latter activities is underwriting risk. This risk results from a mismatch between i) claims actually recorded and benefits actually paid as compensation for these claims and ii) the assumptions used by the subsidiaries to set the prices for their insurance products and to establish technical reserves for potential compensation.
The Group uses both its own experience and industry data to develop estimates of future policy benefits, including information used in pricing insurance products and establishing the related actuarial liabilities. However, actual experience may not match these estimates, and unforeseen risks such as pandemics or natural disasters could result in higher-than-expected payments to policyholders. In this respect, changes in climate phenomena (known as “physical” climate risks) are subject to particular vigilance.
In the event that the amounts actually paid by the Group to policyholders are greater than the underlying assumptions initially used to establish provisions, or if events or trends lead the Group to modify the underlying assumptions, the Group may be exposed to more significant liabilities than expected, which could have a negative impact on the non-life insurance business for the personal protection portion, as well as on the results and financial position of the Group.
The various actions taken over the last few years, particularly in terms of financial coverage, reinsurance, business diversification and management of investments, have also contributed to the solidity and resilience of the solvency of BPCE Assurances. It should be noted that the deterioration of the economic and financial environment, in particular the decline in the equity markets and the level of interest rates, could adversely affect the solvency of BPCE Assurances, by adversely affecting future margins.
-
Regulatory risks
Groupe BPCE is subject to significant regulation in France and in several other countries around the world where it operates; regulatory measures and changes could have a material adverse impact on Groupe BPCE’s business and results.
The business and results of Group entities may be materially impacted by the policies and actions of various regulatory authorities in France, other governments of the European Union, the United States, foreign governments and international organizations. Such constraints may limit the ability of Groupe BPCE entities to expand their businesses or conduct certain activities. The nature and impact of future changes in such policies and regulatory measures are unpredictable and are beyond Groupe BPCE’s control. Moreover, the general political environment has evolved unfavorably for banks and the financial industry, resulting in additional pressure on the part of legislative and regulatory bodies to adopt more stringent regulatory measures, despite the fact that these measures may have adverse consequences on lending and other financial activities, and on the economy. Because of the continuing uncertainty surrounding the new legislative and regulatory measures, it is not possible to predict what impact they will have on Groupe BPCE; however, this impact may be highly adverse.
Groupe BPCE may have to reduce the size of some of its activities to comply with new requirements. New measures are also liable to increase the cost of compliance with new regulations. This could cause revenues and consolidated profit to decline in the relevant business lines, sales to decline in certain activities and asset portfolios, and asset impairment expenses.
The purpose of the 2019 adoption of the final versions of the Banking Package was to align prudential requirements for banks with Basel III standards. The implementation of these reforms may result in higher capital and liquidity requirements, which could impact Groupe BPCE funding costs.
On November 11, 2020, the Financial Stability Board (“FSB”), in consultation with the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and national authorities, reported the 2020 list of global systemically important banks (“G-SIBs”). Groupe BPCE is classified as a G-SIB by the FSB. Groupe BPCE also appears on the list of global systematically important institutions (“G-SIIs”).
These regulatory measures, which may apply to various Groupe BPCE entities, and any changes in such measures may have a material adverse impact on Groupe BPCE’s business and results.
Legislation and regulations have recently been enacted or proposed in recent years with a view to introducing a number of changes, some permanent, in the global financial environment. These new measures, aimed at avoiding a new global financial crisis, have significantly altered the operating environment of Groupe BPCE and other financial institutions, and may continue to alter this environment in the future. Groupe BPCE is exposed to the risk associated with changes in legislation and regulations. These include the new prudential backstop rules, which measure the difference between the actual provisioning levels of defaulted loans and guidelines including target rates, depending on the age of the default and the presence of guarantees.
In today’s evolving legislative and regulatory environment, it is impossible to foresee the impact of these new measures on Groupe BPCE. The development of programs aimed at complying with these new legislative and regulatory measures (and updates to existing programs), and changes to the Group’s information systems in response to or in preparation for new measures generates significant costs for the Group, and may continue to do so in the future. Despite its best efforts, Groupe BPCE may also be unable to fully comply with all applicable laws and regulations and may thus be subject to financial or administrative penalties. Furthermore, new legislative and regulatory measures may require the Group to adapt its operations and/or may affect its results and financial position. Lastly, new regulations may require Groupe BPCE to strengthen its capital or increase its total funding costs.
The risk associated with regulatory measures and subsequent changes to such measures is significant for Groupe BPCE in terms of impact and probability, and is therefore carefully and proactively monitored.
BPCE may have to help entities belonging to the financial solidarity mechanism in the event they experience financial difficulties, including entities in which BPCE holds no economic interest.
As the central institution of Groupe BPCE, BPCE is responsible for ensuring the liquidity and solvency of each regional bank (Banques Populaires and Caisses d’Epargne) and the other members of the group of affiliates which have credit institution status subject to French regulations. The group of affiliates includes BPCE subsidiaries, such as Natixis, Crédit Foncier de France, Oney and Banque Palatine. For Groupe BPCE, all entities affiliated with the central institution of Groupe BPCE benefit from a guarantee and solidarity mechanism, the aim of which, in accordance with Articles L. 511-31, L. 512-107-5 and L. 512-107-6 of the French Monetary and Financial Code, is to ensure the liquidity and solvency of all affiliated entities and to organize financial solidarity throughout the Group.
This financial solidarity is based on legislative provisions establishing a legal principle of solidarity with obligation of results requiring the central institution to restore the liquidity or solvency of affiliates in difficulty, and/or all of the Group’s affiliates, by virtue of the unlimited nature of the principle of solidarity, BPCE is entitled at any time to ask any one or more or all of the affiliates to contribute to the financial efforts necessary to restore the situation, and may, if necessary, mobilize up to all the cash and cash equivalents of the affiliates in the event of difficulty for one or more of them.
The three guarantee funds created to cover Groupe BPCE’s liquidity and insolvency risks are described in Note 1.2 “Guarantee mechanism” to the consolidated financial statements of Groupe BPCE included in the 2022 universal registration document. At December 31, 2022, the Banque Populaire and Caisse d’Epargne funds each contained €450 million. The Mutual Guarantee Fund holds €157 million in deposits per network. The regional banks are obligated to make additional contributions to the guarantee fund on their future profits. While the guarantee fund represents a substantial source of resources to fund the solidarity mechanism, there is no guarantee these revenues will be sufficient. If the guarantee funds prove insufficient, BPCE, due to its missions as a central institution, will have to do everything necessary to restore the situation and will have the obligation to make up the deficit by implementing the internal solidarity mechanism that it has put in place, by mobilizing its own resources, and may also make unlimited use of the resources of several or all of its affiliates.
As a result of this obligation, if a member of the Group were to encounter major financial difficulties, the event underlying these financial difficulties could have a negative impact on the financial position of BPCE and that of the other affiliates thus called upon to provide support under the principle of financial solidarity.
Investors in BPCE’s securities could suffer losses if BPCE and all of its affiliates were to be subject to liquidation or resolution procedures.
The EU regulation on the Single Resolution Mechanism No. 806/214 and the EU directive for the recovery and resolution of banks No. 2014/59, as amended by the EU directive No. 2019/879 (the “BRRD”), as transposed into French law in Book VI of the French Monetary and Financial Code, give the resolution authorities the power to impair BPCE securities or, in the case of debt securities, to convert them to equity.
Resolution authorities may write down or convert capital instruments, such as BPCE’s Tier 2 subordinated debt securities, if the issuing institution or the group to which it belongs is failing or likely to fail (and there is no reasonable prospect that another measure would avoid such failure within a reasonable time period), becomes non-viable, or requires extraordinary public support (subject to certain exceptions). They shall write down or convert capital instruments before opening a resolution proceeding, or if doing so is necessary to maintain the viability of an institution. Any write-down or conversion of capital instruments shall be effected in order of seniority, so that Common Equity Tier 1 instruments are to be written down first, then additional Tier 1 instruments are to be written down or converted to equity, followed by Tier 2 instruments. If the write-down or conversion of capital instruments is not sufficient to restore the financial health of the institution, the bail-in power held by the resolution authorities may be applied to write down or convert eligible liabilities, such as BPCE’s senior non-preferred and senior preferred securities.
At December 31, 2022, total Tier 1 capital amounted to €69.7 billion and Tier 2 prudential capital to €12.7 billion. The senior non-preferred debt instruments amounted to €26.8 billion at that date, of which €22.5 billion had a maturity of more than one year and were therefore eligible for TLAC and MREL at December 31, 2022.
As a result of the complete legal solidarity, and in the extreme case of a liquidation or resolution proceeding, one or more affiliates may not find itself subject to court-ordered liquidation, or be affected by resolution measures within the meaning of the “BRRD”, without all affiliates and BPCE also being affected. In accordance with Articles L. 613-29 and L. 613-5-5 of the French Monetary and Financial Code, the judicial liquidation proceedings and resolution measures are therefore brought in a coordinated manner with regard to the central institution and all of its affiliates.
Article L. 613-29 also provides that, in the event of court-ordered liquidation proceedings being brought against all affiliates, the external creditors (of the same rank or enjoying identical rights) of all affiliates would be treated equally according to the ranking of the creditors and regardless of whether they are attached to a particular affiliated entity. As a result, investors in AT1 instruments and other pari passu securities would be more affected than investors in Tier 2 instruments and other pari passu securities, which in turn would be more affected than investors in external senior non-preferred debt, which in turn would be more affected than investors in external senior preferred debt. Similarly, in the event of resolution, and in accordance with Article L. 613-55-5 of the French Monetary and Financial Code, identical depreciation and/or conversion rates would be applied to debts and receivables of the same rank, regardless of their attachment to a particular affiliated entity in the order of the hierarchy recalled above. Due to the systemic nature of Groupe BPCE and the assessment currently made by the resolution authorities, resolution measures would be more likely to be taken than the opening of judicial liquidation proceedings. A resolution procedure may be initiated against BPCE and all affiliated entities if (i) the default of BPCE and all affiliated entities is proven or foreseeable, (ii) there is no reasonable expectation that another measure could prevent this failure within a reasonable timeframe and (iii) a resolution measure is required to achieve the objectives of the resolution: (a) guarantee the continuity of critical functions, (b) avoid material adverse impacts to financial stability, (c) protect State resources by minimizing the use of exceptional public financial support and (d) protect client funds and assets, particularly those of depositors. Failure of an institution means that it does not respect requirements for continuing authorization, it is unable to pay its debts or other liabilities when they fall due, it requires extraordinary public financial support (subject to limited exceptions), or the value of its liabilities exceeds the value of its assets.
In addition to the bail-in power, resolution authorities are provided with broad powers to implement other resolution measures with respect to failing institutions or, under certain circumstances, their groups, which may include (without limitation): the total or partial sale of the institution’s business to a third party or a bridge institution, the separation of assets, the replacement or substitution of the institution as obligor in respect of debt instruments, modifications to the terms of debt instruments (including altering the maturity and/or the amount of interest payable and/or imposing a temporary suspension on payments), discontinuing the listing and admission to trading of financial instruments, the dismissal of managers or the appointment of a temporary administrator (administrateur spécial) and the issuance of new equity or own funds.
The exercise of the powers described above by resolution authorities could result in the partial or total write-down or conversion to equity of the capital instruments and the debt instruments issued by BPCE, or may substantially affect the amount of resources available to BPCE to make payments on such instruments, potentially causing BPCE investors to incur losses.
Tax legislation and its application in France and in countries where Groupe BPCE operates are likely to have an adverse impact on Groupe BPCE’s profits.
As a multinational banking group that carries out large and complex international transactions, Groupe BPCE (particularly Natixis) is subject to tax legislation in a large number of countries throughout the world, and structures its activity in compliance with applicable tax rules. Changes in tax schemes by the competent authorities in these countries could materially impact Groupe BPCE’s profits. Groupe BPCE manages its activities with a view to creating value from the synergies and sales capabilities of its various constituent entities. It also works to structure financial products sold to its customers from a tax efficiency standpoint. The structure of intra-group transactions and financial products sold by entities of Groupe BPCE are based on its own interpretations of applicable tax regulations and laws, generally based on opinions given by independent tax experts, and, as needed, on decisions or specific interpretations by the competent tax authorities. It is possible that in the future tax authorities may challenge some of these interpretations, as a result of which the tax positions of Groupe BPCE entities may be disputed by the tax authorities, potentially resulting in tax re-assessments, which may in turn have an adverse impact on Groupe BPCE’s results.
-
3.1 Adequacy of risk management systems
The Group Risk and Compliance Committee, chaired by the Chairman of the Management Board, met five times in 2022 to review the adequacy of Groupe BPCE’s risk management systems, and validated the annual review of the Group’s risk policies. These systems cover all risks, as described in the Ministerial Order of November 3, 2014 on internal control as amended by the Order of February 25, 2021.
-
3.2 Risk appetite
All risks are covered by central and local risk management systems, in line with the Group’s risk appetite and strategy.
Groupe BPCE’s Supervisory Board unanimously approved the Group’s risk appetite framework: quantitative indicators, resilience threshold for each indicator and associated governance. During its annual review, the Supervisory Board examined the Group’s risk appetite in December 2022 and its deliberation was unanimously approved.
As a decentralized and united cooperative group, Groupe BPCE structures its activity around share capital, held predominantly by the regional institutions, and centralized market funding, optimizing the resources allocated to the entities.
•through its cooperative nature, is firmly committed to generating recurring and resilient income for its cooperative shareholders and investors by offering the best service to its customers;
•must preserve the solvency, liquidity and reputation of each Group entity – a duty assumed by the central institution through the oversight of consolidated risks, a risk policy and shared tools;
•consists of regional banks, which own the Group and its subsidiaries. In addition to normal management operations, in the event of a crisis, solidarity mechanisms between Group entities ensure the circulation of capital and prevent the entities or the central institution from defaulting;
•focuses on the structural risks of its full-service banking model, with a predominant retail banking component in France, while incorporating other business lines necessary to provide quality service to all of its customers;
–international expansion (predominantly Corporate & Investment Banking and asset management, with a more targeted approach for retail banking customers).
Groupe BPCE’s risk appetite is defined as the level of risk it is willing to accept with the goal of increasing its profitability while maintaining solvency. This risk appetite must be aligned with the institution’s operating environment, strategy and business model, while making customer interests the top priority. In determining its risk appetite, Groupe BPCE aims to steer clear of any major pockets of concentration and to optimize capital allocation.
In terms of risk profile, Groupe BPCE incurs risks intrinsically associated with its retail banking and Corporate & Investment Banking activities. Changes to its business model are increasing the Group’s exposure to some types of risks, particularly risks related to asset management and international businesses.
The Group does not conduct business unless it has the associated risks sufficiently under control, nor does it exercise proprietary trading activities. Activities with high risk-reward profiles are strictly controlled.
In all activities, entities and regions of operation, the Group undertakes to meet the highest standards of ethics, conduct, best execution and transaction security.
The risk appetite framework is based on a master document providing a qualitative and quantitative description of the risks that Groupe BPCE is willing to assume, and describing the governance and operating guidelines in effect.
The implementation of the risk appetite framework is centered on four key components: (i) the definition of groupwide standards, (ii) the existence of a set of limits in line with those defined by regulations, (iii) the distribution of expertise and responsibilities between the entities and the central institution and (iv) the operation of the governance process within the Group and the different entities, enabling the efficient and resilient application of the risk appetite framework.
The Group’s risk appetite framework is regularly updated (at least annually) and is centered on a series of successive limits associated with separate respective authorization levels, i.e.:
•an observation or tolerance threshold, which if breached, calls for BPCE Management Board members to decide either to require the breach to be corrected or to allow the transaction to go ahead on an exceptional basis;
•a RAF limit (risk appetite framework) or resilience threshold, the breach of which would pose a potential risk to the continuity and/or stability of the business. Any such breach must be reported to the BPCE Supervisory Board and addressed by a specific action plan validated by the Board;
•an extreme limit in conjunction with the Group’s resolution and recovery plan which, if breached, could jeopardize the Group’s very survival. This extreme limit concerns certain indicators adopted in respect of the Group’s risk appetite.
A quarterly dashboard is prepared by the Group’s Risk division, for the purpose of regularly and extensively monitoring all risk indicators and reporting to the supervisory body or/and any committee thereof.
The Risk division issues an annual compliance notice to the institutions in their annual draft proposal, ensuring a high level of consistency between the risk appetites implemented locally and that of the Group.
•in terms of solvency, the Group is able to absorb, if need be, the occurrence of a risk at entity or Group level;
•in terms of liquidity, the Group has a significant reserve consisting of cash and securities enabling it to meet regulatory requirements, pass stress tests and access central bank unconventional financing mechanisms. It also has a sufficient amount of high-quality liquid assets eligible for market funding mechanisms and those offered by the European Central Bank.
The Group ensures the robustness of this system by implementing global or dedicated stress tests such as those for climate risk management, which are carried out regularly. They are intended to verify the Group’s resilience, particularly in the event of a serious crisis.
Groupe BPCE places great importance on anticipating and managing emerging risks in today’s constantly changing environment. To this end, a prospective analysis identifying the risks that could impact the Group is carried out every six months and presented to the Risk and Compliance Committee, followed by the Board’s Risk Committee.
The macroeconomic context has deteriorated sharply since the beginning of 2022 and has led to a more pessimistic view than what was projected in terms of the result generated by the Group’s activities and the level of risk. In addition, the Covid crisis and the consequences of the crisis in Ukraine have profoundly changed the environment in which the Group’s activities are carried out. They have greatly increased the intensity of the shocks caused by the various types of risk affecting our business lines.
The forthcoming slowdown in economic growth, combined with high and potentially long-term inflation, poses an increased risk of a deterioration in credit portfolios, in particular for certain customer segments with vulnerabilities (business sectors sensitive to the secondary effects of the war in Ukraine and/or inflation, customers with an already high level of debt, etc.).
The vigilance regarding interest rate and investment risks is also increased given the highly unfavorable impact that the rise in interest rates and inflation could have on the Group’s profitability in the short and medium term.
The international geopolitical environment is an ongoing source of concern, with various geopolitical tensions continuing to weigh on general economic conditions and fueling uncertainties.
As the economy and financial services have grown increasingly digitized, banks have had to remain constantly vigilant against cyber threats. The sophistication of cyber attacks and potential vulnerability of their IS systems are both major risks for Groupe BPCE, in conjunction with the expectations of the regulatory authority.
The Group is very attentive to changes in the regulatory environment and to the supervisor’s requests, in particular on new provisioning standards, the management and monitoring of leveraged loans, guidelines on non-performing loans, etc.
-
3.3 Risk management
Risk management is governed by two main bodies at Group level: the Supervisory Board, which is supported by the Board’s Risk Committee, and the Executive Management Committee, of which the Head of Risk Management is a member.
Chaired by the Chairman of the Management Board, the Group Risk and Compliance Committee, an umbrella committee, sets the broad outlines of the risk policy and examines issues related to non-financial risks (specifically those related to banking, insurance and investment service compliance, and to financial security), annually reviews the risk appetite framework, and approves a prospective risk analysis twice a year.
Groupe BPCE’s Risk division and General Secretariat – in charge of compliance and permanent control – measure, monitor and manage risks, pursuant to the Ministerial Order of November 3, 2014 as amended by the Order of February 25, 2021, on internal control.
They ensure that the risk management system is effective, complete and consistent, and that risk-taking is consistent with the guidelines for the business (particularly the targets and resources of the Group and its institutions).
These duties are formalized in Groupe BPCE’s Internal Control Charter, an umbrella charter. It is based on the two charters of the control functions, namely the Internal Audit Charter and the Group Risk, Compliance and Permanent Control Charter.
The various departments of the Group Risk division are involved in all risks (credit, financial, operational, climate and non-banking investments) by acting on:
Management
Monitoring
Control
•present the Management Board and Supervisory Board with a risk appetite framework for the Group and ensure its implementation and roll-out at each major entity;
•help draw up risk policies on a consolidated basis, inform overall risk limits, contribute to discussions on capital allocation and ensure that portfolios are managed in accordance with these limits and allocations;
•define and implement standards and methods for consolidated risk measurement, risk-taking approval, risk control and reporting, and compliance with risk regulations;
•oversee the risk information system, working closely with the IS departments, while defining the standards to be applied for the measurement, control, reporting and management of risks;
•are functionally subordinate to the risk and compliance functions, participating in the work of local Risk Committees or receiving the results of their work, coordinating the departments and approving the appointment or dismissal of all new Heads of Risk Management, Heads of Compliance, or Heads of Risk and Compliance meeting with the relevant managers and/or teams during national or local meetings and during checks on site or at BPCE;
•help disseminate risk and compliance awareness and promote the sharing of best practices throughout the Group.
•carry out the annual macro-level risk mapping exercise, factoring in the overall risk policy, risk appetite and annual permanent control plan, which is part of the internal control system;
•conduct permanent monitoring of limit breaches and their resolution, centralize risk data and prepare forward-looking risk reports on a consolidated basis;
•help the Groupe BPCE Management Board to identify emerging risks, concentration of risk and other various developments, and to devise strategy and adjust risk appetite;
•perform stress tests with the goal of identifying areas of risk and the Group’s resilience under various predetermined shock scenarios.
•assess and control the level of risk across the Group;
•conduct controls to ensure that the operations and internal procedures of Group companies comply with legal, professional, or internal standards applicable to banking, financial and Insurance activities;
•implement a permanent second-level Group control system for the risks of the institutions and the sensitive activities of the Group Risk division.
Several committees are responsible for defining Groupwide methodology standards for measuring, managing, reporting and consolidating all risks throughout the Group.
Group Risk and Compliance Committee
•The Group Risk and Compliance Committee is a decision-making and supervisory committee. It is an umbrella committee for all the Group’s risks, set up in accordance with regulatory provisions, in particular Articles 223 to 232 of the amended French Ministerial Order of November 3, 2014.
Group Counterparty and Credit Risk Committees
•Several types of committees have been established to manage credit risk for the entire Group, meeting at varying frequencies depending on their roles (ex-post or decision-making analysis) and their scope of authority.
Group Market Risk Committees
•The Group has also established decision-making and supervisory committees for both market and structural ALM risks. The frequency of their meetings is tailored to the needs of the Group and its institutions.
Non-Financial Risk Committee
•This committee meets quarterly and includes the various Groupe BPCE business lines affected by non-compliance and operational risks. It examines information system security, business continuity and accounting review issues. Its objective is to validate action plans targeting these risks, which are included in the Group’s macro-level risk map.
•It also performs consolidated supervision of losses, incidents and alerts, including reports made to the Autorité de contrôle prudentiel et de résolution (ACPR), the French prudential supervisory authority for the banking and insurance sector, under Article 98 of Ministerial Order A-2014-11-03 as amended by the Order of February 25, 2021, for non-financial risks.
ALM Committee
•The Asset and Liability Management Committee is a decision-making and supervisory committee for Asset/Liability management, interest rate risk and liquidity management.
Climate Risk Committee
•This umbrella committee on the Group’s physical climate, transition, liability and environmental risks meets three times a year, in response, in particular, to the regulatory provisions of the ECB and the ACPR.
Model Risk Management Committee
•This committee proposes to the governance a resilient model risk management framework, making it possible to propose risk indicators and any associated thresholds to the bodies, to monitor the evolution of the portfolio of models, to ensure the proper dissemination of the model risk management framework within the Group.
The Group’s Risk division and General Secretariat oversee the Group’s risk management, compliance and permanent control functions, focusing on the management of credit, financial, operational, climate and non-compliance risks, extended to business continuity, financial control and information system security functions. They ensure that the risk policies of the affiliates and subsidiaries comply with those of Groupe BPCE.
The Risk and/or Compliance divisions of subsidiaries not subject to the banking supervision regulatory framework are functionally subordinate to Groupe BPCE’s Risk division and General Secretariat.
The strong functional authority is exercised by the Head of Risk Management and by the Secretary General, both members of Groupe BPCE’s Executive Management Committee. It enables risk controls to be performed objectively, as each Group entity’s operational functions are independent from its risk and compliance functions. It also promotes a risk management and compliance culture and the application of shared risk management standards, and ensures that managers are given independent, objective and detailed information on the Group’s risk exposures and any possible deterioration in its risk profile.
Group institutions are responsible for defining, monitoring and managing their risk levels, as well as producing reports and data for submission to the central institution’s Risk division and General Secretariat. They ensure the quality, reliability and completeness of the data used to control and monitor risks at the company level and on a consolidated basis, in line with Group risk standards and policies.
In the course of their work, the Group’s institutions rely on the Group Risk, Compliance and Permanent Control Charter. The charter specifies that each institution’s supervisory body and executive management promote the risk management culture at all levels of their organization.
A twofold assessment of a) risk management functions and b) compliance functions is conducted annually by the Risk Committee of the Groupe BPCE Supervisory Board and sent to the management of the Group’s main establishments.
The Risk Governance and Control department is responsible for coordinating and leading the risk and compliance functions, in conjunction with the Corporate Secretary’s office, and for the second level permanent control of the Risk function within Groupe BPCE. The Risk, Compliance and Permanent Control Charter calls for the Group Risk division and General Secretariat to participate, at their own initiative, in the annual performance assessment of the Heads of the Permanent Control functions, particularly risk and/or compliance, in consultation with the Chairman of the Management Board or the Chief Executive Officer.
The Risk Governance and Control department deploys the entire system on a daily basis and contributes to the overall supervision of Group risks, primarily through:
•oversight and updates of key risk and compliance function documents such as charters and standards;
•analysis of the work done by the Executive Committees on the risks incurred by the Banques Populaires, the Caisses d’Epargne and the subsidiaries;
•coordination of the risk management and compliance function events through a series of national Risk Management and Compliance Days, including discussions and exchanges on risk- and compliance-related issues, presentations on the work done by the functions, training and sharing of best practices in the credit, financial, operational, climate and compliance fields between all Group institutions. Risk Management and Compliance Days also provide opportunities to strengthen groupwide solidarity in the risk management and/or compliance professions in today’s ever-changing regulatory environment. In addition, audio conferences and regional meetings are very frequently attended by the Heads of Risk Management and Compliance of the networks and subsidiaries to address current topics and events;
•second-level permanent control of Groupe BPCE’s Risk function, as well as the sensitive activities of the Group’s Risk division, via a dedicated department;
•measuring the level of risk and compliance culture in the Group’s institutions via a dedicated self-assessment;
•the performance of operational efficiency work (effective benchmark standards), work related to the risk-based approach (half-yearly risk and compliance reporting, risk appetite framework, macro-mapping of risks, etc.);
•the follow-up of all recommendations issued by supervisors and by the General internal audit in the area of risk management and permanent control;
•a twofold assessment of a) the risk management functions and b) the compliance functions is conducted every year and presented to the Risk Committee of the Groupe BPCE Supervisory Board;
•managing the institutions’ risk appetite framework: definition in line with the Group framework, consolidation and reporting to the bodies;
•support for new Heads of Risk Management and/or Compliance via a dedicated program and the annual training plan for the risk and compliance functions;
•frequent on-site meetings with the Heads of Risk Management and/or Compliance and teams of the Banques Populaires, Caisses d’Epargne and subsidiaries;
•in addition to the Operational Committee meetings attended by the Risk division, General Meetings held with each of the main BPCE subsidiaries: Global Financial Services (Natixis), Crédit Foncier, Banque Palatine, BPCE International (extinctive management), the subsidiaries of the Financial Solutions & Expertise division, and Oney for a comprehensive review with the Head of Risk Management and/or Compliance;
•distribution of a newsletter (“Mag R&C”) to the heads of Group institutions, the heads of the various functions, including sales, and the employees of the risk, compliance and permanent control functions as well as all Group employees.
For coordination purposes, the Risk Governance and Control department relies on a half-yearly report drawn up by the institutions, aimed at ensuring that the various components of the local systems are properly implemented and operate under satisfactory conditions, particularly with respect to banking regulations and Group charters. The findings of this report improve operational efficiency and optimize best practices throughout the Group.
Activities specifically focused on the Lagarde report are being monitored in conjunction with the Group’s institutions. There is also a system in place to monitor anomalies observed at Group institutions, aimed at ensuring that business is conducted properly and the rules of ethics are applied.
Lastly, a global transformation program for the Risk function and the Risk division was initiated in 2022 (called Triple A) in order to optimize and strengthen work in these areas. This program covers all risk areas, including IT and HR.
HIGHLIGHTS
•contribution to the Risk division’s transformation projects;
•review of the risk appetite framework by integrating Leverage Finance and HCSF indicators;
•creation, in the fourth quarter of 2022, of a permanent risk control unit in the Group Risk division, in charge of the second-level permanent control of Groupe BPCE’s Risk function, as well as the sensitive activities of the Group’s Risk division;
•grouping of the risk and risk culture functions;
•implementation of a dashboard to monitor governance and risk control work;
•establishment of a project manager in charge of coordinating the regulatory watch of the risk perimeter.
To promote and strengthen the risk and compliance culture at all levels, the Risk and Compliance department of the Risk Governance department is focused on developing risk and compliance training and awareness programs at all Group levels, establishing regular communication on risk and compliance issues throughout the Group, and disseminating and measuring the risk and compliance culture.
Training
•Risk & Compliance Academy
37 training courses, including:
•Risk pursuit
•a compliance program (for the risk, compliance and audit functions)
•a specific program for the Inspection Générale division
•a certification program dedicated to the Risk and Compliance departments set up in Paris Dauphine
•Banking risk awareness quiz: 200 questions/4 topics (credit risks, financial risks, non-financial risks and banking environment risks) targeting the employees of the Banques Populaires, the Caisses d’Epargne and the subsidiaries
•Climate Risk Pursuit
•Climate risk awareness quiz: 200 questions targeting the employees of the Banques Populaires, the Caisses d’Epargne and the subsidiaries
•Members of the supervisory bodies and risk committees of the BPs and CEs
•Annual training provided for Fédération Nationale des Banques Populaires and Fédération Nationale des Caisses d’Epargne: risks, compliance and security
•Member of the Board of BPCE SA
•Risk, compliance and IT security training
Communication
•The R&C Hour
•Topics intended for the Risk and Compliance departments of the Group’s institutions and BPCE SA’s employees (live + replay): Basel IV, crypto-assets (impacts in terms of risk management and compliance), ESG risks (overview, Pillar III publications and market challenges), real estate markets, economic news, feedback on climate stress tests.
•Regulatory holiday book
•Examination of regulatory issues (regulatory outlook, response from regulators and supervisors on Covid-19, etc.)
•Regulatory communication
•Coordination of the risk and compliance Chapters of the regulatory reports (universal registration document, Pillar III, annual report on internal control, ICAAP)
Sharing of best practices
•Sharing of best practices and cross-analyses between operational entities and control functions
•Coordination of Commitment managers of the BPs, CEs and subsidiaries
•Risk assessment of sales functions at Group institutions (New Product Committee, implementation and updating of sales processes)
•Sharing best practices by pooling local risk management systems
Measurement of the risk and compliance culture
•Self-assessment of the level of risk and compliance culture: R&C EVAL system
•139 questions on the risk and compliance culture, based on the recommendations of the Financial Stability Board 2014, Agence Française Anticorruption 2017 and the European Banking Authority 2021 guidelines allowing a self-assessment and the implementation of action plans
The macro-level risk map plays a central role in an institution’s overall risk management system: by identifying and rating its risks, in particular through the evaluation of its risk management system, each institution in the Group has its own risk profile and priority risks. This risk-based approach serves to update the risk appetite and the permanent/periodic control plans of Group institutions on a yearly basis.
Action plans targeting high-priority risks are defined with the goal of reducing and/or managing risks.
The results of the macro-level risk mapping process contribute to the Group’s Supervisory Review and Evaluation Process (SREP), by identifying the main risks under the risk management and prudential approach, included in the annual report on internal control, the ICAAP report and the universal registration document (risk factors section).
In 2022, as in previous years, a consolidation of the macro-level risk mapping was carried out for each network. Each institution is able to compare the results of its own macro-level risk mapping with those of its network. Action plans set up by the institutions to address their priority risks were also consolidated.
The macro-risk mapping is integrated into the Priscop permanent control management tool, which makes it possible to automate the risk-control links in the risk management system.
Macro-level risk mapping was performed at Group level in 2022 by consolidating the macro-level risk maps of the parent company institutions and subsidiaries.
Lastly, the Risk Governance and Control department is responsible for validating the Group’s models outside Natixis and the General Secretariat (human resources and Budget) of the Group Risk division.
In addition to the risk supervision conducted both individually and by type of risk, Groupe BPCE’s Risk division also performs consolidated monitoring of the Group’s risks. A Group risk dashboard is produced quarterly. It contains a quarterly Group risk dashboard, which is used to monitor the risk appetite defined by the Group as well as for comprehensive monitoring of risks based on an analysis of the Group’s risk profile in each area (mapping of risk-weighted assets, credit risks and counterparty risks – by customer segment –, market risks, structural ALM risks, non-financial risks and risks related to insurance businesses). In addition to the dashboard, a monthly flash report provides the Group with a more responsive and updated overview of Group risks.
The Group Risk division also conducts or coordinates cross-business risk analyses and specific stress tests on the Group’s main portfolios or activities and, if needed, for the entities. It has also developed half-year forward-looking risk analyzes aimed at identifying economic risk factors (known and emerging; international, national and regional), circumstantial threats (regulations, etc.) and their potential impact on the Group. These forward-looking analyses are presented at meetings of the Group Supervisory Board’s Risk Committee.
In addition, it carries out risk measurements on a portfolio basis. It reviews and validates risk models developed internally. Lastly, it contributes to efforts to define internal capital requirements as well as internal and external solvency stress tests aimed at measuring the Group’s sensitivity to a series of risk factors and its resilience in the event of a severe shock, by determining impacts in terms of cost of risk and RWA.
Groupe BPCE has been developing stress tests since 2011 that can be performed using the risk modules for Group strategic analysis purposes and regulatory purposes.
There are two types of stress tests:
•internal stress tests (including reverse stress tests);
•regulatory stress tests (including in particular the EBA’s 2021 stress test published on July 30, 2021).
The governance of the Group’s stress testing system is based on a comprehensive approach covering all Group entities, taking into consideration their specific characteristics, and covering the following risks:
•credit risk: change in cost of risk and risk-weighted assets;
•securitization portfolio and counterparty risk: change in impairment and risk-weighted assets;
•market risks: market shocks, change in securities portfolios and risk-weighted assets;
•operational risks;
•insurance risk.
Risks associated with sovereign exposures are addressed according to their accounting classification in market risk or credit risk.
The methodologies used to determine the projections are based on:
•the methodology stipulated by the ECB and the EBA for regulatory stress tests;
•internal methodologies adapted to the Group’s business model, as part of the budget exercise and risk management.
Several scenarios are tested in order to assess all impacts:
Baseline scenario
Baseline scenario comprising the budget scenario
ICAAP adverse scenarios
Scenarios that are both severe and plausible to provide relevant information on risk and resilience under the ICAAP.
Adverse Preventive Recovery Plan scenarios
Scenarios used as part of the Preventive Recovery Plan to assess the Group's ability to recover.
Reverse scenarios
Scenarios performed in advance of the stress scenarios to estimate ex ante the required severity for ICAAP and PPR.
Models are used for each risk category to determine the impacts of scenarios on the various income statement items and capital requirements.
-
3.4 Internal control
The Group control system relies on three levels of controls, in accordance with banking regulations and sound management practices (two levels of permanent controls and one level of periodic control), as well as the establishment of consolidated control processes in accordance with provisions approved by BPCE’s Management Board.
The organization of permanent control in the Group is specified in the Internal Control Charter (updated on July 23, 2020) in paragraph 3 and in the DRCCP Charter (updated on December 9, 2021) in paragraphs 2 and 5 in accordance with the Ministerial Order of November 3, 2014 (revised on February 25, 2021), in particular in Article 12.
In terms of governance, the assessment of the permanent control system is the responsibility of the Group Internal Control Coordination Committee (or 3CI or CCFC in its local implementation).
The permanent control system is based on the taxonomy of controls, which includes definitions of control methods.
The system comprises two types of level 1 controls (first line of defense LOD1) carried out by employees carrying out operational activities. These employees identify the risks associated with their activity and comply with the procedures and limits set:
•level 1.1 consists of production controls (detection of production anomalies, compliance with internal rules and procedures) usually carried out on an ongoing basis;
•level 1.2 consists of controls aimed at identifying risks/compliance with rules/procedures carried out by line managers (a line manager control implies a control distinct from the person who carried it out) or by a separate team dedicated to level 1 control. The formalization of procedures and operating modes describing the controlled operational activities are the responsibility of the first line of defense.
The system also includes two types of level 2 controls (second line of defense LOD2) performed by agents at the central and local levels:
•level 2.1 consists of controls aimed at verifying that the risks have been identified and managed by the first level of control in accordance with the rules and procedures provided for. They are carried out by employees of departments dedicated exclusively to risk management, compliance, security, permanent control or specialized functions that do not perform level 1 controls: These controls are formalized and assessed;
•level 2.2 concerns overall system controls or quality controls performed by each business line of an institution as the head of the Group or of BPCE as the central institution. These controls are formalized and assessed. In the last quarter of 2022, the Risk division set up a department dedicated to carrying out permanent controls of the Risk function and sensitive activities within its scope.
In accordance with the Group’s Risk, Compliance and Permanent Control Charter, it is recommended that a permanent control coordination function be set up in each institution or Group head office covering the entire Risk/Compliance/Security area. In the absence of a dedicated department, these missions are the responsibility of the Head of Risk, Compliance and Permanent Control or the Chief Risk Officer and the Head of Compliance, it being understood that the designated Executive Officer remains responsible for the consistency and effectiveness of the control, within the meaning of the Ministerial Order of November 3, 2014 as amended by the Order of February 25, 2021.
In the General Secretariat, the main role of the Group Coordination of Permanent Controls department is to coordinate the Group’s level 1 and 2 permanent control system. In this context, it:
•proposes standards and methodological guides for the exercise of permanent control in Groupe BPCE;
•monitors the application of control standards, i.e. the framework document governing the Group’s permanent control system – operational adaptation of the Internal Control Charter – and the control sampling standard, which is based on random, representative samples. To that end, all annual control plans of retail banking institutions are centralized and analyzed each year;
•assists the business lines in the review of controls and to ensure their risk coverage is complete. The various permanent control standards are overseen and constantly updated and expanded in the tool;
The control culture has been strengthened by the implementation of a certification in permanent control of the banking and insurance business lines validated by the external body France Competence. This certification is intended for the level 1 and level 2 permanent control functions but also for the LOD2 functions.
•The scope of the Group’s control system has been extended to the BPCE Assurance and Payments entities. This group of entities joined the Priscop platform.
- the documentation standard of the Group’s permanent controls, which covers the formalization of their expected results, the control methods and the information necessary for the controller in charge of carrying out the controls;
•New reports have been developed to enable institutions to monitor the progress of the annual control plan
•a sharepoint has been implemented to assess, via a rating, the quality of an institution’s permanent control system in relation to its priority risks;
•a review mission has been launched on the quality and completeness of the control documentation for the scope of controls common to all institutions, with the aim of uploading this documentation to the Priscop platform;
The Group Risk division and the Group General Secretariat are responsible for permanent controls at Group level, and the General internal audit for periodic control.
The permanent and periodic control functions of affiliates and subsidiaries, subject to banking supervision, are functionally subordinate, as Consolidated Control departments, to BPCE’s corresponding Central Control divisions and report to their entity’s executive body.
•a standardized opinion on the appointments and dismissals of Heads of permanent/periodic control functions at direct affiliates and subsidiaries;
•drafting of standard practices by the central institution set out in Group standards, definition or approval of control plans.
The entire system was approved by the Management Board on December 7, 2009, and presented to the Audit Committee on December 16, 2009 and to the BPCE Supervision Board. The Risk, Compliance and Permanent Control Charter was reviewed in December 2021 and the body of standards consists of three Group charters covering all activities:
The Chairman of the BPCE Management Board is responsible for ensuring the consistency and effectiveness of the internal control system. A Group Internal Control Coordination Committee, chaired by the Chairman of the Management Board, meets periodically.
This committee is responsible for dealing with all issues relating to the consistency and effectiveness of the Group internal control system, as well as the results of risk management and internal control work and follow-up work.
•validating the Group Internal Control Charter, the Group Risk, Compliance and Permanent Control Charter and the Group Internal Audit Charter;
•reviewing dashboards and reports on Group control results, and presenting permanent control coordination initiatives and results;
•validating action plans to be implemented in order to achieve a consistent and efficient Group permanent control system, and assessing progress made on corrective measures adopted subsequent to recommendations issued by the General internal audit , the national or European supervisory authorities, and the Permanent Control functions;
•reviewing the Group’s internal control system, identifying any shortcomings, and suggesting appropriate solutions to further secure the institutions and the Group;
•deciding on any cross-business initiatives or measures aimed at strengthening the Group’s internal control system;
•ensuring consistency between measures taken to strengthen permanent control and risk areas identified during the consolidated macro-level risk mapping exercise.
The members of the Executive Management Committee in charge of Risk Management (Group Risk division) and of Compliance and Permanent Controls (General Secretariat), and the Head of the General internal audit , are members of this committee. Where applicable, the Internal Control Coordination Committee may hear reports from operational managers about measures they have taken to apply recommendations made by internal and external control bodies.
In accordance with the duties incumbent on the central institution, and pursuant to the rules of collective solidarity, the General internal audit is responsible for periodically verifying the operation of all Group institutions and providing their executive managers with reasonable assurance of their financial strength.
In that role, it ensures the quality, effectiveness, consistency and efficiency of their control system as well as their risk management. The division’s scope of authority covers all risks, all institutions and all activities, including those that are outsourced.
Its top priorities are to assess and to report to the executive and decision-making bodies of the entities and the Group as a whole on:
•the adequacy and compliance of policies and procedures with regard to the risk appetite of the entities;
•the effectiveness of the organization, particularly that of the first and second lines of defense;
•the integrity of the processes guaranteeing the reliability of the entities’ methods and techniques, as well as the assumptions and information sources used for its internal models;
•the quality and use of risk detection and assessment tools and the measures taken to mitigate them;
Reporting to the Chairman of the Management Board, the General internal audit performs its duties independently of the Operational and Permanent Control divisions.
In the interest of exercising its duties and contributing effectively to the promotion of an auditing culture, the Head of the General internal audit takes part, without voting rights, in the central institution’s key Risk Management Committees.
As indicated above, the Head of the General internal audit is a member of the Group Internal Control Coordination Committee and has a standing invitation to participate in the Supervisory Board’s Risk Committee and the Audit Committee of BPCE, the Risk Committee and Audit Committee of Natixis, and the Risk Committee and Audit Committee of the Group’s main subsidiaries (FSE division, Banque Palatine, Oney, Crédit Foncier, BPCE International).
To fulfill its duties, the General internal audit establishes and maintains an inventory of the Group’s auditing scope, which is defined in coordination with the Internal Audit departments of the Group institutions.
It makes sure that all institutions, activities and corresponding risks are covered by comprehensive audits, performed at frequencies defined according to the overall risk level of each institution or activity, which must not exceed five years for banking activities.
In so doing, the General internal audit takes into account not only its own audits, but also those conducted by the supervisory authorities and the Local internal audit.
The annual audit plan is defined with the Chairman of the BPCE Management Board, and presented to the Group Internal Control Coordination Committee and the Supervisory Board’s Risk Committee. It is also transmitted to the national and European supervisors.
General internal audit audits contain recommendations prioritized by order of importance, which are regularly monitored (at least once every six months).
The division reports the findings of its work to the executive managers of the audited companies and to their supervisory body. It also reports to the Chairman of the Management Board, the Supervisory Board’s Risk Committee and the Supervisory Board of BPCE. It provides them with a report on the implementation of its major recommendations, as well as those of the Autorité de contrôle prudentiel et de résolution (ACPR), the French prudential supervisory authority for the banking and insurance sector, and the Single Supervisory Mechanism (SSM). It sees to the expedient execution of any corrective measures to the internal control system, in accordance with Article 26 of the amended Ministerial Order of November 3, 2014 on internal control, and may call on the Supervisory Board’s Risk Committee to address any measures that have not been executed.
In the central institution, the Head of the General internal audit maintains regular relations and shares information with the heads of the units in the scope of inspection, and more specifically with the divisions in charge of level 2 controls.
The heads of these divisions are responsible for notifying the Head of the General internal audit in a timely manner of any disruption or major incident that comes to their attention. The Head of the General internal audit and the Heads of Group Risk Management and Group Compliance and Security notify each other in a timely manner of any inspection or disciplinary procedure initiated by the supervisory authorities and in general of any external audits brought to their attention.
The completion of the 2022 audit plan was marked by the resumption of on-site missions and the continuation of the catch-up of international missions.
The General internal audit carried out 93% of its audit plan (compared to 82% in 2021), i.e. 71 of the 75 missions planned, including 6 additional ones added during the year.
The new organization of the function linked to the Pléiade project was put in place for the second wave of missions with the creation of the Natixis CIB Internal Audit department and the functional reporting of CIB, NIM, BPCE Assurances and Natixis Algérie audits to BPCE’s Inspection Générale.
The whistleblowing system, revised in 2021 to support institutions/business lines in the convergence towards “0 late recommendations for all issuers combined”, has been rolled out to institutions and has been stepped up by the General internal audit. It monitors the recommendations of the Supervisors on a quarterly basis and monitors the recommendations issued by itself every six months. It followed up on all the recommendations issued by the third line of defense on the Group (Internal Audits, Group Inspection Générale, former Natixis Inspection Générale and Supervisors) as of December 31, 2022.
The General internal audit carries out its duties within the framework of business line operations. Its operating procedures - for the purposes of consolidated supervision and optimal use of resources - are set out in a charter approved by BPCE’s Management Board on December 7, 2009; the latter was redesigned and approved on December 12, 2022.
The aim of this structure is to cover all of the Group’s operational or functional units over a reasonable number of fiscal years, according to the associated risk, and to achieve efficiency between the various complementary audits conducted by the Internal Audits teams of Group entities.
The Local internal audit of the direct affiliates and subsidiaries are functionally subordinate to the General internal audit and report to the executive branch of their entity.
These ties are strictly replicated at the level of each company in the Group, which is itself a parent company.
This strong functional subordination is also based on operating rules and the Group Internal Audit Standards applicable by the entire function. It is reflected as follows:
•the existence of a single groupwide Audit Charter. It defines the end purpose, powers, responsibilities and general structure of the Internal Audit function in the overall internal control system, and applies to all Group companies supervised on a consolidated basis. This charter is implemented via thematic standards (audit resources, audit of the sales network, audit assignments, follow-up of recommendations, etc.);
•the appointment and dismissal of the Heads of Internal Audit of affiliates or direct subsidiaries are subject to the prior approval of the Head of the Groupe BPCE Inspection Générale division;
•the annual evaluations of the Heads are transmitted to the Head of the Group BPCE Inspection Générale division;
•the General internal audit ensures that each entity’s Local internal audit holds the necessary resources to perform its duties and adequately cover the multi-year audit plan;
•the multi-year and annual audit programs carried out by the Local internal audit of the Group institutions are approved in conjunction with the General internal audit, which is kept regularly informed of their completion or of any change in scope;
•the General internal audit issues a formal letter of opinion and, where applicable, any reservations on the multi-year audit plan, the quality of work performed and the audit reports submitted to the General internal audit, and the resources allocated both in terms of number of employees and expertise;
•the Local internal audit applies the standards and methods defined and distributed by BPCE’s General internal audit, and refers to the audit guides which are, as a matter of principle, common to all Internal Audit function auditors;
•in the course of conducting on-site audits, the BPCE’s General internal audit periodically verifies that Group companies comply with the Group’s Internal Audit standards;
•the 2022 changes to the charter mainly concern the reaffirmation of the strong link between local Internal Audits and the General internal audit, the independence of audit directors, the strengthening of audit work assessment systems and integration of the concept of CSR.
•copies of the annual reports of the entities prepared in accordance with Articles 258 to 264 of the amended Ministerial Order A-2014-11-03 on internal control;
•the presentations made by the Heads of Internal Audit to the Risk Committees, and the minutes of these meetings;
•the presentations made to the supervisory body on internal control activities and findings, and extracts of the minutes of the meetings where they were examined.
The rules governing oversight of the inspection function between Natixis and the central institution fall within the framework of the Group audit function.
As a corollary of the Pléiade project to restructure Groupe BPCE’s business lines, the widening of the scope of intervention of the Standards & Methods division continued in 2022 with a gradual ramp-up in areas other than Retail, in particular the activities of the new GFS division (Global Financial Services, formerly Natixis), continued monitoring of the recommendations in conjunction with supervisors, and participation in the work to revise the Internal Audit Charter mentioned above as well as the Missions standard (validated by BPCE’s Executive Management Committee on October 25, 2022). The Missions standard now includes the assessment of the quality of data processing in the risk approach (through a data quality assessment and on the basis of the BCBS 239 principles). It also reaffirms the principle of maintaining the audit trail and the traceability of data processing.
In April 2022, the organization of the Data division was reviewed with a new manager and the arrival of new profiles such as a Data Engineer. The division’s ambition is to strengthen its positioning within the Inspection department, to set up a robust data infrastructure using new tools, to facilitate the use of data for the benefit of the audit by accentuating its automation, and increase productivity. New data techniques have emerged in 2022 to increase the share of audit based on data analysis such as the exploration of the NLP (Natural Language Processing) for mass analysis of committee minutes.
The project owner’s activity remained focused on the implementation of the new OMEGA audit mission management tool, replacing SAIG-RECO. The data migration was carried out correctly in October and the various modules (including the multi-year audit plans and the risk assessment of the Internal Audit departments of the institutions as well as the follow-up of recommendations) were put into production in accordance with the set workload plan.
-
3.5 Recovery Plan
The plan is in line with European regulatory measures on the recovery and resolution of banks and investment firms, and with the provisions of the French Monetary and Financial Code.
The objective of the Recovery Plan is to identify measures to restore the Group’s financial solidity in the event it deteriorates significantly.
The plan presents the options available to the Group to launch a crisis management system. It assesses the relevance of the different options in various crisis scenarios and the methods and resources available for their implementation.
•identification of options impacting the restoration of the Group’s financial position and their impacts on the Group’s business model;
-
4.1 Regulatory framework
Credit institutions’ capital is regularly monitored in accordance with regulations defined by the Basel Committee.
These regulations were reinforced following the introduction of Basel III, with an increase in the level of regulatory capital requirements and the introduction of new risk categories.
The Basel III recommendations were incorporated in EU directive 2013/36/EU (Capital Requirements Directive – CRD IV) and Regulation No. 575/2013 (Capital Requirements Regulation – CRR) of the European Parliament and of the Council amended by Regulation (EU) No. 2019/876 (the “CRR2”). As of January 1, 2014, all EU credit institutions are subject to compliance with the prudential requirements set out in these texts.
•as of January 1, 2016, the capital buffers which can be used to absorb losses in the event of tensions.
–a capital conservation buffer, comprised of Common Equity Tier 1, aimed at absorbing losses in times of serious economic stress,
–a countercyclical buffer, aimed at protecting the banking sector from periods of excess aggregate credit growth. This Common Equity Tier 1 surcharge is supposed to be adjusted over time in order to increase capital requirements during periods in which credit growth exceeds its normal trend and to relax them during slowdown phases,
–a systemic risk buffer for each Member State aimed at preventing and mitigating the systemic risks that are not covered by regulations (low for Groupe BPCE given its countries of operation),
–the different systemic risk buffers aimed at reducing the risk of failure of systemically important financial institutions. These buffers are specific to each bank. Groupe BPCE is on the list of other systemically important institutions (O-SIIs) and global systemically important institutions (G-SIIs). As these buffers are not cumulative, the highest buffer applies.
•capital requirements for the prudential supervision of market risk and operational risk, multiplied by 12.5.
Through December 31, 2019, these ratios were subject to a phase-in calculation aimed at gradually transitioning from Basel 2.5 to Basel III.
In 2022, Groupe BPCE is required to observe a minimum Common Equity Tier 1 ratio of 4.5% under Pillar I, a minimum Tier 1 capital ratio of 6% and, lastly, a minimum total capital ratio of 8%.
Alongside Pillar I minimum capital requirements, Groupe BPCE is subject to additional Tier 1 capital requirements:
•as of January 1, 2019, the Tier 1 capital conservation buffer is 2.5% of the total amount of risk exposures;
•Groupe BPCE’s countercyclical buffer equals the EAD-weighted average of the buffers defined for each of the Group’s countries of operation. Groupe BPCE’s maximum countercyclical buffer as from January 1, 2019 is 2.5%. With the majority of Groupe BPCE’s exposure being located in countries whose countercyclical buffer was set at zero, the Group considers that this rate will be very close to 0%;
•the systemic risk buffer is applied to all exposures located in the Member State setting this buffer and/or to sectoral exposures located in the same Member State. As most of Groupe BPCE’s exposures are located in countries whose systemic risk buffer has been set at 0%, the Group considers that this rate will be very close to 0%.
Credit institutions must comply with the prudential requirements, which are based on three pillars that form an indivisible whole:
Pillar I sets minimum requirements for capital. It aims to ensure that banking institutions hold sufficient capital to provide a minimum level of coverage for their credit risk, market risk and operational risk. The bank can use standardized or advanced methods to calculate its capital requirement.
2021
2022
Minimum regulatory capital requirements
Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1)
4.5%
4.5%
Total Tier 1 capital (T1 = CET1 + AT1)
6.0%
6.0%
Regulatory capital (T1 + T2)
8.0%
8.0%
Additional requirements
Capital conservation buffer
2.5%
2.5%
G-SII buffer applicable to Groupe BPCE(1)
1.0%
1.0%
Maximum countercyclical buffer applicable to Groupe BPCE(2)
2.5%
2.5%
Maximum total capital requirements for Groupe BPCE
Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1)
10.5%
10.5%
Total Tier 1 capital (T1 = CET1 + AT1)
12.0%
12.0%
Regulatory capital (T1 + T2)
14.0%
14.0%
(1)G-SII buffer: global systemic buffer.
(2)The countercyclical buffer requirement is calculated quarterly.
Pillar II establishes a process of prudential supervision that complements and strengthens Pillar I.
•a comparison by the banking supervisor of its own analysis of the bank’s risk profile with the analysis conducted by the bank, in order to adapt its choice of prudential measures where applicable, which may take the form of capital requirements exceeding the minimum requirements or any other appropriate technique.
-
4.2 Scope of application
Groupe BPCE is required to submit consolidated regulatory reports to the European Central Bank (ECB), the supervisory authority for Euro zone banks. Pillar III is therefore prepared on a consolidated basis.
The regulatory scope of consolidation is established based on the statutory scope of consolidation. The main difference between these two scopes lies in the consolidation method for insurance companies, which are accounted for by the equity method within the regulatory scope, regardless of the statutory consolidation method.
The following insurance companies are accounted for by the equity method within the prudential scope of consolidation:
The following insurance companies are accounted for by the equity method within both the statutory and regulatory scopes of consolidation:
In addition, since the second quarter of 2020, the Versailles entity is consolidated using the equity method. This change, which concerns only the regulatory scope, since the entity is still considered to be under control within the meaning of IFRS, follows a detailed analysis of the regulatory texts. The latter stipulate that non-financial entities that do not constitute ancillary services within the meaning of the standard are accounted for using the equity method for the purposes of reporting ratios. This decision, approved by the Group’s bodies, allows for an alignment of the scopes used to calculate liquidity and solvency.
The table below shows the transition from an accounting balance sheet to a prudential balance sheet for Groupe BPCE at December 31, 2022.
The differences between the statutory and regulatory scopes of consolidation can be attributed to restatements for subsidiaries excluded from the regulatory scope of consolidation (see description of regulatory scope of consolidation below) and the reincorporation of intra-group transactions associated with these subsidiaries.
in millions of euros
12/31/2022
a
b
c
Balance sheet in the
published financial
statements
According to the
regulatory scope of
consolidation
References
At end of period
At end of period
ASSETS - BREAKDOWN BY ASSET CLASSES ACCORDING TO THE BALANCE SHEET IN THE PUBLISHED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1
Cash and amounts due from central banks
171,318
171,381
2
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
192,751
192,909
3
•o/w debt instruments
23,517
23,444
4
•o/w equity instruments
34,515
34,515
5
•o/w loans (excluding repurchase agreements)
6,917
6,917
6
•o/w repurchase agreements
64,850
64,941
7
•o/w trading derivatives
48,195
48,335
8
•o/w security deposits paid
14,755
14,756
9
Hedging derivatives
12,700
12,700
10
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income
44,284
44,505
11
Securities at amortized cost
27,650
27,741
12
Loans and advances to banks at amortized cost
97,694
97,361
13
Loans and advances to customers at amortized cost
826,953
826,535
14
Revaluation differences on interest rate risk-hedged portfolios
(6,845)
(6,845)
15
Insurance business investments
125,783
632
16
Current tax assets
706
712
17
Deferred tax assets
4,951
4,674
1
18
Accrued income and other assets
14,423
14,295
19
Non-current assets held for sale
219
219
20
Net participating benefit
4,752
21
Investments accounted for using equity method
1,674
4,803
22
Investment property
750
750
23
Property, plant and equipment
6,077
6,071
24
Intangible assets
1,087
930
2
25
Goodwill
4,207
4,156
2
TOTAL ASSETS
1,531,134
1,403,528
LIABILITIES - BREAKDOWN BY LIABILITY CLASSES ACCORDING TO THE BALANCE SHEET IN THE PUBLISHED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1
Central banks
9
9
2
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
184,747
180,410
3
3
•o/w securities sold short
22,892
22,892
4
•o/w other liabilities issued for trading purposes
74,471
74,471
5
•o/w trading derivatives
48,301
48,441
6
•o/w security deposits received
10,174
10,254
7
•o/w financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss
28,909
24,352
8
Hedging derivatives
16,286
16,286
9
Debt securities
243,373
242,624
10
Amounts due to banks and similar
139,117
136,458
11
Amounts due to customers
693,970
697,302
12
Revaluation differences on interest rate risk-hedged portfolios
389
389
13
Current tax liabilities
1,806
1,802
14
Deferred tax liabilities
1,966
1,889
1
15
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
20,087
19,774
16
Liabilities associated with non-current assets held for sale
162
162
17
Liabilities related to insurance policies
122,831
18
Provisions
4,901
4,856
19
Subordinated debt
18,932
18,733
3
TOTAL LIABILITIES
1,448,576
1,320,695
1
Shareholders’ equity
2
Equity attributable to equity holders of the parent
82,079
82,075
4
3
Share capital and additional paid-in capital
28,692
28,692
4
Consolidated reserves
48,845
48,840
5
Gains and losses recognized directly in other comprehensive income
591
592
6
Net income for the period
3,951
3,951
7
Non-controlling interests
479
758
5
TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
82,558
82,833
in millions of euros
12/31/2021
a
b
c
Balance sheet in the
published financial
statements
According to the
regulatory scope of
consolidation
References
At end of period
At end of period
ASSETS - BREAKDOWN BY ASSET CLASSES ACCORDING TO THE BALANCE SHEET IN THE PUBLISHED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1
Cash and amounts due from central banks
186,317
186,460
2
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
198,919
198,707
3
•o/w debt instruments
30,451
30,181
4
•o/w equity instruments
47,617
47,617
5
•o/w loans (excluding repurchase agreements)
7,497
7,497
6
•o/w repurchase agreements
56,170
56,183
7
•o/w trading derivatives
43,712
43,756
8
•o/w security deposits paid
13,473
13,473
9
Hedging derivatives
7,163
7,163
10
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income
48,598
48,753
11
Securities at amortized cost
24,986
24,982
12
Loans and advances to banks at amortized cost
94,140
93,827
13
Loans and advances to customers at amortized cost
781,097
781,825
14
Revaluation differences on interest rate risk-hedged portfolios
5,394
5,394
15
Insurance business investments
135,228
669
16
Current tax assets
465
464
17
Deferred tax assets
3,524
3,541
1
18
Accrued income and other assets
13,830
13,764
19
Non-current assets held for sale
2,241
2,241
20
Investments accounted for using equity method
1,525
5,378
21
Investment property
758
758
22
Property, plant and equipment
6,396
6,361
23
Intangible assets
997
816
2
24
Goodwill
4,443
4,393
2
TOTAL ASSETS
1,516,021
1,385,495
LIABILITIES - BREAKDOWN BY LIABILITY CLASSES ACCORDING TO THE BALANCE SHEET IN THE PUBLISHED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1
Central banks
6
6
2
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
191,768
189,303
3
3
•o/w securities sold short
25,974
25,974
4
•o/w other liabilities issued for trading purposes
86,424
86,424
5
•o/w trading derivatives
40,434
40,457
6
•o/w security deposits received
9,616
9,646
7
•o/w financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss
29,320
26,802
8
Hedging derivatives
12,521
12,521
9
Debt securities
237,419
235,088
10
Amounts due to banks and similar
155,391
152,020
11
Amounts due to customers
665,317
668,421
12
Revaluation differences on interest rate risk-hedged portfolios
184
184
13
Current tax liabilities
1,313
1,299
14
Deferred tax liabilities
1,049
838
1
15
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
20,115
19,956
16
Liabilities associated with non-current assets held for sale
1,946
1,946
17
Liabilities related to insurance policies
125,081
18
Provisions
5,330
5,276
19
Subordinated debt
18,990
18,786
3
TOTAL LIABILITIES
1,436,429
1,305,645
1
Shareholders’ equity
2
Equity attributable to equity holders of the parent
78,884
78,881
4
3
Share capital and additional paid-in capital
28,240
28,240
4
Consolidated reserves
45,126
45,119
5
Gains and losses recognized directly in other comprehensive income
1,516
1,518
6
Net income for the period
4,003
4,004
7
Non-controlling interests
707
969
5
TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
79,591
79,850
-
4.3 Composition of regulatory capital
Regulatory capital is determined in accordance with Regulation No. 575/2013 of the European Parliament of June 26, 2013 on capital (“CRR”) amended by Regulation (EU) No. 2019/876 (“CRR2”).
It is divided into three categories: Common Equity Tier 1, Additional Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital. Deductions are made from these categories.
These categories are broken down according to decreasing degrees of solidity and stability, duration and degree of subordination.
12/31/2022
Basel III
12/31/2021
Basel III Phased-in(1)
Share capital and additional paid-in capital
28,692
28,240
Consolidated reserves
48,840
45,119
Net income for the period
3,951
4,004
Gains and losses recognized directly in other comprehensive income
592
1,518
Consolidated equity attributable to equity holders of the parent
82,075
78,881
Perpetual deeply subordinated notes classified as other comprehensive income
-
-
Consolidated equity attributable to equity holders of the parent excluding perpetual deeply subordinated notes classified as other comprehensive income
82,075
78,881
Non-controlling interests
164
193
•o/w prudential filters
-
-
Deductions
(5,994)
(4,825)
•o/w goodwill(2)
(4,139)
(4,176)
•o/w intangible assets(2)
(792)
(649)
•o/w irrevocable payment commitments
(964)
-
Prudential restatements
(6,580)
(4,485)
•o/w shortfall of credit risk adjustments to expected losses
(189)
(203)
•o/w prudent valuation
(869)
(702)
•o/w insufficient coverage for non-performing exposures ‒ Pillar II
(957)
(613)
Common Equity Tier 1(3)
69,665
69,764
Additional Tier-1 capital
-
-
Tier 1 capital
69,665
69,764
Tier-2 capital
12,759
12,951
TOTAL REGULATORY CAPITAL
82,424
82,715
(1)Phased-in: after taking phase-in arrangements into account.
(2)Including non-current assets and entities held for sale classified as held for sale.
(3)The Common Equity Tier 1 included €28,723 million in cooperative shares (after taking allowances into account) on December 31, 2022 and €27,924 million in 2021.
A detailed breakdown of regulatory capital by category, as required by Implementing Regulation No. 1423/2013, is published at the following address: https://groupebpce.com/en/investors/results-and-publications/pillar-iii.
Details of debt instruments recognized as additional Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital, other instruments eligible for TLAC, as well as their characteristics, as required by Implementing Regulation No. 1423/2013 are published at https://groupebpce.com/en/investors/results-and-publications/pillar-iii.
•reserves, including revaluation differences and gains or losses recognized directly in other comprehensive income;
•non-controlling interests in banking or related subsidiaries for the share after CET1 eligibility caps.
•intangible assets (excluding the amount of prudently valued software, exempt from deduction) including start-up costs and goodwill;
•prudential filters resulting from CRR Articles 32, 33, 34 and 35: gains or losses on cash flow hedges, gains on transactions in securitized assets, own credit risk;
•negative amounts arising from the comparison between provisions and expected losses (in this calculation, performing loans are clearly separated from loans in default);
•equity interests in eligible banking, financial and insurance institutions, according to the rules on allowances for these holdings and the phase-in period;
•value adjustments arising from the prudent valuation of assets and liabilities measured at fair value according to a prudential method, deducting any value adjustments;
in millions of euros
CET1 capital
12/31/2021
69,764
Cooperative share issues
793
Income net of proposed dividend payout
3,193
Other items(1)
(4,086)
12/31/2022
69,665
(1)Of which change in gains and losses recognized directly in other items of income not filtered -€970 million, and deduction of irrevocable payment commitments -€964 million
in millions of euros
Non-controlling interests
CARRYING AMOUNT (REGULATORY SCOPE) – 12/31/2022
758
Perpetual deeply subordinated notes classified as non-controlling interests
-
Ineligible non-controlling interests
(543)
Proposed dividend payout
-
Caps on eligible non-controlling interests
(51)
Non-controlling interests (excluding other items)
164
Other items
-
PRUDENTIAL AMOUNT – 12/31/2022
164
•subordinated instruments issued in compliance with the restrictive eligibility criteria set forth by CRR Article 52;
Deductions comprise equity interests in eligible banking, financial and insurance institutions, according to the rules on allowances for these holdings.
•subordinated instruments issued in compliance with the restrictive eligibility criteria set forth by CRR Article 63;
•the amount arising from provisions in excess of expected losses (in this calculation, performing loans are clearly separated from loans in default).
Deductions comprise equity interests in eligible banking, financial and insurance institutions, according to the rules on allowances for these holdings.
-
4.4 Regulatory capital requirements and risk-weighted assets
In accordance with Regulation No. 575/2013 (CRR) of the European Parliament as amended by Regulation (EU) No. 2019/876 (the “CRR2”), credit risk exposures can be measured using two approaches:
•the “standardized” approach, based on external credit ratings and specific risk weightings according to Basel exposure classes;
•the “internal ratings based” (IRB) approach, based on the financial institution’s internal ratings system, broken down into two categories:
–the Foundation IRB approach – banks use only their probability of default estimates for this approach,
–the Advanced IRB approach – banks use all their internal component estimates for this approach, i.e. probability of default, loss given default, exposure at default and maturity.
The methodology applied for IRB approaches is described in greater detail in Section 5 “Credit risk.”
In addition to the requirements related to counterparty risk in market transactions, the regulation of June 26, 2013 provides for the calculation of an additional charge to hedge against the risk of loss associated with counterparty credit risk (CCR). Capital requirements for the Credit Valuation Adjustment (CVA) are determined using the Standardized Approach.
The table below complies with the CRR format, presenting capital requirements for credit and counterparty risks, before the CVA and after the application of risk mitigation techniques.
in millions of euros
Risk-Weighted Assets
Total capital
requirements
a
b
c
12/31/2022
12/31/2021
12/31/2022
1
Credit risk (excluding CCR)
385,572
368,035
30,846
2
o/w standardized approach
158,104
149,609
12,648
3
o/w simple IRB approach (F-IRB)
69,231
62,865
5,539
4
o/w referencing approach
82
40
7
EU 4a
o/w equities under the simple risk-weighted approach
33,602
36,372
2,688
5
o/w advanced IRB approach (A-IRB)
117,346
111,765
9,388
6
Counterparty credit risk – CCR
14,182
14,399
1,135
7
o/w standardized approach
2,808
3,468
225
8
o/w internal model method (IMM)
3,459
4,357
277
0
o/w mark-to-market
-
-
-
EU 8a
o/w exposures on a CCP
404
328
32
EU 8b
o/w credit valuation adjustment – CVA
2,911
2,536
233
9
o/w other CCRs
4,600
3,711
368
15
Settlement risk
65
11
5
16
Securitization exposures in the banking book (after cap)
4,408
4,100
353
17
o/w SEC-IRBA approach
506
387
40
18
o/w SEC-ERBA (including IAA)
1,559
1,781
125
19
o/w SEC-SA approach
2,108
1,596
169
EU 19a
o/w 1,250%/deduction
235
336
19
20
Market risk
15,365
15,142
1,229
21
o/w standardized approach
8,195
9,571
656
22
o/w internal models approach
7,170
5,571
574
EU 22a
Large exposures
-
-
-
23
Operational risk
41,266
39,741
3,301
EU 23a
o/w basic indicator approach
-
-
-
EU 23b
o/w standardized approach
41,266
39,741
3,301
EU 23c
o/w advanced measurement approach
-
-
-
24
Amounts below the deduction thresholds (before weighting of risk of 250%)
5,354
5,258
428
29
TOTAL
460,858
441,428
36,869
in millions of euros
Basel III
Total
Credit risk(1)
CVA
Market risk
Operational
risk
Retail banking
12/31/2021
282,824
56
1,563
25,377
309,821
12/31/2022
302,549
87
1,256
26,499
330,391
Global Financial Services
12/31/2021
62,187
2,248
10,465
10,788
85,688
12/31/2022
66,403
2,488
10,612
11,624
91,127
Others
12/31/2021
38,998
231
3,114
3,576
45,919
12/31/2022
32,364
337
3,497
3,143
39,340
TOTAL RISK-WEIGHTED
ASSETS12/31/2021
384,009
2,536
15,142
39,741
441,428
12/31/2022
401,316
2,911
15,365
41,266
460,858
(1)Including settlement-delivery risk and other risk exposure amounts.
-
4.5 Management of Group capital adequacy
The methods used by Groupe BPCE to calculate risk-weighted assets are described in Section 4.4 “Regulatory capital requirements and risk-weighted assets.”
in millions of euros
12/31/2022
Basel III
12/31/2021
Basel III phased-in
Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1)
69,665
69,764
Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital
-
-
TOTAL TIER 1 (T1) CAPITAL
69,665
69,764
Tier 2 (T2) capital
12,759
12,951
TOTAL REGULATORY CAPITAL
82,424
82,715
Credit risk exposure
401,251
383,998
Settlement/delivery risk exposure
65
11
CVA risk exposure
2,911
2,536
Market risk exposure
15,365
15,142
Operational risk exposure
41,266
39,741
TOTAL RISK EXPOSURE
460,858
441,428
Capital adequacy ratios
Common Equity Tier-1 ratio
15.1%
15.8%
Tier-1 ratio
15.1%
15.8%
Total capital adequacy ratio
17.9%
18.7%
•the growth in Common Equity Tier 1, driven in particular by retained earnings (+69 basis points) and the collection of cooperative shares (+17 basis points), but mitigated by the increase in the deduction for insufficient provisioning of non-performing loans (-9 basis points);
At 15.1%, Groupe BPCE’s Common Equity Tier 1 ratio on December 31, 2022 was also significantly higher than the minimum requirement defined by the European Central Bank (ECB) during the 2022 Supervisory Review and Evaluation Process (SREP). The total capital ratio stood at 17.9% on December 31, 2022, i.e. above the ECB’s minimum requirement, compared to 18.7% on December 31, 2021.
Capital and total loss absorbing capacity (TLAC) targets are determined according to Groupe BPCE’s target ratings, in line with prudential constraints.
Capital adequacy management is therefore subject to a high management buffer which not only greatly exceeds prudential constraints on capital adequacy ratios, but is also well below the trigger for the Maximum Distributable Amount.
Capital and TLAC management is thus less sensitive to prudential changes (e.g. not dependent on G-SIB classification). As a result, the Group very predominantly builds its total loss absorbing capacity from CET1 and additionally from subordinated MREL-eligible and TLAC-eligible debt (mainly Tier 2 capital and senior non-preferred debt). The issues of these eligible debts are carried out by BPCE.
Finally, in addition to TLAC, Groupe BPCE carries bail-inable debt, the majority of which is accepted for the calculation of MREL: accordingly, senior preferred debt issued by BPCE is eligible for MREL, with Groupe BPCE leaving the possibility of meeting MREL requirements open, beyond its total loss absorbing capacity, with any bail-inable debt instrument.
The Single Resolution Board set the Group’s MREL requirement in February 2022 (equivalent to 25.05% of the risk-weighted assets), which has now been met with room to spare. As a result, the Group does not need to modify or increase its issuance program.
With regard to the subordination constraint, Groupe BPCE complies with Articles 92a 1(a) and 494 of CRR Regulation No. 575/2013 providing for a requirement of 21.5% of RWA since 2022. The subordination requirement in the leverage base is set at 6.75% since 2022 pursuant to Article 92a 1(b) of the CRR.
The Group implemented action plans over the course of 2022 aimed specifically at ensuring the capital adequacy of its networks and its subsidiaries. BPCE thus subscribed to a Tier 2 issue by Banque Palatine for €25 million and CEGC for €150 million.
The entry into force of the Capital Requirements Regulation, known as CRR2, makes the leverage ratio a binding requirement as from June 28, 2021. The minimum requirement for this ratio to be met at all times is 3%.
This regulation authorizes certain exemptions in the calculation of exposures concerning regulated savings transferred to Caisse des Dépôts et Consignations for the totality of the centralized outstandings and Central Bank exposures for a limited period (pursuant to ECB decision 2021/27 of June 18, 2021).
This last exemption, in force until March 31, 2022, made it possible to avoid the impact of the increase in central bank assets that began at the time of the Covid-19 crisis. The reference date for the calculation of this adjusted requirement was set at December 31, 2019. At December 31, 2021, the Group’s adjusted requirement amounted to: 3.23%.
The leverage ratio is not sensitive to risk factors and as such, it is considered as a measure that complements the solvency and liquidity management system, which already limits the size of the balance sheet. The leverage ratio is projected and managed at the same time as Groupe BPCE’s solvency trajectory. The risk of excessive leverage is also measured in the internal stress test via the projection of the regulatory leverage ratio.
Groupe BPCE’s leverage ratio, calculated according to the capital requirements regulation, known as CRR2, was 5.02% at December 31, 2022, based on phased-in Tier 1 capital.
a
Applicable amount
12/31/2022
12/31/2021
1
TOTAL ASSETS AS PER PUBLISHED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1,531,134
1,516,021
2
Adjustment for entities which are consolidated for accounting purposes but are outside the scope of regulatory consolidation
(127,606)
(130,526)
3
(Adjustment for securitized exposures that meet the operational requirements for the recognition of risk transference)
-
-
4
(Adjustment for temporary exemption of exposures to central bank (if applicable))
-
(172,768)
5
(Adjustment for fiduciary assets recognized on the balance sheet pursuant to the applicable accounting framework but excluded from the leverage ratio total exposure measure in accordance with paragraph 1 of point (i) of Article 429a of CRR)
-
-
6
Adjustment for regular-way purchases and sales of financial assets subject to trade date accounting
-
-
7
Adjustment for eligible cash pooling transactions
-
-
8
Adjustments for derivative financial instruments
(26,294)
(17,374)
9
Adjustment for securities financing transactions (SFTs)
8,997
7,766
10
Adjustment for off-balance sheet items (i.e. conversion to credit equivalent amounts of off-balance sheet exposures)
99,231
92,026
11
(Adjustment for prudent valuation adjustments and specific and general provisions which have reduced Tier 1 capital)
-
-
EU-11a
(Adjustment for exposures excluded from the leverage ratio total exposure measure in accordance with paragraph 1 of point (c) of Article 429a of the CRR)
(4,028)
-
EU-11b
(Adjustment for exposures excluded from the leverage ratio total exposure measure in accordance with paragraph 1 of point (j) of Article 429a of the CRR)
(85,047)
(76,596)
12
Other adjustments
(7,707)
(5,693)
13
TOTAL EXPOSURE MEASURE
1,388,681
1,212,857
As an institution exercising banking and Insurance activities, Groupe BPCE is also required to comply with a financial conglomerate ratio. This ratio is determined by comparing the financial conglomerate’s total capital against all the regulatory capital requirements for its banking and insurance activities.
The financial conglomerate ratio demonstrates that the institution’s prudential capital sufficiently covers the total regulatory capital requirements for its banking activities (in accordance with CRR2) and insurance sector activities, in accordance with the Solvency 2 regulation.
The calculation of surplus capital is based on the statutory scope. Insurance company capital requirements, determined for the banking capital adequacy ratio by weighting the equity-method value, are replaced with capital requirements based on the solvency margin. The capital requirements within the banking scope are determined by multiplying the risk-weighted assets by the applicable rate under Pillar II, i.e. 14.77% at December 31, 2022, compared to 14.26% at December 31, 2021.
As the supervisory authority under Pillar II, the ECB conducts an annual assessment of banking institutions. This assessment, referred to as the Supervisory Review and Evaluation Process (SREP), is primarily based on:
•documentation established by each banking institution, including in particular the Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP) and the Internal Liquidity Adequacy Assessment Process (ILAAP);
Based on the conclusions of the SREP carried out by the ECB in 2022, Groupe BPCE shall maintain a consolidated Common Equity Tier 1 ratio of 9.53% on January 1, 2023, including:
•with a Common Equity Tier 1 ratio of 15.1% at the end of 2022, Groupe BPCE has exceeded the specific capital requirements set by the ECB;
•as regards the internal capital adequacy assessment under Pillar II, the principles defined in the ICAAP/ILAAP guidelines published by the ECB in February 2018 were applied in Groupe BPCE’s ICAAP. The assessment is thus carried out using two different approaches:
–a “normative” approach aimed at measuring the impact of internal stress tests within three years of the initial Pillar I regulatory position,
–an “economic” approach aimed at identifying, quantifying and hedging risks using internal capital over the short-term (one year) and using internal methodologies. The methodologies developed by Groupe BPCE provide a better assessment of risks that are already covered under Pillar I, and also an additional assessment of risks that are not covered by Pillar I.
The results obtained using these two approaches confirmed the Group’s financial soundness and no capital buffer is necessary in addition to the existing regulatory buffers.
The objectives of the new 2021-2024 strategic plan are, with regard to the Common Equity Tier 1 ratio, to exceed 15.5%, and with regard to the subordinated MREL ratio (i.e. TLAC), to exceed 23.5%.
In addition to capital adequacy ratios, ratios aimed at verifying the Group’s capacity to carry out a bail-in in the event of default are implemented via the Minimum Requirement for own funds and Eligible Liabilities (MREL) and Total Loss Absorbing Capacity. This second ratio is known as TLAC, according to the terminology of the Financial Stability Board, and in Europe it is defined in the BRRD directive and the CRR regulation as subordinated MREL. Groupe BPCE has established internal monitoring of these indicators.
The senior unsecured debt at more than one year and the Group’s equity make up the numerator of the MREL ratio. The Group’s current MREL requirement was received in February 2022.
The updated total MREL requirement was set at 25.05% of the Group’s risk-weighted assets. The total MREL ratio reached 30.4% at December 31, 2022, compared with 31.1% at December 31, 2021.
For subordinated MREL, the numerator only includes junior liabilities through senior non-preferred debt because BPCE has renounced for the time being the use of a senior preferred debt allowance.
The TLAC ratio serves the same purpose as subordinated MREL and only applies to G-SIBs. CRR2, published at the same time as BRRD2, transcribed TLAC into positive law in the form of a minimum subordinated MREL requirement applicable to G-SIBs. As indicated above, the Group has set its own TLAC target above the regulatory requirement, which is 21.53% of RWAs in 2023, i.e. 18% plus the 3.53% solvency buffers.
-
4.6 Detailed quantitative disclosures
The detailed quantitative disclosures relating to capital management and capital requirements in the following tables enhance the information in the previous section under Pillar III.
Entity name
12/31/2022
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
Accounting
consolidation
method
Prudential consolidation method(1)
Description
of the entity
Full
consolidation
Proportionate
consolidation
Equity
method
Not
conso-
lidated
Not
deducted
Deducted
I- CONSOLIDATING ENTITY
I-1 - Banque Populaire banks
BANQUE POPULAIRE ALSACE LORRAINE CHAMPAGNE
FC
X
Credit institution
BANQUE POPULAIRE AQUITAINE CENTRE ATLANTIQUE
FC
X
Credit institution
BANQUE POPULAIRE AUVERGNE RHÔNE ALPES
FC
X
Credit institution
BANQUE POPULAIRE BOURGOGNE FRANCHE-COMTÉ
FC
X
Credit institution
BANQUE POPULAIRE DU NORD
FC
X
Credit institution
BANQUE POPULAIRE DU SUD
FC
X
Credit institution
BANQUE POPULAIRE GRAND OUEST
FC
X
Credit institution
BANQUE POPULAIRE MÉDITERRANÉE
FC
X
Credit institution
BANQUE POPULAIRE MÉDITERRANÉE MONACO BRANCH
FC
X
Credit institution
BANQUE POPULAIRE OCCITANE
FC
X
Credit institution
BANQUE POPULAIRE RIVES DE PARIS
FC
X
Credit institution
BANQUE POPULAIRE VAL DE FRANCE
FC
X
Credit institution
BRED - BANQUE POPULAIRE
FC
X
Credit institution
CASDEN - BANQUE POPULAIRE
FC
X
Credit institution
CRÉDIT COOPÉRATIF
FC
X
Credit institution
I-2 - Caisses d’Epargne
CAISSE D’EPARGNE AQUITAINE POITOU-CHARENTES
FC
X
Credit institution
CAISSE D’EPARGNE BRETAGNE PAYS DE LOIRE
FC
X
Credit institution
CAISSE D’EPARGNE CÔTE D’AZUR
FC
X
Credit institution
CAISSE D’EPARGNE CÔTE D’AZUR, MONACO BRANCH
FC
X
Credit institution
CAISSE D’EPARGNE D’AUVERGNE
ET DU LIMOUSINFC
X
Credit institution
CAISSE D’EPARGNE DE BOURGOGNE FRANCHE-COMTÉ
FC
X
Credit institution
CAISSE D’EPARGNE DE MIDI-PYRÉNÉES
FC
X
Credit institution
CAISSE D’EPARGNE HAUTS DE FRANCE
FC
X
Credit institution
CAISSE D’EPARGNE HAUTS DE FRANCE, BELGIUM BRANCH
FC
X
Credit institution
CAISSE D’EPARGNE ÎLE-DE-FRANCE
FC
X
Credit institution
CAISSE D’EPARGNE LANGUEDOC-ROUSSILLON
FC
X
Credit institution
CAISSE D’EPARGNE LOIRE-CENTRE
FC
X
Credit institution
CAISSE D’EPARGNE LOIRE DRÔME ARDÈCHE
FC
X
Credit institution
CAISSE D’EPARGNE GRAND EST EUROPE
FC
X
Credit institution
CAISSE D’EPARGNE NORMANDIE
FC
X
Credit institution
CAISSE D’EPARGNE PROVENCE-ALPES-CORSE
FC
X
Credit institution
CAISSE D’EPARGNE RHÔNE ALPES
FC
X
Credit institution
I-3 - BPCE SA
BPCE SA
FC
X
Holding
I-4 - Mutual Guarantee Companies
32 MUTUAL GUARANTEE COMPANIES
FC
X
Guarantee companies
I-5 - BP/CE/BPCE SA Multiple-Holder Fund
II- “RELATED” INSTITUTIONS
GEDEX DISTRIBUTION
NI
X
Financial company
SOCIÉTÉ FINANCIÈRE DE LA NEF
NI
X
Financial company
SOCOREC
NI
X
Financial company
SOFISCOP SUD EST
NI
X
Guarantee company
SOMUDIMEC
NI
X
Guarantee company
C.M.G.M.
NI
X
Guarantee company
EDEL
EQ
X
Credit institution
III- SUBSIDIARIES, JOINT VENTURES AND ASSOCIATES
III-1 - Banque Populaire subsidiaries
ACLEDA
EQ
X
Credit institution
ADRAXTRA CAPITAL
FC
X
Private equity
AURORA
EQ
X
Holding
BANQUE CALÉDONIENNE D’INVESTISSEMENT
EQ
X
Credit institution
BANQUE DE SAVOIE
FC
X
Credit institution
BANQUE DE TRANSITION ÉNERGETIQUE
FC
X
Financial investment advisory services
BANQUE FRANCO LAO
FC
X
Credit institution
BCEL
EQ
X
Credit institution
BCI MER ROUGE
FC
X
Credit institution
BCP LUXEMBOURG
FC
X
Credit institution
BIC BRED
FC
X
Credit institution
BIC BRED (Suisse) SA
FC
X
Credit institution
BP DÉVELOPPEMENT
FC
X
Private equity
BPA ATOUTS PARTICIPATIONS
FC
X
Private equity
BRED BANK CAMBODIA PLC
FC
X
Financial company
BRED BANK FIJI LTD
FC
X
Credit institution
BRED COFILEASE
FC
X
Equipment leasing
BRED GESTION
FC
X
Credit institution
BRED IT
FC
X
IT services
BRED SALOMON ISLAND
FC
X
Credit institution
BRED VANUATU
FC
X
Credit institution
BTP BANQUE
FC
X
Credit institution
BTP CAPITAL CONSEIL
FC
X
Financial investment advisory services
BTP CAPITAL INVESTISSEMENT
FC
X
Private equity
CADEC
EQ
X
Private equity
CAISSE DE GARANTIE IMMOBILIÈRE DU BÂTIMENT
EQ
X
Insurance
COFEG
FC
X
Consulting
COFIBRED
FC
X
Holding
COOPEST
EQ
X
Private equity
COOPMED
EQ
X
Private equity
CREPONORD
FC
X
Equipment and real estate leasing
ECOFI INVESTISSEMENT
FC
X
Portfolio management
EPBF
FC
X
Payment institution
ESFIN
EQ
X
Private equity
ESFIN GESTION
FC
X
Portfolio management
EURO CAPITAL
FC
X
Private equity
FCC ELIDE
FC
X
French securitization fund (FCT)
FINANCIÈRE DE LA BP OCCITANE
FC
X
Holding
FINANCIÈRE IMMOBILIÈRE DERUELLE
FC
X
Real estate investment
FONCIÈRE BFCA
FC
X
Real estate investment
FONCIÈRE DU VANUATU
FC
X
Real estate development/management, real estate investment
FONCIÈRE VICTOR HUGO
FC
X
Holding
GARIBALDI CAPITAL DÉVELOPPEMENT
FC
X
Private equity
GARIBALDI PIERRE
FC
X
Real estate operations
GESSINORD
FC
X
Real estate operations
GROUPEMENT DE FAIT
FC
X
Services company
I-BP INVESTISSEMENT
FC
X
Real estate operations
IMMOCARSO SNC
FC
X
Investment property
INGEPAR
FC
X
Financial investment advisory services
INFORMATIQUE BANQUES POPULAIRES
FC
X
IT services
IRR INVEST
FC
X
Private equity
MULTICROISSANCE SAS
FC
X
Portfolio management
NAXICAP RENDEMENT 2018
FC
X
Private equity
NAXICAP RENDEMENT 2022
FC
X
Private equity
NAXICAP RENDEMENT 2024
FC
X
Private equity
NJR INVEST
FC
X
Private equity
OUEST CROISSANCE SCR
FC
X
Private equity
PARNASSE GARANTIES
EQ
X
Insurance
PARTICIPATIONS BP ACA
FC
X
Holding
PERSPECTIVES ENTREPRISES
FC
X
Holding
PLUSEXPANSION
FC
X
Holding
PRÉPAR COURTAGE
FC
X
Insurance brokerage
PRÉPAR-IARD
FC
X
Non-life insurance
PRÉPAR-VIE
FC
X
Life insurance and endowment
PROMÉPAR GESTION
FC
X
Portfolio management
RIVES CROISSANCE
FC
X
Holding
SAS ALPES DÉVELOPPEMENT DURABLE INVESTISSEMENT
FC
X
Private equity
SAS GARIBALDI PARTICIPATIONS
FC
X
Real estate operations
SAS SOCIÉTÉ IMMOBILIÈRE DE LA RÉGION RHÔNE ALPES
FC
X
Real estate operations
SAS SUD CROISSANCE
FC
X
Private equity
SAS TASTA
FC
X
Services company
SASU BFC CROISSANCE
FC
X
Private equity
SAVOISIENNE
FC
X
Holding
SBE
FC
X
Credit institution
SCI BPSO
FC
X
Real estate operations
SCI BPSO BASTIDE
FC
X
Real estate operations
SCI BPSO MÉRIGNAC 4 CHEMINS
FC
X
Real estate operations
SCI BPSO TALENCE
FC
X
Real estate operations
SCI CREDITMAR IMMOBILIER
FC
X
Real estate operations
SCI DU CRÉDIT COOPÉRATIF DE SAINT-DENIS
FC
X
Real estate operations
SCI FAIDHERBE
FC
X
Real estate operations
SCI POLARIS
FC
X
Real estate operations
SCI PYTHÉAS PRADO 1
FC
X
Real estate operations
SCI PYTHÉAS PRADO 2
FC
X
Real estate operations
SCI SAINT-DENIS
FC
X
Real estate operations
SEGIMLOR
FC
X
Real estate operations
SI ÉQUINOXE
FC
X
Holding
SIPMÉA
FC
X
Real estate development/management, real estate investment
SOCIÉTÉ CENTRALE DU CRÉDIT MARITIME MUTUEL
FC
X
Services company
SOCIÉTÉ D’EXPANSION BOURGOGNE FRANCHE-COMTÉ
FC
X
Holding
SOCIÉTÉ IMMOBILIÈRE PROVENÇALE ET CORSE
FC
X
Holding
SOCREDO
EQ
X
Credit institution
SOFIAG
FC
X
Financial company
SOFIDER
FC
X
Financial company
SPIG
FC
X
Property leasing
SUD PARTICIPATIONS IMMOBILIÈRES (formerly SAS FINANCIÈRE IMMOBILIÈRE 15)
FC
X
Housing real estate development
TISE
FC
X
Private equity
TRANSIMMO
FC
X
Real estate agent
UNION DES SOCIÉTÉS DU CRÉDIT COOPÉRATIF (GIE)
FC
X
Services company
VAL DE FRANCE IMMO
FC
X
Real estate operations
VAL DE FRANCE TRANSACTIONS
FC
X
Services company
VIALINK
FC
X
Data processing
III-2 - Caisses d’Epargne subsidiaries
SAS 42 DERUELLE
FC
X
Real estate operations
AFOPEA
FC
X
Real estate operations
BANQUE BCP SAS
FC
X
Credit institution
BANQUE DE NOUVELLE-CALÉDONIE
FC
X
Credit institution
BANQUE DE TAHITI
FC
X
Credit institution
BANQUE DU LÉMAN
FC
X
Credit institution
BATIMAP
FC
X
Equipment leasing
BATIMUR
FC
X
Equipment leasing
BATIROC BRETAGNE PAYS DE LOIRE
FC
X
Equipment and real estate leasing
BDR IMMO 1
FC
X
Real estate operations
BEAULIEU IMMO
FC
X
Real estate operations
BRETAGNE PARTICIPATIONS
FC
X
Private equity
CAPITOLE FINANCE
FC
X
Equipment leasing
CE DÉVELOPPEMENT
FC
X
Private equity
CE DÉVELOPPEMENT II
FC
X
Private equity
CEBIM
FC
X
Holding
CEPAC FONCIÈRE
FC
X
Real estate operations
CEPAC INVESTISSEMENT ET DÉVELOPPEMENT
FC
X
Private equity
CEPRAL
FC
X
Investments in real estate development
COZYNERGY HOLDING
FC
X
Fund management
COZYNERGY SAS
FC
X
Engineering and technical studies
ENR-CE
FC
X
French securitization fund (FCT)
FCP MIDI PYRENEES PLACEMENT
FC
X
Investment funds
FERIA PAULMY
FC
X
Real estate operations
FONCEA
FC
X
Real estate operations
GIE CE SYNDICATION RISQUES
FC
X
Guarantee company
IMMOCEAL
FC
X
Investment property
INCITY
FC
X
Real estate operations
IT-CE
FC
X
IT services
MIDI FONCIÈRE
FC
X
Real estate operations
PHILAE SAS
FC
X
Real estate operations
SA CEPAIM
FC
X
Real estate operations
SAS FONCIÈRE DES CAISSES D’EPARGNE
FC
X
Investment property
SAS FONCIÈRE ECUREUIL II
FC
X
Investment property
SAS LOIRE CENTRE IMMO
FC
X
Real estate investment
SAS NSAVADE
FC
X
Investment property
SC RESIDENCE ÎLOT J
EQ
X
Real estate operations
SC RESIDENCE JEAN MERMOZ
EQ
X
Real estate operations
SC RESIDENCE LATECOERE
EQ
X
Real estate operations
SC RESIDENCE LE CARRE DES PIONNIERS
EQ
X
Real estate operations
SC RESIDENCE LES AILES D’ICARE
EQ
X
Real estate operations
SC RESIDENCE SAINT EXUPÉRY
EQ
X
Real estate operations
SCI 339 ÉTATS UNIS
FC
X
Real estate operations
SCI ADOUR SERVICES COMMUNS
FC
X
Real estate operations
SCI AVENUE WILLY BRANDT
FC
X
Real estate operations
SCI BLEU RÉSIDENCE LORMONT
FC
X
Real estate operations
SCI CRISTAL IMMO
FC
X
Real estate operations
SCI DANS LA VILLE
FC
X
Real estate operations
SCI DU RIOU
FC
X
Real estate operations
SCI EUROTERTIA IMMO
FC
X
Real estate operations
SCI FONCIÈRE 1
FC
X
Investment property
SCI G 102
FC
X
Real estate operations
SCI G IMMO
FC
X
Real estate operations
SCI GARIBALDI OFFICE
FC
X
Real estate operations
SCI L APOUTICAYRE LOGEMENT
FC
X
Real estate operations
SCI LA FAYETTE BUREAUX
FC
X
Investment property
SCI LABEGE LAKE H1
FC
X
Real estate operations
SCI LANGLADE SERVICES COMMUNS
FC
X
Real estate operations
SCI LE CIEL
FC
X
Real estate operations
SCI LE RELAIS
FC
X
Real estate operations
SCI LEVISEO
FC
X
Real estate operations
SCI LOIRE CENTRE MONTESPAN
FC
X
Real estate operations
SCI MIDI - COMMERCES
FC
X
Real estate operations
SCI MIDI MIXT
FC
X
Real estate operations
SCI MONTAUDRAN PLS
FC
X
Real estate operations
SCI MURET ACTIVITES
FC
X
Real estate operations
SCI ROISSY COLONNADIA
FC
X
Real estate operations
SCI SHAKE HDF
FC
X
Real estate operations
SCI TETRIS
FC
X
Real estate operations
SCI TOURNON
FC
X
Real estate operations
SNC ECUREUIL 5 RUE MASSERAN
FC
X
Investment property
SOCIÉTÉ HAVRAISE CALÉDONIENNE
FC
X
Real estate operations
SODERO PARTICIPATIONS
FC
X
Private equity
SPPICAV AEW FONCIÈRE ECUREUIL
FC
X
Real estate operations
III-3 - BPCE subsidiaries
ALBIANT-IT
FC
X
IT systems and software consulting
BANCO PRIMUS
FC
X
Credit institution
BANCO PRIMUS Spain
FC
X
Credit institution
BATILEASE
FC
X
Real estate leasing
BPCE ACHATS
FC
X
Services company
BPCE BAIL
FC
X
Real estate leasing
BPCE CAR LEASE
FC
X
Long-term vehicle leasing
BPCE ENERGECO
FC
X
Equipment leasing
BPCE EXPERTISE IMMOBILIER (formerly CRÉDIT FONCIER EXPERTISE)
FC
X
Real estate valuation
BPCE FACTOR
FC
X
Factoring
BPCE FINANCEMENT
FC
X
Consumer credit
BPCE INFOGÉRANCE ET TECHNOLOGIE
FC
X
IT services
BPCE LEASE
FC
X
Equipment leasing
BPCE LEASE IMMO
FC
X
Real estate leasing
BPCE LEASE MADRID – Branch
FC
X
Equipment and real estate leasing
BPCE LEASE MILAN – Branch
FC
X
Equipment and real estate leasing
BPCE LEASE NOUMÉA
FC
X
Equipment leasing
BPCE LEASE RÉUNION
FC
X
Equipment leasing
BPCE LEASE TAHITI
FC
X
Equipment leasing
BPCE SERVICES
FC
X
Holding company activities
BPCE SOLUTIONS INFORMATIQUE
FC
X
IT systems and software consulting
BPCE PERSONAL CAR LEASE
FC
X
Long-term vehicle leasing
BPCE SERVICES FINANCIERS (formerly CSF-GCE)
FC
X
Services company
BPCE SFH
FC
X
Funding
BPCE SOLUTIONS CLIENTS (formerly BPCE SOLUTIONS CRÉDIT)
FC
X
Services company
BPCE SOLUTIONS IMMOBILIÈRES (formerly CRÉDIT FONCIER IMMOBILIER)
FC
X
Real estate operations
CICOBAIL SA
FC
X
Real estate leasing
CO ASSUR CONSEIL ASSURANCE SA (BROKERAGE)
FC
X
Insurance brokerage advisory
COMPAGNIE EUROPÉENNE DE GARANTIES ET DE CAUTIONS
FC
X
Insurance
FONDS DE GARANTIE ET DE SOLIDARITÉ BPCE - FONDS DELESSERT
FC
X
Mutual guarantee fund
FIDOR BANK AG
FC
X
Digital loan institution
GCE PARTICIPATIONS
FC
X
Holding
INTER-COOP SA
FC
X
Real estate leasing
LEASE EXPANSION SA
FC
X
IT operational leasing
MAISON FRANCE CONFORT PROU INVESTISSEMENTS
EQ
X
Real estate development
MIDT FACTORING A/S
FC
X
Factoring
MIFCOS
FC
X
Investment property
PRAMEX INTERNATIONAL
FC
X
International development and consulting services
PRAMEX INTERNATIONAL AP LTD – HONG KONG
FC
X
International development and consulting services
PRAMEX INTERNATIONAL AU CASABLANCA
FC
X
International development and consulting services
PRAMEX INTERNATIONAL CO LTD – SHANGHAI
FC
X
International development and consulting services
PRAMEX INTERNATIONAL CONSULTING PRIVATE LTD – MUMBAI
FC
X
International development and consulting services
PRAMEX INTERNATIONAL CORP – NEW YORK
FC
X
International development and consulting services
PRAMEX INTERNATIONAL DO BRAZIL CONSULTARIA LTDA – SAO PAULO
FC
X
International development and consulting services
PRAMEX INTERNATIONAL GmbH – FRANKFURT
FC
X
International development and consulting services
PRAMEX INTERNATIONAL LTD – LONDON
FC
X
International development and consulting services
PRAMEX INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD – SINGAPORE
FC
X
International development and consulting services
PRAMEX INTERNATIONAL SRL – MILAN
FC
X
International development and consulting services
PRAMEX INTERNATIONAL SA – MADRID
FC
X
International development and consulting services
PRAMEX INTERNATIONAL SARL – TUNIS
FC
X
International development and consulting services
PRAMEX INTERNATIONAL SP. ZOO – WARSAW
FC
X
International development and consulting services
SOCFIM
FC
X
Credit institution
SOCFIM PARTICIPATIONS IMMOBILIÈRES
FC
X
Holding
SOCRAM BANQUE
EQ
X
Credit institution
SPORTS & IMAGINE
FC
X
Services company
Sud-Ouest Bail
FC
X
Real estate leasing
SURASSUR
FC
X
Reinsurance
ONEY group
ONEY BANK
FC
X
Holding
FLANDRE INVESTMENT SAS
FC
X
Credit institution, electronic payment systems, new technologies and holding company
ONEY SERVICIOS FINANCIEROS EFC SAU (SPAIN)
FC
X
Brokerage
BA FINANS (RUSSIA)
FC
X
Brokerage, financial institution
ONEY PENZFORGALMI SZOLGALTATO KFT.
FC
X
Financial institution
ONEY MAGYARORSZAG ZRT
FC
X
Financial institution
GEFIRUS SAS
FC
X
Credit institution, electronic payment systems, new technologies and holding company
IN CONFIDENCE INSURANCE SAS
FC
X
Credit institution, electronic payment systems, new technologies and holding company
ONEY HOLDING LIMITED (MALTA)
FC
X
Holding
ONEY LIFE (PCC) LIMITED (MALTA)
FC
X
Insurance
ONEY INSURANCE (PCC) LIMITED (MALTA)
FC
X
Insurance
ONEY POLSKA
FC
X
Intermediation
Financial institution
ONEY SERVICES SP ZOO
FC
X
Intermediation
Financial institution
ONEY FINANCES (ROMANIA)
FC
X
Brokerage
SMARTNEY
FC
X
Brokerage, financial institution
ONEY (Portugal branch)
FC
X
Brokerage
ONEYTRUST SAS
FC
X
Credit institution, electronic payment systems, new technologies and holding company
ONEY SPA (ITALY)
FC
X
Brokerage
ONEY UKRAINE (UKRAINE)
FC
X
Brokerage
ONEY GmbH
FC
X
Services, business development consulting
Groupe BPCE International
BPCE INTERNATIONAL
FC
X
Specialized credit institution
BPCE INTERNATIONAL HO CHI MINH CITY (Vietnam Branch)
FC
X
Specialized credit institution
BPCE MAROC
FC
X
Real estate development
FRANSA BANK
EQ
X
Credit institution
OCÉORANE
FC
X
Financial investment advisory services
Crédit Foncier group
CFG COMPTOIR FINANCIER DE GARANTIE
FC
X
Guarantee company
COFIMAB
FC
X
Real estate agent
COMPAGNIE DE FINANCEMENT FONCIER
FC
X
Financial company
CRÉDIT FONCIER DE FRANCE
FC
X
Credit institution
CRÉDIT FONCIER DE FRANCE (BELGIUM BRANCH)
FC
X
Credit institution
FONCIER PARTICIPATIONS
FC
X
Holding
FONCIÈRE D’ÉVREUX
FC
X
Real estate operations
GRAMAT BALARD
FC
X
Real estate operations
SOCIÉTÉ D’INVESTISSEMENT ET DE PARTICIPATION IMMOBILIÈRE (SIPARI)
FC
X
Holding
Banque Palatine Group
ARIES ASSURANCES
FC
X
Insurance brokerage
BANQUE PALATINE
FC
X
Credit institution
CONSERVATEUR FINANCE
EQ
X
Fund management
PALATINE ASSET MANAGEMENT
FC
X
Asset Management
Global Financial Services division
NATIXIS PFANDBRIEFBANK AG
FC
X
Credit institution
Azure Capital Holdings Pty Ltd
FC
X
M&A advisory services
The Azure Capital Trust
FC
X
Holding
Azure Capital Limited
FC
X
Holding
NATIXIS AUSTRALIA PTY Ltd
FC
X
Financial institution
Saudi Arabia Investment Company
FC
X
Financial institution
NATIXIS BELGIQUE INVESTISSEMENTS
FC
X
Investment company
EDF INVESTISSEMENT GROUPE
EQ
X
Investment company
Vermilion (Beijing) Advisory Company Limited
FC
X
M&A advisory services
Natixis Partners Iberia, SA
FC
X
M&A advisory services
NATIXIS NORTH AMERICA LLC
FC
X
Holding
Solomon Partners, LP (formerly Peter J. Solomon Company LP)
FC
X
M&A advisory services
Solomon Partners Securities Company LLC (formerly Peter J. Solomon Securities Company LLC)
FC
X
Brokerage
NATIXIS FUNDING CORP
FC
X
Other financial company
VERSAILLES
FC
X
Securitization vehicle
NATIXIS SECURITIES AMERICAS LLC
FC
X
Brokerage
NATIXIS FINANCIAL PRODUCTS LLC
FC
X
Derivatives transactions
NATIXIS REAL ESTATE HOLDINGS LLC
FC
X
Real estate finance
NATIXIS REAL ESTATE CAPITAL LLC
FC
X
Real estate finance
CM REO HOLDINGS TRUST
FC
X
Secondary markets finance
CM REO TRUST
FC
X
Secondary markets finance
MSR TRUST
FC
X
Real estate finance
NATIXIS US MTN PROGRAM LLC
FC
X
Issuing vehicle
NATIXIS SA
FC
X
Credit institution
NATIXIS IMMO DEVELOPPEMENT
FC
X
Housing real estate development
CONTANGO TRADING SA
FC
X
Brokerage company
NATIXIS PARTNERS
FC
X
M&A advisory services
SPG
FC
X
Mutual fund
NATIXIS MARCO
FC
X
Investment company - (extension of activity)
NATIXIS INNOV
FC
X
Holding
INVESTIMA 77
FC
X
Holding
NATIXIS ALTERNATIVE HOLDING LIMITED
FC
X
Holding
FENCHURCH PARTNERS LLP
FC
X
M&A advisory services
VERMILION PARTNERS (UK) LIMITED
FC
X
Holding
VERMILION PARTNERS LLP
FC
X
M&A advisory services
NATIXIS ASIA LTD
FC
X
Other financial company
NATIXIS HOLDINGS (HONG KONG) LIMITED
FC
X
Holding
VERMILION PARTNERS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED
FC
X
Holding
VERMILION PARTNERS LIMITED
FC
X
Holding
NATIXIS GLOBAL SERVICES (INDIA) PRIVATE LIMITED
FC
X
Operational support
BLEACHERS FINANCE
FC
X
Securitization vehicle
DF EFG3 LIMITED
FC
X
Holding
NATIXIS JAPAN SECURITIES CO, Ltd
FC
X
Financial institution
NATIXIS STRUCTURED PRODUCTS LTD
FC
X
Issuing vehicle
NATIXIS TRUST
FC
X
Holding
NATIXIS REAL ESTATE FEEDER SARL
FC
X
Investment company
NATIXIS ALTERNATIVE ASSETS
FC
X
Holding
NATIXIS STRUCTURED ISSUANCE
FC
X
Issuing vehicle
NATIXIS BANK JSC, MOSCOW
FC
X
Banking
NATIXIS ZWEIGNIEDERLASSUNG DEUTSCHLAND-Branch
FC
X
Financial institution
NATIXIS CANADA-Branch
FC
X
Financial institution
NATIXIS SHANGHAI-Branch
FC
X
Financial institution
NATIXIS BEIJING-Branch
FC
X
Financial institution
NATIXIS DUBAI-Branch
FC
X
Financial institution
NATIXIS NEW YORK-Branch
FC
X
Financial institution
NATIXIS MADRID-Branch
FC
X
Financial institution
NATIXIS LONDON-Branch
FC
X
Financial institution
NATIXIS HONG KONG-Branch
FC
X
Financial institution
NATIXIS MILAN-Branch
FC
X
Financial institution
NATIXIS TOKYO-Branch
FC
X
Financial institution
NATIXIS LABUAN-Branch
FC
X
Financial institution
NATIXIS PORTO-Branch
FC
X
Financial institution
Natixis Seoul-Branch
FC
X
Financial institution
NATIXIS SINGAPORE-Branch
FC
X
Financial institution
NATIXIS TAIWAN-Branch
FC
X
Financial institution
NATIXIS COFICINE
FC
X
Finance company (audiovisual)
AEW Invest GmbH
FC
X
Distribution
Natixis Investment Managers Australia Pty Limited
FC
X
Distribution
Investors Mutual Limited
FC
X
Asset management
AEW Australia Pty Ltd
FC
X
Asset management
Natixis IM Canada Holdings Ltd
FC
X
Holding
Natixis Investment Managers Korea Limited
FC
X
Distribution
AEW Korea LLC
FC
X
Asset management
Natixis IM Korea Limited (NIMKL)
FC
X
Distribution
AEW CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, INC.
FC
X
Asset management
AEW CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LP
FC
X
Asset management
AEW PARTNERS V, INC.
FC
X
Asset management
AEW PARTNERS VI, INC.
FC
X
Asset management
AEW PARTNERS VII, INC.
FC
X
Asset management
AEW SENIOR HOUSING INVESTORS II INC
FC
X
Asset management
AEW Partners X GP, LLC
FC
X
Asset management
AEW Value Investors Asia II GP Limited
FC
X
Asset management
AEW Partners Real Estate Fund VIII, LLC
FC
X
Asset management
AEW Senior Housing Investors III LLC
FC
X
Asset management
Aew Senior Housing Investors IV LLC
FC
X
Asset management
AEW Partners Real Estate Fund IX, LLC
FC
X
Asset management
AEW Cold Ops MM, LLC
FC
X
Asset management
AEW EHF GP, LLC
FC
X
Asset management
AEW Core Property (US) GP, LLC
FC
X
Asset management
Seaport Strategic Property Program I Co-Investors, LLC
FC
X
Asset management
ALPHASIMPLEX GROUP LLC
FC
X
Asset management
AURORA INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT LLC
FC
X
Asset management
CASPIAN CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC
FC
X
Asset management
EPI SLP LLC
FC
X
Asset management
EPI SO SLP LLC
FC
X
Asset management
GATEWAY INVESTMENT ADVISERS, LLC
FC
X
Asset management
HARRIS ALTERNATIVES HOLDING INC
FC
X
Holding
HARRIS ASSOCIATES LP
FC
X
Asset management
HARRIS ASSOCIATES SECURITIES, LP
FC
X
Distribution
HARRIS ASSOCIATES, INC.
FC
X
Asset management
LOOMIS SAYLES & COMPANY, INC.
FC
X
Asset management
LOOMIS SAYLES & COMPANY, LP
FC
X
Asset management
LOOMIS SAYLES ALPHA, LLC.
FC
X
Asset management
LOOMIS SAYLES DISTRIBUTORS, INC.
FC
X
Distribution
LOOMIS SAYLES DISTRIBUTORS, LP
FC
X
Distribution
LOOMIS SAYLES TRUST COMPANY, LLC
FC
X
Asset management
Ostrum AM US LLC
FC
X
Asset management
NATIXIS ASG HOLDINGS, INC
FC
X
Distribution
Flexstone Partners LLC
FC
X
Asset management
Natixis Investment Managers, LLC
FC
X
Holding
Natixis Advisors, LLC (formerly Natixis Advisors, LP)
FC
X
Distribution
Natixis Distribution, LLC (formerly Natixis Distribution, LP)
FC
X
Distribution
NATIXIS INVESTMENT MANAGERS INTERNATIONAL, LLC
FC
X
Distribution
NIM-os, LLC
FC
X
Media and digital
VAUGHAN NELSON INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.
FC
X
Asset management
VAUGHAN NELSON INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, LP
FC
X
Asset management
Mirova US LLC
FC
X
Asset management
Natixis Investment Managers US Holdings, LLC
FC
X
Holding
Mirova US LLC
FC
X
Holding
SunFunder Inc.
FC
X
Private debt management company
Natixis IM innovation
FC
X
Asset management
AEW Europe SA (formerly AEW SA)
FC
X
Asset management
AEW (formerly AEW Ciloger)
FC
X
Real estate management
DARIUS CAPITAL CONSEIL
FC
X
Financial investment advisory services
DNCA Finance
FC
X
Asset management
Dorval Asset Management
FC
X
Asset management
Flexstone Partners SAS
FC
X
Asset management
Mirova
FC
X
Management of venture capital mutual funds
Natixis Investment Managers International
FC
X
Distribution
Ostrum AM (New)
FC
X
Asset management
Natixis TradEx Solutions
FC
X
Holding
NATIXIS INVESTMENT MANAGERS
FC
X
Holding
NATIXIS INVESTMENT MANAGERS PARTICIPATIONS 1
FC
X
Holding
NATIXIS INVESTMENT MANAGERS PARTICIPATIONS 3
FC
X
Holding
NAXICAP PARTNERS
FC
X
Management of venture capital mutual funds
OSSIAM
FC
X
Asset management
SEVENTURE PARTNERS
FC
X
Asset management
SEEYOND
FC
X
Asset management
Natixis Investment Managers Participations 5 (formerly MV Credit France)
FC
X
Holding
Thematics Asset Management
FC
X
Asset management
Vauban Infrastructure Partners
FC
X
Asset management
Loomis Sayles Capital Re
FC
X
Asset management
AEW EUROPE ADVISORY LTD
FC
X
Asset management
AEW EUROPE CC LTD
FC
X
Asset management
AEW EUROPE HOLDING Ltd
FC
X
Asset management
AEW EUROPE INVESTMENT LTD
FC
X
Asset management
AEW EUROPE LLP
FC
X
Asset management
AEW GLOBAL ADVISORS (EUROPE) LTD
FC
X
Asset management
AEW GLOBAL LTD
FC
X
Asset management
AEW GLOBAL UK LTD
FC
X
Asset management
AEW UK INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT LLP
FC
X
Asset management
AEW Promote LP Ltd
FC
X
Asset management
AEW EVP GP LLP
FC
X
Asset management
LOOMIS SAYLES INVESTMENTS Ltd (UK)
FC
X
Asset management
NATIXIS INVESTMENT MANAGERS UK LTD
FC
X
Distribution
Natixis Investment Managers UK (Funds) Limited (UK), LLC
FC
X
Operational support
Mirova UK Limited (formerly Mirova Natural Capital Limited)
FC
X
Asset management
MV Credit Limited
FC
X
Asset management
MV Credit LLP
FC
X
Asset management
AEW ASIA LIMITED
FC
X
Asset management
NATIXIS INVESTMENT MANAGERS HONG KONG LIMITED
FC
X
Asset management
Natixis Investment Managers International Hong Kong Limited
FC
X
Asset management
PURPLE FINANCE CLO 1
FC
X
Securitization vehicle
PURPLE FINANCE CLO 2
FC
X
Securitization vehicle
Asahi Natixis Investment Managers Co. Ltd
EQ
X
Distribution
NATIXIS INVESTMENT MANAGERS JAPAN CO, LTD
FC
X
Asset management
AEW Japan Corporation
FC
X
Asset management
AEW Value Investors Asia III GP Limited
FC
X
Asset management
AEW APREF Investors, LP
FC
X
Asset management
SunFunder East Africa Ltd
FC
X
Private debt management company
AEW EUROPE SARL
FC
X
Asset management
AEW EUROPE GLOBAL LUX
FC
X
Asset management
AEW VIA IV GP Partners SARL
FC
X
Asset management
AEW VIA V GP Partners SARL
FC
X
Asset management
AEW APREF GP SARL
FC
X
Asset management
AEW Core Property (US) Lux GP, SARL
FC
X
Asset management
KENNEDY FINANCEMENT Luxembourg
FC
X
Investment company – Asset management
KENNEDY FINANCEMENT Luxembourg 2
FC
X
Central corporate treasury – Asset management
Loomis Sayles Alpha Luxembourg, LLC
FC
X
Asset management
Loomis Sayles Euro Investment Grade Credit
FC
X
Asset management
NATIXIS INVESTMENT MANAGERS SA
FC
X
Distribution
MV Credit SARL
FC
X
Asset management
Natixis IM Mexico, S. de R.L de C.V.
FC
X
Asset management
Loomis Sayles (Netherlands) B.V.
FC
X
Distribution
AEW CENTRAL EUROPE
FC
X
Asset management
Natixis Investment Managers Singapore Limited
FC
X
Asset management
AEW Asia Pte Ltd
FC
X
Asset management
LOOMIS SAYLES INVESTMENTS ASIA Pte Ltd
FC
X
Asset management
Flexstone Partners SARL
FC
X
Asset management
Natixis Investment Managers Switzerland SARL
FC
X
Asset management
NATIXIS INVESTMENT MANAGERS SECURITIES INVESTMENT CONSULTING CO. LTD
FC
X
Asset management
Natixis Investment Managers Uruguay SA
FC
X
Distribution
Natixis Investment Managers SA, Zweignierderlassung Deutschland
FC
X
Distribution
Natixis Investment Managers International Zweignierderlassung Deutschland
FC
X
Distribution
Aew Asia Limited Australian branch
FC
X
Asset management
Natixis Investment Managers SA, Belgian Branch
FC
X
Distribution
Natixis Investment Managers Middle East
FC
X
Distribution
Natixis Investment Managers, Branch in Spain
FC
X
Distribution
AEW Europe LLP, Spain branch
FC
X
Distribution
Natixis Investment Managers, Branch In Spain
FC
X
Distribution
MV Credit SARL, France branch
FC
X
Asset management
AEW Italian Branch (formerly AEW Ciloger Italian Branch)
FC
X
Distribution
DNCA Finance, Milan Branch
FC
X
Asset management
Natixis Investment Manager, Italy Branch
FC
X
Distribution
Seeyond Italy branch
FC
X
Asset management
Ostrum Asset Management Italia
FC
X
Asset management
DNCA Finance Branch Luxembourg
FC
X
Asset management
Loomis Sayles & Company, LP, Dutch branch
FC
X
Distribution
AEW – Dutch branch
FC
X
Real estate management
Natixis Investment Managers International, Netherlands
FC
X
Distribution
AEW Central Europe Czech
FC
X
Distribution
Mirova Sweden Subsidiary
FC
X
Asset management
Natixis Investment Managers, Nordics Subsidiary
FC
X
Distribution
Natixis Private Equity
FC
X
Private equity
Natixis Wealth Management Luxembourg
FC
X
Banking
Natixis Wealth Management
FC
X
Credit institution
VEGA INVESTMENT MANAGERS
FC
X
Mutual fund holding company
1818 IMMOBILIER
FC
X
Real estate operations
TEORA
FC
X
Insurance brokerage company
Massena Partners SA
FC
X
Asset manager and investment advisory firm
Massena Wealth Management SARL
FC
X
Asset manager and investment advisory firm
Massena Partners – Branch
FC
X
Asset manager and investment advisory firm
NATIXIS INTERÉPARGNE
FC
X
Employee savings plan management
NATIXIS ALGÉRIE
FC
X
Banking
S.C.I ALTAIR 1
FC
X
Real estate operations
S.C.I. ALTAIR 2
FC
X
Real estate operations
FONCIÈRE KUPKA
FC
X
Real estate operations
NATIXIS FONCIÈRE SA
FC
X
Real estate investment
Insurance division
BPCE ASSURANCES
FC
X
Insurance company holding company
NA
FC
X
Insurance company holding company
BPCE LIFE
FC
X
Life insurance
BPCE LIFE France branch
FC
X
Life insurance
BPCE IARD (formerly ASSURANCES BANQUE POPULAIRE IARD)
EQ
X
Property damage Insurance
BPCE Prévoyance
FC
X
Personal protection Insurance
ADIR
EQ
X
Property damage Insurance
FRUCTIFONCIER
FC
X
Insurance real estate investments
BPCE Vie
FC
X
Insurance
RÉAUMUR ACTIONS
FC
X
Insurance investment mutual fund
NAMI INVESTMENT
FC
X
Insurance real estate investments
ECUREUIL VIE DÉVELOPPEMENT
EQ
X
Insurance
BPCE RELATION ASSURANCES
FC
X
Services company
SCI DUO PARIS
EQ
X
Real estate management
Fonds TULIP
FC
X
Insurance investments (Securitization funds)
DNCA INVEST NORDEN
FC
X
Insurance investment mutual fund
AAA ACTIONS AGRO ALIMENTAIRE
FC
X
Insurance investment mutual fund
SCPI IMMOB EVOLUTIF
FC
X
Insurance real estate investments
OPCI FRANCEUROPE IMMO
FC
X
Insurance investment mutual fund
SELECTIZ
FC
X
Insurance investment mutual fund
SELECTIZ PLUS FCP 4DEC
FC
X
Insurance investment mutual fund
ALLOCATION PILOTÉE ÉQUILIBRE C
FC
X
Insurance investment mutual fund
MIROVA EUROPE ENVIRONNEMENT C
FC
X
Insurance investment mutual fund
Vega Euro Rendement FCP RC
FC
X
Insurance investment mutual fund
Vega Europe Convictions fund
FC
X
Insurance investment mutual fund
SCPI Atlantique Mur Régions
FC
X
Insurance investment mutual fund
BPCE ASSURANCES IARD (formerly BPCE ASSURANCES)
FC
X
Insurance company
BPCE ASSURANCES PRODUCTION SERVICES
FC
X
Service providers
Payments divison
BPCE PAYMENT SERVICES (formerly NATIXIS PAIEMENTS SOLUTION)
FC
X
Banking services
BPCE PAYMENTS (formerly Shiva)
FC
X
Holding
BPH (formerly NATIXIS PAYMENT HOLDING)
FC
X
Holding
XPOLLENS (formerly S-MONEY)
FC
X
Payment services
PAYPLUG
FC
X
Payment services
DALENYS SA
FC
X
Holding
DALENYS INTERNATIONAL
FC
X
Holding
DALENYS FINANCE
FC
X
Holding
DALENYS PAYMENT
FC
X
Payment services
SWILE
EQ
X
Payment services, Service vouchers and Online services for employees
Others
BPCE IMMO EXPLOITATION (formerly NATIXIS IMMO EXPLOITATION)
FC
X
Real estate operations
III-4 - CE Holding Participations subsidiaries
CE HOLDING PARTICIPATIONS
FC
X
Holding
CE CAPITAL
FC
X
Holding
HABITAT EN RÉGION SERVICES
FC
X
Holding
III-5 - Local savings companies
185 Local savings companies (LSCs)
FC
X
Cooperative shareholders
(1)Prudential consolidation method:
FC Full consolidation
EQ Equity method
JA Joint activities
The following table is presented in the format of Appendix VI, Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) No. 1423/2013 of December 20, 2013. For simplicity, the descriptions presented below are those of Appendix VI, i.e. phased-in terms.
in millions of euros
12/31/2022
12/31/2021
(a)
(b)
(a)
(b)
Amount
Source based on
balance sheet
reference
numbers/letters
according to the
regulatory scope
of consolidation
Amount
Source based on
balance sheet
reference
numbers/letters
according to the
regulatory scope
of consolidation
COMMON EQUITY TIER 1 (CET1) CAPITAL: INSTRUMENTS AND RESERVES
1
Capital instruments and the related share premium accounts
28,678
4
28,225
4
2
Retained earnings
3,071
4
3,252
4
3
Accumulated other comprehensive income (and other reserves)
44,736
4
41,750
4
EU-3a
Fund for general banking risks
-
-
-
-
4
Amount of qualifying items referred to in Article 484 (3) CRR and the related share premium accounts subject to phase out from CET1
-
-
-
-
5
Minority interests (amount allowed in consolidated CET1)
164
5
193
5
EU-5a
Independently reviewed interim profits net of any foreseeable charge or dividend
3,193
4
3,561
4
6
Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital before regulatory adjustments
79,842
-
76,980
-
COMMON EQUITY TIER 1 (CET1) CAPITAL: REGULATORY ADJUSTMENTS
7
Additional value adjustments (negative amount)
(869)
-
(702)
-
8
Intangible assets (net of related tax liabilities) (negative amount)
(4,931)
2
(4,826)
2
10
Deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability excluding those arising from temporary differences (net of related tax liability where the conditions in Article 38 (3) CRR are met) (negative amount)
(896)
1
(699)
1
11
Fair value reserves related to gains or losses on cash flow hedges of financial instruments that are not valued at fair value
(597)
-
65
-
12
Negative amounts resulting from the calculation of expected loss amounts
(189)
-
(203)
-
13
Any increase in equity that results from securitized assets (negative amount)
-
-
-
-
14
Gains or losses on liabilities valued at fair value resulting from changes in own credit standing
(199)
-
109
-
15
Defined-benefit pension fund assets (negative amount)
(99)
-
-
-
16
Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by an institution of own CET1 instruments (negative amount)
(8)
-
(8)
-
17
Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings of the CET1 instruments of financial sector entities where those entities have reciprocal cross holdings with the institution designed to inflate artificially the own funds of the institution (negative amount)
-
-
-
-
18
Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by the institution of the CET1 instruments of financial sector entities where the institution does not have a significant investment in those entities (amount above 10% threshold and net of eligible short positions) (negative amount)
-
-
-
-
19
Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by the institution of the CET1 instruments of financial sector entities where the institution has a significant investment in those entities (amount above 10% threshold and net of eligible short positions) (negative amount)
-
-
-
-
EU-20a
Exposure amount of the following items which qualify for a RW of 1,250%, where the institution opts for the deduction alternative
-
-
-
-
EU-20b
•of which: qualifying holdings outside the financial sector (negative amount)
-
-
-
-
EU-20c
•of which: securitization positions (negative amount)
-
-
-
-
EU-20d
•of which: free deliveries (negative amount)
-
-
-
-
21
Deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences (amount above 10% threshold, net of related tax liability where the conditions in Article 38 (3) of the CRR are met) (negative amount)
-
-
-
-
22
Amount exceeding the 17.65% threshold (negative amount)
-
-
-
-
23
•of which: direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by the institution of the CET1 instruments of financial sector entities where the institution has a significant investment in those entities
-
-
-
-
24
Not applicable
-
-
-
-
25
•of which: deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences
-
-
-
-
EU-25a
Losses for the current fiscal year (negative amount)
-
-
-
-
EU-25b
Foreseeable tax charges relating to CET1 items except where the institution suitably adjusts the amount of CET1 items insofar as such tax charges reduce the amount up to which those items may be used to cover risks or losses (negative amount)
-
-
-
-
27
Qualifying AT1 deductions that exceed the AT1 items of the institution (negative amount)
(22)
-
(22)
-
27a
Other regulatory adjustments
(2,367)
-
(930)
-
28
Total regulatory adjustments to Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1)
(10,177)
-
(7,216)
-
29
Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1)
69,665
-
69,764
-
ADDITIONAL TIER 1 (AT1) CAPITAL: INSTRUMENTS
30
Capital instruments and the related share premium accounts
-
-
-
-
33
Amount of qualifying items referred to in Article 484 (4) CRR and the related share premium accounts subject to phase out from AT1
-
-
-
-
EU-33a
Amount of qualifying items referred to in Article 494a (1) CRR subject to phase out from AT1
-
-
-
-
EU-33b
Amount of qualifying items referred to in Article 494b (1) CRR subject to phase out from AT1
-
-
-
-
34
Qualifying Tier 1 capital included in consolidated AT1 capital (including minority interests not included in row 5) issued by subsidiaries and held by third parties
-
-
-
-
35
•of which: instruments issued by subsidiaries subject to phase out
-
-
-
-
36
Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital before regulatory adjustments
-
-
-
-
ADDITIONAL TIER 1 (AT1) CAPITAL: REGULATORY ADJUSTMENTS
37
Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by an institution of own AT1 instruments (negative amount)
-
-
-
-
38
Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings of the AT1 instruments of financial sector entities where those entities have reciprocal cross holdings with the institution designed to inflate artificially the own funds of the institution (negative amount)
-
-
-
-
40
Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by the institution of the AT1 instruments of financial sector entities where the institution has a significant investment in those entities (net of eligible short positions) (negative amount)
(22)
-
(22)
-
42
Qualifying T2 deductions that exceed the T2 items of the institution (negative amount)
-
-
-
-
42a
Other regulatory adjustments to AT1 capital
-
-
-
-
43
Total regulatory adjustments to Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital
(22)
-
(22)
-
44
Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital
-
-
-
-
45
Tier 1 capital (T1 = CET1 + AT1)
69,665
-
69,764
-
TIER 2 (T2) CAPITAL: INSTRUMENTS
46
Capital instruments and the related share premium accounts
13,483
3
13,699
3
47
Amount of qualifying items referred to in Article 484 (5) CRR and the related share premium accounts subject to phase out from T2 as described in Article 486(4) CRR
-
-
6
-
EU-47a
Amount of qualifying items referred to in Article 494a (2) CRR subject to phase out from T2
-
-
-
-
EU-47b
Amount of qualifying items referred to in Article 494b (2) CRR subject to phase out from T2
105
3
117
3
48
Qualifying own funds instruments included in consolidated T2 capital (including minority interests and AT1 instruments not included in rows 5 or 34) issued by subsidiaries and held by third parties
-
-
-
-
50
Credit risk adjustments
889
-
736
-
51
Tier 2 (T2) capital before regulatory adjustments
14,478
-
14,558
-
TIER 2 (T2) CAPITAL: REGULATORY ADJUSTMENTS
52
Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by an institution of own T2 instruments and subordinated loans (negative amount)
(25)
-
(25)
-
53
Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings of the T2 instruments and subordinated loans of financial sector entities where those entities have reciprocal cross holdings with the institution designed to inflate artificially the own funds of the institution (negative amount)
-
-
-
-
54
Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings of the T2 instruments and subordinated loans of financial sector entities where the institution does not have a significant investment in those entities (amount above 10% threshold and net of eligible short positions) (negative amount)
-
-
-
-
55
Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by the institution of the T2 instruments and subordinated loans of financial sector entities where the institution has a significant investment in those entities (net of eligible short positions) (negative amount)
(1,693)
-
(1,582)
-
EU-56a
Qualifying eligible liabilities deductions that exceed the eligible liabilities items of the institution (negative amount)
-
-
-
-
EU-56b
Other regulatory adjustments to T2 capital
-
-
-
-
57
Total regulatory adjustments to Tier 2 (T2) capital
(1,718)
-
(1,607)
-
58
Tier 2 (T2) capital
12,759
-
12,951
-
59
Total capital (TC = T1 + T2)
82,424
-
82,715
-
60
Total risk exposure amount
460,858
-
441,428
-
CAPITAL RATIOS AND REQUIREMENTS, INCLUDING BUFFERS
61
Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1)
15.12%
-
15.80%
-
62
Tier 1 capital
15.12%
-
15.80%
-
63
Total equity
17.88%
-
18.74%
-
64
Total CET1 capital requirements of the institution
9.15%
-
9.33%
-
65
•of which: capital conservation buffer requirement
2.50%
-
2.50%
-
66
•of which: countercyclical buffer requirement
0.03%
-
0.02%
-
67
•of which: systemic risk buffer requirement
0.00%
-
0.00%
-
EU-67a
•of which: Global Systemically Important Institution (G-SII) or Other Systemically Important Institution (O-SII) buffer
1.00%
-
1.00%
-
68
Common Equity Tier 1 available to meet buffers (as a percentage of risk exposure amount)
9.12%
-
9.99%
-
AMOUNTS BELOW THE THRESHOLDS FOR DEDUCTION (BEFORE RISK WEIGHTING)
72
Direct and indirect holdings of own funds and eligible liabilities of financial sector entities where the institution does not have a significant investment in those entities (amount below 10% threshold and net of eligible short positions)
1,152
-
1,337
-
73
Direct and indirect holdings by the institution of the CET1 instruments of financial sector entities where the institution has a significant investment in those entities (amount below 17.65% thresholds and net of eligible short positions)
2,403
-
2,910
-
75
Deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences (amount below 17.65% threshold, net of related tax liability where the conditions in Article 38 (3) of the CRR are met)
2,951
-
2,348
-
APPLICABLE CAPS ON THE INCLUSION OF PROVISIONS IN TIER 2
76
Credit risk adjustments included in T2 in respect of exposures subject to standardized approach (prior to the application of the cap)
-
-
-
-
77
Cap on inclusion of credit risk adjustments in T2 under standardized approach
1,989
-
1,893
-
78
Credit risk adjustments included in T2 in respect of exposures subject to internal ratings-based approach (prior to the application of the cap)
889
-
736
-
79
Cap for inclusion of credit risk adjustments in T2 under internal ratings-based approach
1,122
-
1,051
-
CAPITAL INSTRUMENTS SUBJECT TO PHASE-OUT ARRANGEMENTS (ONLY APPLICABLE BETWEEN JANUARY 1, 2014 AND JANUARY 1, 2022)
80
Current cap on CET1 instruments subject to phase out arrangements
-
-
-
-
81
Amount excluded from CET1 due to cap (excess over cap after redemptions and maturities)
-
-
-
-
82
Current cap applicable on AT1 instruments subject to phase out
-
-
-
-
83
Amount excluded from AT1 due to cap (excess over cap after redemptions and maturities)
-
-
-
-
84
Current cap applicable on T2 instruments subject to phase out
-
-
6
-
85
Amount excluded from T2 due to cap (excess over cap after redemptions and maturities)
10
-
55
-
in millions of euros
12/31/2022
Basel III
12/31/2021
Basel III phased-in
AT1 capital instruments ineligible but benefiting from a grandfathering clause(1)
-
-
Holdings of AT1 instruments of financial sector entities more than 10%-owned
-
-
Transitional adjustments applicable to AT1 capital
-
-
ADDITIONAL TIER 1 (AT1) CAPITAL
-
-
(1)Amount after application of the transitional provisions: corresponds to 10% of the outstanding perpetual subordinated notes at 12/31/2021.
Details of debt instruments recognized as Tier 1 capital, as well as their terms, as required by Implementing Regulation No. 1423/2013 are published at the following address: https://groupebpce.com/en/investors/results-and-publications/pillar-iii,
in millions of euros
12/31/2022
Basel III
12/31/2021
Basel III
phased-in(1)
Eligible Tier 2 capital instruments
13,483
13,699
Own Tier 2 instruments
(25)
(25)
Tier 2 capital instruments ineligible but benefiting from a grandfathering clause(1)
105
123
Holdings of Tier 2 instruments of financial sector entities more than 10%-owned
(1,693)
(1,582)
Transitional adjustments applicable to Tier 2 capital
-
-
Excess provision over expected losses
889
736
TIER 2 CAPITAL
12,759
12,951
(1)Amount after application of the transitional provisions: corresponds to 10% of the outstanding perpetual subordinated notes at 12/31/2021.
Issuer
Issue date
Maturity date
Currency
Amount in
original
currency(in millions)
Outstandings
(in millions of euros)
Prudential net
outstandings(in millions of euros)
BPCE
07/18/2013
07/18/2023
EUR
1,000
1,000
109
BPCE
10/22/2013
10/22/2023
USD
1,500
1,406
227
BPCE
01/21/2014
07/21/2024
USD
1,500
1,406
437
BPCE
04/16/2014
04/16/2029
GBP
750
845
845
BPCE
07/25/2014
06/25/2026
EUR
350
350
244
BPCE
07/25/2014
06/25/2026
EUR
525
525
366
BPCE
07/11/2014
07/11/2024
USD
800
750
229
BPCE
09/15/2014
03/15/2025
USD
1,250
1,171
517
BPCE
09/30/2014
09/30/2024
EUR
410
410
144
BPCE
01/30/2015
01/30/2025
JPY
27,200
193
81
BPCE
01/30/2015
01/30/2025
JPY
13,200
94
39
BPCE
02/17/2015
02/17/2027
EUR
240
240
197
BPCE
02/17/2015
02/17/2027
EUR
371
371
306
BPCE
03/24/2015
03/12/2025
EUR
375
375
165
BPCE
04/17/2015
04/17/2035
USD
270
253
253
BPCE
04/29/2015
04/17/2035
USD
100
94
94
BPCE
04/29/2015
04/17/2035
USD
30
28
28
BPCE
06/01/2015
06/01/2045
USD
130
122
122
BPCE
09/29/2015
09/29/2025
CHF
50
51
28
BPCE
12/11/2015
12/11/2025
JPY
25,100
178
105
BPCE
12/11/2015
12/11/2025
JPY
500
4
2
BPCE
03/17/2016
03/17/2031
EUR
60
60
60
BPCE
03/17/2016
03/17/2036
USD
150
141
141
BPCE
04/01/2016
04/01/2026
USD
750
703
457
BPCE
04/22/2016
04/22/2026
EUR
750
750
496
BPCE
05/03/2016
05/03/2046
USD
200
187
187
BPCE
07/19/2016
07/19/2026
EUR
696
696
494
BPCE
07/13/2016
07/13/2026
JPY
17,300
123
87
BPCE
10/13/2021
01/13/2042
EUR
900
900
900
BPCE
10/13/2021
10/13/2046
EUR
850
850
850
BPCE
10/19/2021
10/19/2042
USD
750
703
703
BPCE
10/19/2021
10/19/2032
USD
1,000
937
937
BPCE
12/01/2021
11/30/2032
GBP
500
564
564
BPCE
12/16/2021
12/16/2031
JPY
74,600
530
530
BPCE
12/16/2021
12/16/2036
JPY
5,800
41
41
BPCE
01/14/2022
01/14/2037
USD
800
750
750
BPCE
02/02/2022
02/02/2034
EUR
1,000
1,000
1,000
BPCE
03/02/2022
03/02/2032
EUR
500
500
500
BPCE
07/07/2022
07/07/2032
JPY
26,600
189
189
BPCE
12/15/2022
12/15/2032
JPY
8,400
60
60
CFF
03/06/2003
03/06/2023
EUR
10
10
-
TOTAL
19,557
13,483
EU CCYB1 ‒ GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION OF CREDIT EXPOSURES RELEVANT FOR THE CALCULATION OF THE COUNTERCYCLICAL CAPITAL BUFFER
in millions of euros
12/31/2022
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
m
General credit
exposuresRelevant credit
exposures –
Market riskSecuri-
tization
expo-
sures
Value at
Risk for
the
banking
bookTotal
exposure
valueCapital requirements
Risk-
Weighted
AssetsCapital
requir-
ement
weights(%)
Counter-
cyclical
buffer
rate(%)
Exposure
value
under
the
standar-
dized
approachExpo-
sure
value
under
the IRB
approachSum of
long and
short
positions
of
trading
book
exposures
for SAValue of
trading
book
expo-
sures
for
internal
modelsRelevant
credit
risk
expo-
sures ‒
Credit
riskRelevant
credit
expo-
sures –
Market
riskRelevant
credit
exposures
–
Securi-
tization
positions
in the
banking
bookTotal
010
BREAKDOWN BY COUNTRY:
Bulgaria
-
2
-
-
-
2
-
-
-
-
-
0.00%
1.00%
Czech Republic
14
11
-
-
-
25
1
-
-
1
16
0.00%
1.50%
Denmark
252
88
12
-
-
352
22
-
-
23
283
0.08%
2.00%
Estonia
-
3
-
-
-
4
-
-
-
-
4
0.00%
1.00%
United Kingdom
1,206
7,722
166
43
1,587
10,725
314
6
20
339
4,234
1.15%
1.00%
Hong Kong
264
2,337
29
-
208
2,838
83
1
3
87
1,084
0.29%
1.00%
Iceland
-
1
-
-
-
1
-
-
-
-
-
0.00%
2.00%
Luxembourg
2,109
7,925
44,798
176
505
55,513
437
3
4
444
5,552
1.51%
0.50%
Norway
336
381
24
-
-
741
26
1
-
27
334
0.09%
2.00%
Romania
12
11
-
-
-
23
1
-
-
1
14
0.00%
0.50%
Sweden
93
173
33
-
-
299
12
2
-
14
172
0.05%
1.00%
Slovakia
10
6
3
29
-
48
1
-
-
1
9
0.00%
1.00%
Other countries weighted at 0%
176,847
700,846
10,307
14,548
20,133
922,680
28,059
134
326
28,519
356,489
96.82%
0.00%
020
TOTAL
181,143
719,506
55,371
14,798
22,433
993,251
28,957
145
353
29,455
368,191
100.00%
in millions of euros
12/31/2021
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
m
General credit
exposuresRelevant credit
exposures – Market
riskSecuriti-
zation
exposures
Value at
risk for
the
banking
bookTotal
exposure
valueCapital requirements
Total
Risk-
Weighted
AssetsCapital
requir-
ement
weights(%)
Counter-
cyclical
buffer
rate (%)Exposure
value
under
the
standar-
dized
appro-
achExpo-
sure
value
under
the IRB
approachSum of
long and
short
positions
of
trading
book
exposures
for SAValue of
trading
book
expo-
sures
for
internal
modelsRelevant
credit
risk
expo-
sures ‒
Credit
riskRelevant
credit
expo-
sures –
Market
riskRelevant
credit
exposures
–
Securiti-
zation
positions
in the
banking
book010
BREAKDOWN BY COUNTRY:
Bulgaria
-
5
-
-
-
5
-
-
-
-
1
0.00%
0.50%
Czech Republic
31
5
-
-
-
36
2
-
-
2
28
0.01%
0.50%
Hong Kong
39
2,853
25
0
0
2,916
86
-
-
86
1,079
0.30%
1.00%
Luxembourg
1,747
7,230
41,093
176
327
50,574
540
4
4
548
6,844
1.93%
0.50%
Norway
324
586
65
0
-
976
190
1
-
191
2,383
0.67%
1.00%
Slovakia
28
1
6
29
-
65
2
-
-
2
21
0.01%
1.00%
Other countries weighted at 0%
170,602
666,015
13,559
14,626
18,096
882,898
27,029
247
324
27,601
345,008
97.09%
0.00%
020
TOTAL
172,771
676,696
54,748
14,832
18,423
937,470
27,849
252
328
28,429
355,364
100.00%
in millions of euros
a
b
c
d
e
EU e1
EU e2
f
g
h
12/31/2022
Risk category
Category level AVA ‒
Valuation uncertaintyTotal AVA
category
post-
diversi-
ficationOf which:
Total core
approach in
the trading
bookOf which:
Total core
approach in
the banking
bookCategory level AVA
Equities
Interest
ratesForeign
exchangeCredit
Commodities
Unearned
credit
spreads
AVAInvestment
and
funding
costs AVA1
Market price uncertainty
132
16
5
286
1
47
37
262
62
200
3
Close-out costs
177
16
11
92
-
47
-
172
49
123
4
Concentrated positions
131
-
-
3
-
-
-
134
132
2
5
Early termination
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
6
Model risk
52
8
29
27
-
56
-
86
78
8
7
Operational risk
22
2
1
19
-
-
-
43
8
35
10
Future administrative costs
19
136
5
9
2
-
-
170
170
-
12
TOTAL ADDITIONAL VALUATION ADJUSTMENTS (AVAS)
869
500
369
in millions of euros
a
b
c
d
e
EU e1
EU e2
f
g
h
12/31/2021
Risk category
Category level AVA ‒
Valuation uncertaintyTotal AVA
category
post-
diversi-
ficationOf which:
Total core
approach in
the trading
bookOf which:
Total core
approach in
the banking
bookCategory level AVA
Equities
Interest
ratesForeign
exchangeCredit
Commodities
Unearned
credit
spreads
AVAInvestment
and
funding
costs AVA1
Market price uncertainty
124
13
7
176
1
26
16
182
72
110
3
Close-out costs
65
3
9
119
4
26
-
115
62
53
4
Concentrated positions
132
-
-
4
-
-
-
136
133
3
5
Early termination
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
6
Model risk
60
2
2
2
-
3
-
35
35
-
7
Operational risk
9
1
1
15
-
-
-
26
9
17
10
Future administrative costs
21
173
5
8
-
-
-
208
207
1
12
TOTAL ADDITIONAL VALUATION ADJUSTMENTS (AVAS)
702
518
184
The leverage ratio compares Tier 1 capital to an exposure calculated quarterly on the basis of the balance sheet and off-balance sheet assets assessed using a prudential approach. Derivatives and repurchase agreements are subject to specific restatements. The commitments given are allocated a conversion factor in accordance with Article 429 (10) of the CRR.
in millions of euros
Exposures for leverage ratio purposes
under the CRR
a
b
12/31/2022
12/31/2021
ON-BALANCE SHEET EXPOSURES (EXCLUDING DERIVATIVES AND SFTS)
1
On-balance sheet items (excluding derivatives, SFTs, but including collateral)
1,273,563
1,272,343
2
Gross-up for derivatives collateral provided where deducted from the balance sheet assets pursuant to the applicable accounting framework
-
-
3
(Deductions of receivables assets for cash variation margin provided in derivatives transactions)
(12,134)
(12,448)
4
(Adjustment for securities received under securities financing transactions that are recognized as an asset)
-
-
5
(General credit risk adjustments to on-balance sheet items)
-
-
6
(Asset amounts deducted in determining Tier 1 capital)
(7,707)
(5,693)
7
Total on-balance sheet exposures (excluding derivatives and SFTs)
1,253,723
1,254,203
DERIVATIVE EXPOSURES
8
Replacement cost associated with SA-CCR derivatives transactions (i.e. net of eligible cash variation margin)
17,554
13,236
EU-8a
Derogation for derivatives: replacement costs contribution under the simplified standardized approach
-
-
9
Add-on amounts for potential future exposure associated with SA-CCR derivatives transactions
25,644
26,686
EU-9a
Derogation for derivatives: Potential future exposure contribution under the simplified standardized approach
-
-
EU-9b
Exposure determined under original exposure method
-
-
10
(Exempted CCP leg of client-cleared trade exposures) (SA-CCR)
-
-
EU-10a
(Exempted CCP leg of client-cleared trade exposures) (simplified standardized approach)
-
-
EU-10b
(Exempted CCP leg of client-cleared trade exposures) (original exposure method)
-
-
11
Adjusted effective notional amount of written credit derivatives
37,945
16,727
12
(Adjusted effective notional offsets and add-on deductions for written credit derivatives)
(34,268)
(10,655)
13
Total derivative exposures
46,875
45,994
SECURITIES FINANCING TRANSACTION (SFT) EXPOSURES
14
Gross SFT assets (with no recognition of netting), after adjustment for sales accounting transactions
68,930
62,934
15
(Netted amounts of cash payables and cash receivables of gross SFT assets)
-
-
16
Counterparty credit risk exposure for SFT assets
8,997
7,766
EU-16a
Derogation for SFTs: Counterparty credit risk exposure in accordance with Articles 429e (5) and 222 CRR
-
-
17
Agent transaction exposures
-
-
EU-17a
(Exempted CCP leg of client-cleared SFT exposure)
-
-
18
Total securities financing transaction exposures
77,927
70,700
OTHER OFF-BALANCE SHEET EXPOSURES
19
Off-balance sheet exposures at gross notional amount
220,917
207,507
20
(Adjustments for conversion to credit equivalent amounts)
(121,686)
(115,481)
21
(General provisions associated with off-balance sheet exposures deducted in determining Tier 1 capital)
-
-
22
Off-balance sheet exposures
99,231
92,026
EXCLUDED EXPOSURES
EU-22a
(Exposures excluded from the leverage ratio total exposure measure in accordance with point (c) of Article 429a (1) of the CRR)
(4,028)
-
EU-22b
(Exposures exempted in accordance with point (j) of Article 429a (1) of the CRR (on and off balance sheet))
(85,047)
(76,596)
EU-22c
(Excluded exposures of public development banks ‒ Public sector investments)
-
-
EU-22d
(Excluded promotional loans of public development banks: Promotional loans granted by a public development credit institution)
-
-
EU-22e
(Excluded passing-through promotional loan exposures by non-public development banks (or units))
-
-
EU-22f
(Excluded guaranteed parts of exposures arising from export credits)
-
-
EU-22g
(Excluded excess collateral deposited at triparty agents)
-
-
EU-22h
(Excluded CSD related services of CSD/institutions in accordance with point (o) of Article 429a (1) of the CRR)
-
-
EU-22i
(Excluded CSD related services of designated institutions in accordance with point (p) of Article 429a (1) of the CRR)
-
-
EU-22j
(Reduction of the exposure value of pre-financing or intermediate loans)
-
-
EU-22k
(Total exempted exposures)
(89,075)
(76,596)
CAPITAL AND TOTAL EXPOSURE MEASURE
23
Tier 1 capital
69,665
69,764
24
Total exposure measure
1,388,681
1,212,857
LEVERAGE RATIO
25
Leverage ratio (in %)
5.02%
5.75%
EU-25
Leverage ratio (without the adjustment due to excluded exposures of public development banks ‒ Public sector investments) (in %)
5.02%
5.75%
25a
Leverage ratio (excluding the impact of any applicable temporary exemption of central bank reserves) (in %)
5.02%
5.03%
26
Regulatory minimum leverage ratio requirement (in %)
3.00%
3.23%
EU-26b
Additional leverage ratio requirements (in %)
0.00%
0.00%
CHOICE OF TRANSITIONAL ARRANGEMENTS AND RELEVANT EXPOSURES
EU-27b
Choice on transitional arrangements for the definition of the capital measure
-
-
DISCLOSURE OF MEAN VALUES
28
Mean of daily values of gross SFT assets, after adjustment for sale accounting transactions and netted of amounts of associated cash payables and cash receivable
89,378
72,800
29
Quarter-end value of gross SFT assets, after adjustment for sale accounting transactions and netted of amounts of associated cash payables and cash receivables
68,930
62,934
30
Total exposures (including the impact of any applicable temporary exemption of central bank reserves) incorporating mean values from row 28 of gross SFT assets (after adjustment for sale accounting transactions and netted of amounts of associated cash payables and cash receivables)
1,409,128
1,222,724
30a
Total exposures (excluding the impact of any applicable temporary exemption of central bank reserves) incorporating mean values from row 28 of gross SFT assets (after adjustment for sale accounting transactions and netted of amounts of associated cash payables and cash receivables)
1,409,128
1,395,492
31
Leverage ratio (including the impact of any applicable temporary exemption of central bank reserves) incorporating mean values from row 28 of gross SFT assets (after adjustment for sale accounting transactions and netted of amounts of associated cash payables and cash receivables)
4.94%
5.71%
31a
Leverage ratio (excluding the impact of any applicable temporary exemption of central bank reserves) incorporating mean values from row 28 of gross SFT assets (after adjustment for sale accounting transactions and netted of amounts of associated cash payables and cash receivables)
4.94%
5.00%
EU LR3 ‒ LRSPL: BREAKDOWN OF BALANCE SHEET EXPOSURES (EXCLUDING DERIVATIVES, SFTS AND EXEMPTED EXPOSURES)
in millions of euros
a
b
12/31/2022
12/31/2021
Exposures for
leverage ratio
purposes under
the CRR
Exposures for
leverage ratio
purposes under
the CRREU-1
TOTAL ON-BALANCE SHEET EXPOSURES (EXCLUDING DERIVATIVES, SFT AND EXEMPTED EXPOSURES), OF WHICH:
1,172,480
1,010,531
EU-2
Trading book exposures
61,189
81,385
EU-3
Banking book exposures, of which:
1,111,291
929,147
EU-4
Covered bonds
1,041
913
EU-5
Exposures considered as sovereign
252,826
80,664
EU-6
Exposures to regional governments, MDB, international organizations and PSE not treated as sovereigns
61,554
63,413
EU-7
Institutions
13,662
21,759
EU-8
Exposures secured by a real estate mortgage
407,317
374,404
EU-9
Retail exposures
117,038
103,601
EU-10
Corporate customers
191,326
170,593
EU-11
Exposures in default
18,100
17,935
EU-12
Other exposures (e.g. equity, securitizations, and other non-credit obligation assets)
48,427
95,865
in millions of euros
b
c
d
e
f
12/31/2022
09/30/2022
06/30/2022
03/31/2022
12/31/2021
OWN FUNDS AND ELIGIBLE LIABILITIES, RATIOS AND COMPONENTS OF THE RESOLUTION GROUP
1
TLAC equity and eligible liabilities
109,503
111,868
110,486
110,269
109,407
2
Risk-weighted assets (RWA)
460,858
460,514
459,214
448,000
441,428
3
TLAC ratio (in % of RWA)
23.76%
24.29%
24.06%
24.61%
24.78%
4
Leverage exposure measure
1,388,681
1,408,372
1,335,218
1,242,971
1,212,857
5
TLAC ratio (in % of leverage exposure)
7.89%
7.94%
8.15%
8.87%
9.02%
6a
Does the exemption from subordination allowed by Article 72b (4) of Regulation (EU) No. 575/2013 apply? (5% exemption)
n.a
n.a
n.a
n.a
n.a
6b
Aggregate amount of permitted non-subordinated eligible liabilities instruments if the subordination discretion as per Article 72b (3) of Regulation (EU) No. 575/2013 is applied (max 3.5% exemption)
n.a
n.a
n.a
n.a
n.a
6c
If a capped subordination exemption applies under Article 72b (3) of Regulation (EU) No. 575/2013, the amount of funding issued that ranks pari passu with excluded liabilities and that is recognized under row 1, divided by funding issued that ranks pari passu with excluded Liabilities and that would be recognized under row 1 if no cap was applied (in %)
n.a
n.a
n.a
n.a
n.a
NB: As part of the annual resolvability analysis, Groupe BPCE chose to waive the option provided for by Article 72b (3) of the CRR to use preferred senior debt to comply with the TLAC and subordinated MREL.
in millions of euros
12/31/2022
12/31/2021
a
b
G-SII requirement
for own funds and
eligible liabilities
(TLAC)
Capital adequacy
and eligible
liabilities and
eligible liabilities
applicable to EISm
(TLAC)1
Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1)
69,665
69,764
2
Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital
-
-
6
Tier 2 (T2) capital
12,759
12,951
11
TLAC eligible capital
82,424
82,715
12
Eligible liabilities instruments issued directly by the resolution entity that are subordinated to excluded liabilities (not grandfathered)
13,250
8,849
EU-12a
Eligible liabilities instruments issued by other entities within the resolution group that are subordinated to excluded liabilities (not grandfathered)
-
-
EU-12b
Eligible liabilities instruments that are subordinated to excluded liabilities, issued prior to 06/27/2019
(subordinated grandfathered)9,273
13,542
EU-12c
Tier 2 instruments with a residual maturity of at least one year to the extent they do not qualify as Tier 2 items
4,555
4,300
13
Eligible liabilities that are not subordinated to excluded liabilities (not grandfathered pre cap)
-
-
EU-13a
Eligible liabilities that are not subordinated to excluded liabilities issued prior to 06/27/2019 (pre-cap)
-
-
14
Amount of non-subordinated instruments eligible, where applicable after application of Article 72b (3) of Regulation (EU) No. 575/2013
-
-
17
TLAC-eligible liabilities items before adjustments
27,079
26,692
EU-17a
of which: subordinated liabilities
27,079
26,692
18
TLAC-eligible equity items before adjustments
109,503
109,407
19
(Deduction of exposures between MPE resolution groups)
-
-
20
(Deduction of investments in other eligible liabilities instruments)
-
-
22
TLAC-own funds and eligible liabilities after adjustments
109,503
109,407
23
Risk-weighted assets (RWA)
460,858
441,428
24
Total leverage exposure measure
1,388,681
1,212,857
25
TLAC ratio (in % of RWA)
23.76%
24.78%
26
TLAC ratio (in % of leverage exposure)
7.89%
9.02%
27
CET1 (as a percentage of TREA) available after meeting the resolution group’s requirements
2.24%
3.27%
28
Overall institution-specific capital buffer requirement
3.53%
3.52%
29
•of which: capital conservation buffer requirement
2.50%
2.50%
30
•of which: countercyclical buffer requirement
0.03%
0.02%
31
•of which: systemic risk buffer requirement
0.00%
0.00%
EU-31a
•of which: Global Systemically Important Institution (G-SII) or Other Systemically Important Institution (O-SII) buffer
1.00%
1.00%
EU-32
Total amount of excluded liabilities referred to in Article 72a (2) of Regulation (EU) No. 575/2013
641,866
660,311
The creditor hierarchy for items included in the TLAC is as follows by order of repayment priority: senior non-preferred debt, subordinated debt eligible as Tier 2 capital on issuance and subordinated debt eligible as Tier 1 capital on issuance.
Eligible liabilities and their features are published at the following address: https://groupebpce.com/en/investors/results-and-publications/pillar-iii
in millions of euros
12/31/2022
Hierarchy in the event of insolvency
TOTAL
1
2
4
(lowest rank)
(highest rank)
Description of insolvency rank
CET1 capital
Tier 2
Senior non-preferred debt
Liabilities and own funds
69,665
19,430
26,776
115,871
•of which: excluded liabilities
-
-
-
-
Liabilities and own funds less excluded liabilities
69,665
19,430
26,776
115,871
Of which instruments eligible for the TLAC ratio
69,665
17,314
22,524
109,503
•of which: residual maturity ≥ 1 year < 2 years
-
2,617
3,676
6,293
•of which: residual maturity ≥ 2 years < 5 years
-
8,991
10,405
19,396
•of which: residual maturity ≥ 5 years < 10 years
-
4,554
8,363
12,918
•of which: residual maturity ≥ 10 years, but excluding perpetual securities
-
1,646
79
1,725
•of which: perpetual securities
69,665
-
-
69,665
-
5. CREDIT RISKS
The Group Risk division adapted its crisis management framework in 2022 to the new geopolitical and economic context induced by the Russia-Ukraine conflict and the ensuing increase in the cost of energy, generating high inflation and a rise in interest rates. Initiatives have been put in place to identify the sectors and counterparties that would be most impacted by this new crisis, both at the level of individual, professional and corporate customers.
-
5.1 Credit risk management
•defining and implementing the standards and methods for risk taking and management within the Group’s consolidated scope in accordance with regulations;
•establishing the principles of Risk division through global risk caps and monitoring compliance with them;
•defining and reviewing the Group’s risk management systems by drawing up Group credit risk policies and defining individual limits on shared counterparties;
•analyzing the non-delegated grant files of the Group’s subsidiaries and examine the main files managed in the Watchlist;
•coordinating the Credit Risk functions, in particular through very frequent audio-conferences, national days, regional platforms or thematic working groups;
The overall credit risk policy is governed in particular by the risk appetite system, structured around the definition of the level of risk and risk appetite indicators. The balance between the search for profitability and the level of risk accepted is reflected in Groupe BPCE’s credit risk profile and is reflected in the Group’s credit risk management policies. Groupe BPCE refrains from engaging in activities over which it has insufficient control. Activities with high risk-reward profiles are identified and strictly controlled.
In general, Groupe BPCE’s credit approval process is based first and foremost on the customer’s ability to repay the loan, i.e. future cash flows, with clearly identified sources and channels and a reasonably realistic probability of occurrence.
Credit risk measurement relies on internal rating systems tailored to each category of customer and transaction. The Risk division is responsible for defining and verifying the performance of these rating systems.
An internal rating methodology common to all Groupe BPCE institutions (specific to each customer segment) is applied for “individual and professional customers”, as well as for “corporate customers”, “real estate professionals”, “project financing”, “central banks and other sovereign exposures”, “central governments”, “public-sector and similar entities” and “financial institutions”.
•A dedicated governance structure is in place for the construction of all credit risk management, granting and classification systems.
Each standard, policy, system or method is the focus of workshops, organized and led by the Risk division teams, made up of Group representatives. The purpose of these workshops is to define the rules and expectations for each topic addressed, as it relates to the Group’s risk appetite and regulatory constraints. These topics are then decided by a Group committee made up of executive managers.
Compliance with regulatory and internal caps and limits is regularly checked by the Group Risk and Compliance Committee and the Risk Committees of the Supervisory Board. Each institution is responsible for ensuring compliance with internal limits.
The Group Risk division also defines, for all institutions, the common framework of Level 2 permanent controls (CPN2) for credit risks and contributes to the coordination of Level 1 controls.
The Risk function is organized according to the principle of subsidiarity with a strong functional link:
•each institution in Groupe BPCE has a Risk division covering credit and counterparty risks. Each
institution manages its risks in accordance with Group standards and prepares a risk report
every six months;
•each Head of Risk is in close contact with the Group Chief Risk Officer. The latter reports to the
Chairman of the Management Board of Groupe BPCE and is a member of the Executive
Management Committee;
Credit approval decisions deployed or adapted at each Group institution are supervised within a system made up of:
•risk policies and sector policies;
•regulatory caps, Group internal caps, internal caps for institutions in the Banque Populaire and Caisses d’Epargne networks and all BPCE subsidiaries;
•a set of Group internal limits covering the major categories of counterparties (a company made up of a parent and its subsidiaries) on a consolidated basis, for the main asset classes excluding retail, supplemented as needed by local limits; predominantly based on the internal rating approach, these methodologies are used to define the maximum risk that Groupe BPCE is willing to take;
•at each Group institution, a pro-con analysis or counter-analysis procedure involving the Risk function, which holds the right to veto decisions, calling on the higher-level Credit Committee for arbitration where necessary, or the duly authorized representative.
The year was marked by the outbreak of the war in Ukraine, which led to an increase in energy costs and high inflation, requiring a rise in central bank key rates. The monitoring system inherited from the Covid crisis has been adapted to take into account the new geopolitical and economic context.
The requirement was also maintained for the operational integration of the main standards, rules and policies in institutions in order to guarantee uniform implementation within the Group.
The system of internal caps used across the Group, which are lower than the regulatory caps, is aimed at increasing the division of risks and is applied to all Group entities.
The internal caps system used by the institutions is lower than or equal to the Group internal caps, and is applied to the Banque Populaire and Caisse d’Epargne networks and the subsidiaries.
A Groupwide set of individual limits has also been established for the major counterparties as well as exposure levels for countries and industries. These limits apply to all Group institutions. The individual limits system in place, aimed at dividing up risks and making them individually acceptable in terms of each institution’s profits and capital position, i.e. without including the value of collateral, to define the maximum amount of acceptable risk for a given counterparty. The aim of this position is to neutralize the operational risk associated with the recognition of collateral and with execution in the event the institution is required to call in the collateral.
Risk monitoring is organized on a sector-by-sector basis via a sector watch shared with all the Group’s institutions. Sector policies and limits have been established for that purpose.
On behalf of the Group Risk and Compliance Committee, the Risk division measures and verifies that these risk supervision mechanisms (individual and topical limits) are correctly implemented at each institution.
The Group Supervisory Board is kept informed as Group internal caps are monitored, and is notified of any breaches of limits defined in accordance with the risk appetite framework.
The quarterly Group risk dashboard is used to monitor consumption of risk-weighted assets in the Group’s main asset classes: it compares any differentials in terms of changes between gross exposures and consumption of RWA.
By using these systems, the Group is able to accurately monitor the change in capital needed to cover risks in each asset class, while also observing any changes in the quality of the asset classes in question.
Correlation risk is governed by a special decision-making process, where a counterparty offers its own shares as collateral. A top-up clause is systematically required on such transactions.
For wrong-way risk, usually associated with collateral swaps between credit institutions, BPCE’s liquidity reserve procedure defines this criterion as follows: “the counterparty to the repo and the securities received as collateral for that repo shall not be included in the same regulatory group.”
However, these transactions may be reviewed on a case-by-case basis, under a special decision-making process, where the collateral consists exclusively of retail loans serving to finance residential real estate.
From a regulatory standpoint, Article 118 of the Ministerial Order of November 3, 2014 on internal control specifies that “at least once each quarter, supervised companies must perform an analysis of changes in the quality of their loan commitments.” In particular, this review should determine, for material transactions, whether any reclassifications need to be conducted among the internal risk credit risk assessment categories and, if necessary, the appropriate allocations to non-performing loans and charges to provisions.
When a counterparty is placed on either a local Watchlist (WL) or the Group WL, supervision of the counterparty in question is enhanced (Performing WL) or the decision is made to record an appropriate provision (Default WL).
Statistical provisions for performing loans, calculated at Group level for the networks in accordance with IFRS 9 requirements, are measured using a methodology validated by Group committees (reviewed by an independent unit and validated by the Group Models Committee and the RCCP Standards & Methods Committee). These provisions include scenarios of changes in the economic environment determined each year by the Group’s Economic Research team, coupled with probabilities of occurrence reviewed quarterly by the Group Watchlist and Provisions Committee.
The allocated provisioning is calculated by taking into account the present value of the guarantees in a prudent approach.
Any defaulted exposures not covered by provisions shall be subject to enhanced justification requirements to explain why no provision has been recorded.
For credit transactions, Groupe BPCE is not required to carry out netting of on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet transactions.
During 2022, Groupe BPCE continued to implement a prudent IFRS 9 provisioning policy, in an uncertain economic context due to the ongoing health crisis.
Following a reduction in the uncertainties associated with the economic scenarios, the methodological adjustments implemented in the fourth quarter of 2020 concerning the 60% mitigation factor and the twelve-month delay in the NBI projection were lifted at the closing of the first quarter 2022.
The review of ratings for professional customers and small companies that benefited from a SGL or a moratorium was lifted at the closing of the fourth quarter of 2022 when it was estimated that the impact of SGLs and moratoria on their rating had become limited.
Debt instruments classified as financial assets at amortized cost or at fair value through other comprehensive income, loan commitments and financial guarantees given that are not recognized at fair value through profit or loss, as well as lease receivables and trade receivables, shall be systematically impaired or covered by a provision for expected credit losses (ECL).
Impairment is recorded, for financial assets which have not been individually subject to ECL, based on observed past losses but also on reasonable and supportable DCF forecasts.
Financial instruments are divided into three categories (Stages) depending on the increase in credit risk observed since initial recognition. A specific credit risk measurement method applies to each category of instrument:
1. Stage 1 (S1)
2. Stage 2 (S2)
3. Stage 3 (S3)
Loan outstandings for which credit risk has not increased materially since the initial recognition of the financial instrument. The impairment or the provision for credit risk corresponds to 12-month expected credit losses.
Performing loans for which credit risk has increased materially since the initial recognition of the financial instrument are transferred to this category. The impairment or the provision for credit risk is determined on the basis of the financial instrument’s lifetime expected credit losses.
Impaired exposures, within the meaning of IFRS 9, for which there is objective evidence of impairment loss due to an event which represents a known credit risk occurring (e.g. non-repayment of the loan at its normal term, collective proceeding, past due payments recorded by the customer, customer unable to finance an investment in new equipment, etc.) after the initial recognition of the instrument in question. This category covers receivables for which a default event has been identified, as defined in Article 178 of the EU regulation of June 26, 2013 on prudential requirements for credit institutions.
The Group implements a provisioning policy for its corporate customers. This policy lays the foundations for the calculation of loan impairment and defines the methodology for determining individual impairment based on expert opinion. It also defines the components (credit risk measurement, accounting principles on the impairment of customer receivables under IFRS and French GAAP) and data to include in a non-performing loan or disputed loan assessment, as well as essential items to include in a provisioning record.
A corporate provisioning policy for Group exposures of less than €15 million has been defined and implemented.
The methodology section for determining individual impairment based on expert opinion defines impairment approaches: going concern, gone concern, combined approach.
Groupe BPCE applies the contagion principle when identifying groups of customer counterparties, through the ties binding the groups together.
A methodology concerning the practice of applying haircuts to the value of collateral, taking into account inevitable contingencies, has been defined and implemented.
Impairment for credit risk amounts to 12-month expected credit losses or lifetime expected credit losses, depending on the level of increase in credit risk since initial recognition (Stage 1 or Stage 2 asset). A set of qualitative and quantitative criteria is used to assess the increase in credit risk.
A significant increase in credit risk is measured on an individual basis by taking into account all reasonable and supportable information and by comparing the default risk on the financial instrument at the reporting date with the default risk on the financial instrument at the date of initial recognition. Any significant increase in credit risk shall be recognized before the transaction is impaired (Stage 3).
In order to assess a significant increase in credit risk, the Group implemented a process based on rules and criteria which apply to all Group entities:
•for the portfolios of individual customers, professionals and small and medium-sized companies, the quantitative criterion is based on the measurement of the difference between the counterparty’s rating at the time of granting and its rating at the closing date. This difference - or denotch - is measured on a master scale common to all these counterparties. The number of denotches before downgrading to status 2 depends on the rating at grant;
•for the large corporate, bank and specialized financing loan books, it is based on the change in rating since initial recognition;
•these quantitative criteria are accompanied by a set of qualitative criteria, including the existence of a payment more than 30 days past due, the classification of the contract as at-risk, the identification of forbearance exposure or the inclusion of the portfolio on a Watchlist;
•exposures rated by the large corporates, banks and specialized financing software tool are also downgraded to Stage 2 depending on the sector rating and the level of country risk.
Exposures for which there is objective evidence of impairment loss due to an event representing a counterparty risk and occurring after initial recognition will be considered as impaired and classified as Stage 3. Identification criteria for impaired assets are similar to those under IAS 39 and are aligned with the default criterion. The accounting treatment of restructuring operations due to financial hardships is similar to their treatment under IAS 39.
The expected credit losses on Stage 1 or Stage 2 financial instruments are measured as the product of several inputs:
•cash flows expected over the lifetime of the financial instrument, discounted at the valuation date – these flows are determined according to the characteristics of the contract, its effective interest rate and the level of prepayment expected on the contract;
•loss given default (LGD);
•probabilities of default (PD), for the coming year in the case of Stage 1 financial instruments and until the contract’s maturity in the case of Stage 2 financial instruments.
The Group draws on existing concepts and mechanisms to define these inputs, and in particular on internal models developed to calculate regulatory capital requirements and on projection models used in the stress test system. Certain adjustments are made to comply with the specifics of IFRS 9.
IFRS 9 inputs:
•aim to provide an accurate estimate of expected credit losses for accounting provision purposes, whereas prudential inputs are more cautious for regulatory framework purposes. Several of the safety buffers applied to prudential inputs are therefore restated;
•shall allow expected credit losses to be estimated until the contract’s maturity, whereas prudential inputs are defined to estimate 12-month expected losses. 12-month inputs are thus projected over long periods;
•shall be forward-looking and take into account the expected economic environment over the projection period, whereas prudential inputs correspond to through-the-cycle estimates (for PD) or downturn estimates (for LGD and the flows expected over the lifetime of the financial instrument). Prudential PD and LGD inputs are therefore also adjusted to reflect forecasts of future economic conditions.
Inputs are adjusted to economic conditions by defining three economic scenarios over a three-year period. The variables defined in each of these scenarios allow for the distortion of the PD and LGD inputs and the calculation of an expected credit loss for each economic scenario. Projections of inputs for periods longer than three years are based on the mean reversion principle. The models used to distort the PD and LGD inputs are based on those developed for the stress test system for consistency reasons.
The models for calculating the various parameters used to calculate provisions (PD, LGD, segmentation, etc.) are regularly updated to ensure that they maintain their accuracy, meet the regulator's expectations and more generally to improve their relevance.
The economic scenarios are associated with probabilities of occurrence, making it possible to calculate the average probable loss, which is used as the IFRS 9 impairment amount.
These scenarios are defined using the same organization and governance as those defined for the budget process, requiring an annual review based on proposals from the Economic Research department. For consistency purposes, the baseline scenario serves as the budget scenario. Two variants – an optimistic view and a pessimistic view – are also developed around this scenario. The probability of occurrence of each scenario is reviewed on a quarterly basis by the Group Watchlist and Provisions Committee. The inputs thus defined are used to measure expected credit losses for all rated exposures, whether they were subject to the IRB or the standardized approach for the calculation of risk-weighted assets. For unrated exposures (insignificant for Groupe BPCE), prudent valuation rules are applied by default.
The IFRS 9 input validation process is fully aligned with the Group’s existing model validation process. The validation of the parameters follows a review process by an independent internal model validation unit, then the review of this work is presented to the Group Model Committee. Finally, quarterly monitoring of recommendations by the Group Model Committee has replaced annual monitoring.
Forbearance results from the combination of a concession and financial hardships, and may involve performing or non-performing loans. Forced restructuring, over indebtedness proceedings, or any kind of default as defined by the Group standard, which involves a forbearance measure as previously defined, results in classification as a non-performing forborne exposure.
-
5.2 Risk measurement and internal ratings
Customer segment
12/31/2022
Banque
Populaire retail
banking network
Caisse
d’Epargne retail
banking network
Crédit
Foncier/Banque
Palatine/BPCE
International
subsidiaries
Natixis
BPCE SA
Central banks and other sovereign exposures
IRBF
Standard
Standard
IRBA
IRBF
Central administrations
IRBF
Standard
Standard
IRBA
IRBF
Public sector and similar entities
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
Institutions
IRBF
Standard
Standard
IRBA/Standard
IRBF
Corporates (Rev.(1) > €3m)
IRBF/Standard
IRBF/Standard
Standard
IRBA/Standard
Standard
Retail
IRBA
IRBA
Standard
Standard
(1)Rev.: revenues.
The Oney subsidiary is approved for credit models applicable to retail customers in France. The Portugal, Spain, Russia, Hungary and Poland scopes use the standardized approach.
in %
12/31/2022
12/31/2021
EAD
EAD
Standard
IRBF
IRBA
Standard
IRBF
IRBA
Central banks and other sovereign exposures
28%
55%
18%
26%
56%
18%
Central administrations
41%
30%
29%
39%
34%
27%
Public sector and similar entities
98%
0%
2%
99%
0%
1%
Institutions
45%
9%
46%
49%
9%
42%
Corporate customers
39%
24%
37%
39%
23%
39%
Retail
8%
0%
92%
9%
0%
91%
TOTAL
29%
19%
52%
29%
19%
52%
Internal rating system models are developed based on historical data for observed defaults and losses. They are used to measure the credit risks to which Groupe BPCE is exposed, expressed as a one-year probability of default (PD), as a Loss Given Default (LGD) and as Credit Conversion Factors (CCF), depending on the characteristics of the transactions.
These internal rating systems are also applied to risk supervision, authorization systems, internal limits on counterparties, etc., and may also serve as a basis for other processes, such as statistical provisioning.
The resulting risk metrics are then used to calculate capital requirements, once they have been validated by the supervisory authority in compliance with regulatory requirements.
The internal governance of rating systems is centered on the development, validation, monitoring and modification of these systems. Groupe BPCE’s Risk division works independently throughout the Group (Banque Populaire and Caisse d’Epargne networks, Natixis, and other subsidiaries) to review the performance and appropriateness of credit and counterparty risk models, as well as structural balance sheet risks, market risks, and non-financial risks, including operational risks. In performing this duty, the Group Risk division relies on robust governance defined as part of the Model Risk Management (MRM) system.
The Group has defined and launched a Model Risk Management (MRM) system to assess, reduce, monitor and communicate on model risk. Implementation of the new system is subject to an independent control presenting a high level of consistency. The principles of the system deal with the documentation, design, development, implementation, review, approval, ongoing supervision and use of models, all in the interest of ensuring their dependability. An MRM risk management policy has been defined for this purpose. This policy must promote an informed knowledge of how each model works, how it is used, its strengths, weaknesses and limitations. The policy is supplemented by a body of procedures defining the tools for monitoring the performance of the models, in particular the validation review, the monitoring of recommendations and the associated escalation processes, and the monitoring of the model portfolio through an inventory. The system is based on a specific tool deployed in Q4 2021 which manages the life cycle of the models. A Model Risk Management Committee is dedicated to the governance of the models.
As part of the project to merge the support functions between BPCE SA and Natixis, the Model Risk Management teams of the Natixis Risk department joined the Group Risk division on March 1, 2022. These teams are the “Risk Model Validation” team in charge of validating credit, market, counterparty and compliance risk models, the “Valuation Model Validation” team in charge of validating front office valuation models, and the “Model Governance Wholesale Banking” team in charge of the governance of models from the Natixis scope.
The Group’s validation process encompasses all types of quantitative models, and defines and specifies the duties and responsibilities of contributors involved throughout each model’s life cycle. A specific procedure defines the conditions for delegating validation, within a specific scope, to another entity besides the Group Risk division validation team: the entity in question must have the necessary expertise, be independent of the team developing the model, and have appropriate validation governance. The delegation is subject to the approval of the Model Risk Management Committee.
The internal validation process for new models or for changes to existing models is broken down into three steps:
1/review of the model and its adequacy, conducted independently of the entities having worked on the development of the model. The Group Risk division’s validation teams report to departments that are independent of the modeling teams;
2/review for a model of the Group’s retail entities by the Group Model Committee, composed of quantitative (modelers and validators) and business experts, who provide a technical opinion on the model. This committee is chaired by the Head of Risk Management, Deputy Chief Executive Officer and member of the Executive Management Committee;
or a review for a model specific to the scope of GFS by a Model Oversight Committee (MOC) composed of quantitative (modelers and validators) and business experts, who provide a technical opinion on the model. This committee is chaired by the Head of the Model Risk Management and Wholesale Banking Validation department;
3/validation by the Umbrella Committee (Risk, Compliance and Permanent Control Committee or Model Risk Management Committee), based on the technical opinion of the functional committee (Group Model Committee or Model Oversight Committee), which decides on the implementation of the necessary changes, particularly in processes and operational implementation. These changes are submitted, where applicable, to the European supervisory authority for prior approval, in accordance with regulations 529/2014 and 2015/942 on the monitoring of internal models used in determining capital requirements.
After the completion of this governance process, internal control reports and statements of decisions are made available to Group management (and supervisory authorities for internal models used to determine capital requirements). Each year, a summary of the performances and adequacy of internal models is presented to the Risk Committee of the Group Supervisory Board.
The Group Risk division relies on a formalized process describing the main steps taken in developing any new model. This document, which serves as a guide for the entire documentation and validation process, is based on:
•a literary and general description of the model, indicating its scope of application (counterparty type, product type, business line, etc.), the main assumptions on which it is based, and any aspects not covered;
•a descriptive diagram summarizing how the ultimately chosen model works, indicating the various inputs, processes and outputs;
The internal models developed must meet demanding criteria in terms of risk discrimination and qualification and be assessed by the modeling teams as part of the procedure for assessing the model of the MRM system described above.
These models incorporate the regulatory changes enacted by the European Banking Authority under its IRB Repair program, aimed at improving the comparability of risk parameters input to the models.
The Groupe BPCE Risk division is responsible for reviewing the Group’s internal models whenever a new model is being developed or an existing model changed. It also performs the annual review of backtests on credit, market and Asset/Liability management risk models.
The validation team conducts independent analyses in compliance with a charter and procedures that describe interactions with the modeling entities and the steps of the review. This review is based on a set of qualitative and quantitative criteria, and addresses the following seven points:
•data and parameters used by the model: analysis of the quality and representativeness of the data, the integrity of the controls, the error reports, the completeness of the data, etc.;
•methodology and design: analysis of the theory underlying the model, analysis of approximations, calibration methods, risk indicators, aggregation rules, model benchmarking, accuracy and convergence analysis;
•permanent monitoring: the validation team ensures the existence of a monitoring methodology for the model and assesses the risk associated with the implementation of this methodology;
•model performance: assessment of the risk related to the performance of the model both during the design phase and periodically;
•documentation: analysis of the quality and completeness of the methodological documentation received relating to modeling, IT code, model monitoring, data, model governance and IT development;
•governance of the model: assessment of the model’s compliance with the Bank’s internal standards throughout the model’s life cycle.
The level of detail in the review is adjusted for the type of work examined. In any event, it must at least include a document review focusing on the quantitative aspects of rating systems. For a new model or a major change to an existing model, in addition to this review, the computer codes are checked and additional tests are run (comparative calculations).
In conclusion, the review provides an opinion on the validity of the models and the associated parameters. It also generates an opinion on compliance with prudential regulations. Where necessary, the review is accompanied by recommendations.
Finally, as a second line of defense, the model validation team performs an assessment of the model as part of the previously described MRM system.
The Group Risk division maps out all Group internal rating models, clearly indicating their scope in terms of Group segments and entities, as well as their main features, including a general score derived from the annual model review characterizing the performance and freshness of each model (age/year of development). This is now part of the Model Risk Management system.
The system has been enhanced by new models approved by the ECB that are being implemented. The models in question are PD rating models for “individual retail” customers and LGD estimation models for “individual retail” and “professional retail” customers. The new methodology for PD rating models aims to improve predictive power over customers without payment incidents. The new LGD calculation methodology aims to distinguish losses in the event a customer is downgraded to “disputed” (material loss) from losses in the event a customer is quickly restored to “performing” status (non-material loss stemming primarily from admin costs).
Other work has also been carried out on overhauling the rating models for “professional retail” customers and on estimating exposure at default (EAD) and loss given default (LGD) for “individual and professional retail” customers, in particular in order to meet the new regulations coming into force in 2022. The models developed in 2018 were approved by the supervisor in 2019 while the new models are pending approval. BPCE Financement has redesigned its models to cover its entire portfolio of revolving loans (pending approval). In 2022, the ECB carried out a certification mission of these new models for the BPCE Financement revolving loan. The overhaul of the models for medium-sized business customers (revenue between €10 million and €500 million) resulted in approval by the ECB in 2022. Ex-ante information was provided to the ECB following the overhaul of the rating scale for large corporates (revenue in excess of €1 billion) and the rating methodologies of banks. A two-month ex-ante notification relating to the new “Banking Institutions” model was sent to the ECB following the overhaul of the OECD/non-OECD bank rating methodologies. Other methodological changes (i.e. grouped rating procedure for specialized lending and new matrix of links relating to the method for assessing the link between subsidiaries and their parent company) will also be submitted very soon in the form of a two-month ex-ante notification in 2022. Work to overhaul the TRR rating methodologies for large corporates and holding companies is underway with the aim of delivery to the validation division at the end of December 2023 and submission to the ECB in 2024.
The Oney subsidiary has been approved for retail customer credit models in France, with work underway to overhaul the system. The Portugal, Spain, Russia, Hungary and Poland scopes use the standardized approach.
The following table lists the internal credit models used by the Group for risk management purposes and, where authorized by the supervisor, to calculate capital requirements for the Banque Populaire and Caisse d’Epargne networks, Natixis and its subsidiaries, Crédit Foncier and Banque Palatine.
Exposure
class
Portfolio
Number of
PD
(Probability
of Default)
models
Description/
Methodology
Portfolio
Number of
LGD (Loss
Given
Default)
models
Description/
Methodology
Number
of
CCF/EAD
(exposure
at
default)
Description/
Methodology
Sovereigns, central governments and central banks
Sovereigns and affiliates
1
Expert criteria including quantitative and qualitative variables/economic and descriptive variables
Sovereigns and affiliates
1
Expert criteria including quantitative and qualitative variables
1
Application of regulatory inputs
Portfolio with low default risk
Multilateral development banks
1
Expert criteria
Portfolio with low default risk
Public sector
Municipalities (communes), departments, regions, social housing agencies, hospitals, etc.
10(NA(1))
Expert criteria/statistical modeling (logistic regression)
Portfolio with low default risk
Institutions
OECD or non-OECD banks, brokers/dealers
3
Expert criteria
Banks
1
Expert criteria including quantitative and qualitative variables
1
Application of regulatory inputs
Portfolio with low default risk
Corporate customers
Large corporates (Rev. > €1 billion)
5
Expert criteria including quantitative and qualitative variables, depending on the business sector
Portfolio with low default risk
Small and medium-sized companies (Rev. > €3 million)
9 (o/w 2 NA)
Statistical models (logistic regression) or flat scores, on companies publishing parent company or consolidated financial statements, mainly based on balance sheet data depending on the business sector, and banking behavior/history
Other contracts (general, property investment companies, etc.)
7 (o/w 3 NA)
Models based on estimated losses, segmented by type of contract and guarantee, or expert criteria
2 (o/w 1 NA)
Conversion factors, segmented by type of contract
Non-profits and Insurance companies
2
Expert criteria including quantitative and qualitative variables
Leasing
1
Models based on estimates of asset resale conditions, segmented by type of asset financed
Portfolio with low default risk
Specialized financing (real estate, asset pool, aircraft, etc.)
8 (o/w 1 NA)
Expert criteria based on features of financed goods/projects
Specialized financing (real estate, asset pool, aircraft, etc.)
5
Models based on estimates of asset resale conditions or future cash flows
Portfolio with low default risk
Retail
Individual customers
7
Statistical models (logistic regression) including behavioral and socioeconomic variables, differentiated by customer profile
Residential real estate
3 (o/w 1 NA)
Models based on estimated losses, segmented by type of contract and guarantee
3 (o/w 1 NA)
Conversion factors, segmented by type of contract
Professional customers (socioeconomic category differentiated according to certain sectors)
10
Statistical models (logistic regression) including balance sheet and behavioral variables
Residential real estate
5 (o/w 2 NA)
Statistical models (logistic regression) including behavioral and socioeconomic variables, or project description variables (quota, etc.), differentiated by customer profile
Other individual and professional customers
2
Models based on estimated losses, segmented by type of contract and guarantee
2
Conversion factors and flat-rate values, segmented by type of contract
Leasing
2
Models based on estimates of asset resale conditions, segmented by type of asset financed
Revolving loans
2
Statistical models (logistic regression) including behavioral and socioeconomic variables
Revolving loans
2
Models based on estimated losses, segmented by type of contract
2
Conversion factors, segmented by type of contract
(1)NA refers to models not yet approved for the determination of capital requirements.
For retail customers, Groupe BPCE has established standardized internal ratings-based methods and centralized ratings applications used to assess the credit quality of its loan books for better risk supervision. For the Banque Populaire and Caisse d’Epargne networks, they are also used to determine capital requirements under the Advanced IRB method.
The probability of default of retail customers is modeled by the Risk division, based in large part on the banking behavior of the counterparties. The models are segmented by type of customer, distinguishing between individual and professional customers (with or without balance sheets) and according to products owned. The counterparties in each segment are automatically classified using statistical models (usually logistic regression models) into similar and statistically separate risk categories. Probability of default is estimated for each of these categories, based on the observation of average default rates over the longest period possible so as to obtain a period representative of the possible variability of the observed default rates. These estimates are systematically adjusted by applying margins of conservatism to cover any uncertainties. For comparison purposes, risk reconciliation is carried out between internal ratings and agency ratings.
Loss given default (LGD) is an economic loss measured by incorporating all inherent factors in a transaction as well as the costs incurred during the collection process. LGD estimation models for retail customers are applied specifically to each network. LGD values are first estimated by product, and based on whether or not any collateral has been provided. Other factors may also be considered secondarily, where they can be used to statistically distinguish between degrees of loss. The estimation method employed is based on the observation of marginal collection rates, depending on how long the customer has been in default. The advantage of this method is that it can be directly used to estimate LGD rates applied to performing loans and ELBE rates applied to loans in default. Estimates are based on internal collection histories for exposures at default over an extended period. Two margins of conservatism are then systematically added: the first to cover estimate uncertainties and the second to mitigate any economic slowdown effect.
Groupe BPCE uses two models to estimate EAD. The first estimates a Credit Conversion Factor (CCF) for off-balance sheet exposures. This model is automatically applied when off-balance sheet exposures are deemed material (i.e. exceeding the limits set for each type of product). The second estimates a flat increase in the balance sheet for non-material off-balance sheet exposures.
Groupe BPCE has comprehensive systems for measuring non-retail customer risks, using either the Foundation IRB or Advanced IRB approach depending on the network and the customer segment. These systems can also be used to assess the credit quality of its loan books for better risk supervision.
The rating system consists in assigning a score to each counterparty. Given the Group’s cooperative structure, a network of officers is responsible for determining the customer’s rating for the Group based on the uniqueness of the score. The score assigned to a counterparty is usually suggested by a model, then adjusted and validated by Risk function experts after they perform an individual analysis. This process is applied to the entire Non-Retail portfolio, except the new models reserved for Small Enterprises (SEs), which are automatically rated (as with the Retail portfolio). The counterparty rating models are mainly structured according to the type of counterparty (corporates, institutions, public sector entities, etc.) and size of the company (measured by its annual revenues). When volumes are sufficient (SMEs, ISEs, etc.), the models rely on statistical modeling (logistic regression methods) of customer defaults, combined with qualitative questionnaires. Failing that, grids built by experts are used. These consist of quantitative elements (financial ratios, solvency, etc.) derived from financial data and qualitative elements assessing the customer’s economic and strategic dimensions. With respect to country risk, the system is based on sovereign ratings and country ratings that limit the ratings that can be given to non-sovereign counterparties. The Non-Retail rating scale is built using past Standard & Poor’s ratings to ensure the direct comparability in terms of risks with the rating agencies. For the new SE models, specific scales were defined for each model used to perform regulatory calculations. These scales are connected with the Non-Retail rating scale for internal risk management. For statistical models, the calibration of probabilities of default on the scales defined for regulatory calculations is based on the same principles as those set out for retail customers (in particular the historic representation of default rates, as well as the estimation of uncertainty margins).
LGD models (excluding retail customers) are predominantly applied by type of counterparty, type of asset, and whether or not any collateral has been provided. Similar risk categories are then defined, particularly in terms of collections, procedures and type of environment. LGD estimates are assessed on a statistical basis if the number of defaults is high enough (e.g. for the Corporate customers asset class). Past internal data on collections covering the longest possible period are used. If the number of defaults is not high enough, external databases and benchmarks are used to determine expert rates (e.g. for banks and sovereigns). Finally, some values are based on stochastic model, for loans in collection. Downturn LGD is checked and margins of conservatism are added if necessary.
Groupe BPCE uses two models to estimate EAD for corporates. The first estimates a Credit Conversion Factor (CCF) for off-balance sheet exposures. This model is automatically applied when off-balance sheet exposures are deemed material (i.e. exceeding the limits set for each type of product). The second estimates a flat increase in the balance sheet for non-material off-balance sheet exposures.
The rating methodologies for low-default portfolios are expert-based; qualitative and quantitative criteria (corresponding to the characteristics of the counterparty to be rated) are used to link the counterparty to a score and a rating, which is then linked to a PD. This PD is based on observation of external default data, but also on internal rating data. A PD range cannot be quantified due to the low number of internal defaults.
The “risk measurement and internal ratings” section describes the various approved models used by Groupe BPCE for the different exposures classes. Where the Group does not have an internal model authorized for use in determining capital requirements for a given exposure class, they have to be estimated based on corresponding inputs under the standardized approach. These inputs are based in particular on the credit assessments (ratings) performed by rating agencies recognized by the supervisory authority as meeting ECAI (External Credit Assessment Institutions) requirements, such as Moody’s, Standard & Poor’s, Fitch Ratings and Banque de France for Groupe BPCE.
In accordance with Article 138 of regulation No. 575/2013 (Capital Requirements Regulation or CRR) on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms, where a counterparty has been rated by several rating agencies, the counterparty’s rating is determined on the basis of the second highest rating.
When an external credit rating directly applicable to a given exposure is required and exists for the issuer or for a specific issuance program, the procedures used to determine the weighting are applied in accordance with CRR Article 139.
For fixed-income securities (bonds), short-term external ratings of the bond take precedence over external ratings of the issuer. If there are no external ratings for the bond, the issuer’s long-term external rating is taken into account for senior debt only, except in the specific case of exposure to institutions whose risk weight is derived from the credit rating of the sovereign country in which it is established.
All three credit risk inputs are subject to yearly backtesting in order to verify the performance of the rating system. More specifically, backtesting is aimed at measuring the overall performance of models used, primarily to ensure that the model’s discriminating power has not declined significantly relative to the modeling period.
Observed default rates are then compared with estimated default rates for each rating. Ratings are checked for through-the-cycle applicability. More specifically, for portfolios with low default rates (large corporates, banks, sovereigns and specialized financing), a detailed analysis is carried out using additional indicators, including more qualitative analyses among other things.
The scope of LGD default values is consistent with the values observed, i.e. limited exclusively to exposures at default. Estimated values therefore cannot be directly compared with LGD values measured in the outstanding portfolio. Downturn LGDs are also verified.
Backtesting results may call for the implementation of action plans if the system is deemed not sufficiently prudent or effective. The backtesting results and the associated action plans are discussed by the Group Models Committee, then reviewed by the RCCP Standards and Methods Committee (see governance of the internal rating system).
On the basis of these exercises, the rating system has been deemed satisfactory overall in terms of effective risk management. Moreover, the calibrations of risk parameters remain conservative on the whole, relative to actual risk observations.
Since the Single Supervisory Mechanism (SSM) was implemented in 2014, the European Central Bank (ECB) has been working to strengthen governance of internal model supervision through various investigations.
These include the TRIM (Targeted Review of Internal Models), aimed at assessing the regulatory compliance of internal models specifically targeted by the ECB. To that end, TRIM investigations are based on a set of standardized inspection methodologies and techniques, which the teams mandated by the ECB use on-site. BPCE was subject to TRIM reviews covering several scopes of operation from December 2016 to May 2018, giving rise to reports prepared by the ECB: a TRIM General Topics, then three specific reviews targeting internal credit risk models (one on the Corporate portfolio and two on the Retail portfolios). As a result, several new initiatives were launched with the aim of further improving the existing system.
The European Central Bank is continuing its investigations through IMI (Internal Model Investigation). Three reviews were carried out in 2021 and 2022: two on the Retail models, in particular on the review of the PD Professional system, and one on the corporate PD models for small companies and for companies with revenue between €10 million and €500 million (high segment). The latter resulted in a report from the supervisor and an authorization received at the end of July 2022; decisions on the two Retail missions are expected for the first half of 2023.
In 2021, significant work was carried out on the Corporate portfolio, both on the review of the PDs of certain specific populations (real estate companies, non-financial holding companies and associations) by capitalizing in particular on the Small Business and High Segment models to file an application for IRBA approval on the BP and CE networks with new LGD/EAD models. Following this work, material change files were submitted to the ECB in June 2022.
The CRR2 and the Delegated act require institutions to report to the competent authorities any contracts the conditions of which lead to additional liquidity outflows following a material deterioration of the credit quality of the institution (e.g. a downgrade in its external credit assessment by three notches). The institution shall regularly review the extent of this deterioration in light of what is relevant under the contracts it has entered into and shall notify the result of its review to the competent authorities (CRR 423.2/AD 30.2).
The competent authorities decide the weighting to be assigned to contracts deemed to have a material impact.
For contracts containing early exit clauses on master agreements (framework agreements between the bank and a counterparty for OTC derivative transactions without collateral), the early termination clause allows one counterparty to terminate the contract early following the deterioration of the credit quality of the other counterparty. Accordingly, the number of early terminations generated by credit quality deterioration shall be estimated.
It was agreed that the Group would measure outflows generated by reviewing all the Group’s master agreements or credit support annexes on the OTC market, in order to assess the amount of the deposit/collateral required following a downgrade of three notches in the institution’s long-term credit rating by three rating agencies (Moody’s, S&P, Fitch). The calculation also includes the amount of the deposit/collateral required following a downgrade of one notch in the institution’s short-term credit rating, with the Group considering such a downgrade inevitable if the institution’s LT credit rating is downgraded three notches.
At Groupe BPCE level, the calculation covers BPCE SA, Natixis, Crédit Foncier and their funding vehicles: BP CB, GCE CB, BPCE SFH, FCT HL, SCF and VMG. Some intragroup contracts generate outflows at the individual institution level, but are neutralized at the Groupe BPCE consolidated level.
•the impact for each contract is the maximum amount between the three rating agencies between a 1-notch downgrade in the ST rating and a 3-notch downgrade in the LT rating;
•the amount of ratings triggers reported is the sum of all impacts of a 1-notch downgrade in the ST rating and a 3-notch downgrade in the MLT rating;
-
5.3 Use of credit risk mitigation techniques
Credit risk mitigation techniques are widely used within the Group and are divided into real guarantees and personal guarantees.
A distinction is made between guarantees having an actual impact on collections in the event of hardships and guarantees recognized by the supervisory authority in the weighting of exposures used to reduce capital consumption. For example, a personal and joint guarantee provided in due form by a company director who is a customer of the Group, and collected in accordance with regulations, may be effective without being eligible as a statistical risk mitigation factor.
In some cases, the Group’s institutions choose, in addition to employing risk mitigation techniques, to take opportunities to sell portfolios of disputed loans, particularly when the techniques used are less effective or non-existent.
Credit derivatives are also used to reduce risks, and apply almost exclusively to the Corporate customers asset class (and mainly Natixis).
A real guarantee involves one or more solidly measured movable or immovable assets that belong to the debtor or a third party. This guarantee consists of granting the creditor a real right to said asset (mortgage, pledge of real property, pledge of listed liquid securities, pledge of listed liquid merchandise with or without divestiture, pledge, third party guarantee, etc.).
•reduce the credit risk incurred on an exposure, given the rights of the institution subject to exposure, in the event of default or other specific credit events affecting the counterparty;
A personal guarantee is collateral that reduces the credit risk on an exposure, due to the commitment provided by a third party to pay a set amount if the counterparty defaults or due to any other specific event.
Under the standardized approach:
Under the IRB approach:
For retail customers under the IRB approach:
Personal guarantees and real guarantees are accounted for, subject to eligibility, using an enhanced weighting of the guarantee portion of the exposure. Real guarantees such as cash or liquid collateral are deducted from the gross exposure.
Excluding retail customers, real guarantees are taken into account, subject to eligibility, by decreasing the Loss Given Default applicable to the transactions. Personal guarantees are recognized, subject to eligibility, by substituting a third party’s PD with that of a guarantor.
Personal and real guarantees are taken into account, subject to eligibility, by decreasing the Loss Given Default applicable to the transactions.
Articles 207 to 210 of regulation (EU) 2019/876 of May 20, 2019 amending regulation (EU) 575/2013 set out the conditions for the recognition of guarantees, in particular:
•the credit quality of the obligor and the value of the collateral shall not have a material positive correlation. Securities issued by the obligor shall not qualify as eligible collateral;
•the institution shall properly document the collateral arrangements and have in place clear and robust procedures for the timely liquidation of collateral;
•the institution shall have in place documented policies and practices concerning the types and amounts of collateral accepted;
•the institution shall calculate the market value of the collateral, and revalue it accordingly, whenever it has reason to believe that a significant decrease in the market value of the collateral has occurred.
The division of risks is a credit risk mitigation technique. In practice, individual or topical caps and limits are defined, thus reducing the bank’s sensitivity to risks deemed excessive, either individually or industry-wide, in the event of a major incident.
Risk supervision activities may be implemented to reduce exposure to a given risk if it is deemed too high. They also contribute to effective division of risks.
The division of risks is a credit risk mitigation technique. It is reflected in the individual or topical limit systems and helps reduce each institution’s sensitivity to risks considered either individually or sectorally to be too significant to carry in the event of major incidents.
The Banque Populaire network has historically used professionals and Mutual Guarantee Companies (such as SOCAMAs, which guarantee loans to craftsmen) to secure its loans, in addition to the real guarantees used.
For loans to individual customers, it also turns to CASDEN Banque Populaire (and primarily its Parnasse Garanties structure) to back loans to all civil servants, to Crédit Logement and increasingly to Compagnie Européenne de Garanties et de Cautions (CEGC, a subsidiary of BPCE SA).
For home loans, the Caisse d’Epargne network mainly calls on CEGC, FGAS (Fonds de garantie à l’accession sociale à la propriété) and, to a lesser extent, Crédit Logement (a financial institution and a subsidiary of most of the main French banking networks). These institutions specialize in the provision of guarantees for bank loans (predominantly home loans).
FGAS offers guarantees from the French government for secured loans. Loans covered by FGAS guarantees granted before December 31, 2006 are given a 0% risk weigh, and loans covered by guarantees granted after that date have a risk weight of 15%.
For their home loans, the Banque Populaire and Caisse d’Epargne networks also use several mutual insurers, such as MGEN, Mutuelle de la Gendarmerie, etc.
For professional and corporate customers, the entire Group still uses Banque Publique d’Investissement, while calling on the European Investment Fund or European Investment Bank for guarantee packages in order to substantially reduce credit risk.
In some cases, organizations such as Auxiga are used for the seizure of inventory and the transfer of its ownership to the bank as collateral for commitments made in the event of financial hardships.
Finally, on an occasional basis, Natixis purchases credit insurance for certain transactions and in some circumstances, from private (SCOR) or public (Coface, Hermes, other sovereign agencies) reinsurance companies, while also making use of Credit Default Swaps (CDS).
In light of the Covid crisis, the French government allowed its guarantee to be used within the scope of the SGLs granted. Groupe BPCE used this option.
Credit derivatives serving as currency or interest rate hedges are entrusted to approved clearing houses in Europe or the US for Natixis operations in this country.
By type of guarantor:
•for home loan exposures, most collateral takes the form of mortgages (risk diversified by definition, bank better
protected by basing credit approval decisions on customer income), insurance-oriented guarantees such as those provided by CEGC (a subsidiary of Groupe BPCE, subject to regular stress testing), Crédit Logement (providing guarantees to multiple banks subject to the same constraints), FGAS (controlled by the French State, considered equivalent to sovereign risk). The CASDEN guarantee, issued to government employees, currently offers solid resilience according to a model based on the robust income of this particular customer base;
•for professional customer exposures, the most common guarantees are those provided by the Banque Publique d’investissement (BPI), subject to strict formal constraints, and mortgages. Guarantees provided by institutions such as SOCAMAs, whose solvency depends on the credit institutions of Groupe BPCE, are also used;
•for corporate customers, the main guarantees used are Banque Publique d’Investissement mortgages and
guarantees.
By credit derivative providers:
•the regulations require the use of clearing houses for interest rate risk on the new flow. This security does not, however, cover the counterparty default risk, which is a granular risk. Volumes of collateral provided by clearing houses are gradually on the rise, generating a regulated and supervised risk;
•the currency risk is hedged at the level of each contract with the introduction of margin calls at a frequency appropriate to the risk. These transactions are matched to interbank counterparties specializing in this type of transaction, within the framework of individual limits authorized by the Group Credit Committee and counterparties.
By credit sector:
•Groupe BPCE has established sector-specific mechanisms to guide the guarantee policy based on the business sector in question. Appropriate recommendations are issued to the institutions.
By geographic area:
•Groupe BPCE is mainly exposed to France and, via Natixis, to other countries to a lesser extent. As a result, most guarantees are located in France.
Groupe BPCE has an automatic valuation tool for real-estate guarantees available to all its networks.
Across the Banque Populaire network, in addition to real guarantees, the valuation tool also takes into account pledges of vehicles, equipment and tools, pleasure craft, and business assets.
The Caisse d’Epargne network uses the revaluation engine for real estate guarantees in all its risk segments.
Within the Group, the guarantees from Mutual Guarantee Companies recognized as providers of sureties considered equivalent to mortgages by the supervisory body are subject to a credit insurance valuation.
An enhanced Group valuation process was established to measure real estate guarantees above certain amounts. The certification obtained by BPCE Solutions immobilières (formerly Crédit Foncier Expertise), a subsidiary of BPCE since the decision was made to place CFF under run-off management, strengthens the Group’s synergies.
Guarantees other than those referred to above are assessed and validated on the basis of a systematic valuation, either according to market value where the guarantees are quoted on liquid markets (e.g. listed securities), or based on expert opinion demonstrating the value of the guarantee used to hedge risks (e.g. the value of recent transactions on aircraft or ships according to their characteristics, the value of commodity holdings, the value of a pledge given on merchandise, or the value of a business based on its location, etc.).
The Group Credit Risk department works with other departments of the Group Risk division to coordinate, standardize, manage and monitor the credit risk management system. Monitoring, based on a risk-based approach, covers:
•adequate coverage of credit risks by controls based in particular on the assessment of credit risks in the macro-risk mapping;
•the definition of level 2 controls common to the basic credit risk base (control of transactions and/or control of internal procedures);
•the use of the results of level 1 and level 2 controls covering credit risks in main risk and reporting to the Ad Hoc Committees;
•the definition, implementation and monitoring of Group action plans in conjunction with all stakeholders.
-
5.4 Quantitative disclosures
Groupe BPCE’s total gross exposures amounted to more than €1,484 billion on December 31, 2022, up by €53 billion.
The gross exposures are very predominantly located in Europe, especially in France, for all asset classes (70% of corporates).
Concentration by borrower
12/31/2022
12/31/2021
Distribution Gross
amounts/Total major
risks(1)
Weighting in relation to
equity Gross
amounts/Capital(2)
Distribution Gross
amounts/Total major
risks(1)
Weighting in relation to
equity Gross
amounts/Capital(2)
No. 1 borrower
6.9%
22.0%
3.9%
10.7%
Top 10 borrowers
22.7%
72.1%
17.6%
48.1%
Top 50 borrowers
51.5%
163.7%
47.6%
130.1%
Top 100 borrowers
70.6%
224.4%
68.5%
187.0%
(1)Total large exposures excluding sovereigns for Groupe BPCE (€221.4 billion at 12/31/2022).
(2)Groupe BPCE regulatory capital (Corep CA4 at 12/31/2022): €69.7 billion.
The top borrower is CEGC. The percentage of the Top 100 borrowers was slightly up over the fiscal year and did not show any particular concentration.
The cost of risk for Groupe BPCE increased by 12% in 2022 to €2,000 million. The provisioning policy remains cautious, with the cost of risk of performing loans classified as Stage 1 or Stage 2 up by €433 million while the cost of risk for outstandings for which the risk is proven, classified as Stage 3, down by €216 million.
In 2022, Groupe BPCE’s cost of risk amounted to 24 bps in relation to gross customer outstandings (23 bps in 2021), of which 10 bps for provisioning on performing loans (5 bps in 2021) classified as Stage 1 or Stage 2 and 14 bps for the provisioning of loans with proven risk (18 bps in 2021) classified as Stage 3.
The cost of risk amounted to 26 bps for the Retail Banking and Insurance business unit in 2022 (24 bps in 2021), of which 11 bps for the provisioning of performing loans (7 bps in 2021) classified as Stage 1 or Stage 2 and 15 bps for the provisioning of loans with proven risk (18 bps in 2021) classified as Stage 3.
The cost of risk amounted to 36 bps for Corporate & Investment Banking in 2022 (27 bps in 2021), of which 15 bps for the provisioning of performing loans (2 bps in 2021) classified as Stage 1 or Stage 2 and 21 bps for the provisioning of loans with proven risk (24 bps in 2021) classified as Stage 3.
The ratio of non-performing loans to gross loan outstandings stood at 2.3% on December 31, 2022, down by 0.1% compared to the end of 2021.
In millions of euros
12/31/2022
12/31/2021
Gross outstanding loans to customers and credit institutions
938.3
889.6
O/w S1/S2 outstandings
916.8
867.9
O/w S3 outstandings
21.5
21.6
Non-performing loans/gross outstanding loans
2.3%
2.4%
S1/S2 impairments recognized
5.5
4.6
S3 impairments recognized
8.9
9.2
Impairments recognized/non-performing loans
41.3%
42.7%
Coverage ratio (including guarantees related to impaired outstandings)
68.9%
69.8%
in millions of euros
12/31/2022
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
Gross carrying amount/nominal amount
of exposures with forbearance measures
Accumulated impairment,
accumulated negative
changes in fair value
due to credit risk
and provisions
Collateral received and
financial guarantees received
on forborne exposures
Performing
forborne
Non-performing forborne
On
performing
forborne
exposures
On non-
performing
forborne
exposures
Of which
collateral and
financial
guarantees
received on
non-performing
exposures
with
forbearance
measures
Of whichdefaulted
Of which
impaired
010
Loans and advances
4,111
7,166
7,166
7,160
(182)
(2,019)
6,509
3,898
020
Central banks
4
4
4
(4)
030
General governments
9
15
15
15
(11)
1
1
050
Other financial corporations
18
69
69
69
(1)
(46)
10
8
060
Non-financial corporations
2,469
3,708
3,708
3,702
(127)
(1,221)
3,038
1,674
070
Households
1,616
3,370
3,370
3,370
(54)
(736)
3,460
2,216
080
Debt securities
18
18
18
(4)
090
Loan commitments given
319
48
48
48
(16)
(1)
122
22
100
TOTAL
4,431
7,232
7,232
7,226
(198)
(2,024)
6,631
3,920
in millions of euros
12/31/2021
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
Gross carrying amount/nominal amount
of exposures with forbearance measures
Accumulated impairment,
accumulated negative
changes in fair value due
to credit risk and
provisions
Collateral received and
financial guarantees received
on forborne exposures
Performing
forborne
Non-performing forborne
On
performing
forborne
exposures
On non-
performing
forborne
exposures
Of which
collateral and
financial
guarantees
received on
non-performing
exposures
with
forbearance
measures
Of whichdefaulted
Of which
impaired
010
Loans and advances
7,720
8,475
8,475
8,469
(248)
(2,164)
10,730
4,865
020
Central banks
4
4
4
(4)
030
General governments
7
18
18
17
(7)
3
2
050
Other financial corporations
6
96
96
96
(56)
32
31
060
Non-financial corporations
5,568
4,519
4,519
4,514
(159)
(1,215)
6,379
2,200
070
Households
2,139
3,838
3,838
3,838
(88)
(882)
4,316
2,632
080
Debt securities
18
18
18
090
Loan commitments given
156
245
245
245
(2)
(42)
124
17
100
TOTAL
7,877
8,738
8,738
8,732
(250)
(2,206)
10,854
4,883
in millions of euros
12/31/2022
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
n
o
Gross carrying amount/Nominal amount
Accumulated impairment, accumulated negative changes in fair
value due to credit risk and provisions
Collateral and financial
guarantees received
Performing exposures
Non-performing exposures
Performing exposures
– accumulated impairment and
provisions
Non-performing exposures
– accumulated impairment,
accumulated negative fair
value adjustments due to credit
risk and provisions
On
performing
exposures
On non-
performing
exposures
Of
which
Stage 1
Of
which
Stage 2(1)
Of
which
Stage 2
Of
which
Stage 3(1)
Of
which
Stage 1
Of
which
Stage 2
Of
which
Stage 2
Of
which
Stage 3
005
Cash balances at central banks and other demand deposits
175,569
175,284
266
(4)
(1)
(2)
244
010
Loans and advances
912,198
782,523
126,816
21,505
20,379
(5,476)
(1,331)
(4,139)
(8,881)
(8,605)
540,596
9,414
020
Central banks
1,956
1,947
9
19
15
(19)
(15)
030
General governments
140,182
132,787
6,277
141
139
(34)
(5)
(30)
(58)
(58)
2,367
41
040
Banks
3,883
3,600
284
17
12
(54)
(10)
(44)
(11)
(6)
741
050
Other financial corporations
18,984
17,295
1,604
130
112
(27)
(17)
(10)
(76)
(59)
4,893
27
060
Non-financial corporations
312,886
252,775
58,461
13,562
12,501
(3,571)
(929)
(2,636)
(5,994)
(5,758)
164,237
5,165
070
Of which SMEs
149,645
118,906
30,616
6,922
6,608
(2,121)
(451)
(1,669)
(2,981)
(2,948)
99,311
3,492
080
Households
434,307
374,119
60,181
7,636
7,600
(1,789)
(370)
(1,419)
(2,723)
(2,710)
368,359
4,180
090
Debt securities
74,689
67,699
469
241
183
(21)
(14)
(7)
(164)
(148)
1,151
100
Central banks
133
133
110
General governments
47,448
46,174
165
(4)
(2)
(2)
768
120
Banks
7,560
7,386
4
(1)
(1)
57
130
Other financial corporations
11,450
6,718
243
95
95
(7)
(4)
(3)
(87)
(87)
34
140
Non-financial corporations
8,096
7,287
57
147
88
(9)
(8)
(1)
(77)
(61)
293
150
Off-balance sheet exposures
230,004
203,148
17,997
1,484
1,441
(508)
(223)
(268)
(267)
(263)
66,047
325
160
Central banks
581
114
68
170
General governments
10,564
8,027
584
(1)
531
180
Banks
7,480
4,899
686
8
8
(13)
(9)
(4)
184
190
Other financial corporations
29,102
27,805
1,046
3
3
(8)
(6)
(2)
(1)
(1)
14,560
200
Non-financial corporations
137,820
119,614
13,931
1,425
1,382
(429)
(179)
(233)
(260)
(256)
35,916
309
210
Households
44,457
42,689
1,749
49
49
(58)
(29)
(29)
(6)
(6)
14,788
16
220
TOTAL
1,392,460
1,228,654
145,547
23,231
22,002
(6,005)
(1,568)
(4,414)
(9,312)
(9,016)
608,038
9,739
(1)Excluding Purchased or Originated Credit-Impaired (S3 POCI) assets.
in millions of euros
12/31/2021
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
n
o
Gross carrying amount/Nominal amount
Accumulated impairment, accumulated negative changes in fair
value due to credit risk and provisions
Collateral and financial
guarantees received
Performing exposures
Non-performing exposures
Performing exposures
– accumulated impairment and
provisions
Non-performing exposures
– accumulated impairment,
accumulated negative fair
value adjustments due to credit
risk and provisions
On
performing
exposures
On non-
performing
exposures
Of
which
Stage 1
Of
which
Stage 2(1)
Of
which
Stage 2
Of
which
Stage 3(1)
Of
which
Stage 1
Of
which
Stage 2
Of
which
Stage 2
Of
which
Stage 3
005
Cash balances at central banks and other demand deposits
190,962
190,826
117
39
010
Loans and advances
863,552
781,730
78,742
21,669
20,552
(4,651)
(1,431)
(3,218)
(9,236)
(9,053)
513,861
10,221
020
Central banks
11
11
19
19
(19)
(19)
030
General governments
132,409
126,289
4,629
133
116
(32)
(5)
(27)
(53)
(53)
2,512
27
040
Banks
6,846
6,670
176
10
6
(21)
(14)
(7)
(10)
(6)
62
050
Other financial corporations
19,532
17,765
1,606
169
151
(29)
(16)
(13)
(94)
(76)
5,396
34
060
Non-financial corporations
294,498
240,032
53,043
13,104
12,035
(3,259)
(997)
(2,260)
(6,055)
(5,895)
156,223
5,211
070
Of which SMEs
141,247
115,086
26,056
6,249
5,914
(1,968)
(529)
(1,438)
(2,780)
(2,749)
91,997
3,134
080
Households
410,255
390,975
19,276
8,234
8,225
(1,310)
(399)
(911)
(3,005)
(3,004)
349,667
4,949
090
Debt securities
76,286
68,860
657
252
123
(25)
(15)
(9)
(180)
(101)
1,417
100
Central banks
687
687
110
General governments
48,267
46,861
215
(7)
(5)
(3)
485
120
Banks
7,030
6,878
67
130
Other financial corporations
10,594
6,199
344
95
89
(8)
(4)
(5)
(86)
(79)
234
140
Non-financial corporations
9,707
8,234
98
157
34
(9)
(6)
(2)
(95)
(22)
630
150
Off-balance sheet exposures
214,044
188,808
16,073
1,829
1,539
(515)
(236)
(279)
(346)
(336)
58,031
347
160
Central banks
79
79
170
General governments
9,726
8,665
466
1
1
(1)
785
180
Banks
7,856
4,884
129
19
19
(11)
(10)
(1)
136
190
Other financial corporations
24,602
21,563
1,709
2
2
(73)
(5)
(68)
(1)
(1)
11,827
200
Non-financial corporations
125,848
108,362
13,111
1,738
1,449
(381)
(190)
(191)
(333)
(324)
29,414
327
210
Households
45,932
45,255
657
68
68
(50)
(31)
(19)
(11)
(11)
15,869
20
220
TOTAL
1,344,844
1,230,224
95,588
23,750
22,214
(5,190)
(1,682)
(3,506)
(9,762)
(9,491)
573,348
10,569
(1)Excluding assets impaired on origination or acquisition.
Assets with past due payments are performing exposures on which a payment incident has been recorded.
•a debt instrument is considered past due if the bond issuer is no longer making interest payments;
•a current account overdraft carried in “Loans and advances” is considered past due if the overdraft period or authorized limit has been exceeded at the reporting date.
The amounts disclosed in the statement below do not include past due payments resulting from the time difference between the settlement date and the recognition date.
Past due loans and advances (past due principal and accrued interest in the case of loans and total overdrafts in the case of current accounts) can be broken down by due date as follows:
in millions of euros
12/31/2022
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
Gross carrying amount / Nominal amount
Performing exposures
Non-performing exposures
Not
past
due or
past
due≤30
days
Past
due >
30
days≤
90 days
Unlikely
to pay
that are
not past
due or
are past
due ≤ 90
days
Past
due>
90
days≤
180
days
Past
due>
180
days≤ 1
year
Past
due> 1
year≤ 2
years
Past
due> 2
year≤ 5
years
Past
due> 5
years≤
7 years
Past
due> 7
years
Of which
defaulted
005
Cash balances at central banks and other demand deposits
175,569
174,191
1,377
010
Loans and advances
912,198
909,139
3,060
21,505
17,830
860
1,005
614
726
144
327
21,499
020
Central banks
1,956
1,956
19
1
0
4
13
19
030
General governments
140,182
140,080
102
141
94
6
3
0
9
28
141
040
Banks
3,883
3,882
1
17
12
5
17
050
Other financial corporations
18,984
18,935
49
130
100
0
1
29
130
060
Non-financial corporations
312,886
311,346
1,540
13,562
11,442
437
689
340
385
80
190
13,556
070
Of which SMEs
149,645
148,897
748
6,922
5,894
328
232
204
106
40
117
6,922
080
Households
434,307
432,939
1,368
7,636
6,181
417
313
274
322
63
66
7,636
090
Debt securities
74,689
74,689
241
183
59
241
100
Central banks
133
133
110
General governments
47,448
47,448
120
Banks
7,560
7,560
130
Other financial corporations
11,450
11,450
95
36
59
95
140
Non-financial corporations
8,096
8,096
147
147
146
150
Off-balance sheet exposures
230,004
1,484
1,483
160
Central banks
581
170
General governments
10,564
0
0
180
Banks
7,480
8
8
190
Other financial corporations
29,102
3
3
200
Non-financial corporations
137,820
1,425
1,424
210
Households
44,457
49
49
220
TOTAL
1,392,460
1,158,019
4,437
23,231
18,013
860
1,005
614
785
144
327
23,224
in millions of euros
12/31/2021
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
Gross carrying amount / Nominal amount
Performing exposures
Non-performing exposures
Not
past
due or
past
due≤30
days
Past
due >
30
days≤
90 days
Unlikely
to pay
that are
not past
due or
are past
due ≤ 90
days
Past
due>
90
days≤
180
days
Past
due>
180
days≤ 1
year
Past
due> 1
year≤ 2
years
Past
due> 2
years≤
5 years
Past
due> 5
years≤
7 years
Past
due> 7
years
Of which
defaulted
005
Cash balances at central banks and other demand deposits
190,962
190,962
010
Loans and advances
863,552
861,811
1,740
21,669
17,256
1,053
1,079
859
885
191
346
21,625
020
Central banks
11
11
19
1
0
4
13
19
030
General governments
132,409
132,323
85
133
74
6
3
2
20
27
133
040
Banks
6,846
6,845
1
10
5
5
10
050
Other financial corporations
19,532
19,530
2
169
105
2
27
5
30
151
060
Non-financial corporations
294,498
293,504
994
13,104
10,767
564
657
423
406
95
191
13,082
070
Of which SMEs
141,247
140,836
411
6,249
5,397
222
195
163
126
38
109
6,235
080
Households
410,255
409,598
657
8,234
6,304
481
418
406
445
96
84
8,231
090
Debt securities
76,286
76,286
252
193
59
247
100
Central banks
687
687
110
General governments
48,267
48,267
120
Banks
7,030
7,030
130
Other financial corporations
10,594
10,594
95
38
59
95
140
Non-financial corporations
9,707
9,707
157
157
152
150
Off-balance sheet exposures
214,044
1,829
1,823
160
Central banks
79
170
General governments
9,726
1
1
180
Banks
7,856
19
19
190
Other financial corporations
24,602
2
2
200
Non-financial corporations
125,848
1,738
1,732
210
Households
45,932
68
68
220
TOTAL
1,344,845
1,129,059
1,740
23,750
17,450
1,053
1,079
859
944
191
346
23,695
in millions of euros
12/31/2022
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
Gross carrying/nominal amount
Accumulated
impairment
Provisions
for
off-balance
sheet
commitments
and financial
guarantees
given
Accumulated
negative
changes in
fair value
due to credit
risk on non-
performing
exposures
Of which non-performing
Of which
subject to
impairment
Of whichdefaulted
010
On-balance sheet exposures
1,008,633
21,746
21,740
999,684
(14,540)
(2)
020
France
887,830
19,306
19,306
882,088
(12,933)
030
United States
27,659
188
188
26,837
(100)
040
Luxembourg
10,639
160
160
9,989
(188)
050
Italy
8,831
85
85
8,732
(92)
060
Spain
6,294
73
71
6,287
(82)
(2)
070
Other countries
67,380
1,935
1,931
65,749
(1,146)
080
Off-balance sheet exposures
231,488
1,484
1,483
(775)
090
France
158,016
1,055
1,055
(684)
100
United States
28,859
212
212
(24)
110
Spain
4,218
0
0
(2)
120
Switzerland
4,389
(1)
130
United Kingdom
3,585
11
11
(3)
140
Other countries
32,421
205
205
(61)
150
TOTAL
1,240,122
23,231
23,223
999,684
(14,540)
(775)
(2)
in millions of euros
12/31/2021
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
Gross carrying/nominal amount
Accumulated
12
impairment
Provisions for
off-balance
sheet
commitments
and financial
guarantees
given
Accumulated
negative
changes in
fair value due
to credit risk
on non-
performing
exposures
Of which non-performing
Of which
subject to
impairment
Of whichdefaulted
010
On-balance sheet exposures
961,759
21,922
21,872
952,098
(14,090)
(1)
020
France
840,586
18,708
18,682
834,377
(12,498)
030
United States
27,178
310
310
26,069
(101)
040
Italy
9,931
118
108
9,870
(92)
050
Luxembourg
9,117
551
551
8,546
(148)
060
Spain
6,183
93
90
6,145
(94)
(1)
070
Other countries
68,764
2,142
2,130
67,092
(1,157)
-
080
Off-balance sheet exposures
215,873
1,829
1,823
(861)
090
France
149,525
1,433
1,427
(767)
100
United States
25,032
258
258
(25)
110
Luxembourg
3,130
1
1
(10)
120
Spain
3,731
-
-
(3)
130
Switzerland
3,642
1
1
(1)
140
Other countries
30,812
136
136
(54)
150
TOTAL
1,177,632
23,750
23,695
952,098
(14,090)
(861)
(1)
in millions of euros
12/31/2022
a
b
c
d
e
f
Gross carrying amount
Accumulated
impairment
Accumulated
negative
changes in fair
value due to
credit risk on
non-
performing
exposures
Of which non-performing
Of which loans
and advances
subject to
impairment
Of whichdefaulted
010
Agriculture, forestry and fishing
5,089
324
324
5,089
(316)
020
Mining and quarrying
4,020
309
309
4,020
(124)
030
Manufacturing
23,697
1,606
1,606
23,697
(896)
040
Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply
10,974
226
226
10,681
(132)
050
Water supply
1,609
45
45
1,609
(35)
060
Construction
18,350
1,329
1,329
18,345
(841)
070
Wholesale and retail trade
35,252
2,116
2,114
34,985
(1,380)
080
Transport and storage
8,645
456
456
8,643
(279)
090
Accommodation and food service activities
11,299
934
934
11,299
(786)
100
Information and communication
5,849
176
176
5,849
(110)
110
Financial and insurance activities
32,205
941
941
31,986
(868)
120
Real estate activities
121,112
2,357
2,357
120,876
(2,204)
130
Professional, scientific and technical activities
18,005
728
728
18,005
(473)
140
Administrative and support service activities
11,720
438
438
11,712
(256)
150
Public administration and defense, compulsory social security
215
1
1
215
(1)
160
Education
1,816
68
68
1,814
(41)
170
Human health services and social work activities
9,176
1,103
1,103
9,106
(227)
180
Arts, entertainment and recreation
2,845
130
130
2,844
(98)
190
Other services
4,571
273
273
4,448
(498)
200
TOTAL
326,448
13,562
13,556
325,225
(9,565)
in millions of euros
12/31/2021
a
b
c
d
e
f
Gross carrying amount
Accumulated
impairment
Accumulated
negative
changes in fair
value due to
credit risk on
non-
performing
exposures
Of which non-performing
Of which loans
and advances
subject to
impairment
Of whichdefaulted
010
Agriculture, forestry and fishing
4,667
316
316
4,667
(288)
020
Mining and quarrying
5,223
402
402
5,223
(189)
030
Manufacturing
20,981
1,556
1,554
20,981
(888)
040
Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply
8,757
124
122
8,444
(115)
050
Water supply
1,379
48
48
1,379
(35)
060
Construction
17,085
1,132
1,129
17,079
(710)
070
Wholesale and retail trade
32,831
1,895
1,892
32,403
(1,325)
080
Transport and storage
7,679
601
600
7,676
(222)
090
Accommodation and food service activities
10,601
856
856
10,601
(771)
100
Information and communication
4,930
141
141
4,930
(103)
110
Financial and insurance activities
34,282
1,042
1,042
34,252
(870)
120
Real estate activities
111,061
2,569
2,560
110,793
(2,132)
130
Professional, scientific and technical activities
18,953
1,407
1,405
18,953
(592)
140
Administrative and support service activities
10,610
475
475
10,601
(198)
150
Public administration and defense, compulsory social security
288
288
(2)
160
Education
1,811
57
57
1,809
(43)
170
Human health services and social work activities
8,312
107
106
8,237
(77)
180
Arts, entertainment and recreation
2,694
132
131
2,694
(106)
190
Other services
5,458
244
244
5,369
(648)
200
TOTAL
307,603
13,104
13,082
306,380
(9,314)
in millions of euros
12/31/2022
Unsecured
carrying amount
Secured carrying
amount
Of which secured
by collateral
Of which secured
by financial
guarantees
Of which
guaranteed by
credit derivatives
a
b
c
d
e
1
Loans and advances
544,901
550,010
169,270
380,740
-
2
Debt securities
73,595
1,151
1,151
3
TOTAL
618,495
551,161
169,270
381,891
-
4
Of which non-performing exposures
3,287
9,414
3,482
5,932
-
EU-5
Of which defaulted
3,574
9,414
in millions of euros
12/31/2021
Unsecured
carrying amount
Secured carrying
amount
Of which secured
by collateral
Of which secured
by financial
guarantees
Of which
guaranteed by
credit derivatives
a
b
c
d
e
1
Loans and advances
552,101
524,082
166,368
357,714
-
2
Debt securities
75,121
1,417
192
1,225
3
TOTAL
627,222
525,499
166,560
358,939
-
4
Of which non-performing exposures
11,700
10,221
4,713
5,509
-
EU-5
Of which defaulted
11,651
10,221
-
5.5 Detailed quantitative disclosures
The detailed quantitative disclosure relating to credit risk in the following tables enhance the information in the previous section under Pillar III.
•the exposure: all assets (e.g. loans, advances, accrued income, etc.) related to transactions on the market or with a customer and recorded on the bank’s balance sheet and off-balance sheet;
•the expected loss (EL): the value of the loss likely to be incurred given the quality of the structure of the transaction and any measures taken to mitigate risk, such as collateral. In the IRBA method, the following equation summarizes the relationship between these variables: EL = EAD x PD x LGD (except for loans in default);
•the risk-weighted assets (RWA): calculated on the basis of exposures and the level of risk associated with them, which depends on the credit quality of the counterparties.
The reporting lines show exposures by standard or IRB approach, by geographic area, by sector of activity and by maturity. They also present credit quality by standardized approach or IRB, by geographic area and by business segment.
The tables are presented with respect to credit risk after application of risk mitigation techniques and including CVA. The breakdowns are presented without substitution by the guarantor segment.
Credit risk exposure after mitigation effects and the effects of credit derivatives on risk-weighted assets are also presented.
•central banks and other sovereign exposures: centralization of regulated savings with Caisse des Dépôts et Consignations, deferred taxes and reserves;
•central governments: receivables from sovereign states, central governments and similar, multilateral development banks and international organizations;
•public sector and similar: receivables from national public institutions, local authorities or other public sector entities, including private social housing;
•financial institutions: receivables from regulated credit institutions and similar, including clearing houses;
•companies: other receivables, in particular large corporates, SMEs, medium-sized companies, insurance companies, funds, etc.;
•retail customers: receivables from individual customers, very small businesses, professional customers and self-employed customers;
•exposure to retail customers is further broken down into several categories: exposures guaranteed by a real estate mortgage excluding SMEs, exposures guaranteed by a real estate mortgage including SMEs, revolving exposures, other exposures to retail customers, of which SMEs and other non-SME retail exposures;
•other assets: this class includes all assets other than those whose risk relates to third parties (fixed assets, goodwill, residual values on finance leases, etc.).
in millions of euros
12/31/2022
a
b
c
d
e
f
Net exposure value
Demand
<= 1 year
> 1 year and
<= 5 years
> 5 years
No stated
maturity
Total
1
Loans and advances
18,435
206,063
226,764
377,017
92,448
920,727
2
Debt securities
-
26,717
17,676
13,751
55,512
113,656
3
TOTAL
18,435
232,780
244,440
390,768
147,960
1,034,383
in millions of euros
12/31/2021
a
b
c
d
e
f
Net exposure value
Demand
<= 1 year
> 1 year and
<= 5 years
> 5 years
No stated
maturity
Total
1
Loans and advances
18,160
171,928
238,835
363,660
70,847
863,430
2
Debt securities
-
7,279
25,808
20,829
78,554
132,471
3
TOTAL
18,160
179,207
264,644
384,489
149,401
995,901
in millions of euros
12/31/2022
a
b
Collateral obtained by taking possession
Value at initial
recognition
Accumulated
negative changes
010
Property, plant and equipment (PP&E)
1
020
Other than PP&E
169
(11)
030
Residential real estate
13
(4)
040
Commercial real estate
1
060
Equities and debt securities
153
(6)
070
Other collateral
1
080
TOTAL
170
(11)
in millions of euros
12/31/2021
a
b
Collateral obtained by taking possession
Value at initial
recognition
Accumulated
negative changes
010
Property, plant and equipment (PP&E)
2
(1)
020
Other than PP&E
28
(6)
030
Residential real estate
17
(5)
040
Commercial real estate
1
070
Other collateral
10
(1)
080
TOTAL
30
(6)
in millions of euros
12/31/2022
Number
of debtors
Gross amount
O/w:
Term
expired
Residual maturity of moratorium
<=
3 months
>
3 months
<=
6 months
>
6 months
<=
9 months
>
9 months
<=
12 months
> 1 year
Loans and advances for which a moratorium has been offered
464,519
21,755
///
///
///
///
///
///
Loans and advances subject to moratoriums (granted)
464,519
21,755
21,755
0
0
0
0
0
o/w: Households
///
1,965
1,965
0
0
0
0
0
o/w: Guaranteed by residential real estate assets
///
1,130
1,130
0
0
0
0
0
o/w: Non-financial corporations
///
19,790
19,790
0
0
0
0
0
o/w: SMEs
///
11,481
11,481
0
0
0
0
0
o/w: Guaranteed by commercial real estate assets
///
5,580
5,580
0
0
0
0
0
in millions of euros
12/31/2021
Number
of debtors
Gross amount
O/w:
Term
expired
Residual maturity of moratorium
<=
3 months
>
3 months
<=
6 months
>
6 months
<=
9 months
>
9 months
<=
12 months
> 1 year
Loans and advances for which a moratorium has been offered
464,607
25,320
///
///
///
///
///
///
Loans and advances subject to moratoriums (granted)
464,607
25,320
25,320
0
0
0
0
0
o/w: Households
///
2,354
2,354
0
0
0
0
0
o/w: Guaranteed by residential real estate assets
///
1,249
1,249
0
0
0
0
0
o/w: Non-financial corporations
///
22,966
22,966
0
0
0
0
0
o/w: SMEs
///
14,300
14,300
0
0
0
0
0
o/w: Guaranteed by commercial real estate assets
///
5,779
5,779
0
0
0
0
0
in millions of euros
12/31/2022
Gross amount
Maximum amount
of the guarantee
that can be
considered
Gross amount
o/w: subject to
restructuring
Collateral
received(1)
Capital inflows on
non-performing
exposures
New loans and advances provided under public guarantee schemes
24,071
210
o/w: Households
618
///
///
o/w: Guaranteed by residential real estate assets
1
///
///
o/w: Non-financial corporations
23,453
210
o/w: SMEs
7,329
///
///
o/w: Guaranteed by commercial real estate assets
82
///
///
(1)State-guaranteed loans in France with a guarantee of between 70% and 90%.
in millions of euros
12/31/2021
Gross amount
Maximum amount
of the guarantee
that can be
considered
Gross amount
o/w: subject to
restructuring
Collateral
received*
Capital inflows on
non-performing
exposures
New loans and advances provided under public guarantee schemes
27,921
360
0
o/w: Households
788
///
///
o/w: Guaranteed by residential real estate assets
2
///
///
o/w: Non-financial corporations
27,133
360
0
o/w: SMEs
8,633
///
///
o/w: Guaranteed by commercial real estate assets
21
///
///
*State-guaranteed loans in France with a guarantee of between 70% and 90%.
Exposure classes
in millions of euros
12/31/2022
Exposures before CCF
and before CRM
Exposures after CCF
and post CRM
RWAs and
RWAs density
On-balance
sheet
exposures
Off-balance
sheet
exposures
On-balance
sheet
exposures
Off-balance
sheet
exposures
Risk-Weighted
Assets
Density of
RWAs (in %)
a
b
c
d
e
f
1
Central governments or central banks
96,540
2
109,984
18
7,834
7%
2
Regional governments or local authorities
42,699
4,286
51,772
1,639
10,693
20%
3
Public sector entities
19,792
3,765
17,742
1,704
4,439
23%
4
Multilateral development banks
325
-
516
9
-
0%
5
International organizations
459
-
459
-
-
0%
6
Institutions
4,792
4,520
5,197
4,402
1,293
13%
7
Corporate customers
90,247
35,071
77,276
16,054
76,630
82%
8
Retail
8,515
14,543
7,761
560
6,005
72%
9
Exposures secured by a real estate mortgage
60,650
1,933
53,859
979
21,447
39%
10
Exposures in default
4,369
356
3,277
208
4,204
121%
11
Exposures associated with particularly high risk
8,446
3,418
8,078
1,599
14,515
150%
12
Covered bonds
242
-
242
-
24
10%
13
Institutions and corporates with a short-term credit assessment
902
23
854
4
545
64%
14
Collective investment undertakings
2,045
0
2,045
0
3,429
168%
15
Equities
0
-
0
-
-
100%
16
Other items
7,507
15
7,506
-
7,045
94%
17
TOTAL
347,529
67,934
346,567
27,176
158,104
42%
Exposure classes
in millions of euros
12/31/2021
Exposures before CCF
and before CRM
Exposures after CCF
and post CRM
RWAs and
RWAs density
On-balance
sheet
exposures
Off-balance
sheet
exposures
On-balance
sheet
exposures
Off-balance
sheet
exposures
Risk-Weighted
Assets
Density of
RWAs
(in %)
a
b
c
d
e
f
1
Central governments or central banks
90,752
2
105,887
36
6,444
6%
2
Regional governments or local authorities
44,607
4,749
53,384
1,930
11,044
20%
3
Public sector entities
19,304
3,123
17,163
1,345
4,155
22%
4
Multilateral development banks
231
-
349
1
-
0%
5
International organizations
633
-
633
-
-
0%
6
Institutions
6,877
1,707
7,905
1,368
1,315
14%
7
Corporate customers
85,165
31,468
72,151
14,873
70,766
81%
8
Retail
8,995
15,119
8,224
750
6,469
72%
9
Exposures secured by a real estate mortgage
59,484
1,805
51,902
893
21,136
40%
10
Exposures in default
4,271
409
3,150
272
3,944
115%
11
Exposures associated with particularly high risk
7,625
3,047
7,346
1,459
13,207
150%
12
Covered bonds
125
-
125
-
12
10%
13
Institutions and corporates with a short-term credit assessment
730
18
587
3
365
62%
14
Collective investment undertakings
2,182
1
2,182
1
4,216
193%
15
Equities
14
-
14
-
14
100%
16
Other items
7,368
-
7,368
-
6,522
89%
17
TOTAL
338,361
61,448
338,370
22,931
149,609
41%
in millions of euros
12/31/2022
0%
2%
4%
10%
20%
35%
50%
70%
75%
100%
150%
250%
370%
1250%
Others
Total
Of
which
unrated
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
m
n
o
p
q
1
Central governments or central banks
106,334
-
-
-
231
-
151
-
-
334
-
2,951
-
-
-
110,002
-
2
Regional governments or local authorities
900
-
-
-
51,872
-
638
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
53,410
-
3
Public sector entities
11,014
-
-
-
4,085
-
1,633
-
-
2,519
191
-
-
-
3
19,445
-
4
Multilateral development banks
525
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
525
-
5
International organizations
459
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
459
-
6
Institutions
4,177
1,907
-
-
2,677
-
238
-
-
601
-
-
-
-
-
9,599
-
7
Secured bonds
-
-
-
242
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
242
-
8
Corporate customers
59
-
-
-
8,619
385
15,106
252
-
64,685
4,224
-
-
-
-
93,330
-
9
Retail
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
8,321
-
-
-
-
-
-
8,321
-
10
Equity exposures
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
11
Units or shares in collective investment undertakings (CIU)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
108
-
-
-
1
1,936
2,045
-
12
Other exposures
14
-
-
28
16
-
22
-
-
6,355
-
-
-
-
1,071
7,506
-
13
Exposures to institutions and corporates with a short-term credit assessment
-
-
-
-
176
-
351
-
-
307
24
-
-
-
-
858
-
14
Exposures secured by a real estate mortgage
-
-
-
-
-
35,119
18,305
-
739
611
-
-
-
-
63
54,838
-
15
High risk exposures
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
9,677
-
-
-
-
9,677
-
16
Exposures in default
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2,046
1,438
-
-
-
-
3,485
-
17
TOTAL
123,481
1,907
-
270
67,677
35,504
36,444
252
9,060
77,567
15,555
2,951
-
1
3,073
373,742
-
in millions of euros
12/31/2021
0%
2%
4%
10%
20%
35%
50%
70%
75%
100%
150%
250%
370%
1250%
Others
Total
Of
which
unrated
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
m
n
o
p
q
1
Central governments or central banks
102,517
-
-
-
507
-
179
-
-
351
22
2,348
-
-
-
105,923
-
2
Regional governments or local authorities
1,081
-
-
-
53,585
-
644
-
-
1
3
-
-
-
-
55,314
-
3
Public sector entities
10,140
-
-
-
4,337
-
1,709
-
-
2,086
232
-
-
-
5
18,508
-
4
Multilateral development banks
350
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
350
-
5
International organizations
633
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
633
-
6
Institutions
3,306
2,341
-
-
2,818
-
211
-
-
596
1
-
-
-
-
9,273
-
7
Secured bonds
-
-
-
125
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
125
-
8
Corporate customers
19
-
-
-
7,680
434
15,716
278
-
59,226
3,671
-
-
-
-
87,023
-
9
Retail
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
8,975
-
-
-
-
-
-
8,975
-
10
Equity exposures
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
14
-
-
-
-
-
14
-
11
Units or shares in collective investment undertakings (CIU)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
113
-
-
-
1
2,070
2,183
-
12
Other exposures
8
10
-
22
17
-
18
-
-
5,610
-
-
-
-
1,682
7,368
-
13
Exposures to institutions and corporates with a short-term credit assessment
-
-
-
-
127
-
255
-
-
172
36
-
-
-
-
590
-
14
Exposures secured by a real estate mortgage
-
-
-
-
-
33,172
17,305
-
1,708
539
-
-
-
-
70
52,795
-
15
High risk exposures
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
8,805
-
-
-
-
8,805
-
16
Exposures in default
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2,368
1,055
-
-
-
-
3,423
-
17
TOTAL
118,054
2,351
-
146
69,071
33,606
36,037
278
10,683
71,076
13,824
2,348
-
1
3,826
361,301
-
A-IRB
in millions of euros
12/31/2022
PD range
On-
balance
sheet
expo-
sures
Off-
balance
sheet
expo-
sures
before
CCF
Weighted
average
CCF
Expo-
sure
post
CCF and
post
CRM
Weigh-
ted
average
PD
(in %)
Number
of
obligors
Weighted
average
LGD
(in %)
Weighted
average
maturity
(in years)
Risk-
weighted
exposure
amount
after
supple-
mentary
factors
Density
of risk-
weighted
exposure
Expected
loss
amount
Value
adjust-
ments
and
provi-
sions
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
m
CENTRAL GOVERNMENTS AND CENTRAL BANKS
0.00 to < 0.15
50,673
1,106
92%
51,953
0.00%
57
9.26%
-
54
0.10%
-
-
0.00 to < 0.10
50,673
1,106
92%
51,953
0.00%
57
9.26%
-
54
0.10%
-
-
0.10 to < 0.15
-
-
0%
-
0.00%
-
0.00%
-
-
0.00%
-
-
0.15 to < 0.25
23
-
0%
249
0.00%
3
7.81%
3
1
0.45%
-
-
0.25 to < 0.50
42
207
100%
303
0.02%
3
12.86%
5
12
4.00%
-
-
0.50 to < 0.75
-
-
0%
311
0.00%
-
7.07%
3
-
0.00%
-
-
0.75 to < 2.50
-
-
0%
1,331
0.01%
-
11.04%
3
30
2.22%
-
-
0.75 to < 1.75
-
-
0%
490
0.00%
-
13.10%
3
16
3.17%
-
-
1.75 to < 2.5
-
-
0%
842
0.02%
-
9.84%
3
14
1.67%
-
-
2.50 to < 10.00
236
108
100%
1,358
0.09%
7
11.37%
4
77
5.68%
1
(1)
2.5 to < 5
236
108
100%
685
0.17%
7
10.45%
3
55
8.09%
1
(1)
5 to < 10
-
-
0%
672
0.01%
-
12.31%
4
22
3.22%
-
-
10.00 to < 100.00
47
-
0%
77
16.32%
7
38.05%
1
150
195.59%
8
(35)
10 to < 20
-
-
0%
30
0.00%
-
7.10%
1
-
0.00%
-
-
20 to < 30
47
-
0%
47
26.76%
7
57.86%
1
150
320.78%
8
(35)
30.00 to < 100.00
-
-
0%
-
0.00%
-
0.00%
-
-
0.00%
-
-
100.00 (default)
83
-
0%
251
21.88%
8
28.92%
2
1
0.38%
65
(65)
Central governments and central banks sub-total
51,104
1,420
94%
55,833
0.57%
85
9.48%
-
325
0.58%
73
(101)
INSTITUTIONS
0.00 to < 0.15
5,010
1,259
35%
5,431
0.04%
237
36.61%
1
561
10.33%
1
-
0.00 to < 0.10
5,010
1,259
35%
5,431
0.04%
237
36.61%
1
561
10.33%
1
-
0.10 to < 0.15
-
-
0%
-
0.00%
-
0.00%
-
-
0.00%
-
-
0.15 to < 0.25
136
86
20%
170
0.18%
39
15.82%
1
40
23.84%
-
-
0.25 to < 0.50
276
140
46%
391
0.28%
33
47.11%
-
158
40.26%
1
-
0.50 to < 0.75
41
309
21%
407
0.17%
22
37.26%
1
143
35.06%
-
-
0.75 to < 2.50
35
386
24%
656
0.27%
40
42.40%
2
288
43.96%
1
(1)
0.75 to < 1.75
28
315
24%
478
0.31%
33
45.06%
2
240
50.12%
1
-
1.75 to < 2.5
7
71
20%
177
0.17%
7
35.23%
2
48
27.32%
-
-
2.50 to < 10.00
152
1,050
22%
572
2.10%
91
59.55%
1
929
162.33%
10
(5)
2.5 to < 5
142
996
22%
535
2.02%
76
60.23%
1
853
159.46%
9
(3)
5 to < 10
10
55
20%
38
3.13%
15
49.85%
1
76
203.25%
1
(2)
10.00 to < 100.00
-
-
0%
12
0.18%
1
38.98%
2
3
25.17%
-
-
10 to < 20
-
-
0%
12
0.18%
1
38.98%
2
3
25.17%
-
-
20 to < 30
-
-
0%
-
0.00%
-
0.00%
-
-
0.00%
-
-
30.00 to < 100.00
-
-
0%
-
0.00%
-
0.00%
-
-
0.00%
-
-
100.00 (default)
25
8
48%
68
42.33%
6
67.51%
2
14
21.23%
19
(19)
Institutions sub-total
5,674
3,238
30%
7,708
2.80%
469
39.19%
1
2,137
27.72%
33
(26)
CORPORATES – SME
0.00 to < 0.15
244
7
62%
151
0.09%
161
21.55%
3
18
12.02%
-
-
0.00 to < 0.10
187
3
73%
93
0.06%
91
23.72%
3
10
10.56%
-
-
0.10 to < 0.15
56
4
52%
58
0.15%
70
18.09%
3
8
14.37%
-
-
0.15 to < 0.25
54
3
20%
55
0.21%
177
20.90%
2
9
15.96%
-
-
0.25 to < 0.50
82
123
97%
200
0.39%
125
19.16%
4
47
23.67%
-
-
0.50 to < 0.75
904
176
93%
1,051
0.62%
2,379
24.16%
3
392
37.32%
2
(1)
0.75 to < 2.50
1,982
230
86%
2,113
1.43%
3,334
24.23%
3
1,058
50.07%
7
(5)
0.75 to < 1.75
1,897
207
88%
1,996
1.39%
3,293
23.97%
3
974
48.80%
7
(5)
1.75 to < 2.5
85
23
65%
117
2.11%
41
28.65%
3
84
71.63%
1
(1)
2.50 to < 10.00
1,801
154
83%
1,858
3.97%
4,559
19.49%
3
1,028
55.32%
14
(15)
2.5 to < 5
1,599
138
84%
1,661
3.62%
3,721
19.48%
3
895
53.89%
12
(12)
5 to < 10
202
16
76%
197
6.98%
838
19.56%
3
133
67.39%
3
(2)
10.00 to < 100.00
358
88
67%
410
15.27%
879
19.73%
3
392
95.61%
13
(8)
10 to < 20
320
73
62%
358
12.99%
759
20.13%
3
343
96.05%
10
(6)
20 to < 30
-
-
0%
-
0.00%
23
0.00%
-
-
0.00%
-
-
30.00 to < 100.00
38
15
91%
52
30.95%
97
17.02%
4
48
92.58%
3
(2)
100.00 (default)
210
8
63%
203
100.00%
550
18.32%
3
208
102.35%
69
(56)
Corporates – SME sub-total
5,634
789
86%
6,041
7.15%
12,164
21.99%
3
3,152
52.18%
105
(85)
CORPORATES – SPECIALIZED FINANCING
0.00 to < 0.15
1,329
675
86%
1,861
0.06%
59
17.57%
4
211
11.34%
-
(1)
0.00 to < 0.10
1,329
675
86%
1,861
0.06%
59
17.57%
4
211
11.34%
-
(1)
0.10 to < 0.15
-
-
0%
-
0.00%
-
0.00%
-
-
0.00%
-
-
0.15 to < 0.25
779
622
86%
1,293
0.16%
71
12.43%
3
177
13.72%
-
(1)
0.25 to < 0.50
1,785
1,162
55%
2,176
0.30%
138
15.29%
3
457
20.99%
1
(2)
0.50 to < 0.75
3,872
3,758
53%
5,300
0.52%
283
17.82%
3
1,569
29.61%
5
(4)
0.75 to < 2.50
7,193
4,493
47%
7,490
1.22%
372
19.02%
3
3,401
45.40%
17
(40)
0.75 to < 1.75
5,510
3,680
47%
6,041
1.03%
305
19.04%
3
2,593
42.92%
12
(20)
1.75 to < 2.5
1,683
812
45%
1,449
2.00%
67
18.97%
3
808
55.73%
5
(20)
2.50 to < 10.00
1,953
568
46%
1,452
4.31%
140
18.89%
3
939
64.67%
12
(56)
2.5 to < 5
972
223
51%
752
2.98%
73
19.13%
2
426
56.65%
4
(15)
5 to < 10
981
345
43%
700
5.72%
67
18.63%
3
513
73.27%
7
(41)
10.00 to < 100.00
-
-
0%
-
10.31%
2
64.75%
3
1
301.07%
-
-
10 to < 20
-
-
0%
-
10.31%
2
64.75%
3
1
301.07%
-
-
20 to < 30
-
-
0%
-
0.00%
-
0.00%
-
-
0.00%
-
-
30.00 to < 100.00
-
-
0%
-
0.00%
-
0.00%
-
-
0.00%
-
-
100.00 (default)
380
160
64%
407
100.00%
28
60.60%
3
286
70.19%
109
(107)
Corporates – Specialized financing sub-total
17,293
11,438
55%
19,980
9.45%
1,093
18.57%
3
7,041
35.24%
144
(211)
CORPORATES – OTHER
0.00 to < 0.15
12,232
23,729
54%
24,993
0.05%
535
36.63%
2
3,880
15.52%
5
(13)
0.00 to < 0.10
12,199
23,588
54%
24,851
0.05%
496
36.66%
2
3,841
15.46%
5
(13)
0.10 to < 0.15
33
141
78%
143
0.13%
39
31.96%
3
38
26.87%
-
-
0.15 to < 0.25
5,911
10,134
59%
11,711
0.13%
329
31.41%
2
2,575
21.99%
5
(7)
0.25 to < 0.50
6,259
8,316
52%
10,728
0.22%
274
31.67%
3
3,205
29.87%
7
(8)
0.50 to < 0.75
4,419
9,172
53%
9,256
0.42%
725
32.91%
3
3,845
41.54%
13
(8)
0.75 to < 2.50
8,991
9,936
47%
13,581
1.07%
1,446
31.81%
2
7,907
58.22%
46
(50)
0.75 to < 1.75
7,134
6,994
47%
10,811
0.88%
1,319
31.70%
2
5,839
54.01%
29
(30)
1.75 to < 2.5
1,857
2,943
47%
2,769
1.81%
127
32.23%
2
2,068
74.66%
17
(21)
2.50 to < 10.00
5,306
4,221
56%
7,245
3.90%
3,217
32.01%
2
7,138
98.52%
92
(165)
2.5 to < 5
3,550
3,256
52%
5,081
3.11%
2,808
31.65%
2
4,575
90.03%
51
(73)
5 to < 10
1,756
965
68%
2,164
5.76%
409
32.86%
3
2,563
118.46%
41
(92)
10.00 to < 100.00
693
197
47%
750
9.85%
638
29.34%
2
641
85.46%
19
(14)
10 to < 20
559
161
47%
599
7.79%
573
29.99%
2
498
83.14%
13
(9)
20 to < 30
24
25
43%
35
24.77%
15
30.99%
2
62
175.11%
3
(2)
30.00 to < 100.00
110
11
51%
115
15.99%
50
25.48%
2
81
70.20%
4
(4)
100.00 (default)
2,282
267
28%
2,235
94.76%
382
40.08%
2
1,632
73.03%
1,108
(1,099)
Corporates – Other sub-total
46,093
65,973
60%
80,498
17.90%
7,546
33.58%
2
30,821
38.29%
1,295
(1,365)
RETAIL – SME REAL ESTATE
0.00 to < 0.15
-
-
0%
-
0.00%
-
0.00%
-
-
0.00%
-
-
0.00 to < 0.10
-
-
0%
-
0.00%
-
0.00%
-
-
0.00%
-
-
0.10 to < 0.15
-
-
0%
-
0.00%
-
0.00%
-
-
0.00%
-
-
0.15 to < 0.25
8,879
307
100%
9,237
0.24%
50,458
15.16%
5
577
6.25%
3
(7)
0.25 to < 0.50
8,024
254
71%
8,203
0.35%
50,532
13.96%
5
623
7.60%
4
(10)
0.50 to < 0.75
1,809
31
87%
1,836
0.53%
15,477
14.91%
5
188
10.26%
1
(2)
0.75 to < 2.50
23,445
949
94%
24,337
1.38%
120,174
19.11%
5
6,127
25.18%
65
(122)
0.75 to < 1.75
18,013
576
96%
18,564
1.14%
93,712
18.74%
5
4,055
21.84%
40
(64)
1.75 to < 2.5
5,433
374
91%
5,773
2.15%
26,462
20.28%
5
2,073
35.90%
25
(58)
2.50 to < 10.00
13,604
658
95%
14,232
5.13%
75,300
17.40%
5
7,268
51.07%
128
(366)
2.5 to < 5
7,711
334
94%
8,025
3.67%
42,959
16.36%
5
3,321
41.38%
47
(129)
5 to < 10
5,893
324
97%
6,207
7.01%
32,341
18.73%
5
3,947
63.60%
81
(237)
10.00 to < 100.00
5,214
308
98%
5,517
23.46%
28,744
19.43%
5
5,101
92.45%
252
(534)
10 to < 20
2,457
148
100%
2,607
14.82%
13,304
18.93%
5
2,256
86.53%
72
(185)
20 to < 30
1,959
121
95%
2,075
24.02%
10,916
19.93%
5
2,150
103.65%
98
(211)
30.00 to < 100.00
797
39
100%
836
49.02%
4,524
19.76%
5
695
83.12%
82
(137)
100.00 (default)
1,346
7
1%
1,347
100.00%
10,418
57.12%
4
584
43.36%
724
(484)
Retail – SME Real estate sub-total
62,320
2,514
93%
64,710
20.06%
351,103
18.21%
5
20,469
31.63%
1,178
(1,524)
RETAIL – NON-SME REAL ESTATE
0.00 to < 0.15
128,870
4,884
91%
133,302
0.09%
112,055
10.08%
-
3,041
2.28%
12
(6)
0.00 to < 0.10
64,133
2,617
86%
66,374
0.06%
59,215
9.96%
-
1,066
1.61%
4
(2)
0.10 to < 0.15
64,737
2,267
97%
66,929
0.12%
52,840
10.20%
-
1,976
2.95%
8
(4)
0.15 to < 0.25
52,640
1,956
100%
54,699
0.24%
48,327
11.38%
-
3,029
5.54%
15
(15)
0.25 to < 0.50
27,295
938
79%
28,034
0.25%
30,661
8.97%
-
1,262
4.50%
6
(9)
0.50 to < 0.75
34,139
1,541
98%
35,651
0.63%
72,575
10.75%
-
3,714
10.42%
24
(29)
0.75 to < 2.50
24,755
1,973
97%
26,669
1.75%
69,000
10.34%
-
5,136
19.26%
47
(97)
0.75 to < 1.75
16,821
1,231
96%
17,997
1.43%
47,867
10.75%
-
3,231
17.95%
28
(49)
1.75 to < 2.5
7,934
742
99%
8,671
2.41%
21,133
9.48%
-
1,905
21.97%
20
(48)
2.50 to < 10.00
14,892
1,667
90%
16,398
4.02%
52,732
11.52%
-
5,713
34.84%
76
(140)
2.5 to < 5
11,571
1,274
91%
12,727
3.31%
37,659
11.34%
-
3,942
30.98%
47
(92)
5 to < 10
3,321
393
89%
3,671
6.49%
15,073
12.13%
-
1,770
48.22%
29
(47)
10.00 to < 100.00
6,612
230
95%
6,831
20.47%
34,688
11.86%
-
4,393
64.30%
168
(206)
10 to < 20
3,870
162
94%
4,022
12.16%
18,690
11.49%
-
2,397
59.59%
57
(101)
20 to < 30
2,094
40
100%
2,134
23.48%
10,730
12.58%
-
1,641
76.88%
63
(49)
30.00 to < 100.00
648
29
93%
675
60.49%
5,268
11.78%
-
355
52.66%
48
(56)
100.00 (default)
2,129
13
13%
2,130
100.00%
26,789
42.47%
-
768
36.04%
843
(537)
Retail – SME Real estate sub-total
291,331
13,201
93%
303,715
19.68%
446,827
10.66%
-
27,056
8.91%
1,192
(1,038)
RETAIL — ELIGIBLE REVOLVING EXPOSURES
0.00 to < 0.15
1,312
6,186
52%
4,516
0.07%
24,172
22.30%
-
82
1.82%
1
(1)
0.00 to < 0.10
704
3,092
57%
2,474
0.05%
10,122
22.71%
-
32
1.29%
-
-
0.10 to < 0.15
608
3,094
46%
2,042
0.10%
14,050
21.80%
-
50
2.46%
1
(1)
0.15 to < 0.25
384
906
47%
810
0.24%
11,183
33.47%
-
36
4.39%
1
-
0.25 to < 0.50
371
1,062
61%
1,015
0.20%
8,810
16.32%
-
22
2.20%
-
-
0.50 to < 0.75
1,011
1,558
54%
1,849
0.55%
28,126
24.15%
-
126
6.83%
3
(1)
0.75 to < 2.50
654
842
54%
1,112
1.33%
30,523
18.19%
-
213
19.15%
6
(7)
0.75 to < 1.75
387
510
51%
645
1.10%
20,113
20.70%
-
110
17.06%
3
(3)
1.75 to < 2.5
267
332
60%
467
1.65%
10,410
14.71%
-
103
22.04%
3
(4)
2.50 to < 10.00
764
843
30%
1,020
2.08%
28,757
15.73%
-
535
52.40%
21
(17)
2.5 to < 5
372
379
43%
534
2.69%
19,780
23.10%
-
190
35.59%
7
(5)
5 to < 10
392
463
21%
487
1.42%
8,977
7.64%
-
345
70.81%
15
(12)
10.00 to < 100.00
400
266
43%
515
14.90%
36,010
19.48%
-
426
82.68%
37
(28)
10 to < 20
214
152
49%
288
9.13%
18,759
20.08%
-
195
67.83%
11
(10)
20 to < 30
113
75
44%
146
19.43%
11,303
22.38%
-
133
91.14%
11
(4)
30.00 to < 100.00
73
39
20%
81
27.26%
5,948
12.08%
-
97
120.43%
15
(14)
100.00 (default)
352
8
1%
352
41.66%
47,510
19.45%
-
65
18.54%
205
(214)
Retail – Eligible revolving exposures sub-total
5,248
11,670
55%
11,189
9.70%
215,091
21.64%
-
1,505
13.45%
274
(269)
RETAIL – OTHER SMES
0.00 to < 0.15
-
-
100%
-
0.15%
1
45.00%
2
-
12.01%
-
-
0.00 to < 0.10
-
-
0%
-
0.00%
-
0.00%
-
-
0.00%
-
-
0.10 to < 0.15
-
-
100%
-
0.15%
1
45.00%
2
-
12.01%
-
-
0.15 to < 0.25
1,628
182
80%
1,773
0.23%
127,522
23.55%
4
174
9.80%
1
(2)
0.25 to < 0.50
7,404
1,109
66%
8,132
0.39%
347,903
15.38%
3
673
8.28%
5
(9)
0.50 to < 0.75
783
65
69%
828
0.56%
150,087
18.02%
4
96
11.60%
1
(1)
0.75 to < 2.50
14,158
1,727
75%
15,457
1.48%
703,955
23.23%
4
3,522
22.79%
55
(84)
0.75 to < 1.75
9,302
1,106
73%
10,106
1.14%
501,834
21.41%
4
1,957
19.36%
25
(34)
1.75 to < 2.5
4,856
621
80%
5,351
2.13%
202,121
26.67%
4
1,566
29.26%
30
(51)
2.50 to < 10.00
9,921
1,411
75%
10,978
5.12%
426,017
23.79%
4
3,318
30.22%
132
(221)
2.5 to < 5
5,149
734
76%
5,704
3.44%
264,615
24.24%
4
1,695
29.71%
48
(73)
5 to < 10
4,772
677
74%
5,274
6.93%
161,402
23.31%
4
1,623
30.77%
84
(148)
10.00 to < 100.00
4,806
523
72%
5,178
23.25%
194,192
23.16%
3
2,288
44.19%
274
(382)
10 to < 20
2,668
323
70%
2,893
15.59%
90,474
23.23%
3
1,153
39.86%
104
(152)
20 to < 30
1,375
135
76%
1,476
25.25%
69,953
23.78%
3
762
51.62%
87
(109)
30.00 to < 100.00
763
65
72%
809
46.95%
33,765
21.77%
3
374
46.17%
83
(120)
100.00 (default)
3,307
184
22%
3,347
100.00%
95,914
57.26%
3
1,464
43.76%
1,804
(1,712)
Retail – Other SMEs sub-total
42,007
5,202
72%
45,693
15.65%
2,045,591
24.37%
4
11,536
25.25%
2,272
(2,411)
RETAIL – OTHER NON-SMES
0.00 to < 0.15
26,692
1,275
76%
27,656
0.09%
69,466
19.18%
-
1,284
4.64%
5
(24)
0.00 to < 0.10
12,449
684
72%
12,939
0.05%
32,904
17.80%
-
384
2.96%
1
(7)
0.10 to < 0.15
14,242
591
80%
14,717
0.12%
36,562
20.38%
-
901
6.12%
4
(18)
0.15 to < 0.25
6,724
202
93%
6,912
0.24%
20,404
28.79%
-
965
13.96%
5
(15)
0.25 to < 0.50
8,502
407
70%
8,789
0.25%
23,661
15.20%
-
665
7.57%
3
(9)
0.50 to < 0.75
11,270
490
78%
11,654
0.64%
46,642
22.74%
-
2,298
19.72%
17
(32)
0.75 to < 2.50
8,908
515
86%
9,349
1.72%
52,478
19.83%
-
2,760
29.52%
37
(46)
0.75 to < 1.75
5,161
246
85%
5,370
1.34%
30,602
22.73%
-
1,682
31.32%
19
(23)
1.75 to < 2.5
3,747
269
86%
3,978
2.23%
21,876
15.91%
-
1,078
27.09%
18
(23)
2.50 to < 10.00
5,603
223
90%
5,804
3.98%
42,495
30.65%
-
2,739
47.19%
72
(64)
2.5 to < 5
4,452
189
89%
4,621
3.43%
31,330
29.93%
-
2,058
44.54%
45
(40)
5 to < 10
1,151
35
91%
1,183
6.16%
11,165
33.45%
-
680
57.53%
27
(25)
10.00 to < 100.00
3,051
96
83%
3,130
18.25%
49,315
26.52%
-
1,835
58.61%
164
(146)
10 to < 20
1,964
73
85%
2,026
11.73%
24,584
26.86%
-
1,078
53.21%
70
(73)
20 to < 30
830
17
71%
841
23.36%
16,577
27.24%
-
576
68.52%
54
(40)
30.00 to < 100.00
257
7
90%
263
52.22%
8,154
21.56%
-
180
68.57%
40
(33)
100.00 (default)
1,706
7
26%
1,708
94.99%
95,488
50.95%
-
699
40.94%
870
(892)
Retail – Other non-SMEs sub-total
72,456
3,216
80%
75,001
12.83%
399,949
22.15%
-
13,245
17.66%
1,172
(1,228)
TOTAL
599,162
118,662
64%
670,368
3,479,918
1
117,286
17.50%
7,739
(8,258)
F-IRB
in millions of euros
12/31/2022
PD range
On-
balance
sheet
expo-
sures
Off-
balance
sheet
expo-
sures
before
CCF
Weighted
average
CCF
Expo-
sure
post
CCF and
post
CRM
Weigh-
ted
average
PD
(in %)
Number
of
obligors
Weighted
average
LGD
(in %)
Weighted
average
maturity
(in years)
Risk-
weighted
exposure
amount
after
supple-
mentary
factors
Density
of risk-
weighted
exposure
Expected
loss
amount
Value
adjust-
ments
and
provi-
sions
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
m
CENTRAL GOVERNMENTS AND CENTRAL BANKS
0.00 to < 0.15
159,233
37
76%
159,263
0.00%
46
45.00%
3
174
0.11%
-
-
0.00 to < 0.10
159,184
32
75%
159,208
0.00%
43
45.00%
3
155
0.10%
-
-
0.10 to < 0.15
49
4
81%
55
0.14%
3
41.98%
3
19
35.24%
-
-
0.15 to < 0.25
3
-
0%
154
0.01%
2
44.95%
3
2
1.07%
-
-
0.25 to < 0.50
650
-
0%
801
0.31%
6
44.99%
2
421
52.58%
1
-
0.50 to < 0.75
5
10
75%
1,569
0.00%
1
44.90%
3
9
0.56%
-
-
0.75 to < 2.50
-
-
0%
2,275
0.00%
1
44.96%
3
-
0.00%
-
-
0.75 to < 1.75
-
-
0%
2,168
0.00%
1
44.95%
3
-
0.00%
-
-
1.75 to < 2.5
-
-
0%
107
0.00%
-
45.00%
3
-
0.00%
-
-
2.50 to < 10.00
3
-
50%
2,415
0.00%
9
44.97%
3
5
0.19%
-
-
2.5 to < 5
3
-
50%
1,618
0.01%
9
44.97%
3
5
0.28%
-
-
5 to < 10
-
-
0%
796
0.00%
-
44.97%
3
-
0.00%
-
-
10.00 to < 100.00
-
-
0%
451
0.00%
1
44.97%
3
-
0.00%
-
-
10 to < 20
-
-
0%
304
0.00%
1
44.98%
3
-
0.00%
-
-
20 to < 30
-
-
0%
29
0.00%
-
44.96%
3
-
0.00%
-
-
30.00 to < 100.00
-
-
0%
117
0.00%
-
44.96%
3
-
0.00%
-
-
100.00 (default)
-
-
0%
631
0.00%
1
44.96%
3
-
0.00%
-
(15)
Central governments and central banks sub-total
159,894
47
76%
167,559
0.09%
67
45.00%
3
611
0.36%
1
(16)
INSTITUTIONS
0.00 to < 0.15
1,889
258
72%
2,076
0.05%
116
30.37%
3
358
17.25%
-
-
0.00 to < 0.10
1,889
258
72%
2,076
0.05%
116
30.37%
3
358
17.25%
-
-
0.10 to < 0.15
-
-
0%
-
0.03%
-
0.00%
3
-
20.83%
-
-
0.15 to < 0.25
157
10
62%
165
0.20%
17
44.22%
3
70
42.61%
-
-
0.25 to < 0.50
141
5
50%
89
0.34%
14
19.70%
3
39
43.28%
-
-
0.50 to < 0.75
5
115
73%
163
0.33%
9
4.44%
3
52
31.91%
-
-
0.75 to < 2.50
29
149
61%
308
0.53%
25
24.02%
3
177
57.40%
1
(1)
0.75 to < 1.75
27
127
63%
290
0.47%
19
23.44%
3
156
53.78%
1
(1)
1.75 to < 2.5
2
21
50%
17
1.51%
6
33.87%
3
20
118.71%
-
-
2.50 to < 10.00
111
67
70%
327
1.58%
55
21.31%
3
187
57.16%
1
(5)
2.5 to < 5
106
66
70%
265
1.82%
53
26.28%
3
164
61.93%
1
(4)
5 to < 10
5
1
68%
62
0.56%
2
0.00%
3
23
36.73%
-
(1)
10.00 to < 100.00
-
-
0%
58
0.03%
-
8.45%
3
11
19.40%
-
-
10 to < 20
-
-
0%
45
0.03%
-
10.84%
3
9
19.14%
-
-
20 to < 30
-
-
0%
4
0.03%
-
0.00%
3
1
20.55%
-
-
30.00 to < 100.00
-
-
0%
9
0.03%
-
0.00%
3
2
20.19%
-
-
100.00 (default)
2
-
0%
96
2.21%
5
17.11%
3
19
20.24%
1
(27)
Institutions sub-total
2,335
604
70%
3,281
5.35%
241
27.21%
3
913
27.82%
4
(34)
CORPORATES – SME
0.00 to < 0.15
388
133
74%
473
0.06%
205
42.93%
3
71
15.04%
-
-
0.00 to < 0.10
313
112
72%
399
0.05%
95
43.07%
3
53
13.19%
-
-
0.10 to < 0.15
75
20
86%
74
0.15%
110
42.17%
3
18
25.04%
-
-
0.15 to < 0.25
652
191
74%
622
0.18%
2,101
41.82%
3
167
26.83%
-
(1)
0.25 to < 0.50
642
159
72%
661
0.37%
995
41.79%
3
275
41.62%
1
(1)
0.50 to < 0.75
7,608
1,824
64%
6,778
0.61%
21,037
41.95%
3
3,252
47.98%
17
(32)
0.75 to < 2.50
11,814
2,572
58%
10,854
1.39%
28,483
41.84%
3
7,138
65.76%
63
(90)
0.75 to < 1.75
11,561
2,547
58%
10,600
1.37%
28,323
41.79%
3
6,903
65.12%
61
(89)
1.75 to < 2.5
253
25
72%
255
2.18%
160
44.14%
3
235
92.47%
2
(2)
2.50 to < 10.00
10,765
2,621
56%
9,816
4.18%
27,898
42.28%
3
8,817
89.82%
174
(225)
2.5 to < 5
7,628
1,860
57%
7,130
3.22%
18,795
42.24%
3
6,071
85.15%
97
(128)
5 to < 10
3,137
761
54%
2,686
6.72%
9,103
42.37%
3
2,746
102.24%
76
(97)
10.00 to < 100.00
1,600
378
50%
1,336
22.82%
5,853
42.18%
3
1,831
137.08%
128
(138)
10 to < 20
1,080
288
48%
912
13.21%
4,461
42.22%
3
1,201
131.67%
51
(69)
20 to < 30
111
26
58%
92
24.00%
364
43.06%
3
145
158.17%
9
(13)
30.00 to < 100.00
408
64
57%
333
48.86%
1,028
41.84%
3
486
146.13%
68
(56)
100.00 (default)
1,677
287
41%
1,205
99.96%
4,077
43.01%
3
1
0.05%
518
(624)
Corporates – SME sub-total
35,146
8,165
60%
31,746
8.62%
90,649
42.07%
3
21,552
67.89%
902
(1,111)
CORPORATES – SPECIALIZED FINANCING
0.00 to < 0.15
-
-
0%
-
0.00%
-
0.00%
-
-
0.00%
-
-
0.00 to < 0.10
-
-
0%
-
0.00%
-
0.00%
-
-
0.00%
-
-
0.10 to < 0.15
-
-
0%
-
0.00%
-
0.00%
-
-
0.00%
-
-
0.15 to < 0.25
-
-
0%
-
0.00%
-
0.00%
-
-
0.00%
-
-
0.25 to < 0.50
-
-
0%
-
0.00%
-
0.00%
-
-
0.00%
-
-
0.50 to < 0.75
-
-
0%
-
0.00%
-
0.00%
-
-
0.00%
-
-
0.75 to < 2.50
-
-
0%
-
0.00%
-
0.00%
-
-
0.00%
-
-
0.75 to < 1.75
-
-
0%
-
0.00%
-
0.00%
-
-
0.00%
-
-
1.75 to < 2.5
-
-
0%
-
0.00%
-
0.00%
-
-
0.00%
-
-
2.50 to < 10.00
-
-
0%
-
0.00%
-
0.00%
-
-
0.00%
-
-
2.5 to < 5
-
-
0%
-
0.00%
-
0.00%
-
-
0.00%
-
-
5 to < 10
-
-
0%
-
0.00%
-
0.00%
-
-
0.00%
-
-
10.00 to < 100.00
-
-
0%
-
0.00%
-
0.00%
-
-
0.00%
-
-
10 to < 20
-
-
0%
-
0.00%
-
0.00%
-
-
0.00%
-
-
20 to < 30
-
-
0%
-
0.00%
-
0.00%
-
-
0.00%
-
-
30.00 to < 100.00
-
-
0%
-
0.00%
-
0.00%
-
-
0.00%
-
-
100.00 (default)
-
-
0%
-
0.00%
-
0.00%
-
-
0.00%
-
-
Corporates – Specialized financing sub-total
-
-
0%
-
0.00%
-
0.00%
-
-
0.00%
-
-
CORPORATES – OTHER
0.00 to < 0.15
2,973
2,054
66%
4,162
0.07%
692
44.30%
3
1,044
25.08%
1
(2)
0.00 to < 0.10
2,418
1,925
65%
3,654
0.06%
483
44.62%
3
862
23.59%
1
(2)
0.10 to < 0.15
556
128
82%
508
0.14%
209
42.00%
3
182
35.84%
-
-
0.15 to < 0.25
2,736
1,494
62%
3,407
0.19%
1,258
43.82%
3
1,512
44.37%
3
(3)
0.25 to < 0.50
2,390
590
73%
2,641
0.33%
1,062
43.31%
3
1,545
58.52%
4
(4)
0.50 to < 0.75
4,374
1,437
68%
5,003
0.63%
4,870
42.97%
3
3,888
77.72%
14
(12)
0.75 to < 2.50
11,286
3,472
67%
12,656
1.50%
13,766
42.89%
3
13,310
105.17%
81
(95)
0.75 to < 1.75
9,891
3,046
67%
11,113
1.41%
13,270
42.66%
3
11,408
102.65%
66
(81)
1.75 to < 2.5
1,396
426
67%
1,543
2.18%
496
44.52%
3
1,902
123.26%
15
(14)
2.50 to < 10.00
7,494
1,918
62%
7,770
4.38%
11,689
43.03%
3
11,192
144.05%
146
(204)
2.5 to < 5
5,647
1,557
62%
5,974
3.51%
8,725
42.99%
3
8,088
135.39%
90
(116)
5 to < 10
1,847
361
62%
1,796
7.28%
2,964
43.16%
3
3,104
172.84%
56
(88)
10.00 to < 100.00
1,870
431
62%
1,917
18.08%
4,583
41.73%
3
3,937
205.39%
144
(126)
10 to < 20
1,508
335
63%
1,575
12.18%
3,883
41.74%
3
3,200
203.18%
80
(82)
20 to < 30
50
19
42%
48
23.23%
193
42.88%
3
117
246.01%
5
(6)
30.00 to < 100.00
312
77
65%
295
48.77%
507
41.50%
3
620
210.61%
59
(38)
100.00 (default)
1,589
343
47%
1,480
99.75%
4,197
43.70%
3
4
0.25%
645
(809)
Corporates – Other sub-total
34,713
11,738
70%
39,035
14.87%
42,117
43.16%
3
36,432
93.33%
1,039
(1,255)
TOTAL
232,088
20,554
86%
241,621
133,074
3
59,508
24.63%
1,946
(2,415)
in millions of euros
12/31/2022
Exposure
value as
defined in
Article 166 of
the CRR for
exposures
subject to the
IRB approach
Total
exposure
value for
exposures
subject to the
Standardized
approach and
to the IRB
approach
Percentage
of total
exposure
value subject
to the
permanent
partial use of
the SA (in %)
Percentage
of total
exposure
value subject
to a roll-out
plan (in %)
Percentage
of total
exposure
value subject
to IRB
approach
(in %)
a
b
c
d
e
1
Central governments or central banks
225,664
393,338
11%
32%
57%
1.1
of which regional governments or local authorities
47,068
34%
66%
0%
1.2
of which Public sector entities
24,196
52%
47%
1%
2
Institutions
31,295
53,839
4%
38%
58%
3
Corporate customers
254,928
382,057
8%
26%
67%
3.1
of which Corporates – Specialized financing, excluding slotting approach
53,343
0%
45%
55%
3.2
of which Corporates – Specialized financing under slotting approach
227
0%
50%
50%
4
Retail
509,169
532,413
4%
0%
96%
4.1
of which Retail – Secured by SME real estate
70,952
0%
9%
91%
4.2
of which Retail – Secured by non-SME real estate
380,089
0%
20%
80%
4.3
of which Retail – Qualifying revolving exposures
27,579
0%
39%
61%
4.4
of which Retail – Other SMEs
79,837
0%
41%
59%
4.5
of which Retail – Other non-SMEs
505,243
0%
85%
15%
5
Equities
11,273
11,273
0%
0%
100%
6
Other non-credit obligation assets
13,396
20,918
36%
0%
64%
7
TOTAL
1,045,725
1,393,838
7%
18%
75%
in millions of euros
12/31/2021
Exposure
value as
defined in
Article 166 of
the CRR for
exposures
subject to the
IRB approach
Total
exposure
value for
exposures
subject to the
Standardized
approach and
to the IRB
approach
Percentage
of total
exposure
value subject
to the
permanent
partial use of
the SA (in %)
Percentage
of total
exposure
value subject
to a roll-out
plan (in %)
Percentage
of total
exposure
value subject
to IRB
approach
(in %)
a
b
c
d
e
1
Central governments or central banks
233,937
397,672
9%
32%
59%
1.1
of which regional governments or local authorities
49,614
35%
65%
0%
1.2
of which Public sector entities
23,548
43%
56%
1%
2
Institutions
28,553
51,343
2%
43%
56%
3
Corporate customers
242,836
361,625
7%
26%
67%
3.1
of which Corporates – Specialized financing, excluding slotting approach
54,648
0%
46%
54%
3.2
of which Corporates – Specialized financing under slotting approach
109
0%
47%
53%
4
Retail
479,443
503,815
4%
1%
95%
4.1
of which Retail – Secured by SME real estate
65,998
0%
9%
91%
4.2
of which Retail – Secured by non-SME real estate
359,439
0%
22%
78%
4.3
of which Retail – Qualifying revolving exposures
27,629
0%
38%
62%
4.4
of which Retail – Other SMEs
76,518
0%
39%
61%
4.5
of which Retail – Other non-SMEs
406,668
0%
81%
19%
5
Equities
12,087
12,101
0%
0%
100%
6
Other non-credit obligation assets
13,029
20,456
36%
0%
64%
7
TOTAL
1,009,885
1,347,012
7%
18%
75%
in millions of euros
12/31/2022
Risk-weighted assets
before credit
derivatives
Actual risk-weighted
assets
a
b
1
Exposures under foundation IRB approach
59,738
59,738
2
Central governments and central banks
613
613
3
Institutions
943
943
4
Corporate customers
58,183
58,183
4.1
of which Corporates – SME
21,577
21,577
4.2
of which Corporates – Specialized financing
82
82
5
Exposures under advanced IRB approach
116,159
117,346
6
Central governments and central banks
325
325
7
Institutions
2,137
2,137
8
Corporate customers
41,014
41,014
8.1
of which Corporates – SME
3,152
3,152
8.2
of which Corporates – Specialized financing
7,041
7,041
9
Retail
72,683
73,870
9.1
of which Retail – SME – Guaranteed by real estate collateral
20,469
20,469
9.2
of which Retail – non-SME – Guaranteed by real estate collateral
27,056
27,056
9.3
of which Retail – Qualifying revolving exposures
849
1,565
9.4
of which Retail – SME – Other
11,536
11,536
9.5
of which Retail – non-SME – Other
12,774
13,245
10
TOTAL (INCLUDING SIMPLIFIED AND ADVANCED IRB EXPOSURE APPROACHES)
175,897
177,084
in millions of euros
12/31/2021
Risk-weighted assets
before credit
derivatives
Actual risk-weighted
assets
a
b
1
Exposures under foundation IRB approach
53,504
53,504
2
Central governments and central banks
677
677
3
Institutions
785
785
4
Corporate customers
52,041
52,041
4.1
of which Corporates – SME
20,329
20,329
4.2
of which Corporates – Specialized financing
41
41
5
Exposures under advanced IRB approach
110,652
111,765
6
Central governments and central banks
237
237
7
Institutions
1,561
1,561
8
Corporate customers
40,686
40,686
8.1
of which Corporates – SME
2,846
2,846
8.2
of which Corporates – Specialized financing
5,320
5,320
9
Retail
68,168
69,281
9.1
of which Retail – SME – Guaranteed by real estate collateral
19,007
19,007
9.2
of which Retail – non-SME – Guaranteed by real estate collateral
25,307
25,307
9.3
of which Retail – Qualifying revolving exposures
836
1,540
9.4
of which Retail – SME – Other
10,676
10,676
9.5
of which Retail – non-SME – Other
12,342
12,751
10
TOTAL (INCLUDING SIMPLIFIED AND ADVANCED IRB EXPOSURE APPROACHES)
164,156
165,268
A-IRB
in millions of euros
12/31/2022
Total
exposures
Credit risk mitigation techniques
Credit risk
Mitigation
methods
in the
calculation
RWAs
Credit protection (funded)
Credit protection
(unfunded)
Risk-
weighted
assets
with
substi-
tution
effects
(reduction
and
substitution
effects)
Part of
expo-
sures
covered
by
financial
collaterals
(in %)
Part of
expo-
sures
covered
by other
eligible
collaterals
(in %)
Part of
expo-
sures
covered
by
immovable
property
collaterals
(in %)
Part of
expo-
sures
covered
by
receivables
(in %)
Part of
expo-
sures
covered
by other
physical
collateral
(in %)
Part of
expo-
sures
covered
by other
funded
credit
protection
(in %)
Part of
expo-
sures
covered
by cash
on
deposit
(in %)
Part of
expo-
sures
covered
by life
insurance
policies
(in %)
Part of
exposures
covered
by
instru-
ments
held by
a third
party (in
%)
Part of
expo-
sures
covered
by
guaran-
tees (in
%)
Part of
exposures
covered
by
credit
deriva-
tives (in
%)
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
n
1
Central governments and central banks
55,833
0.00%
0.09%
0.00%
0.06%
0.03%
0.07%
0.07%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
325
2
Institutions
7,708
0.00%
0.62%
0.00%
0.00%
0.62%
0.05%
0.05%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
2,137
3
Corporate customers
106,520
2.43%
24.79%
9.34%
8.70%
6.76%
0.89%
0.89%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
41,014
3.1
of which Corporates – SME
6,041
0.00%
40.58%
14.66%
0.00%
25.92%
0.01%
0.01%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
3,152
3.2
of which Corporates – Specialized financing
19,980
0.00%
87.06%
33.75%
43.22%
10.09%
0.63%
0.63%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
7,041
3.3
of which Corporates – Other
80,498
3.22%
8.15%
2.88%
0.78%
4.49%
1.03%
1.03%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
30,821
4
Retail
500,307
0.15%
14.57%
13.25%
0.02%
1.29%
0.29%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
52.10%
0.00%
73,870
4.1
of which Retail – SME Real estate
64,710
0.00%
41.77%
37.71%
0.00%
4.06%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
43.30%
0.00%
20,469
4.2
of which Retail – Non-SME Real estate
303,715
0.00%
13.83%
13.80%
0.00%
0.03%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
69.03%
0.00%
27,056
4.3
of which Retail – Qualifying revolving exposures
11,189
0.01%
0.76%
0.00%
0.00%
0.76%
0.01%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.02%
0.00%
1,565
4.4
of which Retail – Other SMEs
45,693
0.68%
6.43%
0.00%
0.05%
6.39%
1.08%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
35.63%
0.00%
11,536
4.5
of which Retail – Other non-SMEs
75,001
0.58%
1.10%
0.00%
0.13%
0.98%
1.24%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
8.91%
0.00%
13,245
5
TOTAL
670,368
0.50%
14.83%
11.38%
1.40%
2.05%
0.36%
0.15%
0.00%
0.00%
38.88%
0.00%
117,346
F-IRB
in millions of euros
12/31/2022
Total
exposures
Credit risk mitigation techniques
Credit risk
Mitigation
methods
in the
calculation
RWAs
Credit protection (funded)
Credit protection
(unfunded)
Risk-
weighted
assets
with
substi-
tution
effects
(reduction
and
substitution
effects)
Part of
expo-
sures
covered
by
financial
collaterals
(in %)
Part of
expo-
sures
covered
by other
eligible
collaterals
(in %)
Part of
expo-
sures
covered
by
immovable
property
collaterals
(in %)
Part of
expo-
sures
covered
by
receivables
(in %)
Part of
expo-
sures
covered
by other
physical
collateral
(in %)
Part of
expo-
sures
covered
by other
funded
credit
protection
(in %)
Part of
expo-
sures
covered
by cash
on
deposit
(in %)
Part of
expo-
sures
covered
by life
insurance
policies
(in %)
Part of
exposures
covered
by
instru-
ments
held by
a third
party (in
%)
Part of
expo-
sures
covered
by
guaran-
tees (in
%)
Part of
exposures
covered
by
credit
deriva-
tives (in
%)
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
n
1
Central governments and central banks
167,769
0.00%
0.04%
0.02%
0.00%
0.03%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
613
2
Institutions
3,432
0.01%
5.01%
1.53%
0.26%
3.22%
0.01%
0.01%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
943
3
Corporate customers
71,118
0.75%
22.57%
14.42%
1.58%
6.57%
0.76%
0.76%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
58,183
3.1
of which Corporates – SME
31,795
1.03%
29.21%
18.07%
1.49%
9.65%
1.04%
1.04%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
21,577
3.2
of which Corporates – Specialized financing
115
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
82
3.3
of which Corporates – Other
39,208
0.52%
17.26%
11.50%
1.66%
4.10%
0.53%
0.53%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
36,523
4
TOTAL
242,319
0.22%
6.73%
4.27%
0.47%
1.99%
0.22%
0.22%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
59,738
A-IRB
in millions of euros
12/31/2021
Total
exposures
Credit risk mitigation techniques
Credit risk
Mitigation
methods
in the
calculation
RWAs
Credit protection (funded)
Credit protection
(unfunded)
Risk-
weighted
assets
with
subst-
itution
effects
(reduction
and
substitution
effects)
Part of
expo-
sures
covered
by
financial
collaterals
(in %)
Part of
expo-
sures
covered
by other
eligible
collaterals
(in %)
Part of
expo-
sures
covered
by
immovable
property
collaterals
(in %)
Part of
expo-
sures
covered
by
receivables
(in %)
Part of
expo-
sures
covered
by other
physical
collateral
(in %)
Part of
expo-
sures
covered
by other
funded
credit
protection
(in %)
Part of
expo-
sures
covered
by cash
on
deposit
(in %)
Part of
expo-
sures
covered
by life
insurance
policies
(in %)
Part of
exposures
covered
by
instru-
ments
held by
a third
party
(in %)
Part of
expo-
sures
covered
by
guaran-
tees
(in %)
Part of
exposures
covered
by
credit
deriva-
tives
(in %)
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
n
1
Central governments and central banks
58,551
0.00%
0.13%
0.00%
0.04%
0.10%
0.10%
0.10%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
237
2
Institutions
7,492
0./00%
1.07%
0.00%
0.03%
1.03%
2.78%
2.78%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
1,561
3
Corporate customers
103,613
2.54%
25.82%
9.99%
8.77%
7.05%
1.17%
1.17%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
40,686
3.1
of which Corporates – SME
5,527
0.00%
42.39%
17.42%
0.00%
24.97%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
2,846
3.2
of which Corporates – Specialized financing
19,482
0.00%
91.92%
36.30%
43.00%
12.62%
0.64%
0.64%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
5,320
3.3
of which Corporates – Other
78,604
3.35%
8.27%
2.95%
0.90%
4.41%
1.38%
1.38%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
32,519
4
Retail
470,584
0.19%
14.96%
13.61%
0.02%
1.33%
0.29%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
50.79%
0.00%
69,281
4.1
of which Retail – SME Real estate
59,774
0.00%
46.18%
42.08%
0.00%
4.09%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
40.25%
0,00%
19,007
4.2
of which Retail – Non-SME Real estate
278,290
0.00%
14.01%
13.97%
0.00%
0.04%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
68.37%
0.00%
25,307
4.3
of which Retail – Qualifying revolving exposures
11,217
0.01%
0.89%
0.00%
0.00%
0.89%
0.01%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.03%
0.00%
1,540
4.4
of which Retail – Other SMEs
45,285
0.85%
6.36%
0.00%
0.05%
6.32%
1.11%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
36.33%
0.00%
10,676
4.5
of which Retail – Other non-SMEs
76,018
0.66%
1.11%
0.00%
0.12%
0.99%
1.14%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
10.82%
0.00%
12,751
5
TOTAL
640,241
0.55%
15.20%
11.62%
1.44%
2.14%
0.44%
0.23%
0.00%
0.00%
37.33%
0.00%
111,765
F-IRB
in millions of euros
12/31/2021
Total
exposures
Credit risk mitigation techniques
Credit risk
Mitigation
methods
in the
calculation
RWAs
Credit protection (funded)
Credit protection
(unfunded)
Risk-
weighted
assets
with
subst-
itution
effects
(reduction
and
substitution
effects)
Part of
expo-
sures
covered
by
financial
collaterals
(in %)
Part of
expo-
sures
covered
by other
eligible
collaterals
(in %)
Part of
expo-
sures
covered
by
immovable
property
collaterals
(in %)
Part of
expo-
sures
covered
by
receivables
(in %)
Part of
expo-
sures
covered
by other
physical
collateral
(in %)
Part of
expo-
sures
covered
by other
funded
credit
protection
(in %)
Part of
expo-
sures
covered
by cash
on
deposit
(in %)
Part of
expo-
sures
covered
by life
insurance
policies
(in %)
Part of
exposures
covered
by
instru-
ments
held by
a third
party
(in %)
Part of
expo-
sures
covered
by
guaran-
tees
(in %)
Part of
exposures
covered
by
credit
deriva-
tives
(in %)
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
n
1
Central governments and central banks
177,476
0.00%
0.04%
0.02%
0.00%
0.02%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
677
2
Institutions
2,661
0.01%
3.71%
0.82%
0.05%
2.84%
0.01%
0.01%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0,00%
785
3
Corporate customers
64,052
0.75%
21.76%
13.40%
1.32%
7.04%
0.76%
0.76%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
52,041
3.1
of which Corporates – SME
29,947
0.93%
27.21%
15.95%
1.29%
9.98%
0.94%
0.94%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
20,329
3.2
of which Corporates – Specialized financing
53
0.00%
3.95%
0.00%
0.00%
3.95%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
41
3.3
of which Corporates – Other
34,052
0.59%
16.99%
11.18%
1.36%
4,45%
0.60%
0.60%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
31,672
4
TOTAL
244,190
0.20%
5.78%
3.53%
0.35%
1.89%
0.20%
0.20%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
53,504
in millions of euros
Risk-Weighted Assets
a
1
12/31/2021
165,268
2
Asset size (+/-)
22,068
3
Asset quality (+/-)
(6,292)
4
Model updates (+/-)
(298)
5
Methodology and policies (+/-)
-
6
Acquisitions and disposals (+/-)
-
7
Foreign exchange movements (+/-)
550
8
Other (+/-)
(4,212)
9
12/31/2022
177,084
A-IRB
12/31/2022
Exposure classes
in millions of euros
PD range
Number of obligors at the end
of the previous year
Average
observed
default rate
(in %)
Weighted
average PD
(in %)
Average PD
(in %)
Default rate
annual
historical
average (in %)
o/w number of
obligors
defaulting
during
the year
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
CENTRAL GOVERNMENTS AND CENTRAL BANKS
0.00 to < 0.15
54
-
0%
0%
0%
0%
0.00 to < 0.10
54
-
0%
0%
0%
0%
0.10 to < 0.15
-
-
0%
0%
0%
0%
0.15 to < 0.25
4
-
0%
0%
0%
0%
0.25 to < 0.50
2
-
0%
0%
0%
0%
0.50 to < 0.75
-
-
0%
0%
0%
0%
0.75 to < 2.50
3
-
0%
0%
1%
0%
0.75 to < 1.75
2
-
0%
0%
1%
0%
1.75 to < 2.5
1
-
0%
0%
2%
0%
2.50 to < 10.00
11
-
0%
0%
4%
0%
2.5 to < 5
10
-
0%
0%
3%
0%
5 to < 10
1
-
0%
0%
8%
0%
10.00 to < 100.00
10
1
10%
16%
23%
4%
10 to < 20
-
-
0%
0%
0%
0%
20 to < 30
10
1
10%
27%
23%
4%
30.00 to < 100.00
-
-
0%
0%
0%
0%
100.00 (default)
10
-
0%
22%
100%
100%
INSTITUTIONS
0.00 to < 0.15
224
-
0%
0%
0%
0%
0.00 to < 0.10
224
-
0%
0%
0%
0%
0.10 to < 0.15
-
-
0%
0%
0%
0%
0.15 to < 0.25
44
-
0%
0%
0%
0%
0.25 to < 0.50
42
-
0%
0%
0%
0%
0.50 to < 0.75
27
1
4%
0%
1%
1%
0.75 to < 2.50
56
-
0%
0%
2%
0%
0.75 to < 1.75
32
-
0%
0%
1%
0%
1.75 to < 2.5
24
-
0%
0%
2%
1%
2.50 to < 10.00
70
-
0%
2%
4%
0%
2.5 to < 5
57
-
0%
2%
3%
0%
5 to < 10
13
-
0%
3%
6%
0%
10.00 to < 100.00
1
-
0%
0%
11%
0%
10 to < 20
1
-
0%
0%
11%
0%
20 to < 30
-
-
0%
0%
0%
0%
30.00 to < 100.00
-
-
0%
0%
0%
0%
100.00 (default)
9
-
0%
42%
100%
100%
CORPORATES – SME
0.00 to < 0.15
64
1
2%
0%
0%
1%
0.00 to < 0.10
59
1
2%
0%
0%
1%
0.10 to < 0.15
5
-
0%
0%
0%
0%
0.15 to < 0.25
209
-
0%
0%
0%
0%
0.25 to < 0.50
117
1
1%
0%
0%
0%
0.50 to < 0.75
2,330
11
1%
1%
1%
0%
0.75 to < 2.50
3,069
34
1%
1%
1%
1%
0.75 to < 1.75
3,030
34
1%
1%
1%
1%
1.75 to < 2.5
39
-
0%
2%
2%
1%
2.50 to < 10.00
3,764
118
3%
4%
4%
3%
2.5 to < 5
2,950
68
2%
4%
3%
2%
5 to < 10
814
50
6%
7%
7%
6%
10.00 to < 100.00
855
58
7%
15%
15%
7%
10 to < 20
759
41
5%
13%
12%
6%
20 to < 30
37
11
30%
0%
24%
18%
30.00 to < 100.00
59
6
10%
31%
44%
17%
100.00 (default)
554
-
0%
100%
100%
100%
CORPORATES – SPECIALIZED FINANCING
0.00 to < 0.15
56
-
0%
0%
0%
0%
0.00 to < 0.10
56
-
0%
0%
0%
0%
0.10 to < 0.15
-
-
0%
0%
0%
0%
0.15 to < 0.25
68
-
0%
0%
0%
0%
0.25 to < 0.50
141
-
0%
0%
0%
0%
0.50 to < 0.75
267
1
0%
1%
1%
0%
0.75 to < 2.50
405
2
1%
1%
1%
2%
0.75 to < 1.75
304
2
1%
1%
1%
1%
1.75 to < 2.5
101
-
0%
2%
2%
3%
2.50 to < 10.00
129
10
8%
4%
4%
7%
2.5 to < 5
81
6
7%
3%
3%
6%
5 to < 10
48
4
8%
6%
6%
10%
10.00 to < 100.00
3
-
0%
10%
14%
0%
10 to < 20
3
-
0%
10%
14%
0%
20 to < 30
-
-
0%
0%
0%
0%
30.00 to < 100.00
-
-
0%
0%
0%
0%
100.00 (default)
39
-
0%
100%
100%
100%
CORPORATES – OTHER
0.00 to < 0.15
559
-
0%
0%
0%
0%
0.00 to < 0.10
537
-
0%
0%
0%
0%
0.10 to < 0.15
22
-
0%
0%
0%
0%
0.15 to < 0.25
296
-
0%
0%
0%
1%
0.25 to < 0.50
285
-
0%
0%
0%
0%
0.50 to < 0.75
734
3
0%
0%
1%
1%
0.75 to < 2.50
1,512
18
1%
1%
1%
1%
0.75 to < 1.75
1,369
17
1%
1%
1%
1%
1.75 to < 2.5
143
1
1%
2%
2%
2%
2.50 to < 10.00
3,148
90
3%
4%
4%
3%
2.5 to < 5
2,674
59
2%
3%
4%
3%
5 to < 10
474
31
7%
6%
7%
7%
10.00 to < 100.00
796
44
6%
10%
14%
3%
10 to < 20
737
34
5%
8%
12%
2%
20 to < 30
18
2
11%
25%
24%
15%
30.00 to < 100.00
41
8
20%
16%
39%
19%
100.00 (default)
383
-
0%
95%
100%
100%
RETAIL – SME REAL ESTATE
0.00 TO < 0.15
-
-
0%
0%
0%
0%
0.00 TO < 0.10
-
-
0%
0%
0%
0%
0.10 TO < 0.15
-
-
0%
0%
0%
0%
0.15 TO < 0.25
48,280
45
0%
0%
0%
0%
0.25 TO < 0.50
48,697
71
0%
0%
0%
0%
0.50 TO < 0.75
15,278
70
1%
1%
1%
0%
0.75 TO < 2.50
115,446
439
0%
1%
1%
0%
0.75 TO < 1.75
89,238
279
0%
1%
1%
0%
1.75 to < 2.5
26,208
160
1%
2%
2%
1%
2.50 to < 10.00
68,007
845
1%
5%
5%
1%
2.5 to < 5
38,798
293
1%
4%
4%
1%
5 to < 10
29,209
552
2%
7%
7%
2%
10.00 to < 100.00
24,969
2,203
9%
23%
24%
9%
10 to < 20
11,471
535
5%
15%
15%
4%
20 to < 30
9,829
707
7%
24%
24%
7%
30.00 to < 100.00
3,669
961
26%
49%
50%
25%
100.00 (default)
9,925
-
0%
100%
100%
100%
RETAIL – NON-SME REAL ESTATE
0.00 to < 0.15
1,461,886
1,577
0%
0%
0%
0%
0.00 to < 0.10
860,627
877
0%
0%
0%
0%
0.10 to < 0.15
601,259
700
0%
0%
0%
0%
0.15 to < 0.25
525,783
932
0%
0%
0%
0%
0.25 to < 0.50
233,833
651
0%
0%
0%
0%
0.50 to < 0.75
350,223
1,365
0%
1%
1%
0%
0.75 to < 2.50
224,284
1,911
1%
2%
2%
1%
0.75 to < 1.75
152,107
941
1%
1%
1%
1%
1.75 to < 2.5
72,177
970
1%
2%
2%
2%
2.50 to < 10.00
142,074
2,072
2%
4%
4%
2%
2.5 to < 5
109,494
1,453
1%
3%
3%
2%
5 to < 10
32,580
619
2%
6%
7%
2%
10.00 to < 100.00
72,505
6,346
9%
20%
21%
11%
10 to < 20
42,321
2,407
6%
12%
13%
7%
20 to < 30
23,336
1,956
8%
23%
24%
10%
30.00 to < 100.00
6,848
1,983
29%
60%
61%
37%
100.00 (default)
30,567
-
0%
100%
100%
100%
RETAIL — ELIGIBLE REVOLVING EXPOSURES
0.00 to < 0.15
8,175,260
1,050
0%
0%
0%
0%
0.00 to < 0.10
4,363,127
340
0%
0%
0%
0%
0.10 to < 0.15
3,812,133
710
0%
0%
0%
0%
0.15 to < 0.25
2,589,434
915
0%
0%
0%
0%
0.25 to < 0.50
1,234,795
870
0%
0%
0%
0%
0.50 to < 0.75
5,465,195
5,337
0%
1%
1%
0%
0.75 to < 2.50
2,055,957
8,361
0%
1%
2%
1%
0.75 to < 1.75
1,417,051
3,551
0%
1%
1%
0%
1.75 to < 2.5
638,906
4,810
1%
2%
2%
1%
2.50 to < 10.00
1,713,387
15,982
1%
2%
4%
2%
2.5 to < 5
1,365,287
10,809
1%
3%
3%
1%
5 to < 10
348,100
5,173
2%
1%
7%
3%
10.00 to < 100.00
1,135,849
52,669
5%
15%
19%
7%
10 to < 20
642,531
20,612
3%
9%
12%
5%
20 to < 30
426,505
16,339
4%
19%
24%
5%
30.00 to < 100.00
66,813
15,718
24%
27%
61%
32%
100.00 (default)
136,014
-
0%
42%
100%
100%
RETAIL – OTHER SMES
0.00 to < 0.15
-
-
0%
0%
0%
0%
0.00 to < 0.10
-
-
0%
0%
0%
0%
0.10 to < 0.15
-
-
0%
0%
0%
0%
0.15 to < 0.25
122,061
118
0%
0%
0%
0%
0.25 to < 0.50
348,267
815
0%
0%
0%
0%
0.50 to < 0.75
158,011
331
0%
1%
1%
0%
0.75 to < 2.50
695,333
5,575
1%
1%
1%
1%
0.75 to < 1.75
505,025
3,189
1%
1%
1%
1%
1.75 to < 2.5
190,308
2,386
1%
2%
2%
1%
2.50 to < 10.00
397,541
10,973
3%
5%
5%
3%
2.5 to < 5
249,396
4,097
2%
3%
4%
2%
5 to < 10
148,145
6,876
5%
7%
7%
4%
10.00 to < 100.00
179,112
22,179
12%
23%
25%
12%
10 to < 20
76,541
6,322
8%
16%
16%
7%
20 to < 30
74,347
7,104
10%
25%
25%
10%
30.00 to < 100.00
28,224
8,753
31%
47%
50%
31%
100.00 (default)
90,911
-
0%
100%
100%
100%
RETAIL – OTHER NON-SMES
0.00 to < 0.15
2,283,197
1,584
0%
0%
0%
0%
0.00 to < 0.10
1,128,837
602
0%
0%
0%
0%
0.10 to < 0.15
1,154,360
982
0%
0%
0%
0%
0.15 to < 0.25
586,985
649
0%
0%
0%
0%
0.25 to < 0.50
411,696
859
0%
0%
0%
0%
0.50 to < 0.75
990,086
3,382
0%
1%
1%
0%
0.75 to < 2.50
669,786
6,142
1%
2%
2%
1%
0.75 to < 1.75
391,596
2,282
1%
1%
1%
1%
1.75 to < 2.5
278,190
3,860
1%
2%
2%
2%
2.50 to < 10.00
501,992
8,165
2%
4%
4%
2%
2.5 to < 5
404,792
5,706
1%
3%
3%
2%
5 to < 10
97,200
2,459
3%
6%
7%
3%
10.00 to < 100.00
311,525
28,675
9%
18%
18%
13%
10 to < 20
199,287
10,941
6%
12%
12%
7%
20 to < 30
94,780
10,838
11%
23%
23%
16%
30.00 to < 100.00
17,458
6,896
40%
52%
61%
46%
100.00 (default)
158,142
-
0%
95%
100%
100%
F-IRB
12/31/2022
Exposure classes
en millions of euros
PD range
Number of obligors at the end
of the previous year
Average
observed
default rate
(in %)
Weighted
average PD
(in %)
Average PD
(in %)
Default rate
annual
historical
average (in %)
o/w number of
obligors who
defaulted
during the year
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
CENTRAL GOVERNMENTS AND CENTRAL BANKS
0.00 to < 0.15
47
-
0%
0%
0%
0%
0.00 to < 0.10
44
-
0%
0%
0%
0%
0.10 to < 0.15
3
-
0%
0%
0%
0%
0.15 to < 0.25
3
-
0%
0%
0%
0%
0.25 to < 0.50
5
-
0%
0%
0%
0%
0.50 to < 0.75
1
-
0%
0%
1%
0%
0.75 to < 2.50
-
-
0%
0%
0%
0%
0.75 to < 1.75
-
-
0%
0%
0%
0%
1.75 to < 2.5
-
-
0%
0%
0%
0%
2.50 to < 10.00
14
-
0%
0%
3%
0%
2.5 to < 5
14
-
0%
0%
3%
0%
5 to < 10
-
-
0%
0%
0%
0%
10.00 to < 100.00
-
-
0%
0%
0%
0%
10 to < 20
-
-
0%
0%
0%
0%
20 to < 30
-
-
0%
0%
0%
0%
30.00 to < 100.00
-
-
0%
0%
0%
0%
100.00 (default)
1
-
0%
0%
100%
100%
INSTITUTIONS
0.00 to < 0.15
113
1
1%
0%
0%
0%
0.00 to < 0.10
111
-
0%
0%
0%
0%
0.10 to < 0.15
2
1
50%
0%
0%
4%
0.15 to < 0.25
12
-
0%
0%
0%
1%
0.25 to < 0.50
15
-
0%
0%
0%
1%
0.50 to < 0.75
8
-
0%
0%
1%
2%
0.75 to < 2.50
29
-
0%
1%
2%
1%
0.75 to < 1.75
18
-
0%
0%
1%
1%
1.75 to < 2.5
11
-
0%
2%
2%
2%
2.50 to < 10.00
60
2
3%
2%
3%
1%
2.5 to < 5
56
1
2%
2%
3%
1%
5 to < 10
4
1
25%
1%
7%
5%
10.00 to < 100.00
-
-
0%
0%
0%
0%
10 to < 20
-
-
0%
0%
0%
0%
20 to < 30
-
-
0%
0%
0%
0%
30.00 to < 100.00
-
-
0%
0%
0%
0%
100.00 (default)
6
-
0%
2%
100%
100%
CORPORATES – SME
0.00 to < 0.15
179
4
2%
0%
0%
0%
0.00 to < 0.10
137
3
2%
0%
0%
1%
0.10 to < 0.15
42
1
2%
0%
0%
0%
0.15 to < 0.25
1,811
1
0%
0%
0%
0%
0.25 to < 0.50
894
5
1%
0%
0%
0%
0.50 to < 0.75
19,442
40
0%
1%
1%
0%
0.75 to < 2.50
27,451
216
1%
1%
1%
1%
0.75 to < 1.75
27,269
215
1%
1%
1%
1%
1.75 to < 2.5
182
1
1%
2%
2%
1%
2.50 to < 10.00
25,543
682
3%
4%
4%
3%
2.5 to < 5
17,174
314
2%
3%
3%
2%
5 to < 10
8,369
368
4%
7%
7%
4%
10.00 to < 100.00
5,173
370
7%
23%
18%
9%
10 to < 20
4,178
252
6%
13%
13%
7%
20 to < 30
356
52
15%
24%
24%
15%
30.00 to < 100.00
639
66
10%
49%
48%
17%
100.00 (default)
3,496
-
0%
100%
100%
100%
CORPORATES – SPECIALIZED FINANCING
0.00 to < 0.15
-
-
0%
0%
0%
0%
0.00 to < 0.10
-
-
0%
0%
0%
0%
0.10 to < 0.15
-
-
0%
0%
0%
0%
0.15 to < 0.25
1
-
0%
0%
0%
0%
0.25 to < 0.50
1
-
0%
0%
0%
0%
0.50 to < 0.75
-
-
0%
0%
0%
0%
0.75 to < 2.50
3
-
0%
0%
1%
0%
0.75 to < 1.75
3
-
0%
0%
1%
0%
1.75 to < 2.5
-
-
0%
0%
0%
0%
2.50 to < 10.00
-
-
0%
0%
0%
0%
2.5 to < 5
-
-
0%
0%
0%
0%
5 to < 10
-
-
0%
0%
0%
0%
10.00 to < 100.00
-
-
0%
0%
0%
0%
10 to < 20
-
-
0%
0%
0%
0%
20 to < 30
-
-
0%
0%
0%
0%
30.00 to < 100.00
-
-
0%
0%
0%
0%
100.00 (default)
-
-
0%
0%
0%
0%
CORPORATES – OTHER
0.00 to < 0.15
577
2
0%
0%
0%
0%
0.00 to < 0.10
383
-
0%
0%
0%
0%
0.10 to < 0.15
194
2
1%
0%
0%
1%
0.15 to < 0.25
1,065
-
0%
0%
0%
0%
0.25 to < 0.50
959
2
0%
0%
0%
0%
0.50 to < 0.75
5,180
12
0%
1%
1%
0%
0.75 to < 2.50
13,814
68
1%
2%
2%
1%
0.75 to < 1.75
13,409
68
1%
1%
2%
1%
1.75 to < 2.5
405
-
0%
2%
2%
1%
2.50 to < 10.00
11,584
190
2%
4%
5%
2%
2.5 to < 5
8,569
92
1%
4%
4%
1%
5 to < 10
3,015
98
3%
7%
7%
4%
10.00 to < 100.00
4,253
142
3%
18%
16%
5%
10 to < 20
3,717
83
2%
12%
12%
3%
20 to < 30
136
11
8%
23%
23%
14%
30.00 to < 100.00
400
48
12%
49%
47%
17%
100.00 (default)
5,092
-
0%
100%
100%
100%
in millions of euros
12/31/2022
Performing
exposures
Average PD
Average LGD
France
557,745
1.7%
15.3%
European Institutions
31,935
0.0%
8.6%
Europe excluding France
42,838
0.8%
28.4%
North & South America
48,203
0.6%
21.6%
Asia
13,620
0.3%
39.0%
Africa & the Middle East
8,781
0.6%
33.8%
Oceania
2,223
0.5%
33.2%
IRBA
705,345
1.5%
16.6%
France
116,536
1.8%
European Institutions
121,684
0.0%
Europe excluding France
8,402
0.8%
North & South America
10,824
0.0%
Asia
816
0.1%
Africa & the Middle East
1,797
3.1%
Oceania
60
0.0%
IRBF
260,119
0.8%
TOTAL
965,464
0
in millions of euros
12/31/2021
Performing
exposures
Average PD
Average LGD
France
524,966
1.7%
15.4%
European Institutions
35,842
0.0%
8.6%
Europe excluding France
40,734
0.7%
27.1%
North & South America
45,598
0.6%
21.1%
Asia
13,314
0.3%
37.5%
Africa & the Middle East
9,119
0.7%
31.4%
Oceania
2,400
0.7%
30.4%
IRBA
671,973
1.4%
16.5%
France
108,992
1.6%
European Institutions
132,944
0.0%
Europe excluding France
7,916
0.8%
North & South America
10,200
0.0%
Asia
634
0.2%
Africa & the Middle East
1,754
2.3%
Oceania
66
0.0%
IRBF
262,505
0.6%
TOTAL
934,478
This table provides an overall summary of the system’s performance but differs from the Group’s annual backtesting exercises, which are carried out on a model-by-model basis and not globally by portfolio. The table nevertheless allows a comparison between the estimates and the actual results for each internal parameter over a long-term period and on a significant and representative part of each exposure category. The results are derived from the data warehouses used for modeling from the set of performing customers for the default rate and PD, and from the set of defaulting customers for the LGD. These results also take into account the latest regulatory changes (guidance on Probability of Default [PD] and Loss Given Default [LGD] estimates).
Portfolio
12/31/2022
Actual
default rate
Estimated
probability
of default
Estimated
LGD
Actual LGD
Actual EAD/
Estimated
EAD
Actual CCF/
Estimated
CCF
Sovereigns
0.52%
2.23%
65.20%
40.20%
N/A
66.47%
Banks
0.18%
0.50%
64.96%
41.31%
N/A
66.47%
Very large corporates
0.60%
0.67%
32.57%
29.68%
N/A
66.47%
Small and medium-sized companies
2.91%
3.71%
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Retail Professional
4.13%
5.07%
25.70%
16.09%
75.87%
46.49%
Retail Individual
1.40%
2.03%
20.73%
13.80%
81.42%
54.86%
Portfolio
12/31/2021
Actual
default rate
Estimated
probability
of default
Estimated
LGD
Actual LGD
Actual EAD/
Estimated
EAD
Actual CCF/
Estimated
CCF
Sovereigns
0.19%
6.41%
48.74%
30.16%
N/A
62.73%
Banks
0.23%
1.01%
63.68%
34.47%
N/A
62.73%
Very large corporates
0.51%
0.61%
39.19%
33.04%
N/A
62.73%
Small and medium-sized companies
3.12%
3.84%
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Retail Professional
4.26%
5.18%
22.79%
13.48%
75.87%
46.51%
Retail Individual
1.46%
2.05%
22.06%
14.35%
81.42%
53.32%
This table provides an overall summary of the system’s performance but differs from the Group’s annual backtesting exercises, which are carried out on a model-by-model basis and not globally by portfolio. The table nevertheless allows a comparison between the estimates and the actual results for each internal parameter over a long-term period and on a significant and representative part of each exposure category. The results are derived from the data warehouses used for modeling from the set of performing customers for the default rate and PD, and from the set of defaulting customers for the LGD and EAD concepts.
CR10.1
12/31/2022
Specialized financing: Project finance (Slotting approach)
Regulatory categories
in millions of euros
Residual maturity
On-balance
sheet
exposures
Off-balance
sheet
exposures
Risk weight
Exposure
value
Weighted-
exposure
amount
Expected
loss amount
a
b
c
d
e
f
Class 1
Less than 2.5 years
-
-
50%
-
-
-
Greater than or equal to 2.5 years
17
-
70%
17
12
-
Class 2
Less than 2.5 years
-
-
70%
-
-
-
Greater than or equal to 2.5 years
26
4
90%
31
28
-
Class 3
Less than 2.5 years
-
-
115%
-
-
-
Greater than or equal to 2.5 years
-
-
115%
-
-
-
Class 4
Less than 2.5 years
-
-
250%
-
-
-
Greater than or equal to 2.5 years
-
-
250%
-
-
-
Class 5
Less than 2.5 years
-
-
0%
-
-
-
Greater than or equal to 2.5 years
-
-
0%
-
-
-
TOTAL
LESS THAN 2.5 YEARS
-
-
-
-
-
GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 2.5 YEARS
43
4
48
39
-
CR10.1
12/31/2021
Specialized financing: Project finance (Slotting approach)
Regulatory categories
in millions of euros
Residual maturity
On-balance
sheet
exposures
Off-balance
sheet
exposures
Risk weight
Exposure
value
Weighted-
exposure
amount
Expected
loss amount
a
b
c
d
e
f
Class 1
Less than 2.5 years
-
-
50%
-
-
-
Greater than or equal to 2.5 years
12
-
70%
12
9
-
Class 2
Less than 2.5 years
-
-
70%
-
-
-
Greater than or equal to 2.5 years
14
-
90%
14
12
-
Class 3
Less than 2.5 years
-
-
115%
-
-
-
Greater than or equal to 2.5 years
-
-
115%
-
-
-
Class 4
Less than 2.5 years
-
-
250%
-
-
-
Greater than or equal to 2.5 years
-
-
250%
-
-
-
Class 5
Less than 2.5 years
-
-
0%
-
-
-
Greater than or equal to 2.5 years
-
-
0%
-
-
-
TOTAL
LESS THAN 2.5 YEARS
-
-
-
-
-
GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 2.5 YEARS
26
-
26
21
-
CR10.2
12/31/2022
Specialized financing: Income-producing real estate and high volatility commercial real estate (Slotting approach)
Regulatory categories
in millions of euros
Residual maturity
On-balance
sheet
exposures
Off-balance
sheet
exposures
Risk weight
Exposure
value
Weighted-
exposure
amount
Expected
loss amount
a
b
c
d
e
f
Class 1
Less than 2.5 years
17
-
50%
17
8
-
Greater than or equal to 2.5 years
39
9
70%
48
34
-
Class 2
Less than 2.5 years
-
-
70%
-
-
-
Greater than or equal to 2.5 years
-
-
90%
-
-
-
Class 3
Less than 2.5 years
-
-
115%
-
-
-
Greater than or equal to 2.5 years
-
-
115%
-
-
-
Class 4
Less than 2.5 years
-
-
250%
-
-
-
Greater than or equal to 2.5 years
-
-
250%
-
-
-
Class 5
Less than 2.5 years
-
-
0%
-
-
-
Greater than or equal to 2.5 years
-
-
0%
-
-
-
TOTAL
LESS THAN 2.5 YEARS
17
-
17
8
-
GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 2.5 YEARS
39
9
48
34
-
CR10.2
12/31/2021
Specialized financing: Income-producing real estate and high volatility commercial real estate (Slotting approach)
Regulatory categories
in millions of euros
Residual maturity
On-balance
sheet
exposures
Off-balance
sheet
exposures
Risk weight
Exposure
value
Weighted-
exposure
amount
Expected
loss amount
a
b
c
d
e
f
Class 1
Less than 2.5 years
1
-
50%
1
1
-
Greater than or equal to 2.5 years
15
-
70%
15
11
-
Class 2
Less than 2.5 years
-
-
70%
-
-
-
Greater than or equal to 2.5 years
8
-
90%
8
7
-
Class 3
Less than 2.5 years
-
-
115%
-
-
-
Greater than or equal to 2.5 years
-
-
115%
-
-
-
Class 4
Less than 2.5 years
-
-
250%
-
-
-
Greater than or equal to 2.5 years
-
-
250%
-
-
-
Class 5
Less than 2.5 years
-
-
0%
-
-
-
Greater than or equal to 2.5 years
-
-
0%
-
-
-
TOTAL
LESS THAN 2.5 YEARS
1
-
1
1
-
GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 2.5 YEARS
23
-
23
18
-
CR10.5
12/31/2022
Equity exposures under the simple risk-weighted approach
Categories
in millions of euros
On-balance sheet exposures
Off-balance
sheet
exposures
Risk weight
Exposure
value
Weighted-
exposure
amount
Expected
loss amounts
a
b
c
d
e
f
Private equity exposures
3,099
176
190%
3,275
6,222
26
Exchange-traded equity exposures
1,415
-
290%
1,415
4,103
11
Other equity exposures
6,291
-
370%
6,291
23,277
151
TOTAL
10,805
176
10,981
33,602
189
CR10.5
12/31/2021
Equity exposures under the simple risk-weighted approach
Categories
in millions of euros
On-balance sheet exposures
Off-balance
sheet
exposures
Risk weight
Exposure
value
Weighted-
exposure
amount
Risk-
Weighted
Assets
a
b
c
d
e
f
Private equity exposures
3,106
167
190%
3,273
6,219
26
Exchange-traded equity exposures
1,751
-
290%
1,751
5,078
14
Other equity exposures
6,777
-
370%
6,777
25,074
163
TOTAL
11,634
167
11,801
36,372
203
-
6.1 Counterparty risk management
Counterparty risk is the credit risk generated on market, investment and/or settlement transactions. It is the risk of the counterparty not being able to meet its obligations to Group institutions.
It is also related to the cost of replacing a derivative instrument if the counterparty defaults, and is similar to market risk given default.
Counterparty risk also arises on cash management and market activities conducted with customers, and on clearing activities via a clearing house or external clearing agent.
Exposure to counterparty risk is measured using the internal ratings-based approach and standardized approach.
In economic terms, Groupe BPCE and its subsidiaries measure counterparty risk for derivative instruments (swaps or structured products, for instance) using the internal model method for the Global Financial Services (GFS) scope, or the mark-to-market method for the other institutions. In order to perfect the economic measurement of the current and potential risk inherent in derivatives, a tracking mechanism based on a standardized economic measurement is currently being instituted throughout Groupe BPCE.
GFS uses an internal model to measure and manage its own counterparty risk. Using Monte Carlo simulations for the main risk factors, this model measures the positions on each counterparty and for the entire lifespan of the exposure, taking netting and collateralization criteria into account.
The model thus determines the Expected Positive Exposure (EPE) profile and the Potential Future Exposure (PFE) profile, the latter being the main indicator used by GFS for assessing counterparty risk exposure. This indicator is calculated as the 97.7% percentile of the distribution of exposures for each counterparty.
Since 2021, the counterparty risk assessment model developed by GFS (PFE) has been deployed on the Group’s exposures beyond GFS. In particular, 2022 made the assessment more reliable. The Group’s entities, excluding GFS, continue to use the standard model for assessing the capital requirements for counterparty risk.
Group ceilings and limits regulate counterparty risk. These are validated by the Group Credit and Counterparty Committee.
Use of clearing houses and forward financial instruments (daily margin calls under ISDA agreements, for example) govern relations with the main customers (mainly GFS/Natixis). Accordingly, the Group has implemented the EMIR requirements.
The principles of counterparty risk management are based on:
•a risk measurement determined according to the type of instrument in question, the term of the transactions, and whether or not any netting and collateralization agreements are in place;
•counterparty risk limits and allocation procedures;
•a value adjustment in respect of counterparty risk: the CVA (Credit Value Adjustment) represents the market value of a counterparty’s default risk (see CVA section below);
•incorporation of wrong-way risk: wrong-way risk refers to the risk that a given counterparty exposure is heavily correlated with the counterparty’s probability of default.
From a regulatory standpoint, counterparty risk is represented by:
•specific wrong-way risk, i.e. the risk generated when, due to the nature of the transactions entered into with a counterparty, there is a direct link between its credit quality and the amount of the exposure;
•general wrong-way risk, i.e. the risk generated when there is a correlation between the counterparty’s credit quality and general market factors.
GFS complies with Article 291.6 of the European regulation of June 26, 2013, including the obligation to report wrong-way risk (WWR), which specifies that the bank must have policies, processes and procedures in place to identify and monitor WWR. The goal is to enable the bank to better understand the exposure to counterparty credit risk and thus improve the management of such exposure.
Specific wrong-way risk is subject to a specific capital requirement (Article 291.5 of the European regulation of June 26, 2013 on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms), while general wrong-way risk is assessed using the WWR stress scenarios defined for each asset class.
In the event the Bank’s external credit rating is downgraded, it may be required to provide additional cash or collateral to investors under agreements that include rating triggers. In particular, in calculating the liquidity coverage ratio (LCR), the amounts of these additional cash outflows and additional collateral requirements are measured. These amounts comprise the payment the bank would have to make within 30 calendar days in the event its credit rating were downgraded by as much as three notches.
The valuation of financial instruments traded over-the-counter by Groupe BPCE with external counterparties in its capital markets businesses (mainly GFS) and ALM activities include credit valuation adjustments. The CVA is an adjustment to the valuation of the trading book aimed at factoring in counterparty credit risks. It thus reflects the expectation of loss in fair value terms on the existing exposure to a counterparty due to the potential positive value of the contract, the counterparty’s probability of default and the estimated collection rate.
-
6.2 Quantitative disclosures
BPCE18 – BREAKDOWN OF GROSS COUNTERPARTY RISK EXPOSURES BY ASSET CLASS (EXCLUDING OTHER ASSETS) AND METHOD
in millions of euros
12/31/2022
12/31/2021
Standard
IRB
Total
Total
Exposure
EAD
RWA
Exposure
EAD
RWA
Exposure
Exposure
EAD
RWA
Central banks and other sovereign exposures
-
-
-
2,336
2,336
128
2,336
2,713
2,713
96
Central administrations
11
11
-
10,317
10,317
125
10,328
6,641
6,641
154
Public sector and similar entities
539
539
30
366
366
-
904
1,403
1,403
229
Institutions
13,534
13,509
906
19,094
19,104
6,128
32,628
32,592
35,235
6,746
Corporate customers
564
564
436
18,382
18,380
5,945
18,946
19,116
19,085
6,697
Retail
1
1
0
3
3
1
4
15
17
12
Equities
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Securitization
45
45
7
1,130
1,130
222
1,175
1,291
1,291
298
TOTAL
14,692
14,668
1,379
51,628
51,636
12,550
66,321
63,771
66,384
14,232
BPCE19 – BREAKDOWN BY EXPOSURE CLASS OF RISK-WEIGHTED ASSETS FOR THE CREDIT VALUATION ADJUSTMENT (CVA)
BPCE20 – SECURITIES EXPOSED TO COUNTERPARTY RISK ON DERIVATIVE TRANSACTIONS AND REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS
in millions of euros
12/31/2022
12/31/2021
Standard
IRB
Total
Standard
IRB
Total
Derivatives
Central banks and other sovereign exposures
-
492
492
-
260
260
Central administrations
11
6,668
6,678
10
2,340
2,350
Public sector and similar entities
535
366
901
1,191
209
1,400
Institutions
10,779
10,584
21,363
10,552
8,498
19,049
Corporate customers
416
9,450
9,866
762
9,275
10,037
Retail
1
3
4
13
3
15
Securitization
45
1,130
1,175
34
1,257
1,291
TOTAL
11,787
28,692
40,480
12,561
21,841
34,403
Repurchase agreements
Central banks and other sovereign exposures
-
1,844
1,844
-
2,454
2,454
Central administrations
-
3,649
3,649
-
4,290
4,290
Public sector and similar entities
3
-
3
2
-
2
Institutions
2,755
8,510
11,265
4,124
9,419
13,543
Corporate customers
147
8,933
9,080
144
8,935
9,079
Retail
-
0
0
-
0
0
Securitization
-
-
-
-
-
-
TOTAL
2,905
22,936
25,841
4,270
25,098
29,369
-
6.3 Detailed quantitative disclosures
The detailed quantitative disclosures on counterparty risk in the following tables enhances the information in the previous section, in respect of Pillar III.
in millions of euros
12/31/2022
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
Replacement
cost (RC)Potential
future
exposure
(PFE)EEPE
Alpha
used for
computing
regulatory
exposure
valueExposure
value
pre-CRMExposure
value
post-CRMExposure
valueRisk-
Weighted
AssetsEU-1
EU – Original exposure method (for derivatives)
-
-
1.4
-
-
-
-
EU-2
EU – Simplified SA-CCR (for derivatives)
-
-
1.4
-
-
-
-
1
SA-CCR (for derivatives)
1,326
3,922
1.4
24,785
7,347
7,347
2,616
2
IMM (for derivatives and SFTs)
15,246
1.4
113
21,508
21,508
3,436
2a
of which securities financing transaction netting sets
-
-
-
-
-
2b
of which derivative & long settlement transaction netting sets
15,246
113
21,508
21,508
3,436
2c
of which from contractual cross-product netting sets
-
-
-
-
-
3
Financial collateral simple method (for SFTs)
-
-
-
-
4
Financial collateral comprehensive method (for SFTs)
21,626
21,626
21,626
1,887
5
VaR for SFTs
-
-
-
-
6
TOTAL
46,524
50,481
50,481
7,938
in millions of euros
12/31/2021
Replacement
cost (RC)Potential
future
exposure
(PFE)EEPE
Alpha
used for
computing
regulatory
exposure
valueExposure
value
pre-CRMExposure
value
post-CRMExposure
valueRisk-
Weighted
AssetsEU-1
EU – Original exposure method (for derivatives)
-
-
1.4
-
-
-
-
EU-2
EU – Simplified SA-CCR (for derivatives)
-
-
1.4
-
-
-
-
1
SA-CCR (for derivatives)
1,520
3,750
1.4
26,647
8,008
8,008
3,275
2
IMM (for derivatives and SFTs)
10,732
1.4
411
15,025
15,025
4,334
2a
of which securities financing transaction netting sets
-
-
-
-
-
2b
of which derivative & long settlement transaction netting sets
10,732
411
15,025
15,025
4,334
2c
of which from contractual cross-product netting sets
-
-
-
-
-
3
Financial collateral simple method (for SFTs)
-
-
-
-
4
Financial collateral comprehensive method (for SFTs)
31,955
31,473
31,473
2,145
5
VaR for SFTs
-
-
-
-
6
TOTAL
59,012
54,507
54,507
9,754
in millions of euros
12/31/2022
a
b
Exposure value
Risk-Weighted Assets
1
Total transactions subject to the advanced method
8,241
1,381
2
•VaR component (including the 3× multiplier)
120
3
•Stressed VaR component (including the 3× multiplier)
1,261
4
Transactions subject to the standardized method
5,238
1,530
EU-4
Transactions subject to the alternative approach (based on the original exposure method)
5
TOTAL TRANSACTIONS SUBJECT TO OWN FUNDS REQUIREMENTS FOR CVA RISK
13,479
2,911
in millions of euros
12/31/2021
a
b
Exposure value
Risk-Weighted Assets
1
Total transactions subject to the advanced method
5,425
1,187
2
•VaR component (including the 3× multiplier)
65
3
•Stressed VaR component (including the 3× multiplier)
1,122
4
Transactions subject to the standardized method
5,204
1,349
EU-4
Transactions subject to the alternative approach (based on the original exposure method)
5
TOTAL TRANSACTIONS SUBJECT TO OWN FUNDS REQUIREMENTS FOR CVA RISK
10,630
2,536
EU CCR3 – STANDARDIZED APPROACH – COUNTERPARTY RISK EXPOSURES BY REGULATORY EXPOSURE CATEGORY AND RISK WEIGHTING
Exposure classes
in millions of euros
12/31/2022
Risk weight
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
0%
2%
4%
10%
20%
50%
70%
75%
100%
150%
Others
Total
expo-
sure
value1
Central governments or central banks
2
Regional governments or local authorities
11
98
109
3
Public sector entities
429
44
1
9
482
4
Multilateral development banks
5
International organizations
11
11
6
Institutions
87
12,476
368
291
3
13,224
7
Corporate customers
194
23
150
313
19
699
8
Retail
1
1
9
Institutions and corporates with a short-term credit assessment
23
40
34
97
10
Other items
25
25
11
TOTAL EXPOSURE VALUE
732
12,476
555
481
1
358
44
14,648
Exposure classes
in millions of euros
12/31/2021
Risk weight
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
0%
2%
4%
10%
20%
50%
70%
75%
100%
150%
Others
Total
expo-
sure
value1
Central governments or central banks
2
Regional governments or local authorities
10
407
418
3
Public sector entities
475
381
6
55
918
4
Multilateral development banks
5
International organizations
10
10
6
Institutions
2,854
13,375
351
253
16,834
7
Corporate customers
107
161
668
119
1,055
8
Retail
14
14
9
Institutions and corporates with a short-term credit assessment
82
57
10
149
10
Other items
66
25
91
11
TOTAL EXPOSURE VALUE
3,349
13,375
1,329
478
14
799
145
19,489
A-IRB
in millions of euros
12/31/2022
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
PD range
Exposure
value
Weighted
average PD
(in %)
Number of
obligors
Weighted
average
LGD (in %)
Weighted
average
maturity
(in years)
Risk-
Weighted
Assets
RWA
density
1
CENTRAL GOVERNMENTS AND CENTRAL BANKS
0.00 to < 0.15
12,254
0.00%
108
11.38%
-
35
0.29%
2
0.15 to < 0.25
827
0.21%
5
37.10%
-
160
19.36%
3
0.25 to < 0.50
46
0.38%
3
47.10%
-
20
42.88%
4
0.50 to < 0.75
-
0.00%
-
0.00%
-
-
0.00%
5
0.75 to < 2.50
-
0.00%
-
0.00%
-
-
0.00%
6
2.50 to < 10.00
27
3.19%
1
47.10%
-
37
135.45%
7
10.00 to < 100.00
-
0.00%
-
0.00%
-
-
0.00%
8
100.00 (default)
-
0.00%
-
0.00%
-
-
0.00%
Sub-total
13,154
0.02%
117
13.20%
-
252
1.91%
1
INSTITUTIONS
0.00 to < 0.15
14,738
0.00%
-
33.46%
-
2,202
14.94%
2
0.15 to < 0.25
1,793
0.00%
-
33.37%
-
876
48.87%
3
0.25 to < 0.50
637
0.00%
-
34.25%
-
459
72.15%
4
0.50 to < 0.75
261
0.00%
-
40.59%
-
203
77.68%
5
0.75 to < 2.50
80
0.00%
-
60.03%
-
106
132.20%
6
2.50 to < 10.00
13
0.00%
-
54.26%
-
32
254.70%
7
10.00 to < 100.00
-
0.00%
-
0.00%
-
-
0.00%
8
100.00 (default)
-
0.00%
-
0.00%
-
-
0.00%
Sub-total
17,521
0.00%
1
33.72%
-
3,878
22.13%
1
CORPORATE CUSTOMERS
0.00 to < 0.15
11,356
0.04%
674
29.95%
-
1,236
10.89%
2
0.15 to < 0.25
1,614
0.14%
205
28.50%
-
591
36.61%
3
0.25 to < 0.50
813
0.29%
229
31.44%
-
325
39.99%
4
0.50 to < 0.75
779
0.49%
406
32.84%
-
420
53.89%
5
0.75 to < 2.50
2,141
1.01%
806
27.86%
-
1,455
67.98%
6
2.50 to < 10.00
841
3.42%
689
26.88%
-
908
108.00%
7
10.00 to < 100.00
18
8.92%
237
28.94%
-
32
178.70%
8
100.00 (default)
1
99.25%
42
73.15%
-
2
145.52%
Sub-total
17,564
0.38%
3,288
29.61%
-
4,969
28.29%
1
RETAIL
0.00 to < 0.15
1
0.09%
49
45.00%
-
-
10.90%
2
0.15 to < 0.25
-
0.00%
-
0.00%
-
-
0.00%
3
0.25 to < 0.50
1
0.34%
54
45.00%
-
-
26.95%
4
0.50 to < 0.75
-
0.67%
22
45.00%
-
-
40.13%
5
0.75 to < 2.50
1
1.74%
59
45.00%
-
1
58.19%
6
2.50 to < 10.00
-
4.99%
19
45.00%
-
-
70.17%
7
10.00 to < 100.00
-
15.23%
16
45.00%
-
-
93.48%
8
100.00 (default)
-
100.00%
2
45.00%
-
-
0.00%
Sub-total
3
2.81%
221
45.00%
-
1
45.22%
TOTAL
48,241
3,627
9,100
A-IRB
in millions of euros
12/31/2021
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
PD range
Exposure
valueWeighted
average PD(in %)
Number of
obligorsWeighted
averageLGD (in %)
Weighted
average
maturity(in years)
Risk-
Weighted
AssetsRWA
density1
CENTRAL GOVERNMENTS AND CENTRAL BANKS
0.00 to < 0.15
8,850
0.00%
91
15.41%
-
23
0.26%
2
0.15 to < 0.25
840
0.21%
7
33.20%
-
145
17.24%
3
0.25 to < 0.50
98
0.10%
3
17.57%
-
24
24.58%
4
0.50 to < 0.75
-
0.00%
-
0.00%
-
-
0.00%
5
0.75 to < 2.50
-
0.00%
-
0.00%
-
-
0.00%
6
2.50 to < 10.00
38
3.19%
1
47.10%
-
56
149.08%
7
10.00 to < 100.00
-
0.00%
-
0.00%
-
-
0.00%
8
100.00 (default)
-
0.00%
-
0.00%
-
-
0.00%
Sub-total
9,826
0.03%
102
17.08%
-
248
2.53%
1
INSTITUTIONS
0.00 to < 0.15
13,644
0.00%
-
38.91%
-
2,552
18.70%
2
0.15 to < 0.25
1,296
0.00%
-
44.72%
-
624
48.13%
3
0.25 to < 0.50
438
0.00%
-
47.83%
-
321
73.31%
4
0.50 to < 0.75
89
0.00%
-
44.87%
-
85
95.65%
5
0.75 to < 2.50
131
0.00%
-
57.44%
-
179
136.69%
6
2.50 to < 10.00
9
0.00%
-
66.55%
-
21
229.48%
7
10.00 to < 100.00
-
0.00%
-
0.00%
-
-
0.00%
8
100.00 (default)
-
0.00%
-
0.00%
-
-
0.00%
Sub-total
15,608
0.00%
1
39.85%
-
3,782
24.23%
1
CORPORATE CUSTOMERS
0.00 to < 0.15
10,890
0.04%
736
32.55%
-
1,058
9.71%
2
0.15 to < 0.25
1,255
0.16%
190
30.23%
-
363
28.97%
3
0.25 to < 0.50
1,108
0.29%
233
28.33%
-
392
35.35%
4
0.50 to < 0.75
1,061
0.51%
436
24.88%
-
409
38.52%
5
0.75 to < 2.50
2,500
1.34%
622
31.79%
-
1,695
67.80%
6
2.50 to < 10.00
746
4.11%
508
33.16%
-
838
112.43%
7
10.00 to < 100.00
66
8.72%
280
23.29%
-
124
187.57%
8
100.00 (default)
54
87.98%
57
35.16%
-
59
108.65%
Sub-total
17,678
0.75%
3,062
31.55%
-
4,937
27.93%
1
RETAIL
0.00 to < 0.15
-
0.11%
21
45.00%
-
-
12.20%
2
0.15 to < 0.25
-
0.24%
1
45.00%
-
-
21.43%
3
0.25 to < 0.50
1
0.34%
56
45.00%
-
-
26.85%
4
0.50 to < 0.75
-
0.66%
12
45.00%
-
-
39.94%
5
0.75 to < 2.50
1
1.93%
58
45.00%
-
-
59.56%
6
2.50 to < 10.00
-
5.37%
24
45.00%
-
-
70.87%
7
10.00 to < 100.00
1
15.16%
13
45.00%
-
1
94.29%
8
100.00 (default)
-
100.00%
2
45.00%
-
-
0.00%
Sub-total
3
4.60%
187
45.00%
-
2
55.23%
TOTAL
43,115
3,352
8,969
F-IRB
in millions of euros
12/31/2022
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
PD range
Exposure
valueWeighted
average PD(in %)
Number of
obligorsWeighted
averageLGD (in %)
Weighted
average
maturity(in years)
Risk-
Weighted
AssetsRWA
density1
CENTRAL GOVERNMENTS AND CENTRAL BANKS
0.00 to < 0.15
45
0.00%
-
45.00%
-
-
0.00%
2
0.15 to < 0.25
-
0.00%
-
0.00%
-
-
19.36%
3
0.25 to < 0.50
-
0.39%
-
45.00%
-
-
42.88%
4
0.50 to < 0.75
-
0.00%
-
0.00%
-
-
0.00%
5
0.75 to < 2.50
-
0.00%
-
0.00%
-
-
0.00%
6
2.50 to < 10.00
-
0.00%
-
0.00%
-
-
135.45%
7
10.00 to < 100.00
-
0.00%
-
0.00%
-
-
0.00%
8
100.00 (default)
-
0.00%
-
0.00%
-
-
0.00%
Sub-total
45
0.00%
-
45.00%
-
-
1.91%
1
INSTITUTIONS
0.00 to < 0.15
1,758
0.06%
-
40.94%
-
369
20.99%
2
0.15 to < 0.25
156
0.17%
-
0.00%
-
51
32.88%
3
0.25 to < 0.50
13
0.36%
-
45.00%
-
6
42.76%
4
0.50 to < 0.75
-
0.60%
-
0.00%
-
-
104.19%
5
0.75 to < 2.50
1
1.77%
-
15.58%
-
1
136.26%
6
2.50 to < 10.00
1
3.02%
-
45.00%
-
2
148.69%
7
10.00 to < 100.00
-
0.00%
-
0.00%
-
-
0.00%
8
100.00 (default)
-
0.00%
-
0.00%
-
-
0.00%
Sub-total
1,929
0.07%
-
37.66%
-
429
22.24%
1
CORPORATE CUSTOMERS
0.00 to < 0.15
1,012
0.02%
-
22.27%
-
184
18.19%
2
0.15 to < 0.25
75
0.16%
-
45.00%
-
24
31.44%
3
0.25 to < 0.50
18
0.35%
-
45.00%
-
12
65.67%
4
0.50 to < 0.75
17
0.60%
-
45.00%
-
13
72.57%
5
0.75 to < 2.50
90
1.35%
-
45.00%
-
79
88.48%
6
2.50 to < 10.00
46
4.45%
-
45.00%
-
63
137.32%
7
10.00 to < 100.00
41
11.95%
-
45.00%
-
90
219.75%
8
100.00 (default)
1
100.00%
-
45.00%
-
-
0.00%
Sub-total
1,301
0.74%
1
27.31%
-
465
35.74%
TOTAL
3,275
1
894
F-IRB
in millions of euros
12/31/2021
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
PD range
Exposure
value
Weighted
average PD
(in %)
Number of
obligors
Weighted
average
LGD (in %)
Weighted
average
maturity
(in years)
Risk-
Weighted
Assets
RWA
density
1
CENTRAL GOVERNMENTS AND CENTRAL BANKS
0.00 to < 0.15
1
0.00%
-
45.00%
-
-
0.00%
2
0.15 to < 0.25
-
0.00%
-
0.00%
-
-
17.24%
3
0.25 to < 0.50
-
0.00%
-
0.00%
-
-
24.58%
4
0.50 to < 0.75
-
0.00%
-
0.00%
-
-
0.00%
5
0.75 to < 2.50
-
0.00%
-
0.00%
-
-
0.00%
6
2.50 to < 10.00
-
0.00%
-
0.00%
-
-
149.08%
7
10.00 to < 100.00
-
0.00%
-
0.00%
-
-
0.00%
8
100.00 (default)
-
0.00%
-
0.00%
-
-
0.00%
Sub-total
1
0.00%
-
45.00%
-
-
2.53%
1
INSTITUTIONS
0.00 to < 0.15
1,572
0.40%
-
33.11%
-
492
31.27%
2
0.15 to < 0.25
630
0.16%
-
0.61%
-
25
4.00%
3
0.25 to < 0.50
296
0.35%
-
0.00%
-
32
10.82%
4
0.50 to < 0.75
-
0.60%
-
0.00%
-
-
104.19%
5
0.75 to < 2.50
-
2.00%
-
0.00%
-
-
151.30%
6
2.50 to < 10.00
2
2.91%
-
45.00%
-
2
123.20%
7
10.00 to < 100.00
-
0.00%
-
0.00%
-
-
0.00%
8
100.00 (default)
-
100.00%
-
45.00%
-
-
0.00%
Sub-total
2,500
0.34%
-
21.01%
-
551
22.05%
1
CORPORATE CUSTOMERS
0.00 to < 0.15
278
0.27%
-
29.04%
-
181
65.26%
2
0.15 to < 0.25
763
0.16%
-
44.99%
-
24
3.12%
3
0.25 to < 0.50
27
0.32%
-
45.00%
-
15
56.05%
4
0.50 to < 0.75
19
0.59%
-
42.39%
-
14
72.72%
5
0.75 to < 2.50
55
1.50%
-
41.65%
-
53
96.00%
6
2.50 to < 10.00
42
3.75%
-
45.00%
-
57
136.13%
7
10.00 to < 100.00
20
13.29%
-
45.00%
-
43
216.66%
8
100.00 (default)
6
100.00%
-
45.00%
-
-
0.00%
Sub-total
1,209
1.08%
1
41.13%
-
387
32.02%
TOTAL
3,710
1
938
Collateral type
in millions of euros
12/31/2022
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
Collateral used in derivative transactions
Collateral used in SFTs
Fair value of collateral
received
Fair value of
posted collateral
Fair value of collateral
received
Fair value of
posted collateral
Segregated
Unsegre-
gated
Segregated
Unsegre-
gated
Segregated
Unsegre-
gated
Segregated
Unsegre-
gated
1
Cash – domestic currency
-
7,956
-
13,692
-
1,898
-
1,424
2
Cash – other currencies
-
1,440
-
2,824
-
5,356
-
1,201
3
Domestic sovereign debt
-
11
-
-
-
55
-
-
4
Other sovereign debt
1,845
374
-
106
-
79,654
-
85,326
5
Government agency debt
229
463
-
63
-
12,841
-
14,558
6
Corporate bonds
1,533
178
-
181
-
17,987
-
18,934
7
Equities
109
-
-
-
-
14,758
-
54,379
8
Other collateral
12
79
-
-
-
12,642
-
12,626
9
TOTAL
3,728
10,501
-
16,866
-
145,192
-
188,448
Collateral type
in millions of euros
12/31/2021
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
Collateral used in derivative transactions
Collateral used in SFTs
Fair value of collateral
received
Fair value of
posted collateral
Fair value of
collateral received
Fair value of
posted collateral
Segregated
Unsegre-
gated
Segregated
Unsegre-
gated
Segregated
Unsegre-
gated
Segregated
Unsegre-
gated
1
Cash – domestic currency
-
8,617
612
10,779
-
1,237
-
1,490
2
Cash – other currencies
-
1,520
-
1,713
-
6,039
-
1,596
3
Domestic sovereign debt
-
21
-
-
-
1
-
27
4
Other sovereign debt
1,904
175
-
78
-
93,670
-
102,881
5
Government agency debt
684
484
-
575
-
9,566
-
32,036
6
Corporate bonds
942
165
-
229
-
11,424
-
12,241
7
Equities
670
-
-
-
-
16,428
-
62,305
8
Other collateral
10
80
-
-
-
12,048
-
9,401
9
TOTAL
4,210
11,062
612
13,373
-
150,412
-
221,977
in millions of euros
12/31/2022
a
b
Protection purchased
Protection sold
Notional amounts
1
Single-name credit default swaps
16,437
17,944
2
Index credit default swaps
21,243
19,240
3
TRS
1,432
-
4
Credit options
-
-
5
Other credit derivatives
-
-
6
TOTAL NOTIONAL AMOUNTS
39,111
37,184
Fair value
7
Positive fair value (asset)
392
491
8
Negative fair value (liability)
(486)
(183)
in millions of euros
12/31/2021
a
b
Protection purchased
Protection sold
Notional amounts
1
Single-name credit default swaps
6,356
10,397
2
Index credit default swaps
9,220
5,222
3
TRS
951
-
4
Credit options
-
-
5
Other credit derivatives
-
-
6
TOTAL NOTIONAL AMOUNTS
16,527
15,619
Fair value
7
Positive fair value (asset)
84
393
8
Negative fair value (liability)
(441)
(63)
in millions of euros
12/31/2022
a
b
Exposure value
Risk-Weighted Assets
1
Exposures to QCCPs (total)
404
2
Exposures for trades at QCCPs (excluding initial margin and default fund contributions); of which
7,254
145
3
i) OTC derivatives
4,799
96
4
ii) Exchange-traded derivatives
-
-
5
iii) Securities financing transaction (SFT)
2,456
49
6
iv) Netting sets where cross-product netting has been approved
-
-
7
Segregated initial margin
-
8
Non-segregated initial margin
256
5
9
Prefunded default fund contributions
630
254
10
Unfunded default fund contributions
-
-
11
Exposures to non-QCCPs (total)
-
12
Exposures for trades at non-QCCPs (excluding initial margin and default fund contributions); of which
-
-
13
i) OTC derivatives
-
-
14
ii) Exchange-traded derivatives
-
-
15
iii) Securities financing transaction (SFT)
-
-
16
iv) Netting sets where cross-product netting has been approved
-
-
17
Segregated initial margin
-
18
Non-segregated initial margin
-
-
19
Prefunded default fund contributions
-
-
20
Unfunded default fund contributions
-
-
in millions of euros
12/31/2021
a
b
Exposure value
Risk-Weighted Assets
1
Exposures to QCCPs (total)
328
2
Exposures for trades at QCCPs (excluding initial margin and default fund contributions); of which
8,386
168
3
i) OTC derivatives
4,707
94
4
ii) Exchange-traded derivatives
-
-
5
iii) Securities financing transaction (SFT)
3,678
74
6
iv) Netting sets where cross-product netting has been approved
-
-
7
Segregated initial margin
-
8
Non-segregated initial margin
93
2
9
Prefunded default fund contributions
406
158
10
Unfunded default fund contributions
-
-
11
Exposures to non-QCCPs (total)
-
12
Exposures for trades at non-QCCPs (excluding initial margin and default fund contributions); of which
-
-
13
i) OTC derivatives
-
-
14
ii) Exchange-traded derivatives
-
-
15
iii) Securities financing transaction (SFT)
-
-
16
iv) Netting sets where cross-product netting has been approved
-
-
17
Segregated initial margin
-
18
Non-segregated initial margin
-
-
19
Prefunded default fund contributions
-
-
20
Unfunded default fund contributions
-
-
in millions of euros
12/31/2022
12/31/2021
TOTAL NOTIONAL AMOUNT OF OUTSTANDING DERIVATIVES
10,790,462
9,134,065
•of which notional amount of derivatives traded with central counterparties
8,649,103
7,182,595
Notional amount of OTC derivatives
2,141,359
1,951,469
•of which interest rate derivatives
920,510
825,999
•of which equity derivatives
89,551
110,954
•of which currency derivatives
1,095,126
984,457
•of which credit derivatives
16,453
10,102
Notional amount of cleared derivatives
8,649,103
7,182,595
•of which interest rate derivatives
8,447,973
7,005,701
•of which equity derivatives
147,124
132,697
•of which currency derivatives
29,858
31,103
•of which credit derivatives
20,442
8,786
-
7.1 Regulatory framework and accounting methods
Two European regulations aimed at facilitating the development of the securitization market, preventing risks and ensuring the stability of the financial system, were published in the Official Journal of the European Union on December 28, 2017. The objective of both regulations is to govern securitization transactions in the European Union.
Sets a general framework for securitization (the previous rules were spread out in three different directives and two regulations). Establishes appropriate due diligence, risk retention and transparency requirements for parties to securitization transactions, sets loan approval criteria, lays down requirements for selling securitizations to retail clients, and prohibits re-securitization.
Also establishes a specific framework for STS (simple, transparent and standardized) securitization, by defining the criteria for transactions to meet in order to qualify as securitizations and the obligations arising from such qualification, such as the obligation to notify ESMA of securitization programs.
Amends the provisions of regulation (EU) No. 575/2013 pertaining to securitization, including in particular the prudential requirements applicable to credit institutions and investment firms acting as originators, sponsors or investors in securitization transactions. Deals in particular with:
•STS securitizations, and the method for calculating the associated risk-weighted exposure amounts;
Hierarchy of methods: securitization capital requirements are calculated in accordance with a hierarchy of methods applied in the order of priority set by the European Commission:
•SEC-IRBA (Securitization Internal Ratings Based Approach): uses the bank’s internal rating models, which shall have been approved beforehand by the supervisor. SEC-IRBA calculates regulatory capital requirements in relation to underlying exposures as if these had not been securitized, and then applies certain pre-defined inputs;
•SEC-SA (Securitization Standardized Approach): this method is the last chance to use a formula defined by the supervisor, using as an input the capital requirements that would be calculated under the current Standardized Approach (calculates regulatory capital requirements in relation to underlying exposures – based on their class – and then applies the ratio of defaulted underlying exposures to the total amount of underlying exposures);
•SEC-ERBA (Securitization External Ratings Based Approach): based on the credit ratings of securitization tranches determined by external rating agencies.
If none of these three methods is applicable (SEC-IRBA, SEC-ERBA, SEC-SA), then the risk weight applied to the securitization is 1,250%.
The European regulation defining the new general framework for securitization and creating a clear set of criteria for Simple, Transparent and Standardized (STS) securitizations, as well as the related amendments to the CRR, were published in the Official Journal of the European Union on December 28, 2017, with an effective date of January 2019.
Securitization transactions in which Groupe BPCE is an investor (i.e. the Group invests directly in some securitization positions, provides liquidity, and is a counterparty for derivatives exposures or guarantees) are recognized in accordance with the Group’s accounting principles, as referred to in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.
Securitization positions are predominantly recorded under “Securities at amortized cost” and “Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income.”
Securitization positions classified as “Securities at amortized cost” are measured after their initial recognition at amortized cost based on the effective interest rate. Any position booked to “Securities at amortized cost” is impaired under “Cost of credit risk” in respect of Stage 1 or Stage 2 expected credit losses following a significant increase in credit risk.
Where a position booked to “Securities at amortized cost” is transferred to Stage 3 (defaulted exposures), the impairment is recorded under “Cost of credit risk” (Note 7.1.2 to the financial statements – “Change in gross carrying amounts and expected credit losses on financial assets and commitments”).
In the event of disposal, the Group recognizes the gains or losses on disposal in the income statement under “Net gains or losses arising from the derecognition of financial assets at amortized cost”. Except in the case where the receivable is in default: in the latter case, it is recognized under “Cost of credit risk”.
Securitization positions classified as “Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income” are remeasured at their fair value at the closing date.
Interest income accrued or received on debt instruments is recognized in income based on the effective interest rate under “Interest and similar income” in net banking income (NBI), while changes in fair value (excluding revenues) are recorded on a separate line in other comprehensive income under “Gains and losses recognized directly in other comprehensive income.” They are impaired in respect of Stage 1, 2 or 3 expected credit losses, in accordance with the same methodology used for positions classified as “Securities at amortized cost.” This impairment is recorded on the liabilities side of the balance sheet under other comprehensive income recyclable to profit or loss, with a corresponding entry to “Cost of credit risk” in the income statement (Note 7.1.2 to the financial statements – “Change in gross carrying amounts and expected credit losses on financial assets and commitments”).
If the position is sold, the Group recognizes the capital gains or losses on disposal in profit or loss under “Gains (losses) on financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income before tax” unless the position is in Stage 3. In such case, the loss is recognized in “Cost of credit risk.”
Securitization positions classified as “Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss” are measured at fair value, at both the initial recognition date and the reporting date. Changes in fair value over the period, interest, and gains or losses on disposals related to securitization positions are recognized in “Gains (losses) on financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss.”
Synthetic securitization transactions such as Credit Default Swaps are subject to accounting recognition rules specific to trading derivatives (Note 5.2 to the financial statements – “Financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit or loss”).
In accordance with IFRS 9, securitized assets are derecognized when Groupe BPCE has transferred substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership of the asset.
If the Group transfers the cash flows of a financial asset but neither transfers nor retains substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset, and has not retained control of the financial asset, the Group derecognizes the financial asset and then recognizes separately, if necessary, as assets or liabilities any rights and obligations created or retained in the transfer. If the Group retains control of the financial asset, it continues to recognize the financial asset to the extent of its continuing involvement in the financial asset.
When a financial asset at amortized cost or at fair value through other comprehensive income is fully derecognized, a gain or loss on disposal is recorded in the income statement. The amount is equal to the difference between the carrying amount of the asset and the value of the consideration received, corrected for impairment, and where applicable for any unrealized profit or loss previously recognized directly in other comprehensive income.
Given the relatively low value of the assets in question and relative infrequency of securitization transactions, assets pending securitization continue to be recognized in their original portfolio. Specifically, they continue to be recognized under “Loans and advances to customers at amortized cost” when that is their original classification. For synthetic securitization transactions, assets are not derecognized as long as the institution retains control over them. The assets continue to be recognized in accordance with their original classification and valuation method. Consolidation or non-consolidation of securitization vehicles is analyzed in accordance with IFRS 10 based on the institution’s ties with the vehicle. These principles are reiterated in Note 3.2.1 to the financial statements – “Entities controlled by the Group.”
•Originator: either an entity which, on its own or through affiliates, was directly or indirectly involved in the original agreement which created the obligations (or contingent obligations) of the obligor, giving rise to the securitization transaction or arrangement; or an entity that purchases a third party’s on-balance sheet exposures and then securitizes them;
•Sponsor: an institution other than an originator institution that establishes and manages an asset-backed commercial paper program or other securitization scheme that purchases exposures from third-party entities;
•Investor: the Group’s position when it holds securitization positions in which it has invested, but in which it does not act as originator or sponsor. These are mainly tranches acquired in programs initiated or managed by external banks.
Traditional securitization: the economic transfer to investors of financial assets such as loans or advances, transforming these loans into financial securities issued on the capital market via SSPEs (securitization special purpose entities).
Synthetic securitization: in a synthetic transaction, ownership of the asset is not transferred but the risk is transferred through a financial instrument, i.e. the credit derivative.
Re-securitization: a securitization in which the credit risk associated with a portfolio of underlying assets is divided into tranches and for which at least one of the underlying asset exposures is a securitization position.
-
7.2 Securitization management at Groupe BPCE
Since 2014, Groupe BPCE has had a residential real estate loan securitization program to ensure the sustainability of its stock of collateral eligible for the Eurosystem, providing it with liquidity reserves.
The banking book EAD (final securitization) amounted to €22.48 billion on December 31, 2022 (up by €4.02 billion year-on-year).
The positions were mainly carried by GFS (€17.86 billion), BRED (€2.57 billion) and BPCE SA (€2.04 billion, positions arising from the transfer of a portfolio of home loan and public asset securitizations from Crédit Foncier in September 2014).
The EADs in the trading portfolio amounted to €314 billion at December 31, 2022, and were mainly carried by GFS (€267 billion) and BRED (€46 billion).
•the business lines comprising GFS’ roll-out plan (+€3.86 billion), and particularly sponsoring (+€2.03 billion), origination (+€0.93 billion) and investment (+€0.90 billion);
•the workout portfolio exposures of the Corporate & Investment Banking division (formerly GAPC) and BPCE are managed under a run-off method, whereby positions are gradually amortized but still managed (including disposals) in order to safeguard the Group’s interests by actively reducing positions under acceptable pricing conditions.
•it consists of 32 lines, mainly transactions carried out through the ABCP Magenta sub-funds (€4.9 billion), and a Versailles liquidity line (€6.8 billion) issued by GFS as a guarantee
The exposure of the banking book carried by GFS as Originator is €3.4 billion, of which 95% in senior and 100% non-STS:
•the exposure comes from 262 lines, mainly synthetic securitizations issued by GFS in the amount of €3.1 billion through the Kibo, Kutang and Lhotse SPVs. These SPVs are subject to Significant Risk Transfer. The average WAL (Weighted Average Life) is 4.9 years;
•traditional Originator securitizations represented €0.3 billion, spread over 249 lines. The main approaches used to calculate RWA are Sec-Irba (€187 million) and Sec-Sa (€89 million).
The exposure of the banking book carried by GFS as investor is €3.0 billion, of which €0.3 billion in the trading book:
•the exposure as an investor is spread over 392 lines on the banking book and 121 lines on the trading book;
•on the Banking Book, the portfolio is 88% senior, 10% mezzanine, 2% first loss and is totally non-STS;
•for the Trading Book, the portfolio is 85% mezzanine, 15% senior and 92% non-STS. The positions are mainly as an investor, with an average WAL (Weighted Average Life) of 2.6 years.
In general, the RWAs are mainly calculated according to the SEC-SA (€14.2 billion), then SEC-IRBA (€3.3 billion), SEC-ERBA (€0.6 billion) and the default approach (€18 million). In the SEC-ERBA approach, 77% of the exposure comes from lines rated at least A, of which 68% are rated AAA.
•it consists of 219 lines, for an EAD of €2.6 billion, mainly housed in the NJR replacement subsidiary (74% of the volume);
•these lines are of excellent quality; 99.9% of the positions are rated at least A, 88.3% are rated AAA. The portfolio is 99.5% senior with 66.7% STS;
The portfolios are regularly subjected to baseline and stress scenarios that demonstrate their full resilience.
As a reminder, Crédit Foncier’s securitization positions, which boast solid credit quality, were sold to BPCE at balance sheet value, with no impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements (more than 90% of the securitization portfolio was transferred to BPCE on September 25, 2014). These exposures are recognized in loans and advances (“L&A”) and did not present a significant risk of loss on completion, as confirmed by the external audit carried out at the time of the transfer.
BPCE SA therefore acts as an Investor (securitization positions in which the Group entity has invested, but in which the Group does not act as originator or sponsor). This includes tranches acquired in programs initiated or managed by third-party banks) and this portfolio is subject to extinctive management. It is composed of:
•with a legal maturity of more than 5 years and an average WAL (Weighted Average Life) of 4.26 years;
This portfolio is monitored through quarterly internal stress tests (RWA and losses to completion) and demonstrates the robustness of the portfolio’s credit quality.
The various relevant portfolios are specially monitored by the entities and subsidiaries, and by the central institution. Depending on the scope involved, special management or steering committees regularly review the main positions and management strategies.
The central institution’s Risk division regularly reviews securitization exposures (quarterly mapping), changes in portfolio structure, risk-weighted assets and potential losses. Regular assessments of potential losses are discussed by the Umbrella Committee, as are disposal opportunities.
At the same time, special purpose surveys are conducted by the teams on potential losses and changes in risk-weighted assets through internal stress scenarios (risk-weighted assets and loss on completion).
Finally, the Risk division controls risks associated with at-risk securitization positions by identifying ratings downgrades and monitoring changes in exposures (valuation, detailed analysis). Major exposures are systematically submitted to the Group Watchlist and Provisions Committee, which meets quarterly to determine the appropriate level of provisioning.
-
7.3 Risks related to securitization transactions
Presentation of the internal policies and procedures put in place to ensure, before investing, that institutions have in-depth knowledge of the securitization positions concerned and that institutions comply with the 5% net economic interest retention obligation acting as originator, sponsor or initial lender.
Methods for assessing, monitoring and controlling risks related to securitization arrangements or transactions (and in particular analysis of their economic substance) for originator, sponsor or investor institutions, including via crisis scenarios (assumptions, frequency, consequences).
For originator banks, description of the internal process for assessing deconsolidating transactions from a prudential point of view, supported by an audit trail and the procedures for monitoring the transfer of risk over time through a periodic review.
Since May 2014, Groupe BPCE has implemented a securitization program for loans originated by the Caisses d’Epargne and Banques Populaires networks in order to manage and optimize two elements of Groupe BPCE:
•the Group’s refinancing, through securitization transactions placed on the market or with a limited number of investors.
These transactions aim to ensure the sustainability of the collateral stock eligible for the Eurosystem in the form of securities and thus contribute to the creation of the Group’s liquidity reserves.
Loans granted by the BP and CEP networks are securitized by selling them to a French securitization fund (Fonds Commun de Titrisation – FCT).
2.the FCT issues bonds: Senior (used for liquidity purposes) and Subordinated (carrying risks) as well as Residual Units (carrying the results of the activity);
3.the Sellers subscribe for the Senior and Subordinated bonds as well as the Residual Units and then upload the Senior bonds to BPCE, which can use them and value them as liquidity reserves for the Group, in accordance with the Group’s collateral centralization policy.
In this arrangement, no securities are placed outside the Group. The Sellers are the subscribers of all the securities and therefore retain all the risks and rewards of the receivables sold. In this way, the receivables removed from the balance sheet of the Sellers under French standards are reintegrated under IFRS due to the consolidation of the FCT.
It should be noted that a “demutualization FCT” has been introduced in the Subordinated Bonds and Residual Units circuit for accounting reasons: the purpose of the Demutualization FCT is to break down the quantity of Subordinated Bonds and Residual Units by institution as well as the income from these securities.
Thus, each Seller is faced with a “FCT silo” which includes its assigned receivables on the assets side and the Senior, Subordinated and Residual Units that it has subscribed on the liabilities side, in a scheme equivalent to the securitization that it would have implemented if it had acted alone.
The receivables sold continue to live according to their usual life cycle (evolution of the CRD) and their management/collection continues to be ensured by the Sellers.
In the event of a “reloadable” transaction, the FCT can regularly buy back new receivables in order to maintain its outstanding amount.
Its proper functioning is ensured by a FCT management company (France Titrisation or EuroTitrisation), together with a custodian, GFS, in compliance with the regulations of the FCT.
In addition, the Senior bonds are rated AAA by two rating agencies, which continue to monitor the transaction on an annual basis.
The loans sold in these transactions are either home loans or personal loans (without mixing within the same FCT) originated by the networks.
The table at the end of the presentation shows the characteristics of the transactions as well as the amounts of the securities subscribed and loans sold for the institution.
After gaining expertise in securitization transactions, the Group launched operations to provide refinancing.
This refinancing is based on the proper repayment of the loan portfolio provided to the FCT and does not use BPCE’s signature.
2.to acquire the receivables, the FCT issues Senior bonds (rated AAA) and Subordinated bonds (carrying risks) as well as Residual Units (carrying the results of the activity);
3.the markets underwrite the Senior bonds, the proceeds of which are paid to the Sellers, who subscribe to the Subordinated bonds as well as the Residual Units: the risks and rewards of the loans.
When the receivables sold are remunerated at a fixed rate, as well as the Subordinated bonds, and the Senior bonds are issued at a variable rate, then the FCT enters into a swap with GFS whereby the FCT pays a fixed rate and receives a variable rate in order to hedge the interest rate risk related to the Senior bonds. In addition, GFS processes a back-swap with each of the sellers in proportion to its shareholding.
Transactions classified as “Refinancing” and “Disposals” in the table at the end of the presentation refer to the description above.
Each CL is covered by a portfolio of loans as collateral, in accordance with Article L. 211-38 of the French Monetary and Financial Code. Where appropriate, the loan may be covered by cash.
In the event of BPCE’s default, the CL becomes repayable immediately and the CLs are transferred to the FCT.
During the reloading period, collateralized loans in default lead to a replenishment of performing loans.
Transactions classified as “Refinancing” and “Collateralization” in the table at the end of the presentation refer to the description above.
Supplement concerning the HESTIA transaction, which uses securitization tools but is not a securitization transaction from a regulatory point of view.
In September 2020, BPCE had completed a private transaction for the sale of receivables: FCT HESTIA 2019.
1.the sale to the FCT of €500 million of residential real estate loans originated by four Caisses d’Epargne (CEPAC, CEAPC, CECAZ, CEBPL) which continue to manage these loans on behalf of the FCT,
2.to finance its acquisition, the FCT issues Senior bonds (Class A), Subordinated bonds (Class B) and Residual Units,
3.all the securities are subscribed by the investors to whom all the risks associated with the loans sold are definitively transferred.
In the absence of any tranching in the FCT’s liabilities, this transaction is not considered as a securitization transaction from a regulatory point of view (not subject to the provisions of regulation 2017/2402 of the European Parliament of 12/12/2017).
The HESTIA transaction appears in the table at the end of the presentation with the qualification of “Refinancing” and “PTF disposal”.
Transaction name
(FCT)
Treasury
shares /
Refinancing
Type of
receivables
Launch
date
Reload-
able
Y / N
Disposal/
Collatera-
lization
Participating
institutions
Amounts issued
per transaction
Assigned /
collateralized
receivables
in €
CEP
BP
Senior
in €
Subordinated
in €
Residual
shares
in €
BPCE Master Home Loans FCT
Treasury shares
Residential real estate
May-14
Y
Disposals
15
11
35,200,000,000
4,573,809,000
9,900
39,773,757,850
BPCE CONSUMER LOANS FCT 2016
Treasury shares
Personal loans
May-16
Y
Disposals
15
11
3,325,000,000
831,294,559
16,000
4,140,157,693
BPCE HOME LOANS FCT 2017
Treasury shares
Residential real estate
May-17
N
Disposals
15
11
3,345,567,160
880,240,800
14,000
4,225,821,896
BPCE HOME LOANS FCT 2018
Funding
Residential real estate
Oct-18
N
Disposals
15
11
243,439,100
125,000,000
13,000
368,452,028
BPCE HOME LOANS FCT 2019
Funding
Residential real estate
Oct-19
N
Disposals
15
11
416,091,705
100,000,000
13,000
516,104,778
BPCE HOME LOANS FCT 2020
Funding
Residential real estate
Oct-20
N
Disposals
15
11
666,314,500
90,000,000
13,000
756,327,413
BPCE HOME LOANS FCT 2021 Green UoP
Funding
Residential real estate
Oct-21
N
Disposals
15
11
1,246,595,400
120,000,000
13,000
1,366,608,302
FCT HESTIA 2019
Funding
Residential real estate
Sep-19
N
Disposal PTF
4
0
353,916,107
-
300
353,377,868
BPCE DEMETER 2019 FCT
Funding
Personal loans
Jul-19
Y
Collateralization
10
0
1,000,000,000
167,300,000
3,000
1,167,716,802
BPCE DEMETER DUO FCT
Funding
Personal loans
Feb-21
Y
Collateralization
4
0
400,000,000
70,600,000
600
470,648,352
BPCE DEMETER TRIA FCT
Funding
Personal loans
Jul-21
Y
Collateralization
7
3
750,000,000
243,430,000
1,500
993,592,472
BPCE CONSUMER LOANS FCT 2022
Funding
Personal loans
Jul-22
Y
Disposals
15
11
1,000,000,000
219,500,000
13,000
1,219,325,821
BPCE ELIOS I FCT
Funding
Equipment loans
Dec-22
Y
Collateralization
1
0
400,000,000
133,334,000
300
534,037,413
Note: the FCT HESTIA 2019 transaction uses securitization tools but is not a securitization transaction from a regulatory point of view.
BRED BP regularly securitizes its advances. The securities issued are kept on the balance sheet to strengthen its mobilization capacities at the ECB. The underlying advances are generally home loans and occasionally equipment or professional loans. The stock of eligible securities depends on the rate of securitization. The objective for the bank is not to transfer credit risk but to improve its liquidity.
•the constitution of the pool of advances is determined by the Finance division under the supervision of the project manager. A detailed analysis of the composition of the deposit is carried out;
•the deposit is systematically analyzed in great detail by two rating agencies (S&P and Fitch Ratings in general).
For information, BRED Banque Populaire carried out a STS securitization transaction in 2022 of a portfolio of residential real estate loans, for a value of nearly €2.9 billion:
•the shares are held in treasury and therefore have no accounting impact in the consolidated financial statements;
•the program has a dual purpose: to strengthen the purchasing power at the ECB and to generate LCR via securities exchanges.
Creation name
Treasury
shares/
Refinancing
Type of
receivables
Launch
date
Reload-
able
Y/N
Disposal/
Collatera-
lization
Participating
institutions
Amounts subscribed by the ETB
Assigned /
collateralized
receivables
(in DAR)
CEP
BP
Seniors
in M€
Subordinated
in ME
Residual
shares
in €
ELIDE 2014
Treasury shares
Residential real estate
11/18/14
N
Disposals
1
826,000,000
71,600,000
300
915,000,829
ELIDE 2017-01
Treasury shares
Residential real estate
2/2/17
N
Disposals
1
1,722,500,000
87,500,000
300
1,842,301,251
ELIDE 2017-02
Treasury shares
Residential real estate
4/27/17
N
Disposals
1
956,000,000
76,100,000
300
1,050,595,774
ELIDE 2018-01
Treasury shares
Residential real estate
5/29/18
N
Disposals
1
1,167,300,000
198,000,000
300
1,389,011,569
ELIDE 2021-01
Treasury shares
Residential real estate
3/25/21
N
Disposals
1
2,584,300,000
312,400,000
300
2,920,133,058
ELIDE 2022-01
Treasury shares
Residential real estate
11/24/22
N
Disposals
1
2,260,000,000
230,000,000
300
2,500,026,552
-
7.4 Quantitative disclosures
in millions of euros
12/31/2022
12/31/2021
Change
EAD
Risk-Weighted
Assets
EAD
Risk-Weighted
Assets
EAD
Risk-Weighted
Assets
Banking book
22,480
4,408
18,462
4,100
4,018
308
Investor
7,316
1,869
6,198
1,976
1,117
(107)
Originator
3,412
826
2,539
795
874
31
Sponsor
11,751
1,713
9,725
1,329
2,026
384
Trading book
314
220
793
514
(480)
(295)
Investor
313
219
793
514
(480)
(295)
Originator
0
0
-
-
0
0
Sponsor
-
-
-
-
-
-
as a %
12/31/2022
12/31/2021
Standard & Poor’s
equivalent rating
Banking book
Standard & Poor’s
equivalent rating
Banking book
Investment grade
AAA
45%
AAA
45%
AA+
6%
AA+
8%
AA
4%
AA
5%
AA-
3%
AA-
5%
A+
5%
A+
6%
A
0%
A
0%
A-
0%
A-
0%
BBB+
2%
BBB+
2%
BBB
0%
BBB
1%
BBB-
0%
BBB-
0%
Non-investment grade
BB+
3%
BB+
5%
BB
0%
BB
0%
BB-
0%
BB-
0%
B+
0%
B+
0%
B
0%
B
0%
B-
0%
B-
0%
CCC+
0%
CCC+
0%
CCC
0%
CCC
0%
CCC-
0%
CCC-
0%
CC
0%
CC
0%
C
0%
C
0%
Not rated
Not rated
30%
Not rated
23%
Default
D
0%
D
0%
TOTAL
100%
100%
as a %
12/31/2022
12/31/2021
Standard & Poor’s
equivalent rating
Banking book
Standard & Poor’s
equivalent rating
Banking book
Investment grade
AAA
50%
AAA
48%
AA+
7%
AA+
5%
AA
7%
AA
10%
AA-
1%
AA-
2%
A+
2%
A+
2%
A
1%
A
3%
A-
5%
A-
1%
BBB+
0%
BBB+
0%
BBB
3%
BBB
1%
BBB-
0%
BBB-
1%
Non-investment grade
BB+
0%
BB+
0%
BB
1%
BB
2%
BB-
2%
BB-
2%
B+
0%
B+
0%
B
0%
B
0%
B-
0%
B-
0%
CCC+
0%
CCC+
0%
CCC
0%
CCC
0%
CCC-
0%
CCC-
0%
CC
0%
CC
7%
C
0%
C
0%
Not rated
Not rated
19%
Not rated
17%
Default
D
0%
D
0%
TOTAL
100%
100%
-
7.5 Detailed quantitative disclosures
in millions of euros
12/31/2022
a
c
e
g
h
i
j
k
l
m
n
o
Institution acts as
originator
Institution acts
as sponsor
Institution acts
as investor
Traditional
Synth-
etic
Sub-
total
Traditional
Synth-
etic
Sub-
total
Traditional
Synth-
etic
Sub-
total
STS
Non-
STS
STS
Non-
STS
STS
Non-
STS
1
Total exposures
-
333
3,079
3,412
1,241
10,510
-
11,751
1,714
5,602
-
7,316
2
Retail (total)
-
25
-
25
-
2,576
-
2,576
1,714
3,469
-
5,183
3
residential mortgage loans
-
25
-
25
-
2,164
-
2,164
1,714
926
-
2,640
4
credit cards
-
-
-
-
-
204
-
204
-
2,271
-
2,271
5
other retail exposures
-
-
-
-
-
208
-
208
0
271
-
271
6
re-securitization
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
7
Wholesale (total)
-
308
3,079
3,387
1,241
7,934
-
9,175
-
2,133
-
2,133
8
corporate loans
-
17
3,079
3,096
-
6,827
-
6,827
-
1,659
-
1,659
9
commercial mortgage loans
-
291
-
291
-
-
-
-
-
14
-
14
10
leases and advances
-
-
-
-
1,241
630
-
1,871
-
255
-
255
11
other wholesale exposures
-
-
-
-
-
478
-
478
-
196
-
196
12
re-securitization
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
10
-
10
in millions of euros
12/31/2021
a
c
e
g
h
i
j
k
l
m
n
o
Institution acts as
originator
Institution acts
as sponsor
Institution acts
as investor
Traditional
Synth-
etic
Sub-
total
Traditional
Synth-
etic
Sub-
total
Traditional
Synth-
etic
Sub-
total
STS
Non-
STS
STS
Non-
STS
STS
Non-
STS
1
Total exposures
-
402
2,137
2,539
942
8,783
-
9,725
434
5,676
88
6,198
2
Retail (total)
-
69
-
69
-
2,063
-
2,063
434
4,771
88
5,294
3
residential mortgage loans
-
69
-
69
-
1,867
-
1,867
434
2,515
-
2,950
4
credit cards
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1,984
-
1,984
5
other retail exposures
-
-
-
-
-
196
-
196
0
272
88
360
6
re-securitization
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
7
Wholesale (total)
-
333
2,137
2,470
942
6,720
-
7,662
-
905
-
905
8
corporate loans
-
17
2,127
2,145
-
5,499
-
5,499
-
546
-
546
9
commercial mortgage loans
-
315
9
325
-
-
-
-
-
11
-
11
10
leases and advances
-
-
-
-
942
809
-
1,751
-
78
-
78
11
other wholesale exposures
-
-
-
-
-
412
-
412
-
270
-
270
12
re-securitization
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
0
-
0
EU SEC3 – BANKING BOOK – SECURITIZATION EXPOSURES AND ASSOCIATED REGULATORY CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS (ORIGINATOR AND SPONSOR POSITIONS)
in millions of euros
12/31/2022
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
m
n
o
EU-p
EU-q
Exposure values
(by RW bands/deductions)Exposure value
(by regulatory approach)Risk-Weighted Assets
(by regulatory approach)Capital requirement after
application of the cap≤20%
RW>20%
to
50%
RW>50%
to
100%
RW>100%
to
<1250%
RW1250%
RW/
deduc-
tionsSEC-
IRBASEC-
ERBA
(incl-
uding
IAA)SEC-
SA1250%
RW/
deduc-
tionsSEC-
IRBASEC-
ERBA
(incl-
uding
IAA)SEC-
SA≤1250%
RW
Deduc-
tionsSEC-
IRBASEC-
ERBA
(incl-
uding
IAA)SEC-
SA≤1250%
RW
Deduc-
tions1
Total exposures
14,986
109
14
37
18
3,266
291
11,589
17
508
113
1,703
214
41
9
136
17
2
Traditional transactions
11,906
109
14
37
18
187
291
11,589
17
44
113
1,703
214
4
9
136
17
3
Securitization
11,906
109
14
37
18
187
291
11,589
17
44
113
1,703
214
4
9
136
17
4
Retail
2,492
103
2
3
-
11
0
2,590
(0)
9
2
391
-
1
0
31
-
5
of which STS
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
0
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
6
Wholesale
9,414
6
12
34
18
176
291
8,999
17
36
111
1,312
214
3
9
105
17
7
of which STS
1,241
-
-
-
-
-
-
1,241
-
-
-
122
-
-
-
10
-
8
Re-securitization
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
9
Synthetic transactions
3,079
-
-
0
0
3,079
-
-
0
464
-
-
0
37
-
-
0
10
Securitization
3,079
-
-
0
0
3,079
-
-
0
464
-
-
0
37
-
-
0
11
Retail underlying
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
12
Wholesale
3,079
-
-
0
0
3,079
-
-
0
464
-
-
0
37
-
-
0
13
Re-securitization
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
in millions of euros
12/31/2021
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
m
n
o
EU-p
EU-q
Exposure values
(by RW bands/deductions)Exposure value
(by regulatory approach)Risk-Weighted Assets
(by regulatory approach)Capital requirement after
application of the cap≤20%
RW>20%
to
50%
RW>50%
to
100%
RW>100%
to
<1250%
RW1250%
RW/
deduc-
tionsSEC-
IRBASEC-
ERBA
(incl-
uding
IAA)SEC-
SA1250%
RW/
deduc-
tionsSEC-
IRBASEC-
ERBA
(incl-
uding
IAA)SEC-
SA≤1250%
RW
Deduc-
tionsSEC-
IRBASEC-
ERBA
(incl-
uding
IAA)SEC-
SA≤1250%
RW
Deduc-
tions1
Total exposures
11,563
650
1
23
26
2,321
275
9,644
24
387
108
1,326
303
31
9
106
24
2
Traditional transactions
9,901
175
1
23
26
184
275
9,644
24
38
108
1,326
303
3
9
106
24
3
Securitization
9,901
175
1
23
26
184
275
9,644
24
38
108
1,326
303
3
9
106
24
4
Retail
2,014
118
-
-
-
-
-
2,132
-
-
-
342
-
-
-
27
-
5
of which STS
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
6
Wholesale
7,887
57
1
23
26
184
275
7,512
24
38
108
984
303
3
9
79
24
7
of which STS
942
-
-
-
-
-
-
942
-
-
-
92
-
-
-
7
-
8
Re-securitization
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
9
Synthetic transactions
1,662
475
-
0
0
2,137
-
-
0
349
-
-
0
28
-
-
0
10
Securitization
1,662
475
-
0
0
2,137
-
-
0
349
-
-
0
28
-
-
0
11
Retail underlying
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
12
Wholesale
1,662
475
-
0
0
2,137
-
-
0
349
-
-
0
28
-
-
0
13
Re-securitization
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
EU SEC4 – BANKING BOOK – SECURITIZATION EXPOSURES AND RELATED REGULATORY CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS (INVESTOR POSITIONS)
in millions of euros
12/31/2022
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
m
n
o
EU-p
EU-q
Exposure values
(by RW bands/deductions)Exposure value
(by regulatory approach)Risk-Weighted Assets
(by regulatory approach)Capital requirement
after cap≤20%
RW>20%
to
50%
RW>50%
to
100%
RW>100%
to
<1250%
RW1250%
RWIRB
RBA
(incl-
uding
IAA)IRB
SFASA/
SSFA1250%
IRB
RBA
(incl-
uding
IAA)IRB
SFASA/
SSFA1250%
IRB
RBA
(incl-
uding
IAA)IRB
SFASA/
SSFA1250%
1
Total exposures
5,850
997
204
264
1
-
4,820
2,496
1
-
1,455
404
10
-
116
32
1
2
Traditional securitization
5,850
997
204
264
1
-
4,820
2,496
1
-
1,455
404
10
-
116
32
1
3
Securitization
5,850
997
194
264
1
-
4,820
2,486
1
-
1,455
394
8
-
116
32
1
4
Retail underlying
3,893
908
143
239
0
-
4,481
702
0
-
1,327
115
0
-
106
9
0
5
of which STS
1,714
-
-
-
-
-
1,714
0
-
-
181
0
-
-
15
0
-
6
Wholesale
1,957
89
52
25
1
-
339
1,784
1
-
127
280
8
-
10
22
1
7
of which STS
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
8
Re-securitization
-
-
10
-
0
-
-
10
0
-
-
10
1
-
-
1
0
9
Synthetic securitization
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
10
Securitization
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
11
Retail underlying
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
12
Wholesale
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
13
Re-securitization
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
in millions of euros
12/31/2021
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
m
n
o
EU-p
EU-q
Exposure values
(by RW bands/deductions)Exposure value
(by regulatory approach)Risk-Weighted Assets
(by regulatory approach)Capital requirement
after cap≤20%
RW>20%
to
50%
RW>50%
to
100%
RW>100%
to
<1250%
RW1250%
RWIRB
RBA
(incl-
uding
IAA)IRB
SFASA/
SSFA1250%
IRB
RBA
(incl-
uding
IAA)IRB
SFASA/
SSFA1250%
IRB
RBA
(incl-
uding
IAA)IRB
SFASA/
SSFA1250%
1
Total exposures
4,482
1,155
182
377
3
-
4,555
1,641
3
-
1,673
270
33
-
134
22
3
2
Traditional securitization
4,393
1,155
182
377
3
-
4,555
1,552
3
-
1,673
257
33
-
134
21
3
3
Securitization
4,393
1,155
182
377
3
-
4,555
1,552
3
-
1,673
257
32
-
134
21
3
4
Retail underlying
3,529
1,136
180
358
1
-
4,449
755
1
-
1,615
137
16
-
129
11
1
5
of which STS
434
-
-
-
-
-
433
1
-
-
43
0
-
-
3
0
-
6
Wholesale
864
18
2
19
1
-
106
797
1
-
57
120
15
-
5
10
1
7
of which STS
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
8
Re-securitization
-
-
-
-
0
-
-
-
0
-
-
-
1
-
-
-
0
9
Synthetic securitization
88
-
-
-
-
-
-
88
-
-
-
13
-
-
-
1
-
10
Securitization
88
-
-
-
-
-
-
88
-
-
-
13
-
-
-
1
-
11
Retail underlying
88
-
-
-
-
-
-
88
-
-
-
13
-
-
-
1
-
12
Wholesale
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
13
Re-securitization
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
in millions of euros
12/31/2022
12/31/2021
Securitization
Re-securitization
Securitization
Re-securitization
Securitization
Re-securitization
Securitization
Re-securitization
EAD
EAD
Risk-
Weighted
AssetsRisk-
Weighted
AssetsEAD
EAD
Risk-
Weighted
AssetsRisk-
Weighted
AssetsInvestor positions
7,306
10
1,858
11
6,198
0
1,975
1
On-balance sheet exposures
6,621
10
1,742
10
5,397
0
1,796
0
Off-balance sheet exposure and derivatives
685
0
116
1
802
0
179
1
Originator positions
3,412
-
826
-
2,539
-
795
-
On-balance sheet exposures
3,412
-
826
-
2,531
-
792
-
Off-balance sheet exposure and derivatives
0
-
0
-
8
-
3
-
Sponsor positions
11,751
-
1,713
-
9,725
-
1,329
-
On-balance sheet exposures
281
-
47
-
0
-
0
-
Off-balance sheet exposure and derivatives
11,471
-
1,666
-
9,725
-
1,329
-
TOTAL
22,470
10
4,397
11
18,462
0
4,098
1
in millions of euros
a
c
d
e
g
h
i
k
l
Institution acts as originator
Institution acts as sponsor
Institution acts as investor
Traditional
Synthetic
Sub-total
Traditional
Synthetic
Sub-total
Traditional
Synthetic
Sub-total
STS
STS
STS
1
Total exposures
-
0
-
-
-
-
313
-
313
2
Retail (total)
-
-
-
-
-
-
125
-
125
3
residential mortgage loans
-
-
-
-
-
-
90
-
90
4
credit cards
-
-
-
-
-
-
6
-
6
5
other retail exposures
-
-
-
-
-
-
29
-
29
6
re-securitization
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
7
Wholesale (total)
0
0
-
-
-
-
188
-
188
8
corporate loans
-
-
-
-
-
-
147
-
147
9
commercial mortgage loans
0
0
-
-
-
-
8
-
8
10
leases and advances
-
-
-
-
-
-
27
-
27
11
other wholesale exposures
-
-
-
-
-
-
7
-
7
12
re-securitization
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
in millions of euros
a
c
d
e
g
h
i
k
l
Institution acts as originator
Institution acts as sponsor
Institution acts as investor
Traditional
Synthetic
Sub-total
Traditional
Synthetic
Sub-total
Traditional
Synthetic
Sub-total
STS
STS
STS
1
Total exposures
-
-
-
-
-
-
793
-
793
2
Retail (total)
-
-
-
-
-
-
507
-
507
3
residential mortgage loans
-
-
-
-
-
-
351
-
351
4
credit cards
-
-
-
-
-
-
126
-
126
5
other retail exposures
-
-
-
-
-
-
30
-
30
6
re-securitization
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
7
Wholesale (total)
-
-
-
-
-
-
286
-
286
8
corporate loans
-
-
-
-
-
-
208
-
208
9
commercial mortgage loans
-
-
-
-
-
-
30
-
30
10
leases and advances
-
-
-
-
-
-
47
-
47
11
other wholesale exposures
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
-
1
12
re-securitization
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
in millions of euros
12/31/2022
a
b
c
Exposures securitized by the institution – Institution acts as originator or as sponsor
Total outstanding nominal amount
Total amount of specific credit
risk adjustments made during
the periodOf which exposures in default
1
Total exposures
19,103
121
0
2
Retail (total)
2,478
13
-
3
residential mortgage loans
2,149
2
-
4
credit cards
125
-
-
5
other retail exposures
204
12
-
6
re-securitization
-
-
-
7
Wholesale (total)
16,624
107
0
8
corporate loans
8,334
98
0
9
commercial mortgage loans
6,482
-
-
10
leases and advances
1,507
10
-
11
other wholesale exposures
302
-
-
12
re-securitization
-
-
-
in millions of euros
12/31/2021
a
b
c
Exposures securitized by the institution – Institution acts as originator or as sponsor
Total outstanding nominal amount
Total amount of specific credit
risk adjustments made during
the periodOf which exposures in default
1
Total exposures
15,958
110
0
2
Retail (total)
1,499
11
-
3
residential mortgage loans
1,307
1
-
4
credit cards
-
-
-
5
other retail exposures
192
11
-
6
re-securitization
-
-
-
7
Wholesale (total)
14,459
99
0
8
corporate loans
6,321
91
0
9
commercial mortgage loans
6,474
-
-
10
leases and advances
1,402
7
-
11
other wholesale exposures
263
-
-
12
re-securitization
-
-
-
-
8.2 Market risk management
The Risk division works in the areas of risk measurement, definition and oversight of limits, and supervision of market risks. It is tasked with the following duties:
•establishing the principles of market risk measurement, which are then validated by the various appropriate Risk Committees;
•producing risk measurements, including those corresponding to operational market limits, or ensuring that they are produced as part of the risk management process;
•determining policies for adjusting values or delegating them to the Risk divisions of the relevant institutions and centralizing the information;
•examining the limit framework and setting limits (global caps and, where necessary, operational limits) adopted by the various appropriate Risk Committees, as part of the comprehensive risk management process;
•examining the list of authorized products for the relevant institutions and the conditions to be observed, and submitting them for approval to the appropriate Market Risk Committee;
•examining requests for investments in financial products, or in new capital market products or activities, by the relevant banking institutions;
•harmonizing processes used to manage trading book allocations and medium- to long-term portfolios of the Banque Populaire and Caisse d’Epargne networks (indicators, definition of indicator limits, oversight and control process, and reporting standards).
•consolidating the mapping of Group market risks and contributing to the macro-risk mapping of Group and institution risks;
•performing or overseeing daily supervision of positions and risks with respect to allocated limits (overall and operational limits) and established resilience thresholds, organizing the decision-making framework for limit breaches and performing or overseeing permanent supervision of limit breaches and their resolution;
From a prudential standpoint, Groupe BPCE uses the standardized approach to measure market risk. The risk monitoring system relies on three types of indicators used to manage activity, on an overall basis and by similar activity, by focusing on directly observable criteria, including:
•sensitivity to variations in the underlying instrument, variations in volatility or to correlation, nominal amounts, and diversification indicators. The limits corresponding to these qualitative and quantitative operational indicators thus complement the VaR limits and stress tests;
•stress tests to measure potential losses on portfolios in extreme market conditions. The Group system relies on comprehensive stress tests and specific stress tests for each activity.
Special reports on each business line are sent daily to the relevant operational staff and managers. BPCE’s Risk division also provides a weekly report summarizing all of the Group’s market risk, with a detailed breakdown for GFS, BRED Banque Populaire and Banque Palatine.
In addition, for GFS, global market risk reports are sent to the central institution on a daily basis. The latter produces a weekly summary of market risk indicators and results for the Group’s executive management.
Finally, a global review of Groupe BPCE’s consolidated market risks (covering VaR measures and hypothetical/historic stress scenarios) is presented to the Group Market Risk Committee, in addition to risk reports prepared for the entities.
In response to the Revised Pillar III Disclosure Requirements (MRB Table: Qualitative disclosures for banks using the Internal Models Approach), the main characteristics of the various models used for market risk are presented in the GFS Registration Document.
The internal market risk and valuation models used by GFS are validated by the Model Risk Management and Wholesale Banking Validation team of Groupe BPCE’s Risk division. This independent validation of the models is part of the broader model risk management framework described in Section 6.5.2.
•theoretical and mathematical validation of the model, analysis of the assumptions and their justification in the model documentation;
•analysis of the stability, the convergence of the numerical method, the stability of the model in the event of stressed scenarios;
•study of implicit risk factors and calibration, analysis of input data, and identification of upstream models;
Each institution’s Risk division monitors and verifies compliance with sensitivity limits on a daily basis. If a limit is breached, an alert procedure is triggered in order to define the measures required to return within operational limits.
Market risk is also monitored and assessed via synthetic VaR calculations, which determine potential losses generated by each business line at a given confidence level (99%) and over a given holding period (one day). For calculation purposes, changes in market inputs used to determine portfolio values are modeled using statistical data.
All decisions relating to risk factors using the internal calculation tool are revised regularly by committees involving all of the relevant participants (Risk division, Front Office and Results department). Quantitative and objective tools are also used to measure the relevance of risk factors.
VaR is based on numerical simulations, using a Monte-Carlo method which takes into account possible non-linear portfolio returns based on the different risk factors. It is calculated and monitored daily for all Group trading books, and a VaR limit is defined on a global level and per business line. The calculation tool generates 10,000 scenarios, which provides satisfactory precision levels. For certain complex products, which account for a minor share of the trading books, their inclusion in the VaR calculation is obtained by using sensitivities. VaR backtesting is carried out on approved scopes and confirms the overall robustness of the model used. Extreme risks, which are not included in VaR, are accounted for using stress tests throughout the Group.
This internal VaR model used by GFS was approved by the Autorité de contrôle prudentiel et de résolution (ACPR), the French prudential supervisory authority for the banking and insurance sector, in January 2009. GFS thus uses VaR to calculate the capital requirements for market risks in the approved scopes.
Stress tests are calibrated according to severity and occurrence levels, which are consistent with portfolio management objectives:
Trading book stress tests are calibrated over a 10-day period and a 10-year probability of occurrence. They are based on:
•historical scenarios, which reproduce changes in market conditions observed during past crises, their impacts on current positions and P&Ls. They can be used to assess the exposure of the Group’s activities to known scenarios. Twelve historical stress tests have been in place since 2010;
•hypothetical scenarios, which involve simulating changes in market conditions in all activities based on plausible assumptions concerning the dissemination of an initial shock. These shocks are based on scenarios defined according to economic criteria (real estate crisis, economic crisis, etc.), geopolitical considerations (terrorist attacks in Europe, toppling of a regime in the Middle East, etc.) or other factors (bird flu, etc.). The Group has had seven theoretical stress tests since 2010.
Banking book stress tests are calibrated over a longer period in line with the banking book’s management periods:
•a bond stress test calibrated using a mixed hypothetical-historical approach that reproduces a stress on European sovereigns (similar to the 2011 crisis);
•a bond stress test calibrated using a mixed hypothetical-historical approach that reproduces a stress on corporates (similar to the 2008 crisis);
•an equity stress test calibrated over the 2011 historical period, applied to equity investments for the purpose of the liquidity reserve;
•a private equity and real estate stress test, calibrated over the 2008 historical period, applied to the private equity and real estate portfolios.
The different stress tests are subject to limits set by institution and for the Group. These are monitored as part of the recurring control system and through regular reporting.
The Group has established an organizational structure tasked with independent price verification (IPV) through:
•meeting regulatory requirements and implementing said requirements while assessing their impacts on the production and verification of new indicators;
•standardizing and harmonizing the production, certification and communication of market inputs used in valuation processes;
•coordinating and overseeing valuation processes group-wide, in order to guarantee the convergence of IPV methods and principles;
•a supervision system centered on the Group Valuation Committee and the Group Fair Value Level Committee;
•a body of procedures, including the Group IPV procedure, which explains the validation and escalation system.
The Group Risk division is responsible for monitoring the risks associated with all Groupe BPCE capital market activities, subject to regular review by the Group Market Risk Committee.
Within the scope of the trading book, market risk is monitored daily by measuring Group Value at Risk (VaR) and performing global and historical stress tests. The proprietary VaR calculation system developed by GFS is used by the Group. This system provides a tool for the measurement, monitoring and control of market risk at the consolidated level and for each institution, on a daily basis and taking account of correlations between the various portfolios. There are certain distinctive characteristics of Groupe BPCE that must be considered, in particular:
•for GFS: given the size of its capital markets business, GFS’ risk management system is specifically tailored to this entity;
•for the Banque Populaire network: only BRED Banque Populaire has a capital markets business. It monitors the financial transactions carried out by the Banque Populaire network trading floor and Finance division daily, using 99% 1-day Value at Risk, sensitivity, volume and stress scenario indicators;
•for Banque Palatine: daily monitoring of trading book activities is based on the Risk division’s supervision of 99% 1-day Value at Risk, stress tests and compliance with regulatory limits.
All limits (operational indicators, VaR, and stress tests) are monitored daily by each institution’s Risk division. Any limit breaches must be reported and, where applicable, are subject to a Management decision concerning the position in question (close, hedge, hold, etc.).
These supervisory mechanisms also have operational limits and resilience thresholds that determine the Group’s risk appetite for trading operations.
Banking book risk is supervised and monitored by activity: liquidity reserves, illiquid assets (private equity, non-operational real estate), securitizations and liquid assets excluding liquidity reserves. Liquidity reserves and liquid assets excluding liquidity reserves are monitored monthly, mainly via stress test indicators. Illiquid assets and securitizations are monitored quarterly.
The Group’s single treasury and central bank collateral management pool is subject to daily monitoring of risks and economic results for all of its activities, which are mainly related to the banking book.
HIGHLIGHTS
•The Group strengthened its financial risk management during this period, which combined a correction in the equity markets, a strong increase in volatility affecting all asset classes and the change of regime on rates and inflation.
•A very close monitoring of market activities was carried out during this period to ensure that changes in exposures following market movements remained in line with the risk appetite and the regulatory framework.
•In addition, the impacts of the sharp rise in interest rates and high inflation on the banking book activities were assessed via specific studies and stress test measures. Closer monitoring of interest rate exposures in retail banking was put in place, thus making it possible to adapt the management of interest rate risk to the new market context.
•Liquidity continued to be closely monitored with, in particular, closer management of commercial liquidity and monitoring of customer behavior in the context of interest rates and inflation.
-
8.3 Quantitative disclosures
The 2022 market context was marked by increased volatility across all asset classes, explained firstly by the escalation of the conflict in Ukraine and then by the rapid evolution of the interest rate and inflation environment. In this context of volatility, the VaR indicator remained at relatively moderate levels (average of €10.8 million), reflecting the prudent management of the Group’s trading portfolios.
In addition, the average stress test levels remained stable overall. Over the year, the most penalizing scenarios were the hypothetical scenarios of a financial institution default (1 day out of 2) and a liquidity crisis (1 in 4). At December 30, 2022, the worst stress test amounted to -€12 million.
in millions of euros
Monte-Carlo VaR 99%
12/31/2022
average
min
max
12/31/2021
Equity risk
6.7
7.1
5.3
9.2
6.3
Foreign exchange risk
3.3
2.3
0.9
4.1
2.9
Commodity risk
1
1.3
0.7
3.4
0.8
Credit risk
2.4
1.6
0.8
3.4
0.9
Interest rate risk
6.3
7.1
3.5
10.7
4.7
TOTAL
19.7
0
0
0
15.6
Compensation effect
(9.4)
0
0
0
(7.3)
Consolidated VaR
10.3
10.8
7.3
14.5
8.3
in billions of euros
12/31/2022
12/31/2021
Risk-Weighted
AssetsCapital
requirementsRisk-Weighted
AssetsCapital
requirementsInterest rate risk
1,813
145
2,729
218
Equity risk
421
34
822
66
UCI position risk
62
5
73
6
Exchange rate risk
4,739
379
3,708
297
Commodity risk
941
75
1,725
138
Settlement/delivery risk
65
5
11
1
Major trading book risks
-
-
-
-
Specific risk on securitization positions
220
18
514
41
IMA Risk
7,170
574
5,571
446
TOTAL
15,430
1,234
15,153
1,212
-
8.4 Detailed quantitative disclosures
The detailed quantitative disclosures relating to market risk in the following tables enhance the information in the previous section in respect of Pillar III.
in millions of euros
a
12/31/2022
12/31/2021
Risk-Weighted Assets
Risk-Weighted Assets
Outright products
1
Interest rate risk (general and specific)
1,697
2,611
2
Equity risk (general and specific)
393
747
3
Exchange rate risk
4,627
3,604
4
Commodity risk
835
1,666
Options
5
Simplified approach
-
-
6
Delta-plus approach
165
172
7
Scenario approach
259
257
8
Securitization
220
514
9
TOTAL
8,195
9,571
in millions of euros
a
12/31/2022
12/31/2021
VAR (10 DAYS 99%)
1
Maximum value
58
35
2
Average value
39
18
3
Minimum value
17
9
4
Period end
38
21
SVAR (10 DAYS 99%)
5
Maximum value
101
77
6
Average value
66
54
7
Minimum value
46
37
8
Period end
63
57
IRC (99.9%)
9
Maximum value
37
37
10
Average value
24
18
11
Minimum value
12
12
12
Period end
21
13
The chart below shows the backtesting (a posteriori comparison of the potential loss), as calculated ex-ante by the VaR (99% 1-day), with the hypothetical results and the actual results observed in profit or loss) on the regulatory scope and enables the robustness of the VaR indicator to be verified:
In 2022, there were one actual backtesting exception and three hypothetical Natixis regulatory level backtesting events.
The three hypothetical backtesting exceptions were recorded on February 9 and 24, then on March 8. The real exception occurred on February 24. These follow the market disruptions observed – tensions generated on the €ster yield curve – during the invasion of Ukraine by the Russian army.
in millions of euros
12/31/2022
a
b
Risk-Weighted Assets
Capital requirements
1
VaR (higher of values a and b)
2,608
209
a)
Previous day’s VaR (VaR t-1)
-
38
b)
Multiplication factor (mc) x average of previous 60 working days (VaRavg)
-
209
2
SVaR (higher of values a and b)
4,135
331
a)
Latest available SVaR (SVaR t-1)
-
63
b)
Multiplication factor (ms) x average of previous 60 working days (SVaRavg)
-
331
3
IRC (higher of values a and b)
427
34
a)
Most recent IRC measure
-
29
b)
12 weeks average IRC measure
-
34
4
Comprehensive risk measure (higher of values a, b and c)
-
-
a)
Most recent risk measure of comprehensive risk measure
-
-
b)
12 weeks average of comprehensive risk measure
-
-
c)
Comprehensive risk measure – Floor
-
-
5
Others
-
-
6
TOTAL
7,170
574
in millions of euros
12/31/2021
a
b
Risk-Weighted Assets
Capital requirements
1
VaR (higher of values a and b)
1,223
98
a)
Previous day’s VaR (VaR t-1)
-
23
b)
Multiplication factor (mc) x average of previous 60 working days (VaRavg)
-
98
2
SVaR (higher of values a and b)
4,082
327
a)
Latest available SVaR (SVaR t-1)
-
62
b)
Multiplication factor (ms) x average of previous 60 working days (SVaRavg)
-
327
3
IRC (higher of values a and b)
267
21
a)
Most recent IRC measure
-
19
b)
12 weeks average IRC measure
-
21
4
Comprehensive risk measure (higher of values a, b and c)
-
-
a)
Most recent risk measure of comprehensive risk measure
-
-
b)
12 weeks average of comprehensive risk measure
-
-
c)
Comprehensive risk measure – Floor
-
-
5
Others
-
-
6
TOTAL
5,571
446
in millions of euros
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
VaR
SVaR
IRC
Overall
risk
measur-
ementOthers
Total risk-
weighted
assetsTotal
capital
requir-
ements1
Risk-weighted assets at the end of the previous period (06/30/2022)
3,020
4,761
580
8,361
669
1a
Regulatory adjustments
(2,426)
(3,593)
(6,019)
(482)
1b
Risk-weighted assets at the end of the previous quarter (end of day)
594
1,168
580
2,342
187
2
Changes in risk levels
(121)
(375)
(212)
(708)
(57)
3
Model updates/modifications
4
Methodology and policies
5
Acquisitions and disposals
6
Foreign exchange movements
7
Others
8a
Risk-weighted assets at the end of the reporting period (end of day)
473
793
368
1,634
131
8b
Regulatory adjustments
2,136
3,342
58
5,536
443
8
Risk-weighted assets at the end of the reporting period (12/31/2022)
2,608
4,135
427
7,170
574
The effects are defined as follows:
Regulatory adjustment: delta between the RWAs used in the calculation of regulatory RWAs and the RWAs calculated on the last day of the period.
Changes in risk levels: changes related to market characteristics.
Model updates/modifications: changes linked to significant modifications of the model following an update of the calculation perimeter, the methodology, the assumptions or the calibration.
Methodology and policies: changes related to regulatory changes.
Acquisitions and disposals: changes following the purchase or disposal of business lines.
Foreign exchange movements: changes in the foreign exchange risk related to the reversal of the value of the VaR if it were exceptionally expressed in a currency other than the euro, the currency in which the VaR is calculated.
The graph below shows the historical VaR on the trading books between December 31, 2021 and December 30, 2022, for the global scope.
The VaR level of Natixis’ trading books averaged €9.4 million, with a minimum of €5.4 million on January 18, 2022, a maximum of €12.8 million on May 25, 2022 and a value of €9.4 million on December 30, 2022.
The breakdown of VaR by business line shows the monthly contribution of the main risks as well as the effects of offsetting in VaR.
The increase in VaR is linked to the increase in the shocks used, in particular on the interest rate activity.
The level of stressed regulatory VaR averaged €20.9 million, with a reported minimum of €14.4 million on December 15, 2022, a maximum of €32 million on July 11, 2022, and a level of €20.1 million on December 30, 2022.
This indicator covers the regulatory scope. Natixis’ IRC level averaged €23.9 million, with a recorded minimum of €12.2 million on January 6, 2022, a maximum of €36.7 million on March 14, 2022, and a value of €21 million on December 30, 2022.
-
9.1 Governance and structure
Like all credit institutions, Groupe BPCE is exposed to structural liquidity, interest rate and foreign exchange risks.
These risks are closely monitored by the Group and its institutions to secure immediate and future income, balance the balance sheets and promote the Group’s development.
Groupe BPCE’s Audit Committee and Supervisory Board are consulted on general ALM policy and are informed of major decisions taken regarding liquidity, interest rate and foreign exchange risk management. The implementation of the chosen policy is delegated to the Group Asset/Liability Management Committee.
Each year, Groupe BPCE’s Supervisory Board validates the main lines of the ALM policy, i.e. the principles of market risk measurements and levels of risk tolerance. It also reviews the risk limit system each year.
Each quarter, Groupe BPCE’s Audit Committee is informed of the Group’s position through management reports containing the main risk indicators.
The Group Asset/Liability Management Committee, chaired by the Chairman of the BPCE Management Board, is responsible for the operational implementation of the defined policy. It meets every two months and its main duties are as follows:
•examine the consolidated view of the structural risks of the Group and its various entities, as well as changes in the balance sheet;
•define the structural risk limits of the Group and the liquidity pools and monitor them (with the approval of the Group Risk division);
•approve the investment and allocation criteria as well as the desired overall profile of the Group’s liquidity reserve.
The structural liquidity, interest rate and foreign exchange risk management policy is also jointly implemented by the Asset/Liability Management division (oversight of funding plan implementation, management of liquidity reserves, cash management, calculation and monitoring of the various risk indicators) and the Risk division (validation of the control framework, validation of models and agreements, controls of compliance with rules and limits). The Group Financial Management department and the Group Risk division are responsible for adapting this framework to their respective functions.
The adaptation of the operational management framework within each institution is subject to validation by the Board of Directors, the Steering Board and/or the Supervisory Board. Each institution has a special operational committee that oversees implementation of the funding strategy, Asset/Liability management and management of liquidity, interest rate and foreign exchange risks for the institution, in line with rules and limits set at Group level. The Banque Populaire and Caisse d’Epargne networks implement the risk management system using a shared Asset/Liability management tool.
-
9.2 Liquidity risk management policy
Liquidity risk is defined as the risk of the Group being unable to meet its commitments or to settle or offset a position, due to market conditions factors specific to Groupe BPCE, within a specified period and at a reasonable cost. It reflects the risk of not being able to meet net cash outflows over short- to long-term horizons.
Liquidity risk is likely to materialize in the event of a decline in sources of financing that could be caused by a massive withdrawal of customer deposits or by problems in executing the annual financing plan following a widespread crisis of confidence on the markets or events specific to the Group. It could also be triggered by an increase in financing requirements due to an increase in drawdowns on loan commitments, an increase in margin calls or a higher collateral requirement.
All liquidity risk factors are accurately mapped, updated annually and presented to the Group Asset/Liability Management Committee. This mapping identifies the various risks as well as their level of materiality, assessed according to various criteria shared between the Asset/Liability management and Risk divisions.
The liquidity management policy aims mainly to refinance all of the Group’s business lines in an optimal and sustainable manner.
•ensure a sustainable refinancing plan at the best possible price, making it possible to finance the Group’s various activities over a period consistent with the assets created;
•distribute this liquidity between the various business lines and monitor its use and changes in liquidity levels;
•comply with regulatory ratios and internal constraints resulting in particular from stress tests guaranteeing the sustainability of the Group’s business model refinancing plan, even in the event of a crisis.
•centralized funding management aimed primarily at supervising the use of short-term funding, spreading out the maturity dates of medium- and long-term funds and diversifying sources of liquidity;
•supervision of each business line’s liquidity consumption, predominantly by maintaining a balance between growth in the credit segment and customer deposit inflows;
•the creation of liquidity reserves, both in cash and collateral, in line with future liabilities and the targets set for securing the Group’s liquidity.
These systems are managed and overseen by way of a consistent set of indicators, limits and management rules are combined in a centralized framework of standards and rules for the Group’s institutions, so as to ensure the measurement and consolidated management of liquidity risk.
To keep track of its liquidity risks and define appropriate management and/or corrective actions, the Group has established a reliable, comprehensive and effective internal liquidity management and oversight system including a set of associated indicators and limits. Liquidity risk management and monitoring are carried out at the consolidated Group level and within each of its entities. The definition of these indicators, the calculation methodology and any associated limits are covered in a body of consolidated standards that is reviewed and validated by the decision-making bodies of the Group and its institutions.
The liquidity consumption of the Group’s various business lines and within the entities is governed by an internal liquidity allocation system based, on the one hand, on the setting of a target level of short-term, medium-term and long-term market footprint for the Group and, on the other hand, on its distribution among the Group’s various entities via a liquidity budget system. The Group’s market footprint measures its overall dependence to date on bond and money market funding. The sustainability of the Group’s market access is measured on a regular basis. The structure of the Group’s market footprint (schedule, type of vehicles, currencies, geographic area, investor categories, etc.) is thus closely monitored to ensure that it is not overly dependent on short-term financing and that sources of funds are diversified.
Each entity is required to meet the liquidity budget allocated to it both in terms of actual liquidity consumption and in terms of the projected vision as part of the budget process and the multi-year forecast. This helps to ensure that the market footprint target set by the Group is adequate and to adapt the business line activity projections, if necessary. Moreover, this also makes it possible to adjust the implementation rate of the multi-year funding plan if necessary, based on the needs expressed by the business lines and the Group’s capacity to carry out public issues on the market.
The financing needs of the business lines are closely correlated with changes in commercial assets and liabilities (customer loans and deposits) both in terms of the liquidity gap between the average assets and liabilities under management and due to the need for liquidity reserves that it can generate through compliance with the LCR (Liquidity Coverage Ratio).
The liquidity gap resulting from commercial activity is measured using the Customer loan-to-deposit ratio (LTD) at both the consolidated and entity level. This indicator allows a relative measure of the Group’s autonomy with regard to the financial markets and monitors changes in the structure of the commercial balance sheet.
The liquidity risk of the Group and its entities is measured based on regulatory ratios as defined by European regulations, with the LCR (liquidity coverage ratio for short-term liquidity) and the NSFR (Net Stable Funding Ratio for long-term liquidity).
This regulatory approach is complemented by an internal “economic” approach consisting of measuring the liquidity gap over a ten-year horizon. It makes it possible to control the flow of medium and long-term debt and to anticipate the Group’s refinancing needs. It is governed by Group and individual entity limits.
The liquidity gap is measured using a so-called static approach, which only takes into account on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet positions to date, and incorporates outflow assumptions for many products. These assumptions are based either on internal modeling (early repayment of loans, closing and deposits on home savings plans or PELs, etc.) or on agreements established for all Group entities (notably for customer deposits with no fixed maturity date, demand deposits and passbook savings accounts). The validation of the models and agreements is based on a process shared between the Asset/Liability management function and the Risk function, which ensures a cross-examination of the relevance of the assumptions used and their suitability with respect to the current limit system.
Liquidity crisis simulations are regularly carried out to test the Group’s ability to meet its commitments and continue its day-to-day business in a context of crisis. This stress test system aims to become a tool to support management decisions and to measure the Group’s resilience over a defined period of time, as well as the relevance of its management system.
Under normal circumstances, these simulations aim to regularly measure exposure to liquidity risks by playing out a set of determined stress scenarios. They make it possible to ensure the correct balance between the Group’s liquidity reserve and changes in the net liquidity position under stress, as well as the ability to comply with regulatory requirements.
In a crisis situation, they make it possible to simulate possible changes in the instantaneous liquidity position on the basis of tailor-made scenarios, to identify potential impacts and to define the actions to be taken in the short-term.
The stress calculation methodology is based on the projection of the Group’s on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet flows with stressed assumptions defined in the context of stress scenarios and on changes in the liquidity reserve taking into account securities transactions and different valuations (Market, ECB haircuts) according to different scenarios. Thus, for example, we assume that we will only be able to partially renew all maturing refinancing operations, will have to cope with requests for early repayment of deposits or unexpected disbursements on off-balance sheet loan commitments, and will incur a loss of customer deposits or a substantial change in their structure, or a loss of liquidity in certain market assets.
Liquidity stressors are based on different scenarios: idiosyncratic (Group-specific), a systemic crisis affecting all market players, and a combined crisis. Different intensity levels are also used to allow sensitivity analyzes.
The Group’s consolidated indicators are produced by the Group ALM department based on indicators produced at the level of each entity. The latter are derived from data collected in the entities’ information systems in accordance with a Group organization scheme (data collection, correction and validation process).
A first-level control is carried out by the ALM departments of the entities in conjunction with Group ALM, followed by a second-level control carried out by the Risk departments of the entities and the Group.
The Group’s Contingency Funding Plan (CFP) summarizes the work implemented by the Group to facilitate its management of liquidity crisis situations. The document is updated annually. It is based on a monitoring and alert system via a dashboard listing Early Warning Indicators (EWI) likely to enlighten the Group as to whether or not the CFP should be activated. These EWIs are produced on a daily basis and mainly concern funding, liquidity gap and liquidity reserve indicators. Market indicators (interest rates, exchange rates, equities, CDS, etc.) are also monitored in this daily dashboard. In addition to these quantitative approaches, a qualitative assessment in the form of a confidence index is provided by the functions responsible for issues, the Treasury and Central Bank Collateral Management team, and the Asset/Liability management and Financial Risk Management teams. The CFP can thus be triggered by a specific market environment that may expose the Group’s future liquidity position to increased risks.
During the health crisis of March 2020, and while the Group’s liquidity position was solid both from a cash and regulatory perspective, the Group activated its CFP in a preventive manner, in order to ensure that all business lines within the Group were aligned if actions were to be implemented.
The triggering of the CFP generates the establishment of a specific Crisis Management Committee with an escalation process based on the perceived magnitude of the crisis. In addition to this committee, which meets frequently, the CFP centralizes certain financial activities normally located at Natixis with the head of the Treasury and Central Bank Collateral Management team.
The CFP also includes an inventory and an analysis ahead of the financial and business lines that the Group can implement, including potential liquidity gains and the associated costs (loss of profitability) and possible obstacles to their implementation. These levers can be grouped into three categories:
1.liquidity collection. The Group comprises many entities, which allows it to collect liquidity on an ad hoc basis;
2.reduction in liquidity consumption. In light of its activities, the Group could, if necessary, reduce the financing it grants to the economy should its liquidity position be stressed;
3.monetization of liquid assets. The Group has significant collateral reserves that can be transformed into cash if necessary.
The knowledge gained from the crisis in the first half of 2020 and the subsequent activation of the CFP were used to update the system in all of these components, namely the EWI system, the committee procedure and the related escalation process, together with the assessment of the various levers.
The Financial Management department organizes, coordinates and supervises the funding of Groupe BPCE on the markets.
The short-term funding of Groupe BPCE is carried out by the Single Treasury and Central Bank Collateral Management team, created following the merger of BPCE and Natixis’ cash management teams. This integrated treasury team is capable of managing the Group’s cash position more efficiently, particularly during a credit crunch.
The Group has access to short-term market funding through its two main issuers: BPCE and its subsidiary Natixis.
For medium- and long-term funding requirements (more than one year), in addition to deposits from customers of the Banque Populaire and Caisse d’Epargne networks, which are the primary source of funding, the Group also issues bonds on the financial markets with BPCE as principal operator, offering the broadest range of bonds to investors:
•directly as BPCE for subordinated debt issues (Additional Tier 1 and Tier 2), senior non-preferred debt and vanilla senior preferred debt issues, in multiple currencies, with the main currencies being the EUR, USD, JPY, AUD and GBP;
•or as BPCE SFH, the Group’s main issuer of covered bonds; this issuer, operated by BPCE, specializes in obligations de financement de l’habitat (OH), a category of secured bond guaranteed by French legislation (backed by residential home loans in France).
•Groupe BPCE works with two other highly specialized operators to round out its MLT funding sources:
•Natixis for structured senior preferred debt issues (private placements only) under the Natixis name, and for covered bonds under German law (backed by commercial real estate loans) under the Natixis Pfandbriefbank AG name;
•Crédit Foncier for covered bonds, known as obligations foncières (OF), under the Compagnie de Financement Foncier (a subsidiary of Crédit Foncier) name; OFs are a category of covered bond based on French legislation (backed by public sector loans and assets, in line with the new positioning decided in 2018 for this Group issuer, bearing in mind that the collateral still includes residential home loans in France previously manufactured by Crédit Foncier).
It should be noted that BPCE is also responsible for the MLT funding activities of Natixis (in addition to the aforementioned structured private placements), which no longer carries out public issues on the markets.
BPCE has short-term funding programs governed by French law (NEU CP), UK law (Euro Commercial Paper) and New York State law (US Commercial Paper), and MLT funding programs governed by French law (EMTN and Neu MTN), New York State law (US MTN), Japanese law (Samurai) and New South Wales law (AUD MTN).
Lastly, the Group is also able to conduct market securitization transactions (ABS), primarily via RMBS with residential home loans issued by the Banque Populaire and Caisse d’Epargne networks.
The centralization of the Group’s refinancing involves the implementation of liquidity circulation principles within the Group and the rules for pricing this liquidity so that liquidity can circulate in the best possible way between the Group’s entities. The principles are validated by the Group’s Asset/Liability Management Committee and implemented by the Group’s Treasury and Central Bank Collateral Management team. The system is designed to ensure the transparency and consistency of internal prices, guaranteeing fluid liquidity management between the Group’s institutions.
In addition to this internal liquidity pricing system, an internal disposal rate system has been developed so that each of the Group’s assets and liabilities can be assigned an internal liquidity price. Here again, the principles are decided by the Group’s Asset/Liability Management Committee. The respective changes in the liquidity costs of customer deposits and market resources are taken into account in order to ensure the balanced and profitable development of all activities in the Group’s various business lines.
In its liquidity management policy, Groupe BPCE attaches great importance to the management and optimization of its collateral. Non-negotiable debt securities (in particular loans originated by the networks) and negotiable debt securities (financial securities, etc.) that are eligible for a funding arrangement, whether central bank funding (via the 3G pool) or Group funding (covered bonds, securitization, etc.) are classified as collateral.
•centralized management of the entities’ collateral by the central institution in order to improve oversight and operationality of collateral management. For entities with a 3G Pool (Natixis, Compagnie de Financement Foncier, BRED, Crédit Coopératif, Banque Palatine), each entity is responsible for its own collateral. Nonetheless, these entities cannot directly participate in ECB refinancing operations without prior approval from the central institution;
•a definition of investment and management rules by the central institution, with the entities enjoying autonomy in their decision-making in accordance with Group standards;
•a set of indicators relating to the monitoring of collateral determined at Group level and monitored by the Group’s Asset/Liability Management Committee.
Collateral management with respect to non-negotiable debt securities is based on a dedicated information system that makes it possible to identify the receivables and identify their eligibility for the various existing arrangements. A significant portion of these receivables is intended to be secured in order to meet the liquidity reserve requirements as set by the Group, particularly with regard to the stress tests conducted periodically.
The unsecured portion is available to carry out funding operations in the market, either in the form of sales of advances or in the form of mobilization of advances. Groupe BPCE has developed a strong expertise in this area, which has enabled it to structure innovative refinancing mechanisms, thus increasing its ability to diversify its sources of fund-raising from investors.
The Group continues to focus on improving risk monitoring through a detailed mapping of liquidity risks and on optimizing the tools and procedures to manage the Group’s liquidity position and its balance sheet, on a constant basis, in order to be able to cope with new crises, should they occur.
The work carried out with the review of currency management systems, the diversification of short-term financing, the monitoring of intraday risks and stress tests to increase their operationality play an integral part in ensuring that the systems are more appropriate for monitoring and managing Groupe BPCE’s liquidity risks.
To support the strengthening of the various systems, numerous IT projects aimed at improving the quality of the Group’s production have been carried out with the launch of a new ALM management tool and a strengthened capacity to project indicators over time. Significant investments were also launched as part of the management of the Group’s collateral with a view to industrializing and securing structured and specialized transactions and ultimately meeting the ambitions of ensuring greater diversification of the Group’s refinancing.
-
9.3 Quantitative disclosures
At December 31, 2022, the liquidity reserves covered 150% of the short-term funding and short-term maturities of MLT debt (€215 billion at December 31, 2022) compared to 247% at December 31, 2021 (ST and MLT maturities of €133 billion).
The decrease in the coverage ratio is partly due to the repayments of TLTRO 3 occurring during the year 2023.
The change in the liquidity reserve during 2022 reflects the Group’s liquidity management policy with the desire to maintain a high level of hedging of its liquidity risk.
in billions of euros
01/01/2023 to
12/31/2023
01/01/2024 to
12/31/2026
01/01/2027 to
12/31/2030
Liquidity gap
44.6
10.0
16.9
The projected liquidity position shows a structural liquidity surplus over the analysis horizon. Compared to the end of 2021, this surplus was down by €58.8 billion over a one-year horizon, by €44.2 billion over the two-to-four-year horizon and €24.3 billion over the five-to-eight-year horizon.
Over the short-term horizon, this change is partly due to the effect of reducing the residual maturity of TLTRO 3 drawdowns. Over the medium-term horizon, the decrease in the liquidity surplus reflects the increase in the customer gap in the Commercial Banking networks, as also illustrated by the change in the customer loan-to-deposit ratio.
At December 31, 2022, the Group’s customer loan-to-deposit ratio amounted to 122%, compared to 120% at December 31, 2021.
in millions of euros
Less
than
1 month
From
1 month
to
3 months
From
3 months
at 1 year
From
1 year
to 5 years
More than
5 years
Not
determined
Total at
12/31/2022
Cash and amounts due from central banks
170,929
86
304
171,318
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
192,751
192,751
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income
20,033
804
2,889
10,034
7,464
3,059
44,284
Hedging derivatives
12,700
12,700
Securities at amortized cost
745
345
3,697
8,134
13,907
822
27,650
Loans and advances to banks at amortized cost
89,429
4,548
512
2,423
47
735
97,694
Loans and advances to customers at amortized cost
77,360
23,217
64,738
252,406
387,787
21,444
826,953
Revaluation difference on interest rate risk-hedged portfolios, assets
(6,845)
(6,845)
Financial assets by maturity
358,496
29,001
71,836
272,997
409,206
224,968
1,366,504
Central banks
9
9
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
8,916
97
433
1,411
13,499
160,391
184,747
Hedging derivatives
16,286
16,286
Debt securities
35,340
24,836
43,078
78,224
69,982
(8,088)
243,373
Amounts due to banks and similar
29,750
6,376
73,841
19,694
9,433
24
139,117
Amounts due to customers
552,292
17,123
31,212
56,906
6,874
29,564
693,970
Subordinated debt
678
12
2,547
8,419
8,437
(1,161)
18,932
Revaluation differences on interest rate risk-hedged portfolios
389
389
Financial liabilities by maturity
626,985
48,443
151,111
164,654
108,224
197,406
1,296,823
Loan commitments given to banks
204
35
5
449
107
2
801
Loan commitments given to customers
27,015
7,100
22,136
63,182
21,700
18,626
159,758
TOTAL LOAN COMMITMENTS GIVEN
27,220
7,134
22,140
63,631
21,807
18,628
160,560
Guarantee commitments given to banks
1,194
648
1,062
534
2,371
2,025
7,834
Guarantee commitments given to customers
4,330
5,546
9,497
15,354
10,502
2,415
47,644
TOTAL GUARANTEE COMMITMENTS GIVEN
5,524
6,194
10,560
15,888
12,873
4,440
55,478
in millions of euros
Less
than
1 month
From
1 month
to
3 months
From
3 months
at 1 year
From
1 year
to 5 years
More than
5 years
Not
determined
Total at
12/31/2021
Cash and amounts due from central banks
54,203
131,942
172
186,317
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
198,919
198,919
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income
2,064
821
3,865
18,977
17,805
5,066
48,598
Hedging derivatives
7,163
7,163
Securities at amortized cost
659
361
1,211
8,177
12,140
2,439
24,986
Loans and advances to banks at amortized cost
83,699
4,898
3,942
806
226
568
94,140
Loans and advances to customers at amortized cost
41,455
23,244
68,270
264,909
374,422
8,798
781,097
Revaluation difference on interest rate risk-hedged portfolios, assets
5,394
5,394
Financial assets by maturity
182,080
161,266
77,288
292,869
404,591
228,519
1,346,614
Central banks
6
6
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
7,168
100
389
1,333
14,728
168,050
191,768
Hedging derivatives
12,521
12,521
Debt securities
28,834
30,254
37,864
73,343
63,143
3,981
237,419
Amounts due to banks and similar
26,350
9,825
5,683
101,071
9,598
2,864
155,391
Amounts due to customers
553,167
15,506
20,457
63,401
10,019
2,766
665,317
Subordinated debt
591
11
3
9,895
7,589
901
18,990
Revaluation differences on interest rate risk-hedged portfolios
184
184
Financial liabilities by maturity
616,111
55,702
64,396
249,043
105,077
191,267
1,281,596
Loan commitments given to banks
8
98
378
816
128
1,428
Loan commitments given to customers
33,523
7,730
24,526
61,324
21,746
5,559
154,408
TOTAL LOAN COMMITMENTS GIVEN
33,530
7,828
24,904
62,141
21,874
5,559
155,837
Guarantee commitments given to banks
1,570
704
1,375
196
1,891
2,706
8,443
Guarantee commitments given to customers
2,818
5,004
5,997
17,185
9,051
2,675
42,731
TOTAL GUARANTEE COMMITMENTS GIVEN
4,389
5,708
7,372
17,381
10,942
5,381
51,173
Financial instruments marked to market on the income statement and held in the trading book, variable-income available-for-sale financial assets, non-performing loans, hedging derivatives and revaluation differences on interest rate risk-hedged portfolios are placed in the “No fixed maturity” column. These financial instruments are:
•or held for sale or redeemed at an indeterminable date (particularly where they have no contractual maturity);
Technical provisions of insurance companies, which, for the most part are equivalent to demand deposits, are not shown in the Table above.
One of the Group’s priorities in terms of medium- and long-term funding in the financial markets is to ensure that sources of funding are properly diversified, in terms of types of investors, types of debt instruments, countries and currencies.
Under the 2022 wholesale MLT funding plan, in 2022 Groupe BPCE raised a total of €33.5 billion in the bond market, of which €27.3 billion excluding structured private placements; public issues made up 78% of this amount and private placements 22%.
In 2022, the amount raised in the unsecured bond segment, excluding structured private placements, was €14.2 billion, of which €2.5 billion in Tier 2, €4.2 billion in the form of senior non-preferred debt and €7.5 billion in the form of senior preferred debt. In addition, €6.2 billion were raised in structured private placements.
In the secured funding segment excluding ABS, the amount raised was €13.1 billion in covered bonds. In addition, €1.4 billion were raised in the form of ABS (mainly RMBS backed by residential mortgage loans granted by the Banque Populaire and Caisse d’Epargne networks).
The unsecured bond segment (Tier 2 + senior non-preferred + senior preferred) accounted for 58% of funding raised, and the secured funding segment 42% (38% covered bonds and 4% ABS).
The breakdown by currency of unsecured issues excluding completed structured private placements is a good indicator of the diversification of the Group’s medium- and long-term funding sources. In all, 43% were issued in currencies other than the euro in 2022; the four largest currencies were USD (27%), JPY (9%), AUD (4%), and GBP (2%).
The average maturity at issuance (including abs) for Groupe BPCE as a whole was 6.7 years in 2022, compared with an average maturity of 8.2 years in 2021.
The vast majority of medium- and long-term funding raised in 2022 was at a fixed rate, as in previous years. In general, fixed rate is swapped into floating rate in accordance with the Group’s interest rate risk management policy.
Groupe BPCE carried out three social/green public bond issues or RMBS in 2022 for a total of €1.9 billion:
•in January 2022, BPCE became the first European issuer of a green bond dedicated to sustainable agriculture: this was a 6NC5 senior non-preferred public issue for €750 million;
-
9.4 Management of structural interest rate risk
Structural interest rate risk (or overall interest rate risk) is defined as the risk incurred in the event of a change in interest rates due to all balance sheet and off-balance sheet transactions, except for – if applicable – transactions subject to market risks. Structural interest rate risk is an intrinsic component of the business and profitability of credit institutions.
The objective of the Group’s interest rate risk management system is to monitor each institution’s maturity transformation level in order to contribute to the growth of the Group and the business lines while evening out the impact of any unfavorable interest rate changes on the value of the Group’s banking books and future income.
Structural interest rate risk is controlled by a system of indicators and limits set by the Group Asset/Liability Management Committee. It measures structural interest rate risk on the balance sheet, excluding any kind of independent risk (trading, own accounts, etc.). The indicators used are divided into two approaches: a static approach that only takes into account on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet positions at a set date and a dynamic approach which includes commercial and financial forecasts. They can be classified into two sets:
•gap indicators, which compare the amount of liability exposures against asset exposures on the same interest rate index and over different maturities. These indicators are used to validate the main balance sheet aggregates to ensure the sustainability of the financial results achieved. Gaps are calculated on the basis of contractual maturities, the results of common behavioral models for different credit or collection products, outflow agreements for products with no maturity date, and specific agreements for regulated rates;
•sensitivity indicators, both in terms of value and revenues. Value-based indicators measure the change in the net present value of equity in the light of interest rate shocks applied to the static balance sheet. In addition to the Basel II regulatory indicator (SOT: standard outlier test), which measures sensitivity to interest rate shocks of +/-200 basis points, the Group has introduced an internal Economic Value of Equity (EVE) indicator. Revenue-based indicators measure the sensitivity of the projected net interest income where there are differences between the change in the market interest rate and the central scenario established quarterly by the Group’s economists. This net interest income sensitivity indicator covers all commercial banking activities and aims to estimate the sensitivity of the institutions’ results to interest rate fluctuations.
The dynamic approach in terms of sensitivity of future revenues has been strengthened by a multi-scenario vision allowing a broader approach by taking into account the uncertainties related to business forecasts (new activity and changes in customer behavior), to possible changes. commercial margin, etc. Internal stress tests are carried out periodically to measure changes in the bank’s earnings trajectory in adverse scenarios.
The interest rate position of the Group’s institutions is managed in compliance with the Group’s standards, which formalize both the indicators monitored and the associated limits, as well as the instruments authorized for hedging interest rate risk. These are strictly “vanilla” (unstructured), option sales are excluded and accounting methods with no impact on the Group’s consolidated income are preferred.
The interest rate position is mainly driven by Retail Banking and Insurance, and primarily by the networks. Measured using a static approach to interest rate gaps, it shows a structural risk exposure to an increase in interest rates with a surplus of fixed-rate assets compared to fixed-rate resources. This structural surplus is due in particular to the percentage of customer deposits at regulated or similar rates (in particular the Livret A rate).
The interest rate gaps at the end of 2022, presented below, show a significant change compared to the previous year with an increase in the application surplus over a one-year horizon as well as over the periods beyond one year. This change is linked to an increase in the structural transformation position due to the production of fixed-rate loans but also to the inclusion of an optional portion materializing the higher risk of arbitrage of customer deposits in a context of sharp rise in rates.
The sensitivity of the net present value of the Group’s balance sheet to a +/-200 bps variation in interest rates remained lower than the 15% Tier 1 limit. At December 31, 2022, Groupe BPCE’s sensitivity to interest rate increases stood at -13.94% compared to Tier 1 versus -11.37% at December 31, 2021. This indicator, calculated according to a static approach (contractual or conventional flow of all balance sheet items) and in a stress scenario (immediate and significant interest rate shock), makes it possible to highlight the distortion of the balance sheet. a long horizon. This measurement is closely correlated with the measurement of interest rate gaps detailed above.
To better control the Group’s exposure to interest rate risk, it must be supplemented by a dynamic approach (including new production forecasts). This is achieved by measuring the change in the Group’s forecast net interest margin at one year according to four scenarios (rise in rates, fall in rates, steepening of the yield curve, flattening of the yield curve) compared to the core scenario. As of September 30, 2022, a small upward shock (+25 bps) would have a negative impact of 1.4% on the projected net interest margin (expected loss of €91 million) over a rolling year, whereas the small downward scenario (-25 bps) would have a positive impact of 1.5% (expected gain of €95 million).
The table below presents the financial instruments for each index that must transition within the framework of the index reform. Since January 1, 2022, risks are mainly confined to the transition from the LIBOR USD index (for overnight, one, three, six and twelve-month maturities) to the SOFR rate (see Section 5.16).
The data presented are taken from the management databases at December 31, 2022 after elimination of internal transactions with Groupe BPCE and concern financial instruments with a maturity exceeding June 30, 2023, taking into account the following conventions:
Financial assets and liabilities excluding derivatives are presented based on their nominal amount (past due principal), excluding provisions;
For derivatives with a receiving and a paying leg exposed to a reference rate, both legs were reported in the table below to accurately reflect Groupe BPCE’s exposure to the reference rate for those two legs.
-
9.5 Management of structural exchange rate risk
Structural foreign exchange risk is defined as the risk of a realized or unrealized loss due to an unfavorable fluctuation in foreign currency exchange rates. The management system distinguishes between the structural exchange risk policy and the management of operational foreign exchange risk.
For Groupe BPCE (excluding Natixis), foreign exchange risk is monitored using regulatory indicators (measuring corresponding capital adequacy requirements by entity). The residual foreign exchange positions held by the Group (excluding Natixis) are not material because virtually all foreign currency assets and liabilities are match-funded in the same currency.
As regards international trade financing transactions, risk-taking is limited to counterparties in countries with freely-translatable currencies, provided that translation can be technically carried out by the technically managed by the entity’s information system.
Natixis’ structural exchange rate positions on net investments in foreign operations funded with currency forwards are tracked on a quarterly basis by its Asset/Liability Management Committee in terms of sensitivity as well as solvency. The resulting risk indicators are submitted to the Group Asset/Liability Management Committee on a quarterly basis.
At December 31, 2022, Groupe BPCE, subject to regulatory capital requirements for foreign exchange risk, recorded a stable foreign exchange position of €4,739 million versus €3,708 million at the end of 2021, with €379 million for foreign exchange risk. The foreign exchange position is mainly carried by GFS.
-
9.6 Detailed quantitative disclosures on liquidity risk
The detailed quantitative disclosures on liquidity risk in the following tables enhance the information in the previous section under Pillar III.
The cash balance sheet of Groupe BPCE excluding the contribution of the SCF shows the main items of the balance sheet by identifying in particular:
•the business financing requirements (customer loans, centralization of regulated passbook savings accounts and the Group’s tangible and intangible assets) for a total of €883 billion at December 31, 2022, up by €50 billion year-on-year mainly due to the increase in loans outstanding (real estate loans);
•the Group’s stable resources consisting of customer deposits, medium- and long-term resources, and equity and similar assets, for a total of €1,023 billion as of December 31, 2022, up by €24 billion over one year, mainly due to the increase in customer deposits;
•the €139 billion surplus reflects the surplus of customer deposits and medium- and long-term financial resources over the financing needs of the customer business. It is mainly invested in liquid assets to contribute to the liquidity reserve;
•the short-term resources invested mainly in liquid assets (central bank deposits, interbank assets, debt securities).
The regulatory 30-day liquidity ratio measures the ratio between the liquidity buffer (HQLA – High Quality Liquid Assets) and the expected net cash outflows over a 30-day period. Since January 1, 2018, the minimum requirement level has been set at 100%.
The Group’s LCR stood at an average monthly rate of 142% for the year 2022, i.e. a liquidity surplus of €65 billion in December 2022, compared with levels of 161% and €86 billion respectively in December 2021.
(1)
Balance of stable resources of €139 billion at 12/31/2022 = MLT resources of €221 billion + customer deposits of €709 billion + capital excluding subordinated debt of €82 billion + miscellaneous €11 billion - customer loans of €782 billion - regulated passbook savings centralization of €85 billion + fixed assets of €17 billion.
(3)
Net position of accrual accounts and other liabilities and refinancing transactions with the SCF : €11 billion on the liabilities side for the Group excluding SCF.
(4)
Of which €21 billion, excluding accrued interest, of market MLT resources with a residual maturity date of less than or equal to one year.
(5)
Of which €1.5 billion (excluding accrued interest) of BPCE's preferred senior bond issues (with €0.1 billion maturing in one year or less) and €2.2 billion (excluding accrued interest) of BPCE's Tier 2 issues (with no issues maturing in one year or less) marketed in our networks.
in millions of euros
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
Total unweighted value (average)
Total weighted value (average)
EU 1a
Quarter ending on (MM DD YYYY)
03/31/2022
06/30/2022
09/30/2022
12/31/2022
03/31/2022
06/30/2022
09/30/2022
12/31/2022
EU 1b
Number of data points used in the calculation of averages
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
HIGH QUALITY LIQUID ASSETS (HQLA)
1
Total High Quality Liquid Assets (HQLA)
231,216
228,372
223,352
220,931
CASH OUTFLOWS
2
Retail deposits and deposits from small business customers, of which:
379,933
383,427
386,214
388,030
22,522
22,771
22,967
23,058
3
Stable deposits
290,633
292,696
294,596
295,702
14,535
14,635
14,730
14,785
4
Less stable deposits
79,834
81,329
82,345
82,680
7,987
8,136
8,238
8,273
5
Unsecured deposits of corporates and financial institutions, including
199,908
202,096
204,478
207,023
102,446
103,164
104,015
105,359
6
Operational deposits
52,539
52,810
52,499
52,043
12,204
12,264
12,178
12,043
7
Non-operational deposits
131,636
133,940
136,912
139,873
74,509
75,554
76,770
78,208
8
Unsecured debt
15,733
15,346
15,067
15,108
15,733
15,346
15,067
15,108
9
Secured deposits of corporates and financial institutions
25,811
26,608
26,956
26,982
10
Additional outflows, including:
110,962
112,927
115,083
116,568
28,277
28,980
30,410
32,020
11
Outflows related to derivative exposures and other collateral requirements
15,373
15,552
15,822
16,091
11,243
11,645
12,567
13,720
12
Outflows related to loss of funding on debt products
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
13
Credit and liquidity facilities
95,589
97,375
99,260
100,477
17,035
17,335
17,843
18,300
14
Other contractual funding obligations
30,769
34,464
36,026
35,953
29,490
33,411
34,975
34,931
15
Other contingent funding obligations
119,205
124,921
127,307
128,685
12,902
13,324
13,741
13,942
16
Total cash outflows
208,098
207,984
233,065
236,292
CASH INFLOWS
17
Transactions collateralized by securities (i.e. reverse repos)
95,735
99,490
105,171
106,277
12,778
13,328
14,197
14,956
18
Cash inflows from loans
29,294
30,547
31,535
31,630
22,417
23,575
24,526
24,467
19
Other cash inflows
52,636
54,015
53,890
52,630
39,377
41,416
41,867
40,966
EU-19a
(Difference between total weighted cash inflows and total weighted cash outflows resulting from transactions in third countries subject to transfer restrictions or denominated in non-convertible currencies)
0
0
0
0
EU-19b
(Surplus inflows from a related specialized credit institution)
0
0
0
0
20
TOTAL CASH INFLOWS
177,665
184,052
190,595
190,537
74,572
78,318
80,591
80,389
EU-20a
Cash inflows fully exempt from cap
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
EU-20b
Cash inflows subject to the 90% cap
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
EU-20c
Cash inflows subject to the 75% cap
147,071
155,470
161,401
159,945
74,572
78,318
80,591
80,389
TOTAL ADJUSTED VALUE
21
TOTAL HQLA
231,216
228,372
223,352
220,931
22
TOTAL NET CASH OUTFLOWS
146,876
149,940
152,474
155,903
23
SHORT-TERM LIQUIDITY RATIO (IN %)
158%
152%
147%
142%
The Group’s liquid assets, after taking into account regulatory haircuts, amounted to €221 billion and consisted largely of central bank deposits and sovereign securities.
The gross cash outflows amounted to €236 billion, growing in both 2021 and 2022, in line with the increase in customer deposits, both Retail and Wholesale. On the other hand, the gross cash inflows amounted to €80 billion and were up compared to December 2021. In net position, cash outflows thus amounted to €156 billion, an increase of €13 billion compared to December 2021.
The liquid asset position is managed in such a way as to retain a sufficient amount of excess liquidity to cover any volatility in the evolution of the LCR ratio and also to protect the Group against a short-term liquidity crisis that may prevent the Group from renewing all or part of its short-term issues. In this context, the excess liquidity will be absorbed first without impacting the Group’s core activities.
The net stable funding ratio (NSFR) corresponds to the amount of available stable funding (i.e. own funds and the proportion of liabilities assumed to be reliable over the time horizon taken into account for the purposes of the NSFR, i.e. up to one year) compared to the required stable funding. This ratio is restrictive, with a minimum requirement level of 100% since June 28, 2021.
The Group’s NSFR stood at 106.27% as of December 31, 2022, i.e. a liquidity surplus of €48.9 billion.
in millions of euros
12/31/2022
a
b
c
d
e
Unweighted value by residual maturity
Weighted
value
No maturity
< 6 months
6 months to <
1 year
≥ 1 year
AVAILABLE STABLE FUNDING (ASF) ITEMS
1
Capital items and instruments
79,765
0
0
14,372
94,137
2
Capital
79,765
0
0
14,372
94,137
3
Other capital instruments
0
0
0
0
4
Retail deposits
394,336
805
14,700
385,951
5
Stable deposits
312,109
385
2,684
299,553
6
Less stable deposits
82,226
420
12,017
86,398
7
Wholesale funding:
482,034
46,400
192,873
315,618
8
Operational deposits
50,234
0
0
2,277
9
Other wholesale funding
431,799
46,400
192,873
313,342
10
Interdependent liabilities
7,912
0
76,766
0
11
Other commitments:
4,796
42,510
3,202
31,669
33,270
12
NSFR derivative liabilities
4,796
13
All other liabilities and capital instruments not included in the above categories
42,510
3,202
31,669
33,270
14
Total available stable funding (ASF)
828,977
REQUIRED STABLE FUNDING (RSF) ITEMS
15
Total High Quality Liquid Assets (HQLA)
16,096
EU-15a
Assets encumbered for more than one year in cover pool
39
3,955
42,668
39,662
16
Deposits held at other financial institutions for operational purposes
388
0
0
194
17
Performing loans and securities:
140,809
47,896
730,159
632,142
18
Performing securities financing transactions with financial customers collateralized by Level 1 HQLA subject to 0% haircut
18,013
2,796
2,386
4,307
19
Performing securities financing transactions with financial customer collateralized by other assets and loans and advances to financial institutions
51,185
4,151
23,355
29,227
20
Performing loans to non-financial corporate clients, loans to retail and small business customers, and loans to sovereigns, and PSEs, of which:
52,019
29,802
426,492
564,449
21
With a risk weight of less than or equal to 35% under the Basel II Standardized Approach for credit risk
8,430
7,581
159,422
300,072
22
Performing residential mortgages, of which:
11,333
10,246
239,923
0
23
With a risk weight of less than or equal to 35% under the Basel II Standardized Approach for credit risk
11,333
10,246
239,923
0
24
Other loans and securities that are not in default and do not qualify as HQLA, including exchange-traded equities and trade finance on-balance sheet products
8,292
1,146
41,255
37,160
25
Interdependent assets
7,912
0
76,766
0
26
Other assets:
0
57,499
386
71,753
73,444
27
Physical traded commodities
0
0
28
Assets posted as initial margin for derivative contracts and contributions to default funds of CCPs
479
0
7,316
6,626
29
NSFR derivative assets
1,065
0
30
NSFR derivative liabilities before deduction of variation margin posted
42,439
2,122
31
All other assets not included in the above categories
13,516
386
64,437
64,697
32
Off-balance sheet items
280,524
0
28,608
18,548
33
Total RSF
780,086
34
Net Stable Funding Ratio (in %)
106%
in millions of euros
12/31/2021
a
b
c
d
e
Unweighted value by residual maturity
Weighted
value
No maturity
< 6 months
6 months to <
1 year
≥ 1 year
AVAILABLE STABLE FUNDING (ASF) ITEMS
1
Capital items and instruments
77,859
0
0
12,951
90,810
2
Capital
77,859
0
0
12,951
90,810
3
Other capital instruments
0
0
0
0
4
Retail deposits
385,390
621
13,923
376,598
5
Stable deposits
304,947
354
3,277
293,313
6
Less stable deposits
80,443
268
10,646
83,286
7
Wholesale funding:
428,483
29,738
255,944
364,447
8
Operational deposits
87,674
0
0
3,535
9
Other wholesale funding
340,808
29,738
255,944
360,912
10
Interdependent liabilities
6,638
0
69,672
0
11
Other commitments:
453
25,165
1,116
42,910
43,468
12
NSFR derivative liabilities
453
13
All other liabilities and capital instruments not included in the above categories
25,165
1,116
42,910
43,468
14
Total available stable funding (ASF)
875,323
REQUIRED STABLE FUNDING (RSF) ITEMS
15
Total High Quality Liquid Assets (HQLA)
22,608
EU-15a
Assets encumbered for more than one year in cover pool
1,452
1,585
40,950
37,389
16
Deposits held at other financial institutions for operational purposes
325
-
-
163
17
Performing loans and securities:
121,074
45,875
689,551
611,739
18
Performing securities financing transactions with financial customers collateralized by Level 1 HQLA subject to 0% haircut
14,388
957
2,654
3,714
19
Performing securities financing transactions with financial customer collateralized by other assets and loans and advances to financial institutions
39,476
5,349
15,846
20,804
20
Performing loans to non-financial corporate clients, loans to retail and small business customers, and loans to sovereigns, and PSEs, of which:
49,053
29,021
409,473
544,983
21
With a risk weight of less than or equal to 35% under the Basel II Standardized Approach for credit risk
7 450
6,867
152,178
274,816
22
Performing residential mortgages, of which:
10,177
9,368
214,660
-
23
With a risk weight of less than or equal to 35% under the Basel II Standardized Approach for credit risk
10,177
9,368
214,660
-
24
Other loans and securities that are not in default and do not qualify as HQLA, including exchange-traded equities and trade finance on-balance sheet products
7,980
1,180
46,919
42,237
25
Interdependent assets
6,638
-
69,672
-
26
Other assets:
0
43,677
1,297
73,230
79,029
27
Physical traded commodities
-
-
28
Assets posted as initial margin for derivative contracts and contributions to default funds of CCPs
57
-
5,086
4,372
29
NSFR derivative assets
3,036
2,583
30
NSFR derivative liabilities before deduction of variation margin posted
24,623
1,231
31
All other assets not included in the above categories
15,962
1,297
68,143
70,844
32
Off-balance sheet items
117,757
-
339 179
5,742
33
Total RSF
756,669
34
Net Stable Funding Ratio (in %)
116%
In addition to the structural effects – combining deposit taking and loan production – which result in the production of a natural NSFR surplus for Groupe BPCE, cyclical effects including the increase in loans, the amortization of the TLTRO III and the review of the treatment of off-balance sheet items covered by Article 23 of the delegated act explains the level of surplus posted at December 31, 2022.
The amount of available stable funding for Groupe BPCE thus amounts to €828.98 billion and mainly consists of:
•customer deposits (€386 billion), including a significant portion of deposits deemed stable, and increasing slightly since June 2022 reflecting the high levels of savings recorded over the period, and
•wholesale financing (€316 billion), including corporate deposits, down compared to June 2022, in the current context of TLTRO III repayment.
The amount of required stable funding stands at €780 billion, the result of a significant level of performing loans and securities whose impact was €632 billion.
in millions of euros
12/31/2022
Carrying amount of
encumbered assets
Fair value of
encumbered assets
Carrying amount of
unencumbered assets
Fair value of
unencumbered assets
of which
notionally
eligible
EHQLA
and
HQLA
of which
notionally
eligible
EHQLA
and
HQLA
of which
EHQLA
and
HQLA
of which
EHQLA
and
HQLA
10
30
40
50
60
80
90
100
010
Assets of the reporting institution
320,806
72,724
1,072,536
20,560
030
Equity instruments
21,616
18,454
21,616
18,454
17,941
5,964
13,006
5,939
040
Debt securities
84,851
54,270
83,477
54,277
14,361
14,361
33,484
28,213
050
of which: covered bonds
256
4
263
4
720
720
1,258
1,075
060
of which: securitization
23,534
0
22,357
0
0
0
0
0
070
of which: issued by general governments
45,552
44,675
45,558
44,682
10,545
10,545
17,166
16,361
080
of which: issued by financial corporations
13,139
7,626
12,950
7,626
3,232
3,232
6,277
6,277
090
of which: issued by non-financial corporations
4,148
2,019
4,149
1,983
0
0
9,304
4,647
120
Other assets
214,522
0
1,035,043
0
in millions of euros
12/31/2021
Carrying amount of
encumbered assets
Fair value of
encumbered assets
Carrying amount of
unencumbered assets
Fair value of
unencumbered assets
of which
notionally
eligible
EHQLA
and
HQLA
of which
notionally
eligible
EHQLA
and
HQLA
of which
EHQLA
and
HQLA
of which
EHQLA
and
HQLA
010
030
040
050
060
080
090
100
010
Assets of the reporting institution
334,073
72,938
1,036,947
28,255
030
Equity instruments
28,321
25,474
28,321
25,474
22,108
5,824
18,098
5,848
040
Debt securities
83,384
47,619
82,921
47,564
24,026
23,188
37,637
31,798
050
of which: covered bonds
368
185
372
185
1,256
1,073
1,279
1,098
060
of which: securitization
19,429
0
19,101
0
0
0
0
0
070
of which: issued by general governments
44,263
41,815
44,140
41,752
17,740
17,032
20,156
19,626
080
of which: issued by financial corporations
14,630
4,033
14,562
4,034
4,959
4,959
5,176
5,140
090
of which: issued by non-financial corporations
3,009
1,648
3,011
1,654
0
0
10,575
5,949
120
Other assets
221,369
0
990,812
0
in millions of euros
12/31/2022
Fair value of encumbered collateral
received or own debt securities
issued
Unencumbered
Fair value of collateral received or
own debt securities issued that
may be encumbered
of which
notionally
eligible EHQLA
and HQLA
of which
EHQLA and
HQLA
010
030
040
060
130
Collateral received by the reporting institution
137,449
109,321
91,268
46,931
140
Loans on demand
0
0
0
0
150
Equity instruments
34,854
18,283
21,687
5,910
160
Debt securities
102,595
92,190
47,542
41,570
170
of which: covered bonds
162
5
866
866
180
of which: securitization
0
0
0
0
190
of which: issued by general governments
76,151
76,045
29,334
28,342
200
of which: issued by financial corporations
23,354
14,986
11,530
11,530
210
of which: issued by non-financial corporations
2,939
824
6,370
1,982
220
Loans and advances other than loans on demand
0
0
21,980
0
230
Other collateral received
0
0
0
0
240
Own debt securities issued other than own covered bonds or securitizations
0
0
0
0
241
Own covered bonds and asset-backed securities issued and not yet pledged
9
0
250
TOTAL ASSETS, COLLATERAL RECEIVED AND OWN DEBT SECURITIES ISSUED
464,521
186,005
in millions of euros
12/31/2021
Fair value of encumbered collateral
received or own debt securities
issued
Unencumbered
Fair value of collateral received or
own debt securities issued that
may be encumbered
of which
notionally
eligible EHQLA
and HQLA
of which
EHQLA and
HQLA
010
030
040
060
130
Collateral received by the reporting institution
132,900
96,218
94,895
48,445
140
Loans on demand
0
0
0
0
150
Equity instruments
39,703
17,519
26,108
4,963
160
Debt securities
94,574
79,976
47,459
43,482
170
of which: covered bonds
581
366
1,484
1,484
180
of which: securitization
4,652
0
0
0
190
of which: issued by general governments
73,051
70,843
34,697
34,300
200
of which: issued by financial corporations
13,058
6,143
6,547
6,547
210
of which: issued by non-financial corporations
1,341
408
4,707
1,485
220
Loans and advances other than loans on demand
0
0
20,710
0
230
Other collateral received
0
0
0
0
240
Own debt securities issued other than own covered bonds or securitizations
0
0
0
0
241
Own covered bonds and asset-backed securities issued and not yet pledged
400
0
250
TOTAL ASSETS, COLLATERAL RECEIVED AND OWN DEBT SECURITIES ISSUED
464,722
170,859
An asset or a guarantee is encumbered when it is capitalized as a guarantee, collateral or enhancement of an institution’s transaction.
At the closing date of December 31, 2022, the ratio of encumbered assets to assets on the Group’s balance sheet was 27.2%, up by 2.0% compared to the ratio at December 31, 2021 (29.2%).
The Group uses its assets and collateral to obtain financing on favorable terms and to carry out repurchase agreements and derivative transactions.
–€96.1 billion in loans and advances to guarantee covered bonds issued by BPCE SFH, SCF and Natixis Pfandbriefbank. The over-collateralization rates applied are respectively 105% for BPCE SFH/SCF and 102% for Natixis Pfandbriefbank,
–€133.5 billion in advances and securities mobilized at the Central Bank to carry out TLTRO transactions. The Group’s central institution manages the 3G pooling system on behalf of the institutions;
-
10.1 Legal and arbitration proceedings – BPCE
Marketplace antitrust case initially involving Banques Populaires Participations (BP Participations) and Caisses d’Epargne Participations (CE Participations) and BPCE since it merged with and absorbed BP Participations and CE Participations.
On March 18, 2008, BFBP and CNCE received, as was the case for other banks on the marketplace, a notice of grievance from the French anti-trust authority. The banks are accused of having established and mutually agreed on the amount of the check imaging exchange commission, as well as related check commissions.
The anti-trust authority delivered its decision on September 20, 2010 to fine the banks found guilty (€90.9 million for BPCE). These banks (except for the Banque de France) lodged an appeal.
On February 23, 2012, the Paris Court of Appeals overruled the anti-trust authority’s decision and the €90.9 million fine paid by BPCE was refunded.
On the referral of the anti-trust authority, on April 14, 2015, the Court of Cassation overturned the Court of Appeals’ 2012 ruling due to breach of procedure. The banks were once again required to pay the fine.
BPCE, along with the other accused banks, referred this ruling to the Paris Court of Appeals, requesting that it purge this breach of procedure and uphold its 2012 decision, ensuring that BPCE will ultimately be reimbursed.
The Second Court of Appeals ruled on December 21, 2017 and confirmed the 2010 analysis of the anti-trust authority, thus contradicting the initial decision by the Paris Court of Appeals in 2012.
The Court considered that the introduction of the EIC commission and CSCs constitute anti-competitive practice in its nature and upheld the conviction to pay the fine set by the ADLC. However, the Court reduced the amount of Caisse d’Epargne’s fine by €4.07 million, by canceling the 10% increase to the fine imposed by ADLC on certain banks for their key roles in negotiations. BPCE, standing in for CE Participations, should retrieve this amount of €4.07 million from the Treasury.
On January 29, 2020, the Court of Cassation rendered its verdict and overturned the appeal for lack of legal grounds on the demonstration of collusion. The ruling referred the case back to the Court of Appeal, with the banks returning to their position subsequent to the ruling of the Autorité de la concurrence (ADLC), the French competition authority.
The Court of Appeal of Reference issued its decision on December 2, 2021 and reformed almost the entirety of the decision of the Competition Authority of 2010 sanctioning 11 banks and canceled the €384.9 million of fines imposed on the banks.
This ruling on remand after a second cassation (ruling of January 29, 2020), allowed BPCE SA to recover on December 30, 2021 the total sum of €90,962,647.35 (corresponding to the €38.09 million for the BPs and €48.74 million for the CEs), as well as the additional €4 million paid by BPCE SA to the French Treasury in April 2020 (corresponding to the reimbursement of the reduction in the CEs’ fine pronounced by the appeal ruling of December 21, 2017).
In its decision, the Court of Appeal found that the introduction, at the time of the transition to dematerialization of check processing, of interbank commissions for the exchange of check images (CEIC) and for related services on the cancellation of wrongly cleared transactions (AOCT), did not distort competition either by its object or by its effects. As to the anti-competitive object of the agreement, according to the Court, in the absence of experience with this type of compensatory and dissuasive fee, it cannot be considered that by their very nature they are sufficiently harmful to competition to be qualified as a restriction of competition by object. As to the effects of the agreement, the Court considers that it has not been established that CEIC has had any real effects on the prices of the check remittance service, and therefore, that it has effectively constrained the banks in their pricing policy. The Paris Court of Appeal therefore concluded that none of the grievances notified to the Banks were well-founded and, consequently, ruled that it had not been established that the introduction, by the agreement of February 3, 2000, of the disputed interbank commissions and the collection of these commissions as of January 1, 2002 infringed the provisions of Article 101 TFEU and Article L. 420-1 of the French Commercial Code.
On December 31, 2021, the Chairman of the French Competition Authority filed an appeal in cassation against the judgment of the Court of Appeal of December 2, 2021. The case is ongoing.
On October 9, 2015, a company operating in the meal voucher industry lodged a complaint with the French Competition Authority (Autorité de la Concurrence) to contest industry practices with respect to the issuance and acceptance of meal vouchers. The complaint targeted several French companies operating in the meal voucher industry, including Natixis Intertitres, which became Bimpli in 2022.
In its decision of December 17, 2019, the French Competition Authority ruled that Natixis Intertitres had exchanged information and been a part of a practice designed to keep new entrants out of the meal voucher market. Natixis Intertitres was fined €4,360,000 in its own right, along with two other fines totaling €78,962,000, jointly and severally with Natixis.
-
10.2 Legal and arbitration proceedings – Natixis
Like many banking groups, Natixis and its consolidated subsidiaries are subject to legal and tax proceedings and investigations by the supervisory authorities.
The financial consequences, assessed as of December 31, 2022, of those likely to have, or which have had in the recent past, a significant impact on the financial position of Natixis and/or Natixis and its consolidated subsidiaries taken as a whole, their profitability or activity, have been included in Natixis’ consolidated financial statements.
The most significant legal and arbitration proceedings are described below, it being specified that their inclusion in the list below does not mean that these proceedings will necessarily have any impact on Natixis and/or its consolidated subsidiaries. Other proceedings, including tax proceedings, have no significant impact on the financial position or profitability of Natixis and/or Natixis and its consolidated subsidiaries taken as a whole, or are not at a sufficiently advanced stage to determine whether they are likely to have such an impact.
The Madoff outstandings are estimated at €339.7 million in equivalent value at December 31, 2022, fully provisioned at this date, compared to €346.8 million at June 30, 2022, following the confirmation of the liquidation of certain assets deposited in the name of Natixis and fully provisioned. The effective impact of this exposure will depend on both the extent of recovery of assets invested for Natixis and the outcome of the measures taken by the bank, notably in terms of legal proceedings. Furthermore, in 2011 a dispute emerged over the application of the insurance policy for professional liability in this case, which had been taken out with successive insurers for a total amount of €123 million. In November 2016, the Paris Court of Appeal vindicated the Commercial Court’s prior ruling that primary insurers were liable to cover the losses incurred by Natixis due to the Madoff fraud, up to the amount for which the bank was insured. On September 19, 2018, the Court of Cassation subsequently annulled the judgment under appeal and referred the case back to the Paris Court of Appeal with a differently constituted bench. On September 24, 2019, the Court ruled against Natixis, overturning the ruling by the Commercial Court of Paris. Natixis filed an appeal with the Court of Cassation in December 2019.
Irving H. Picard, the court-appointed trustee for Bernard L. Madoff Investment Securities LLC (BMIS), submitted a restitution claim concerning the liquidation of amounts received prior to the discovery of the fraud through a complaint filed with the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York against several banking institutions, including a $400 million claim against Natixis. Natixis denies the allegations made against it and has taken the necessary steps to defend its position and protect its rights. Natixis has launched appeals, including a motion to dismiss the case on a preliminary basis, or prior to any ruling on the merits, and a motion to withdraw the reference to transfer certain matters to the United States district court. These proceedings have been subject to numerous rulings and appeals and are still ongoing. A November 2016 ruling by the bankruptcy court dismissed a number of restitution claims initiated by the trustee on the grounds of extraterritoriality. In September 2017, the Second Circuit Court granted the BMIS liquidator and the defendants the right to appeal the bankruptcy court’s ruling on the grounds of extraterritoriality directly through the Second Circuit, thereby avoiding the need to file an intermediary appeal with the district court. In February 2019, the Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit overturned the bankruptcy court’s extraterritoriality ruling. In August 2019, Natixis joined the group of defendants that filed a request for permission to appeal the Second Circuit Court’s ruling before the Supreme Court. In June 2020, the Supreme Court refused to hear the case. The case will be referred by the Second Circuit court to the bankruptcy court. The liquidator of BMIS seeks the suspension of the pending restitution actions until certain specific actions dealing with the concept of “good faith” in the restitution requests are settled.
Furthermore, the liquidators of Fairfield Sentry Limited and Fairfield Sigma Limited have initiated a large number of proceedings against investors having previously received payments from these funds for redemptions of shares (over 200 proceedings have been filed in New York). Some Natixis entities have been named as defendants in some of these proceedings. Natixis deems these proceedings to be entirely unfounded and is vigorously defending its position. These proceedings have been suspended for several years, and in October 2016 the bankruptcy court authorized the liquidators to modify their initial claim. The defendants filed joint responses in May and June 2017. In August 2018, the bankruptcy court ruled on a motion to dismiss filed by the defendants (requesting that the case be dismissed on a preliminary basis and prior to any ruling on the merits). The judge only gave a ruling on one of the merits (that of personal jurisdiction), having found that the latter was missing from the claim made against the defendants. In December 2018, the judge ruled on the motion to dismiss, rejecting the liquidators’ common law claims (unjust enrichment, money had and received, mistaken payment and constructive trust) as well as contractual claims. However, it overturned the motion to dismiss in respect of claim founded on British Virgin Islands’ law, while reserving the right to file a plea for the application of Section 546(e) safe harbor provision. In May 2019, the liquidators appealed the bankruptcy court’s ruling before the District Court. The defendants, including Natixis, submitted on March 9, 2020 a motion to dismiss this appeal and renewed this initial motion on March 16, 2020. The bankruptcy court asked the defendants to limit the motion to dismiss to arguments that can lead to the dismissal of all the actions of the liquidators (as per Section 546(e) of the safe harbor provision or impropriety of the initial petition). In December 2020, the bankruptcy court dismissed the action brought under the law of the British Virgin Islands, considering that the defendants, including Natixis, are covered by Section 546(e) safe harbor. This decision, which may result in the rejection of claw back requests, is subject to appeal.
In March 2009, the Paris public prosecutor’s office (Parquet de Paris) launched a preliminary investigation into a complaint filed by Natixis minority shareholders and coordinated by the Association de Défense des Actionnaires Minoritaires (ADAM – Association for the Defense of Minority shareholders). As the plaintiffs have initiated civil proceedings, a judicial investigation opened in 2010. On February 14, 2017, Natixis came under investigation for false and misleading information on account of two messages sent in the second half of 2007, at the beginning of the subprime crisis.
The committal concerns only one of the messages, disseminated on November 25, 2007, explaining the risks to which Natixis was exposed at the time as a result of the subprime crisis. The second message was dismissed.
The Paris Criminal Court, in a judgment handed down on June 24, 2021, condemned Natixis, deeming insufficient the information provided by said press release of November 25, 2007, and more specifically the risks to which the bank was exposed at the time due to the subprime crisis.
It imposed a fine of €7.5 million. The civil parties were awarded total compensation of around €2 million.
Natixis, which considers that it has not committed any offense, appealed against this judgment, as the Paris Criminal Court did not take into account the arguments presented at the hearing.
In March 2018, Natixis SA was summoned, jointly and severally with other banks, by Lucchini Spa (under extraordinary administration) to appear before the Court of Milan, with alleging improprieties in the implementation of the loan restructuring agreement granted to Lucchini Spa. The case is ongoing.
In its decision of July 21, 2020, the Court of Milan dismissed all Lucchini Spa’s claims and sentenced it to pay the costs of the proceedings for a total amount of €1.2 million, of which €174,000 for each bank or group of banks. Lucchini Spa has appealed the judgment. The case is ongoing.
On October 9, 2015, a company operating in the meal voucher industry lodged a complaint with the Competition Authority (Autorité de la concurrence) to contest industry practices with respect to the issuance and acceptance of meal vouchers. The complaint targeted several French companies operating in the meal voucher industry, including Natixis Intertitres, then attached to Natixis.
In its decision of December 17, 2019, the Competition Authority ruled that Natixis Intertitres had participated in a practice covering the exchange of information and a practice designed to keep new entrants out of the meal voucher market.
Natixis Intertitres was subject to a fine in its own right, along with two other fines totaling €78,962,000, jointly and severally with Natixis.
Natixis has appealed against this decision and believes that it has strong arguments to challenge it.
On June 7, 2019, Bucephalus Capital Limited (a UK law firm), together with other firms, brought claims against Darius Capital Partners (a French law firm, now operating under the name Darius Capital Conseil, a 70%-held subsidiary of Natixis Investment Managers) before the Paris Commercial Court, to contest the alleged breach of various contractual obligations, particularly with respect to a framework agreement dated September 5, 2013 setting out their contractual relations and various subsequent agreements. Bucephalus Capital Limited claims a total of €178,487,500.
-
11. NON-COMPLIANCE AND SECURITY RISKS
In accordance with the legal and regulatory requirements mentioned above, and with the professional standards and control charters governing Groupe BPCE, the functions managing compliance risk are organized as part of the internal control system of all Groupe BPCE institutions and subsidiaries as a whole.
The Group Compliance division, which reports to the Groupe BPCE Corporate Secretary’s Office, performs its duties independently of the operational departments and the other Internal Control departments with which it collaborates.
The Compliance division, “Compliance Verification function” defined by the EBA and included in the Ministerial Order of Nov 3, 2014, amended by the Ministerial Order of Feb 25, 2021, is responsible for the prevention, detection, measurement and monitoring of non-compliance risks to ensure their control.
The Group Compliance division carries out its duties within the framework of business line operations.
It helps guide, motivate, manage and control the Heads of the Compliance function of the affiliates and subsidiaries. The compliance officers appointed within the different Group entities, including the Banque Populaire and Caisse d’Epargne banks and direct subsidiaries covered by the regulatory system of banking and financial supervision, are functionally subordinate to the Compliance division.
The Group Compliance division carries out all actions designed to strengthen the compliance of products, services and marketing processes, customer protection, compliance with ethical rules, the fight against money laundering and the financing of terrorism, the fight against market abuse, the monitoring of transactions and compliance with sanctions and embargoes. It monitors compliance risks throughout the Group. As such, it builds and revises the standards proposed for the governance of Groupe BPCE, shares best practices and coordinates working groups consisting of departmental representatives.
The dissemination of the culture of non-compliance risk and consideration of the legitimate interests of customers is also reflected in the training of employees in the sector and the awareness-raising of other BPCE departments.
•draws up the Group’s non-compliance risk management systems (risk mapping and DMR) and supervises the permanent control system relating to non-compliance risks;
•prepares internal risk prevention reports for executives and decision-making bodies and for the central body;
•determines and validates, in conjunction with HR, the content of training materials intended for the Compliance function;
•helps train Compliance staff, mainly through specialized annual seminars (financial security, compliance, ethics, coordination of permanent compliance controls, etc.);
-
11.1 Compliance
•Financial Security in charge of AML/CFT (Anti-Money Laundering and Combating the Financing of Terrorism), compliance with sanctions and embargo measures, anti-corruption and internal fraud;
Compliance is organized as follows:
Bancassurance Compliance contributes to the prevention of risks of non-compliance with regulations and professional standards in the scope of banking and non-life insurance activities. As such, it supports the operational sectors in the development and dissemination of standards (including ACPR recommendations and EBA guidelines) and in bringing their processes into compliance with regulatory changes. Bancassurance Compliance also studies the launch of new products and participates in the validation of commercial processes and documents. Lastly, it supports and leads the Compliance department on all these subjects, and contributes to the development of training modules for Group employees.
Financial Savings Compliance and Ethics covers the compliance and ethics of financial activities as defined by the General Regulation of the Autorité des marchés financiers (AMF), the French financial markets authority, as well as the prevention of risks of non-compliance in legislative and regulatory areas in the life insurance and foresight scope. Within the aforementioned scope, this division is responsible for implementing the applicable regulations and carries out missions related in particular to the approval of products and services, the validation of commercial materials, the training of employees and the prevention of conflicts of interest, while safeguarding the customer’s interests and ensuring compliance with market rules and professional standards in banking and finance, together with internal rules and regulations on ethics. It also includes oversight of investment services and the operating procedures of investment services compliance officers (RCSIs). Since the end of 2016, investment services compliance has also included SRAB commitments (Separation and Regulation of Banking Activities) – Volcker office. It supports, coordinates and supervises the Compliance function of the Group’s entities in this area. Lastly, since 2021, it has been in charge of the Group Ethics system.
Financial Security covers activities related to anti-money laundering and counter-terrorism financing (AML/CFT), international financial sanctions, embargoes and asset freezes, and anti-corruption measures. It supports and coordinates the Compliance function on all these topics, updating the reference documentation in compliance with regulatory changes in AML/CFT, national and international financial embargoes, and anti-corruption measures.
Steering and Cross-functional Coordination covers the coordination of the Compliance functions, and the centralization of relations with regulators, supervisors and the Group Inspection Générale in compliance matters. Drawing on the expertise of the Bancassurance Compliance and Financial Savings Compliance divisions, it manages the mapping of compliance risks, supervises reporting systems and works on cross-functional projects with the aim of improving the control of compliance risks by Groupe BPCE institutions.
1. Measurement and supervision of non-compliance risk
2. Product governance and supervision
Non-compliance risks are analyzed, measured, monitored and managed in accordance with the Ministerial Order of November 3, 2014 (amended February 25, 2021), with the aim of:
•ensuring a permanent overview of these risks and the associated risk prevention and mitigation system, including updated identification under the new non-compliance risk-mapping exercise;
•ensuring that the largest risks, if necessary, are subject to controls and action plans aimed at supervising them more effectively.
•Groupe BPCE manages non-compliance risk by mapping out its non-compliance risks and implementing mandatory Level 1 and 2 compliance controls common to all Group retail banking institutions.
•The impact of non-compliance risk was calibrated and measured with the Group’s operational risk teams, using the methodology of operational risk tool OSIRISK, covering the risk management systems established by the institutions aimed at reducing gross risk levels.
•All new products and services, regardless of their distribution channels, as well as sales materials that fall within the Compliance function’s remit, are reviewed by Compliance beforehand. The purpose of this review is to ensure that applicable regulatory requirements are met and that targeted customers – and the public at large – receive clear and fair information. Product supervision is carefully conducted over the entire product life cycle.
•Compliance also coordinates the approval of national sales challenges, ensures that conflicts of interest are managed properly and guarantees that customer interests always come first.
•Compliance is careful to ensure that sales procedures, processes and policies guarantee that the rules of compliance and ethics are observed at all times for all customer segments, and in particular that the advice given to customers is appropriate to their needs.
•Regulatory Know Your Customer (KYC) with the continuation of the program implemented in 2019 to strengthen the completeness and compliance of regulatory KYC files. In 2022, the program focused on developing the updating of KYC through online banking. Work was also carried out to deploy the automation of events requiring updating as well as the preparation of actions to update KYC files (criteria, customer targeting, communication kits, reports).
•Strengthening of the banking inclusion system with the tightening of the deadlines for implementing the right to account procedure, in accordance with the new provisions of the Decree of March 11, 2022. The tracing and archiving of waiver letters pertaining to the specific offer for vulnerable customers or to the offer of free basic banking services has also been strengthened through the development of an IT solution that automatically archives letters if the customer wishes to subscribe to another offer.
•Implementation of new provisions for fairer, simpler and more transparent access to the loan insurance market (the Lemoine Act) of February 28, 2022 with, in particular, the termination at any time, the strengthening of customer information, the elimination of the health questionnaire under certain conditions, and the extension of the right to be forgotten in terms of aggravated health risks.
•Implementation of the control of eligibility for the LEP savings account via the electronic questioning of the tax authorities provided for by Decree No. 2021-277 of March 12, 2021 on the control of the holding of regulated savings products. The eligibility verification processes were reviewed as part of the LEP account subscription and the annual control.
•Implementation of the multi-holding control measures for regulated savings products provided for by Decree No. 2021-277 of March 12, 2021 on the control of the holding of regulated savings products, which will come into force no later than January 1, 2024.
•Launch of the Sustainable Finance project (Taxonomy, SFDR, incorporation of ESG criteria in MIF2 and DDA) with value chain players (issuer, producer, insurer, distributor, customers). Groupe BPCE has set up a Task Force to build the customer questionnaire, the process formalizing the suitability, the offer, and the long-term monitoring.
•Compliance of Group entities with EMIR regulatory obligations. The Group action plan relating to the EMIR Refit regulation was determined in the first half of 2022. In addition, an EMIR 360 check was launched in the third quarter of 2022.
Following several requests from the supervisory authorities (ESMA and AMF) in 2021, and the AMF spot mission carried out within BPCE SA, a NORMA was drawn up to oversee securitization transactions and the granting of the STS label (simple, transparent and standardized).
With regard to the market abuse system, BPCE continued its objective of supporting institutions following the assessment carried out in 2021, by providing them with quarterly files of statistics of atypical transactions by scenario, and by offering them a new “market abuse” training to help them analyze alerts and prevent market abuse.
Continuation of the remediation of Direct Transaction Reporting (DTR) with the development of an action plan presenting the actions implemented to prevent or block transactions without LEI at Groupe BPCE level. The action plan was sent to the AMF on April 22, 2022 and was followed by a mass adjustment of the stock of LEI-free transactions carried out by EuroTitres. A standard dedicated to the Post-Negotiation Transparency theme was approved by the CNM.
Concerning the regulation related to the reporting of SFTR financing transactions (Securities Financing Transaction Regulation). This reporting has been implemented since July 13, 2020. A 360 SFTR check on the declaration of transactions is planned for 2023.
The Group continued work to bring its customer processes into compliance (LEA, O2S, legal entities, derivatives, tax exemption). A remediation plan for life insurance marketing, following an ACPR audit (started in 2019), has been put in place and work is underway, in particular for the management of risk aversion, the improvement of the justification of advice, archiving of client understanding when a complex financial instrument is proposed.
Group employees regularly receive training on customer protection issues to maintain the required level of customer service quality. These training sessions are aimed at promoting awareness of compliance and customer protection among new hires and/or sales team employees.
Ethics and compliance training, entitled “Fundamentals of professional ethics,” has been set up for all Group employees. BPCE has also established a Code of Good Conduct and Ethics, rolled out to all Groupe BPCE institutions.
The mapping of Groupe BPCE’s market activities is regularly updated. It required the implementation of internal units subject to an exemption within the meaning of act No. 2013-672 of July 26, 2013 on the separation and regulation of banking activities.
Quarterly indicators are calculated by Natixis, Palatine and BRED in accordance with Article 6 of the Ministerial Order of September 9, 2014 (amended by the Ministerial Order of March 18, 2019); these quarterly indicators are supplemented by an annual indicator as well as quantitative metrics such as NBI or the VaR of the said internal units.
Based on the work carried out by the Group, it has not been necessary to create a ring-fenced subsidiary, and mandates have been implemented at the different subsidiaries in order to supervise the various activities.
In conjunction with the calculations and other work done in accordance with this act, a compliance program was adopted and implemented as from July 2015 in response to the Volcker Rule (section 619 of the US Dodd-Frank Act) within the scope of BPCE SA and its subsidiaries. Taking a broader approach than that of the French Banking Separation and Regulation Act, this program aims to map out all the financial and commercial activities of BPCE SA group, notably to ensure that they comply with the two major bans imposed by the Volcker Rule: the ban on proprietary trading and on certain transactions related to covered funds. The Volcker Rule was amended in 2020, giving rise to new Volcker 2.0 and 2.1 provisions that relax the existing system.
-
11.2 Financial security
Financial security covers anti-money laundering and terrorist financing (AML-TF) measures as well as adherence to international sanctions targeting individuals, entities or countries, the fight against corruption and the fight against internal fraud.
•customer relations principles aimed at preventing risks, which are formalized and regularly communicated to the employees;
•a harmonized training system for Group employees and specific training for employees in the financial security sector.
In accordance with Groupe BPCE’s charters, each institution has its own financial security unit. The Group Compliance division has a dedicated department that oversees the sector, defines financial security policy for the entire Group, draws up and validates the various standards and procedures, and ensures that these risks are taken into account during the approval procedure for new commercial products and services by BPCE.
In accordance with regulations, banks have methods for detecting unusual transactions that are specific to their risk classification. These can be used, if needed, to conduct closer analyzes and to submit the required reports to Tracfin (French financial intelligence agency) or any other competent service as promptly as possible. The Group’s risk classification system incorporates the “at-risk countries” factor when addressing money laundering, terrorism, tax fraud and bribery. The system was also reinforced with the establishment of a database and automated scenarios specifically targeting terrorist financing. With respect to compliance with restrictive measures related to international sanctions, Group institutions are equipped with screening tools that generate alerts on customers (asset freezes on certain individuals or entities) and international flows (asset freezes and countries subject to European and/or US embargoes).
-
11.3 Business continuity
The management of business interruption risk is handled from a cross-business perspective. This includes the analysis of the Group’s main critical business lines, notably liquidity, payment instruments, securities, individual and corporate loans, and fiduciary activities.
The Group Business Continuity department, which reports to the Group Security division, performs its tasks independently of operational divisions. These include:
•managing the implementation of the Group Contingency and Business Continuity Plans (CBCPs) and keeping them operational;
The tools associated with the crisis management system are constantly evolving to improve their ergonomics and increase the range of associated functions.
Improvement projects continued with the common point of streamlining processes and strengthening systems by drawing on the lessons of past systemic crises (Covid), ongoing (Russia-Ukraine crisis) or the preparation of anticipated crises (energy transition) to which business continuity is fully associated.
-
11.4 Information System Security (ISS)
The Group Security department (DS-G) is in charge of Information System Security (ISS) and the fight against cybercrime. It defines, implements and develops Group ISS policies. It provides continuous and consolidated oversight of information system security, along with technical and regulatory oversight. It initiates and coordinates Group projects aimed at reducing risks in its field. It also represents Groupe BPCE vis-à-vis banking industry groups and public authorities.
Groupe BPCE has established a groupwide ISS function. It brings together the Head of Group Information System Security (RSSI-G), who leads this network, and Heads of ISS for all Group entities.
As such, the ISS managers of the parent company affiliates, direct subsidiaries and IS EIGs are functionally attached to the RSSI-G. This functional link takes the form of leadership and coordination actions. This means that:
•the Group information system security policy is adopted by individual entities in accordance with application procedures subject to validation by the Head of Group ISS;
•a report on the institutions’ compliance with the Group’s information system security policy, permanent controls, risk level, primary incidents and actions is submitted to the Group Head of IS System Security.
The project to develop an exhaustive ISS map of the Group’s information systems, including the establishments’ private information systems, continued.
•annual assessment campaign of the Group’s maturity on the five pillars of the NIST framework (Detect, Identify, Protect, Respond, Recover) in order to set numerical objectives, to pilot actions and to measure their effectiveness;
•including, if possible, all Group applications in the IAM roadmap, with automatic provisioning and an overview of authorizations.
As a result of its digital transformation, the Group’s information systems are becoming increasingly open to the outside world (cloud computing, big data, etc.). Many of its processes are gradually going digital. Employees and customers are also increasingly using the internet and interconnected technologies such as tablets, smartphones and applications on tablets and mobile devices.
Consequently, the Group’s assets are constantly more exposed to cyber threats. The targets of these attacks are much broader than the information systems alone. They aim to exploit the potential vulnerabilities and weaknesses of customers, employees, business processes, information systems and security mechanisms at Group buildings and data centers.
A unified Group Security Operation Center (SOC) integrating a level 1, operating in 24x7 is operational.
Several actions have been carried out to strengthen the measures taken to combat cybercrime:
•work to secure websites hosted externally;
•improved website and application security testing capabilities;
•implementation of a Responsible Vulnerability Disclosure program by Groupe BPCE CERT.
Raising employee awareness of cybersecurity
In addition to maintaining the Group’s common foundation for raising awareness of ISS, the year was marked by the continuation of phishing awareness campaigns and by the renewal of participation in “European Cybersecurity Month.”
Within the scope of BPCE SA, in addition to recurring reviews of application authorizations and rights to IS resources (mailing lists, shared mailboxes, shared folders, etc.), monitoring of all websites published on the Internet and follow-up of vulnerability treatment plans have been reinforced, as well as monitoring of the risk of data leakage by e-mail or the use of online storage and exchange services.
Moreover, new employee awareness-raising and training campaigns were launched:
•phishing test, phishing awareness campaign and support for employees in situations of repeated failure;
•participation in induction meetings for new employees, including the threats and risks associated with remote working situations.
-
12.1 Operational risk policy
Groupe BPCE has set up a system for measuring non-financial risks through the standardized use of indicators. These cover the indicators of the RAF system, the indicators resulting from the Ministerial Order of November 3, 2014, but also qualitative indicators aimed at measuring the industry’s adherence to operational risk standards.
The Group’s operational risk policy consists of keeping all of these indicators below the set limits, by entity and on a consolidated basis. In the event of an overrun, appropriate measures and corrective actions must be taken by the business lines owning the risks to remedy the possible failures. These measures and corrective actions must be monitored by the committee in charge of operational risks.
The Group Operational Risk division (DROG) – part of the Group Risk division – is in charge of identifying, measuring, monitoring and managing the operational risks incurred in all activities and functions undertaken by Group institutions and subsidiaries.
•a central organization and a network of operational risk managers and officers, working in all activities, entities and subsidiaries of Group institutions and subsidiaries;
•in all structures consolidated or controlled by the institution or the subsidiary (banking, financial, insurance, etc.);
•in all activities exposed to operational risks, including outsourced activities, within the meaning of Article 10 q and Article 10 r of the Ministerial Order of November 3, 2014 as amended “outsourced activities and services or other critical or essential operational tasks”.
The Group Non-Financial Risk Committee defines the risk policy rolled out to the institutions and subsidiaries, and the DROG ensures that the policy is applied throughout the Group.
The operational risk management system is part of the Risk Assessment Statement (RAS) and Risk Assessment Framework (RAF) systems defined by the Group. These systems and indicators are adapted at the level of each Group institution and subsidiary.
The mapping methodology is part of the Group’s permanent control system and includes the Operational Risk, Compliance, Information System Security, Personal and Property Safety and Permanent Control functions.
Measurement of risk exposure is based on a forward-looking model, which quantifies and classes risk scenarios and thus provides the Non-Financial Risk Committees with the necessary elements to define their risk tolerance.
Risk-predictive indicators are produced from the main risks identified in the non-financial risk map.
Risk supervision and monitoring were improved through the drafting of reports aimed at providing a uniform measurement to the Group as a whole of its risk exposure and cost of risk.
The production of the OR function performs two types of level 2 controls on operational risks (these permanent level 2 controls will be carried out from the end of 2022 by the Governance and Risk Control department of the Risk division):
BPCE’s Operational Risk function ensures that the structure and systems in place at the institutions and subsidiaries allow them to achieve their objectives and fulfill their duties.
•coordinates the function and performs risk supervision and controls at the institutions/subsidiaries and their subsidiaries;
•centralizes and analyzes the Group’s exposure to non-financial risks, verifies the implementation of corrective actions decided by the Operational Risk Committee, and reports any excessive implementation times to senior management;
•performs controls to ensure that Group standards and methods are observed by the institutions and subsidiaries;
•performs a regulatory watch, distributes and relays operational risk alerts due to incidents with the potential to spread to the appropriate institutions/subsidiaries;
•prepares reports, by institution or subsidiary, for the Group and the regulatory authorities (COREP OR), analyzes the reports and content of the OR committees of the institutions and subsidiaries, and notifies the Group Non-Financial Risk Committee of any inadequate systems and/or excessive risk exposure, which in turn notifies the institution in question.
1. At the level of each Group institution
2. At Groupe BPCE level
The Operational Risk Committee is responsible for adapting the operational risk management policy and ensuring the relevance and effectiveness of the operational risk management system. Accordingly, it:
•examines major and recurring incidents, and validates the associated corrective actions;
•examines indicator breaches, decides on associated corrective actions, and tracks progress on risk mitigation initiatives;
•examines permanent controls carried out by the Operational Risk function and in particular any excessive delays in implementing corrective actions;
•helps organize and train the network of OR officers;
•determines if any changes need to be made in local insurance policies;
•the frequency of meetings depends on the intensity of the institution’s risks, in accordance with three operational schemes reviewed once a year by the Group Non-Financial Risk Committee (CRNFG) and communicated to the entities.
The Group Non-Financial Risk Committee meets quarterly and is chaired by a member of the Executive Management Committee.
Its main duties are to define the OR standard, ensure that the OR system is deployed at the Group entities, and define the Group OR policy. Accordingly, it:
•examines major risks incurred by the Group and defines its tolerance level, decides on the implementation of corrective actions affecting the Group and monitors their progress;
•assesses the level of resources to be allocated;
•reviews major incidents within its remit, validates the aggregated map of operational risks at Group level, which is used for the macro-level risk mapping campaign;
•monitors major risk positions across all Group businesses, including risks relating to non-compliance, financial audits, personal and property safety, contingency and business continuity planning, financial security and information system security (ISS);
•lastly, validates Group RAF indicators related to non-financial risks as well as their thresholds.
-
12.2 Monitoring
Incident data are collected to build knowledge of the cost of risks, continuously improve management systems, and meet regulatory objectives.
•broaden risk analysis and gain the knowledge needed to adjust action plans and assess their relevance;
Incidents are reported as they occur, as soon as they are detected, in accordance with Group procedure. A whistleblowing procedure has been set up for major incidents and internal limit breaches to round out the incident data collection system.
The operational risk management system relies on a mapping process which is updated annually by all Group entities.
Mapping enables the forward-looking identification and measurement of high-risk processes. For a given scope, it allows the Group to measure its exposure to risks for the year ahead. This exposure is then assessed and validated by the relevant committees in order to launch action plans aimed at reducing exposure. The mapping scope includes emerging risks, risks related to information and communication technologies and security, including cyber risks, risks related to service providers and risks of non-compliance.
This same mapping mechanism is used during the Group’s ICAAP to identify and measure its main operational risks. The operational risk map also serves as a basis for the macro-risk mapping campaign covering the institutions, and thus for the Group overall.
Corrective actions are implemented to reduce the frequency, impact or spread of operational risks. They may be introduced following operational risk mapping, breaches of risk indicator thresholds or specific incidents.
At Group level, progress on action plans for the principal risk areas is also specifically monitored by the Non-Financial Risk Committee.
The alert procedure for serious incidents has been extended to the entire scope of Groupe BPCE. The aim of this system is to enhance and reinforce the system for collecting loss data across the Group.
An operational risk incident is deemed to be serious when the potential financial impact at the time of detection is over €300,000. Operational risk incidents with a material impact on the image and reputation of the Group or its subsidiaries are also deemed to be serious.
-
12.3 Control
Permanent controls have been defined to control the quality of the operational risk management system.
Groupe BPCE checks the system when it presents any deviations from the Operational Risk Standards on the various themes of Operational Risk Management: organizational system for the management of OR, incidents, mapping, predictive risk indicators, corrective actions etc.
These controls are carried out on the basis of the control reports of the Institutions system, and therefore on the same scope as these reports: system, incidents, mapping (risk situations), predictive risk indicators, corrective actions.
The majority of these controls are carried out on the basis of data samples extracted from the operational risk management tool. The results of these Level 2 sample controls are recorded in the permanent controls management tool.
Other controls concern certain points relating to risk coverage. They are exhaustive and their results are subject to specific formalization (minutes of meetings relating to serious incidents, record of decisions, etc.).
The following specific measures have been taken to monitor operational risk since the start of the Ukraine crisis:
•measurement of impact completeness: joint oversight between CBCP (Contingency and Business Continuity Plan) functions and operational risks, with exchange of information and recognition of operating losses due to the conflict (during monthly videoconferencing sessions of the institutions Operational Risk functions);
•establishment of monthly reporting on losses due to the conflict for submission to the ECB and to Groupe BPCE’s directors (under the responsibility of the consolidated operational risks team).
In addition, with the aim of improving risk management, work has been initiated to identify levers (changes in procedures, integration of IT workflows, strengthening of training, etc.) for improving the results of the first and second level controls of IT and communication risks.
In terms of Insurance, the networks and subsidiaries benefit from coverage of their insurable operational risks under Group insurance policies contracted from leading insurance companies. In addition to this system, an internal Group reinsurance company has been set up.
Banking activities
a
b
c
d
e
Capital
requirements
Risk-weighted
exposure
12/31/2020
12/31/2021
12/31/2022
1
Banking activities under basic indicator approach (BIA)
-
-
-
-
-
2
Banking activities under the Standardized Approach (TSA)/alternative standardized approach (ASA)
21,810
25,368
25,634
3,301
41,266
3
Standardized Approach (TSA):
21,810
25,368
25,634
4
Alternative Standardized Approach (ASA):
-
-
-
5
Banking activities under advanced measurement approach (AMA)
-
-
-
-
-
In terms of Insurance, the networks and subsidiaries benefit from coverage of their insurable operational risks under Group Insurance policies contracted from leading Insurance companies. This system is complemented by a reinsurance captive that allows the adjustment of deductible levels.
•as well as the Banque Populaire and Caisse d’Epargne networks, with the exception of CASDEN Banque Populaire with respect to the “Property Damage” insurance coverage for Registered offices & Similar and their contents (including IS equipment) and the consequent “losses in banking activities”, described below in point E/;
the following main Insurance policies to cover its insurable operational risks and protect its balance sheet and income statement:
A/Combined “Global Banking (Damages to Valuables and Fraud)” & “Professional Civil Liability” policy with a total maximum payout of €217 million per year of insurance, of which:
a)€92.5 million per year, combined “Global Banking/Professional Civil Liability/Cyber Risks” and underlying the guaranteed amounts indicated in b) and/or c) and/or d) below;
b)€48 million per claim and per year (sub-limited in “Fraud” to €35 million per claim), dedicated to the “Global Banking” risk only;
d)€51.5 million per claim and per year, combined “Global Banking/Professional Civil Liability” insurance available in addition to or after use of the amounts guaranteed set out in b) and/or c) above.
The maximum amount that can be paid out for any one claim under this arrangement is €100 million under “Professional Civil Liability” coverage and €100.5 million under “Fraud” coverage in excess of the applicable deductibles.
B/“Regulated Intermediation Liability” (in three areas: Financial Intermediation, Insurance Intermediation, Real Estate Transactions/Management) with a total maximum payout of €10 million per claim and €13 million per year.
C/“Operating Civil Liability” covering €100 million per claim, as well as a “Subsidiary Owner Civil Liability”/”Post Delivery-Reception Civil Liability” coverage extension for up to €35 million per claim and per year of insurance.
E/“Property Damage” to “Registered Offices & Similar” and to their content (including IS equipment) and the consecutive “losses in banking activities,” for up to €300 million per claim (sub-limited to €100 million per claim and €200 million per year for consequential “losses in banking activities”).
F/“Protection of Digital Assets against Cyber-Risks” & the consecutive “losses in banking activities,” for up to €100 million per claim and €156.5 million per year of insurance.
-
Insurance risks
In coordination with the parent banks (BRED, Oney), Groupe BPCE’s Risk division ensures that insurance risks (including technical risks) are effectively monitored within the main insurance companies in which the Group is the majority shareholder, i.e. BPCE Assurances, Compagnie Européenne de Garanties et de Cautions (CEGC), Prépar-Vie and Oney Insurance. In addition, coordination is ensured with Parnasse Garanties and its parent company CASDEN.
BPCE SA has been the 100% direct parent company of CEGC since 2019, and of BPCE Assurances since March 2022.
In 2022, after the Pléiade transaction, the holding company Natixis Assurances was renamed Assurances du Groupe BPCE (AGBPCE), then BPCE Assurances from October. BPCE Assurances comprises the personal insurance (BPCE Vie, BPCE Life) and non-life insurance (BPCE Assurances IARD, BPCE IARD) subsidiaries.
In addition, since 2011, the Group has deployed an insurance risk unit. This meets the requirements of the Financial Conglomerates Directive 2002/87/EC (FICOD) and its transposition into French law by the Ministerial Order of November 3, 2014 on the supplementary supervision of financial conglomerates, through the Group’s cross-functional insurance risk monitoring system, while at the same time ensuring functional and regulatory interoperability between the banking and insurance sectors.
In this context, Insurance Risk Monitoring Committees have been set up for each of the companies in the Sector. These take place every quarter and are supplemented by frequent discussions with the Risk departments of the companies.
The principle of subsidiarity applies, with checks carried out firstly by the insurance companies, then at the level of the Risk divisions of the parent banks of the companies (BRED, Oney, BPCE SA), and finally by the Risk division which informs the Group Risk and Compliance Committee every six months.
-
Insurance technical risks
Insurance risk is the risk of any mismatch between expected losses and actual losses. Depending on the insurance products concerned, the risk varies according to changes in macroeconomic factors, changes in customer behavior, changes in public health policy, pandemics, accidents and natural disasters (e.g. such as earthquakes, industrial accidents or acts of terrorism or war). The credit insurance business is also exposed to credit risk.
The management of insurance risks requires a good understanding of the technical insurance risks in order to be able to meet its commitments to policyholders and contract beneficiaries; this is accompanied by special attention to the financial risks borne by assets under representation.
In addition to protecting the balance sheet and income statement of insurance companies, the aim is to guarantee the solvency and liquidity of insurance companies.
To this end, the Group’s companies have put in place effective systems for measuring, reporting and managing risks. The important preparatory phase enabled the implementation of the systems to comply with the new regulatory requirements required since January 1, 2016 with the implementation of the Solvency II directive (Pillar I Quantitative Solvency Requirements, Pillar II Governance & ORSA, Pillar III Prudential reporting and public information).
-
Risks inherent to the Group’s main companies
•the personal insurance business, focused on developing portfolios of life insurance and endowment policies for investment and retirement purposes, as well as personal protection insurance portfolios;
•the non-life insurance business, focused on developing portfolios for auto and multi-risk home insurance, personal accident insurance, legal protection, healthcare and property & casualty insurance.
Given the predominance of the investment solutions activity, the main risks to which BPCE Assurances is exposed are financial. The company is also exposed to underwriting risks (life and non-life), as well as counterparty risk.
Market risk is in large part borne by subsidiary BPCE Vie on the financial assets that underpin its commitments with guaranteed principal and returns (euro-denominated policies: €70.2 billion on the main fund balance sheet). The company is exposed to asset impairment risk (fall in the equity or real estate market, widening spreads) as well as the risk significant changes in interest rates.
A rapid rise in interest rates is likely to reduce the attractiveness of euro-denominated life insurance policies compared to other types of investments. However, this risk is limited due to the prospect of inflows and the reserves set aside to reduce the portfolio’s exposure to rising interest rates. This risk also gradually decreases as interest rates stabilize as bonds mature and assets are replaced with higher rates.
Conversely, a drop in interest rates would be liable to generate insufficient returns to cover the capital and guaranteed rates. To deal with this risk, BPCE Vie has for several years marketed only zero guaranteed minimum rate policies ("GMR") contracts (more than 95% of commitments), with an average GMR of 0.14%. In addition, since mid-2021, the new contracts include a capital guarantee gross of management fees on outstandings.
To manage market risk, the sources of return have been diversified, namely via investments in new asset classes (funding the economy, infrastructure, etc.). This diversification is managed by a strategic allocation, defined on a yearly basis, that takes into account regulatory constraints, commitments to policyholders and commercial requirements.
Credit risk is monitored and managed in compliance with BPCE Assurances’ internal standards and limits. On December 31, 2022, 65% of the fixed-income portfolio is invested in securities rated A or higher.
The main risk to which life insurance underwriting is exposed is associated with the investment solutions activity in euro. In a situation of sharp rise in interest rates, the major risk corresponds to a risk of massive redemptions: the Company could be forced to sell assets at an inopportune time, thus exposing itself to a risk of financial loss, as well as to the loss of future margins on redeemed policies. If the level of interest rates stabilizes, the risk of massive redemptions would gradually be reduced (the assets of euro-denominated funds benefiting from the level of interest rates). Conversely, in a situation of very low interest rates, BPCE Assurances is subject to the risk of a drop in redemptions.
The non-life insurance underwriting risk to which BPCE Assurances is exposed is borne by its subsidiary BPCE Assurances IARD:
•premium risk: to ensure that the premiums paid by the policyholders match the transferred risk, BPCE Assurances IARD implemented a portfolio monitoring policy whereby each policy is given a score based on its track record over three years. The score factors in types of claims, number of claims, their cost and other variables specific to the activity in question (degree of liability and bonuses/penalties for auto insurance, for instance). This supervision policy also helps to detect potential risks arising from large claims, and to arrange adequate reinsurance coverage;
•risk of loss: each time inventory is taken, an actuarial assessment of the provisions for claims payable is conducted based on methods widely recognized by the profession and required by the regulator;
•catastrophe risk: catastrophe risk is the exposure to an event of significant magnitude generating a multitude of claims (storm, risk of civil liability, etc.). This risk is therefore reinsured either through the government in the event of a natural disaster or an attack, for example, or through private reinsurers, specifically in the event of a storm or a civil liability claim.
The counterparty risk to which BPCE Assurances is exposed mainly concerns reinsurance counterparties. The selection of reinsurers is a key component of managing this risk:
•BPCE Assurances deals with reinsurers that are subject to a financial rating by at least one of the three internationally recognized rating agencies, and that have a Standard & Poor’s equivalent rating of A- or higher;
Compagnie Européenne de Garanties et de Cautions is the Group’s Security and Guarantee insurance entity. It is exposed to underwriting risk, market risk, reinsurer default risk and operational risk.
In 2022, the production of real estate loans guaranteed by CEGC remained sustained in a context of rising interest rates, which were particularly marked in the second half of the year. The year 2022 saw a low claims ratio of less than 20% of earned premiums (gross reinsurance ratio).
Under the Solvency II prudential regime, CEGC uses a partial internal model approved by the ACPR. It meets the robustness requirement applicable to the mortgage guarantors.
In 2022, CEGC benefited from a €150 million capital increase to reinforce the structure of eligible capital to cover the Solvency Capital Requirement.
Underwriting risk is the main risk incurred by CEGC. It is essentially a counterparty risk, as the commitments given by CEGC to beneficiaries of guarantees result in direct exposure to individual or corporate insured parties. These commitments are regulated and provisioned under liabilities in the balance sheet. They amounted to €3.1 billion on December 31, 2022 (up 10% compared to end-2021).
CEGC activities
December 2022
Change December 2022
versus December 2021
Individual customers
2,785
9.1%
Single-family home builders
72
50.9%
Property administrators – Realtors
18
22.9%
Corporate customers
58
15.6%
Real estate developers
23
9.6%
Professional customers
106
8.7%
Social economy – Social housing
59
7.6%
Structured collateral
8
(23.8%)
TOTAL
3,130
9.8%
CEGC’s short-term investment portfolio totaled over €4 billion on its balance sheet on December 31, 2022 hedging underwriting provisions.
Market risk associated with the short-term investment portfolio is limited by the company’s investment choices.
The company’s risk limits are set out in the financial management charter and the asset management agreement established with Ostrum. As an insurance company, CEGC does not require funding, since insurance premiums are collected before the disbursement of claims. Nor does CEGC carry transformation risk: the investment portfolio is entirely backed by own funds and technical reserves.
in millions of euros
12/31/2022
12/31/2021
Balance
sheet value,
net of
provision
in %
Mark to
market
Balance
sheet value,
net of
provision
in %
Mark to
market
Equities
84
2.10%
73
260
7.84%
322
Bonds
2,201
54.70%
1,841
2,286
68.92%
2,389
Diversified
105
2.60%
97
249
7.51%
256
Cash
1,367
34.00%
1,369
267
8.05%
267
Residential mortgages
203
5.10%
222
199
6.00%
215
FCPR
29
0.70%
47
25
0.75%
38
Private debt
34
0.80%
33
28
0.84%
28
Others
2
0.10%
2
2
0.06%
2
TOTAL
4,025
100%
3,684
3,317
100%
3,518
CEGC hedges its liability portfolio by implementing a reinsurance program tailored to its activities.
In loan guarantees, reinsurance is used as a tool for regulatory capital management. It protects guarantee beneficiaries in the event of an economic recession leading to a loss of up to 2% of outstanding guaranteed loans.
In the corporate segments, the program is used to protect CEGC’s capital by hedging against high-intensity risks. It has been calibrated to cover three major individual loss events (loss due to the financial failure of a counterparty or a group of counterparties) with the potential to significantly impact CEGC’s income statement.
-
Asset management risks
Like the system adopted for the Insurance business line, the operation of this system is based on subsidiarity with the Risk divisions of the parent banks and business lines; in particular, Natixis Investment Managers, which consolidates most of the Group’s assets under management.
By setting up an Asset Management Risk System, the Risk division pursues the following main objectives:
1.identify the major risks that could impact the Group’s solvency trajectory as a Financial Conglomerate to cover its banking or Conglomerate prudential ratios;
2.be associated with the contributions of the sector during Group exercises (ICAAP, PPR, stress test, etc.) so as to identify the risks of the business model on the contribution to results and equity, quantify them and prioritize them;
3.organize the management of the system by specifying a risk review and setting up a formal quarterly meeting;
4.inform General Management by presenting a summary of the review of the risks of our asset management activities to the Group Risk and Compliance Committee.
In the Asset Management business line, the Risk division formally ensures: the coordination of the risk system (cross-functional workshops or focus); running cross-functional projects related to the banking sector; information to General Management with a summary report for the members of the Group Risk and Compliance Committee.
Due to its large majority, the system relies mainly on Natixis Investment Managers. The re-use of existing work and methodologies locally is favored to establish supervision at the Group level. The key risk monitoring indicators are determined with Natixis IM in coordination with GFS.
The Risk division focuses on risks that may affect the Group such as redemption risk and the associated potential step-in risk, seed money and operational risks (based on the Group’s OR), including through stress tests of NIM tests economic capital review. GFS’ Risk division regularly monitors NIM’s risks through its role as direct parent company.
-
Additional monitoring of the financial conglomerate
Groupe BPCE, identified by the ACPR/ECB as a financial conglomerate due to the absolute and relative size of its banking and insurance activities, is subject to the related additional monitoring requirements. Since the entry into force of the Single Supervisory Mechanism (SSM), the ECB has coordinated the supervision of predominantly banking financial conglomerates.
The Complementary Conglomerate Monitoring function was officially created in 2017 following the validation by the Management Board of the function’s mission statement. The latter identifies the macro-objectives and stakeholders within the Group. The roles, responsibilities and interactions between each of the players in the sector have been defined.
Depending on the themes, committees are organized three to four times a year and the subjects are reported to the Group Risk and Compliance Committee.
The regulation related to the conglomerate requires an overview of the entire accounting consolidation scope (banking, insurance, Asset Management and non-financial sector). Additional monitoring focuses on:
•the financial conglomerate approach aims to capture the main interactions between the banking, insurance and asset management sectors that could, due to an exogenous or endogenous event, impact the Group’s risk profile and its main trajectories (results, solvency, liquidity);
•it makes it possible to consolidate the banking and insurance sector metrics, in particular capital requirements;
•the complementary supervision is based mainly on the banking system as a whole, and on the insurance and asset management risks.
The conglomerate’s excess equity is monitored in the Group’s RAF (Risk Appetite Framework) first-rate indicators. In order to provide a forward-looking view of the Group’s solvency through the financial conglomerate’s reading grid, Groupe BPCE projects the excess equity over several years under different scenarios.
The entire system, in its main dimensions – Insurance, Asset Management, Banking, Financial Conglomerate – is the subject of presentations and discussions with the joint ECB/ACPR supervision team, in particular at meetings dedicated to the JST (Joint Supervisory Team). In particular, the organization of the risk management system, as well as the main analyses and points of attention brought to the attention of the Group’s General Management during the year, are reviewed.
In a conglomerate approach, a global and integrated system of solvency trajectories and stress tests has been developed. This system encompasses and is based on the three regulations Solvency II, Basel III and Financial Conglomerate. The application of common assumptions in these three dimensions provides a holistic view of the Group’s solvency.
•the coordination of insurance sector stress tests, in particular ORSAs (Pillar II of Solvency II); from the determination of stress assumptions to the analysis of results at Group level;
•the analysis of contagion mechanisms and regulatory and economic interactions between the various sectors of the Group as a financial conglomerate.
The Group’s insurance companies are included in the banking STI (Internal Stress Tests) as part of the ICAAP (Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process) normative approach. The modeling includes:
•the simulation of Solvency II ratios, SCR and MCR, in order to objectify any capital requirements;
•the simulation of “IFRS variables” that impact the bank solvency ratio in accordance with the prudential specifications (Net income retained or distributed, OCI, value and difference in equity method, etc.), both under IAS 39/IFRS 4 and IFRS 9/17 from the end of 2022;
•the fees and commissions paid by companies to the Group’s distribution payment networks or asset managers.
As part of the ICAAP Economic Approach, the Non-Banking Equity Risk department has developed an Economic Capital model for Participations Assurance risk (carry and step-in risk). Designed in coordination with the Finance and Strategy division and the companies’ Risk divisions, this model makes it possible to evaluate and monitor, using an internal economic approach, the bank capital consumed by insurance. It aims to enhance the joint management of the risk/profitability ratio. The economic capital requirement has been assessed on a quarterly basis since the third quarter of 2021.
In addition, the Non-Banking Equity Risk department undertook a review of the economic capital models relating to Natixis IM (NIM) activity, in coordination with NIM and GFS, in order to adapt them, if necessary, to the specificities of Asset Management in terms of both risk and business model.
More generally, the Non-Banking Equity Risk department coordinates or supervises the work of the Insurance and Asset Management businesses and contributes to the Group’s work. This work concerns methodological or quantitative aspects specific to each non-banking business line and their alignment with the banking group (actuarial methods, EBA stress tests, work to quantify the impact of physical climate risk, etc.).
-
14.1 Governance and structure
The Group Risk division structured the management of climate risks by setting up the Climate Risks department at the end of 2021. The department’s objectives are organized around the 13 expectations of the ECB’s guide to climate and environmental risks published in November 2020. This Climate Risk department relies on a large network of around 60 climate risk correspondents in all Groupe BPCE companies and in the other departments of the Group Risk division. The Climate Risk department strives to:
•develop processes and analysis tools to strengthen the management of climate risks (physical and transition) to better integrate them into the Group’s risk appetite framework;
•assess the materiality of climate risks by reference to the main traditional risk classes: credit risk, financial risk (market risk, liquidity risk) and operational risk;
•include climate risks in Groupe BPCE’s usual risk management framework (credit policy for companies and individuals, and according to the types of assets financed) and take them into account during periodic updates of the Group’s sectoral policies;
-
14.2 Acceleration of the integration of climate and environmental risks with the climate risk management program
As part of the publication of Groupe BPCE’s first TCFD report in October 2021, the Group Risk division has defined a materiality matrix for climate risks:
The materiality of the risks associated with climate change is assessed by reference to the main risk classes of Pillar I of Basel III, namely credit risk, market risk and operational risk, including non-compliance and reputation risk. Groupe BPCE has therefore put in place a robust system for identifying climate risk factors that could impact the Group’s traditional risks, together with precise monitoring. A process to update the matrix in each of the Group’s entities was launched in the first quarter of 2023.
“Acute physical risks” are defined as direct losses triggered by extreme weather events, the resulting damage of which may lead to the destruction of physical assets (real estate and/or production) and cause a drop in local economic activity and possibly a disruption of value chains. “Chronic physical risks” are the direct losses triggered by longer-term climate changes (sea level rise, chronic heat waves, modification of rainfall patterns and increase in their variability, disappearance of certain resources) that may progressively deteriorate the productivity of a given sector.
“Transition risk” results from the economic and financial consequences related to the effects of the implementation of a low-carbon economic model, whether through changes in regulations, technological progress, or changes in consumer expectations and reputational repercussions.
The Climate Risk department coordinates the implementation of the climate risk management framework through a dedicated program. This program, in line with the Group’s climate and environmental commitments, addresses specific objectives for all business lines and all sectors. The proposed system aims to ensure the most comprehensive coverage of the 13 pillars proposed by the ECB in its guide on climate and environmental risks of November 2020. It also strives to integrate the national or international regulatory perspectives that are currently the reference.
This program is regularly updated with the points of attention specified by the ECB, initially based on the feedback of the self-assessment questionnaire, formalized through discussions at the end of 2021, then through the thematic review carried out in early 2022.
Concretely, this system is organized around nine major areas (governance, risk appetite framework, stress test, financial and market risks, operational risks, credit risks, risk control system, the dashboard, and data).
The work and expectations are thus precisely qualified, by theme, making it possible to know and monitor the status, the implementation schedule, the people in charge in the Climate Risk department and other departments, such as those involved in its implementation, and the expected deliverables.
Representatives of Banques Populaires, Caisses d’Epargne and Global Financial Services are also involved in the program to ensure the operationality of the actions planned in each Group entity.
In 2022, Groupe BPCE’s committee procedure was strengthened with the generalization of climate-related elements in the committee procedure of each of its entities.
The coordination of the climate risk correspondents has increased employee awareness and training actions are offered in the other departments. A monthly newsletter, a quarterly conference (morning) and virtual classes on specific topics are likely to promote the dissemination of the climate risk culture in all entities. The best practices identified are presented at these regular or ad hoc events. The Climate Risk Pursuit training program continues to be rolled out in the institutions. At the end of July 2022, 18,037 employees had taken part in the program. In addition, training courses that meet expectations as closely as possible are being developed. The governing bodies are also trained on these subjects on a regular basis.
The “Climate risk/Transition risk” and “Climate risk/Physical risk” categories were added to BPCE’s risk framework in 2019. At this stage, the materiality of these risk categories has been assessed by experts and supported by the mapping work presented above. The transition risk was considered to be material, including in the short term, given the potential reputational impacts, the risks related to changes in the regulatory and legal framework, and the strategic risk related to market developments in response to the environmental transition.
Two risk appetite indicators on transition climate risk are being integrated at Group level, subject to observation before a limit is defined. Within the Corporate & Investment Banking scope, the proportion of assets classified as “dark brown” according to the Green Weighting Factor method, which are the assets most exposed to transition risk, is monitored in the Global Financial Services Risk Appetite Framework. A threshold and a limit have been set from 2022.
In 2020, Groupe BPCE volunteered to participate in a first climate risk assessment exercise led by the European Banking Authority (EBA). Groupe BPCE also contributed to the pilot exercise conducted by the French Prudential Supervisory and Resolution Authority (ACPR) in 2021 to estimate the physical and transition risks. Lastly, in 2022 Groupe BPCE took part in the very first climate stress test launched by the European Central Bank (ECB).
The stated objective of this last exercise was to identify the preparedness of the hundred or so banking groups under supervision in the face of the financial and economic shocks that climate risk is likely to cause. This initiative was part of a desire already supported by the national supervisors.
This exercise should be seen as a joint learning exercise with pioneering features, aimed at strengthening the capacity of banks and supervisors to assess climate risk.
For this first learning exercise, the ECB wanted to simplify the request. The stress test targets specific categories of assets exposed to climate risks and not the full balance sheet of banks. The exercise is based on three modules:
•the third consists of estimating the short- and long-term impacts of physical and transition risks.
The physical risks only concern drought and floods on credit risk over a one-year horizon. For the transition risk, two types of scenarios are covered. One, short term; 3 years, concerns credit risk and market risk in the event of an unexpected and sudden carbon price shock. The second simulation consists of assessing the climate impact on our 30-year balance sheets, according to three scenarios: an orderly transition, in anticipation of the Paris Agreement in 2050; a disorderly transition, where no new policy is put in place until 2030, then a sudden and abrupt transition; and a scenario of no transition leading to significant global warming.
Groupe BPCE’s participation in the 2022 climate stress test exercise demonstrated its ability to quantify climate risk under different scenarios. Groupe BPCE responded to this exercise with the quality of information and method praised by the ECB. It had to integrate a new sectoral dimension into its internal models over unprecedented time horizons of up to 30 years. Groupe BPCE also had to collect new data, such as energy performance assessments of homes given as guarantees, in order to carry out stress tests. This exercise led to the identification of areas for improvement to obtain data in a reliable and recurring manner. Lastly, this stress test enabled Groupe BPCE to quantify the main risks to which the Group is exposed and to prioritize actions to identify, mitigate and monitor these risks.
In terms of results, the metrics vary according to the types of risks and scenarios defined by the ECB.
The scenario more representative of physical risks is short-term flooding, due to the Group’s home loan portfolio. This impact is also the corollary of the methodological framework used in terms of insurance coverage. Lastly, the insufficient granularity of certain data does not mitigate these results.
The short-term transition risk is increased due to the lack of energy performance data for the collateral backing Corporate exposures but remains limited overall because BPCE’s exposure to the most carbon-intensive sectors is lower than the average of its peers.
As regards the long-term transition risk, due to this low exposure to the sectors identified as sensitive by the supervisor, the scenarios set do not impact BPCE in a very differentiated manner.
In terms of financial risks, an assessment of climate risks is carried out, among other things, through the management and monitoring of the liquidity reserve. Climate criteria and more broadly ESG criteria are taken into account in three areas: the environmental quality of the security, the ESG rating of issuers and a temperature analysis with the definition of an alignment objective in line with the Group’s strategic plan.
With regard to private equity investments, work on the integration of ESG analysis criteria is underway in order to define ESG institution-investor profiles.
To anticipate physical weather events that could weigh on its own activities, Groupe BPCE has implemented a business continuity plan that defines the procedures and resources enabling the bank to deal with natural disasters in order to protect employees, key assets and activities, and to ensure the continuity of essential services. An internal tool makes it possible to identify sites and agencies exposed to climate risks and to monitor climate incidents.
The evolution of consumer awareness and sensitivity to climate issues is a sensitivity factor for the banking sector that could lead to damage to the bank’s reputation in the event of non-compliance with regulatory expectations or because the public, counterparties and/or investors associate Groupe BPCE with negative effects on the climate. A reputation measurement indicator incorporating climate-related events and more broadly ESG is being built by the Group’s operational Risk department.
In order to limit the effects of climate change, the administrative and legislative authorities are adopting new regulations. These texts can be international (Paris Agreement), European (Taxonomy) or national (Climate and Resilience Act). For example, the French legislator has just strengthened its requirements with Article 29 of the Climate Energy Act. Indeed, financial companies must demonstrate how their investments are in line with a 1.5°C/2°C trajectory (see Paris Agreement).
The Legal department, in conjunction with the CSR department and the Group Risk division, organizes the information of the respective channels about this risk and ensures increased vigilance regarding the use of climate-related terminologies in order to be aligned with the European taxonomy.
For several years, ESG criteria have been included using tools and a framework whose development has accelerated with this climate risk management program. More specifically, the elements relating to the inclusion of ESG criteria are described below.
Groupe BPCE is organizing itself to develop permanent and periodic risk controls. The permanent control systems will be detailed and specified during workshops to be conducted with the institutions. The objective will be to integrate climate elements into existing processes.
The periodic control is an internal guide for carrying out the assignments carried out in the various entities of the Group in the best possible way and in a consistent manner.
Dashboards for monitoring and managing climate and environmental risks are being developed. The dashboard for the Group’s scope was validated in early July 2022 and is built to ensure the reliability and quality of the data used. It must be made available to each entity on a quarterly basis.
A unified and standardized ESG data repository at Group level is being built. This project includes the implementation of ESG data governance at Group level. In this context, the needs of the Group Risk division are collected and satisfied by the acquisition of data from external suppliers or by the reprocessing of internal data.
2022 was marked by the publication of the first Green Asset Ratio in its eligible dimension. This exercise will be repeated in 2023 before an alignment publication in 2024.
The data expected under Pillar III ESG are the subject of a first publication with the submission of five “model” tables. These tables are as follows:
•Model 1: Banking portfolio – Indicators of transition risk potentially linked to climate change (credit quality of exposures by sector, issues and residual maturity)
At this stage, Groupe BPCE excludes information on Scope 3 emissions. The data relating to Scope 1 and 2 emissions were collected from data suppliers.
•Model 2: Banking portfolio – Indicators of transition risk potentially linked to climate change: Loans (information on the energy performance of loans secured by real estate assets)
Groupe BPCE uses a methodological approach in which the collection of energy performance assessment (EPA) data is mainly based on the EPAs collected from customers, the EPAs provided by the CSTB (Scientific and Technical Center for Building) and retrieved from ADEME database.
•Model 4: Banking portfolio – Indicators of transition risk potentially linked to climate change for counterparties among the 20 companies that emit the most carbon in the world
Groupe BPCE decided to feed model 4 from the list of the Climate Accountability Institute (1965-2018) due to its extensive scope. It is worth recalling that Groupe BPCE has adopted a net zero alignment strategy requiring the support of these counterparties in their transition efforts.
•Model 5: Banking portfolio – Indicators of physical risk potentially linked to climate change: Exposures subject to physical risk
Groupe BPCE feeds into this model by focusing on the exposure of residential real estate exposed to the risk of flooding. In the “Nomenclature of statistical territorial units” the risk of flooding related to housing has been qualified as high in accordance with the European Central Bank’s classification of acute flood risks.
•Model 10: Other climate change mitigation measures not covered in regulation (EU) 2020/852 covering mitigation activities materialized by bonds and loans
Groupe BPCE used the classification of the product codes of commercial entities to identify green, sustainable and sustainability-related loans with a climate risk mitigation nature.
The consideration of ESG risks is part of a global approach involving the business lines, CSR and Control functions. This approach includes the development and implementation of CSR policies in the most sensitive sectors, the definition of the excluded business sectors, the evaluation and monitoring of the ESG risks of transactions and counterparties via various tools and processes. Given the data available to date, the approach to climate risks is more detailed and is being built on the other dimensions.
At the heart of its concerns, the environmental transition is one of the three pillars of the BPCE 2024 strategic plan and is a priority for all its business lines and all its companies. Within this framework, Groupe BPCE has committed to a long-term change in its balance sheet as part of a strategy to mitigate the climate impact of its activities and its financed, invested or insured assets. It has made a strong commitment to society and its customers: to align its financing portfolios on a “Net Zero” trajectory and thus contribute to carbon neutrality by 2050. It is in this context that it joined the Net Zero Banking Alliance for its banking activities in July 2021, and in June 2022 the Net Zero Asset Owners Alliance for its insurance activities.
•measure the climate impact and manage the climate trajectory of its financing, proprietary investment and insurance activities, within the reference framework of the Paris Agreement, by targeting the 1.5°C target and focusing as a priority on the most greenhouse gas-intensive sectors;
•support the energy transition of customers in their own transition challenges, whether in terms of financing, savings or insurance, with a dimension of advice and structured strategic dialog, providing expertise, solutions and a long-term vision.
The alignment measurement methodologies applied are based on current market standards, which are subject to change. Changes in the scope of our analyses of other Group activities thus depend on available and recognized methodologies. In addition, the objectives set by Groupe BPCE are conditioned by the commitments of our customers and their ability to meet them over time. These objectives are also contingent on current government policies and the development of low-carbon technologies, which are critical for long-term horizons.
The data used concerning our customers come mainly from data suppliers or company publications. The measurement estimates will change as the quality of the available data increases.
The Group is aware of the major challenge represented by the deterioration of natural capital and, through its subsidiary Natixis, was the first bank involved in the act4nature international initiative to communicate individual SMART commitments (specific, measurable, additional, relevant, temporally regulated) in June 2020. For several years, the Group and its subsidiaries have been committed to reinforcing their contributions to the UN Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) and to increasingly contributing to the fight against climate change. The SDGs are a common language built around 17 global goals, broken down into 169 targets. As a result, Groupe BPCE’s CSR strategy is fully committed to the integration of its SDGs in order to participate in the common journey to achieve a better and more sustainable future for all. Groupe BPCE is publicly committed to international standards such as the United Nations Global Compact, the UNEP FI and the NZBA. Its subsidiary Natixis is committed to the Equator Principles and Act4Nature.
Groupe BPCE has developed a proprietary methodology to analyze the climate and environmental impact of Corporate & Investment Banking transactions. This mechanism, called Green Weighting Factor (GWF), assigns each transaction a rating, represented by a color, on a scale of 7 levels ranging from (activities having an extremely harmful effect on the climate and the environment) to dark green (activities having a very positive impact). This rating is based on an assessment of the impact of the financing on the climate and also takes into account – when they are significant – its main non-climate environmental externalities (water, pollution, waste, biodiversity).
In order to limit the climate impact of its financing and investment activities, Groupe BPCE is withdrawing from the highest-emitting activities (such as the coal, oil and gas sectors) by implementing appropriate exclusion policies. With regard to retail banking activities, an offer dedicated to mitigating environmental impacts has been launched with green loans for renovation projects, electric vehicles or green partnerships.
The Group’s Supervisory Board approves the climate-related strategic orientations, oversees their implementation and manages the risks and opportunities associated with these challenges with the help of two independent specialized committees.
The Chairman of the Management Board and the members of the Executive Management Committee oversee the implementation and monitoring of the strategy and ensure compliance with regulatory requirements. Groupe BPCE’s Executive Management is committed to developing and implementing its climate strategy and to identifying, assessing and managing the risks related to climate change.
Groupe BPCE has set up an organization around its CSR and Risk departments in all its business lines and companies in order to respond to the challenges posed by climate change. The Risk division and General Secretariat, in charge of compliance and permanent control, measure, monitor and manage the risks faced by Groupe BPCE.
The Supervisory Board is also attentive to the integration of ESG issues in the method and amount of remuneration granted to each member of the Executive Board. The Remuneration Committee ensures that CSR issues are an integral part of the remuneration policy. For the 2021 fiscal year, the remuneration awarded to the Chairman and members of the BPCE Management Board includes an annual variable portion, of which 40% is indexed to qualitative criteria, of which 10% is linked to the achievement of CSR-related criteria. The allocation of this variable portion depends on the implementation of the Group’s strategic ambitions on environmental issues (including climate issues) and the positioning of Groupe BPCE in the rankings of non-financial rating agencies.
The materiality of risks related to climate change is assessed at Group level according to a short- and long-term horizon according to the main risk categories of Pillar I of Basel III, which are: credit risk, market risk and operational risk, including non-compliance risks.
Groupe BPCE has developed a methodology for classifying risks by sector based on climate and environmental criteria. Analyses based on scientific research conducted by French institutions (Haut Conseil pour le Climat, ADEME, etc.) as well as by European and international organizations (IPCC, IEA, etc.) made it possible to define the exposure of Groupe BPCE’s portfolio to sectors identified as “sensitive” (reference scenario of the ACPR climate pilot exercise).
As a signatory of the Equator Principles, Corporate & Investment Banking applies a market methodology recognized by member banks and institutions to ensure in particular the identification, assessment and management of the environmental risks of the financed projects. Since October 2020, the bank has applied the fourth version of the Equator Principles (EP IV Amendment), which reinforces the integration of climate change in the environmental impact analysis of major projects. The borrower is therefore required to: 1) assess the physical risks associated with climate change for most projects, 2) carry out an assessment of the climate transition risks and an analysis of less greenhouse gas intensive alternatives for projects with CO2 equivalent emissions of at least 100,000 metric tons per year in total. Depending on the risks identified and the nature of the associated impacts, mitigation measures are requested of the customer. They are covered by specific clauses in the financial documentation (“covenants”).
For its Corporate & Investment Banking business, Groupe BPCE has also deployed an additional tool (ESR Screening) to identify, assess and monitor the environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks of its corporate customers. This tool makes it possible to identify the customers most at risk and analyze them in depth. Climate and environmental risks are fully integrated into the system.
For retail banking, in order to increase the integration of climate and environmental criteria, a questionnaire dedicated to the consideration of ESG issues has been created for corporate customers. This questionnaire is intended to be used by customer service managers to collect information on customer knowledge, actions and commitment in terms of climate and the environment. The ESG questionnaire will be rolled out in the course of 2023.
•the macro-risk mapping includes climate risks in the “strategic, commercial and ecosystem risks” category;
•the Green Weighting Factor (GWF) rating methodology was finalized in 2019 for all sectors financed by Natixis, with the exception of the financial sector;
•stress tests on climate risks using specific parameters and periods have been developed since the first exercise carried out in 2021 using ACPR methodologies.
Given the evolving framework of knowledge related to climate risks and the availability of internal and external data, the tools and methodologies deployed are subject to regular reviews of their adequacy and continuous improvement work.
Since 2021, Groupe BPCE has published its public report on the climate in line with the TCFD recommendations for financial institutions.
For several years, the Group and its subsidiaries have been committed to strengthening their contributions to the UN Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs). The Group’s sustainable development policy focuses on the following SDGs:
Groupe BPCE has launched a range of dedicated financing offers, called Impact Loans, aimed at rewarding customers who achieve social performance objectives. Launched last year with operators, the Impact Loan was extended in 2021 to long-term investors, thus covering all professional real estate customers.
In particular, Groupe BPCE has developed CSR sectoral policies in its corporate & investment banking activities covering sectors with major social challenges such as the defense and tobacco industries.
Since 2019, Groupe BPCE’s overall risk policy, implemented in sectoral policies, incorporates social criteria. These criteria are updated regularly at each sector policy review by the Non-Financial Risk Committee (CoREFi), and then validated at the Sector Watch Committee led by the Credit Risk department. These criteria include, among others, labor standards, customer protection, product liability and human rights.
The Group Risk Management department measures and controls compliance with risk management systems concerning social factors at the level of the Group’s institutions for the Risk Committee
As for environmental risks, Groupe BPCE’s remuneration policy provides for an annual variable portion for the Chairman and members of the BPCE Management Board, of which 40% is indexed to qualitative criteria, of which 10% is linked to the achievement of criteria related to CSR. The allocation of this variable portion depends on the implementation of the Group’s strategic ambitions related to environmental issues (including climate change) and on Groupe BPCE’s position in the rankings established by non-financial rating agencies, including social objectives.
As part of the development of integrated ESG risk management, Groupe BPCE is developing tools and methodologies to take social risks into account. The analysis of social risks is mainly carried out qualitatively: – for example, by analyzing controversies associated with transactions,
Groupe BPCE’s methodology, developed by the Group’s Climate Risk department, for assessing social risks focuses on four social criteria: customers, workers, suppliers and civil society. The social risk management framework is based on international standards, such as the International Labour Organization (ILO), national data from the Ministry of Labor, the Ministry for the Ecological Transition and the French Agency for Ecological Transition. Based on these principles, the sector analyses highlight the specific issues to be monitored during the creation and monitoring process.
As a signatory of the Equator Principles, Corporate & Investment Banking applies a market methodology to ensure that projects are developed in a socially responsible manner. In this respect, the Bank ensures that it fulfills its responsibility to respect human rights in accordance with the United Nations Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights.
For its Corporate & Investment Banking business, Groupe BPCE has also deployed an additional tool (ESR Screening) to identify, assess and monitor the environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks of its corporate customers. This tool makes it possible to identify the customers most at risk and analyze them in depth. Social/societal risks are fully integrated into the system.
Lastly, when entering into a relationship and throughout the relationship Corporate & Investment Banking takes into account any potential controversies that its customers may encounter. This approach is an integral part of Groupe BPCE’s due diligence on its customers. In the event of significant shortcomings, Groupe BPCE looks for the cause and works with the customer to find an acceptable solution as soon as possible. In the absence of an acceptable solution, Groupe BPCE may decide of its own accord not to enter into a relationship or not to renew its commitments with the customer.
The social risk and cases that trigger escalation and exclusion are covered by the commitments formulated in its Code of Conduct, its adherence to the Global Compact, its duty of vigilance plan and its responsible purchasing policy, or its adherence to the Business for Inclusive Growth (B4IG).
Whereas the links with social risks are not clearly defined in the current risk management framework, the ESG risks are correctly identified in the risk framework under investment and credit risk sub-categories.
Groupe BPCE’s CSR strategy is conducted in compliance with business ethics with a total commitment to managing legal, regulatory and ethical risks. This is reflected in a Group Code of Conduct and Ethics approved by the Board in 2018 and a rigorous tax policy with a Tax Code of Conduct approved in 2021.
Since 2019, Groupe BPCE’s overall risk policy, implemented in sectoral policies, incorporates governance criteria. These criteria are updated regularly at each sector policy review by the Non-Financial Risk Committee (CoREFi), and then validated at the Sector Watch Committee led by the Credit Risk department.
The methodology used in risk management taking into account the performance of governance is organized according to four aspects: business ethics, CSR strategy, shareholder democracy and the practices and processes implemented to direct and control the management of customer risks. The sectoral policies, including the consideration of governance, are thus drawn up on the basis of analyses based on these criteria.
-
14.3 Detailed quantitative disclosures
Notes on methodology: NACE codes were used to precisely identify the counterparties included in each sector.
Sector/subsector
31/12/2022
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
m
n
o
p
Gross carrying amount
(in millions of euros)
Accumulated impairment,
accumulated negative
changes in fair value due
to credit risk and
provisions
(in millions of euros)
GHG financed
emissions (scope 1,
scope 2 and scope 3
emissions of the
counterparty) (in
tons of CO2
equivalent)
GHG
emis-
sions
(column
i):
gross
carrying
amount
percen-
tage
of the
portfolio
derived
from
com-
pany-
specific
repor-
ting
<= 5
years
> 5
year
<=
10
years
> 10
year
<= 20
years
> 20
years
Aver-
age
weig-
hted
matur-
ity
Of which
exposures
towards
companies
excluded from
EU Paris-
aligned
Benchmarks in
accordance
with points (d)
to (g) of Article
12.1 and in
accordance
with Article
12.2 of Climate
Benchmark
Standards
Regulation
Of
which
environ-
mentally
sustain-
able
(CCM)
Of
which
stage
2
expo-
sures
Of
which
non-
perfor-
ming
expo-
sures
Of
which
Stage
2
expo-
sures
Of
which
non-
perfor-
ming
expo-
sures
Of
which
Scope
3
financed
emis-
sions
1
Exposures towards sectors that highly contribute to climate change*
2
A - Agriculture, forestry and fishing
5,089
1,719
324
(316)
(119)
(186)
1,552
1
2,596
1,260
1,184
50
7
3
B - Mining and quarrying
4,020
1,840
1,310
309
(124)
(14)
(111)
679 984
1
3,060
685
177
98
4
4
B.05 - Mining of coal and lignite
5
B.06 - Extraction of crude petroleum and natural gas
1,594
1,276
666
8
(10)
(5)
(5)
258 276
3
1,357
150
87
1
6
B.07 - Mining of metal ores
992
38
175
123
(17)
(1)
(15)
153 363
657
279
31
25
6
7
B.08 - Other mining and quarrying
435
20
163
20
(18)
(5)
(13)
25,563
280
126
27
1
4
8
B.09 - Mining support service activities
999
506
306
158
(80)
(2)
(79)
242 781
766
129
32
73
7
9
C - Manufacturing
23,697
828
4,329
1,606
(896)
(117)
(727)
1,725 298
8
17,669
1,991
3,617
421
4
10
C.10 - Manufacture of food products
4,120
627
326
(226)
(33)
(178)
180
2,867
521
681
51
4
11
C.11 - Manufacture of beverages
1,217
331
34
(34)
(15)
(16)
113
886
97
216
17
3
12
C.12 - Manufacture of tobacco products
13
C.13 - Manufacture of textiles
483
24
14
(10)
(1)
(7)
1,336
6
391
23
67
1
3
14
C.14 - Manufacture of wearing apparel
156
37
31
(18)
(1)
(16)
10
4
119
5
29
3
5
15
C.15 - Manufacture of leather and related products
174
10
4
(3)
(2)
144
5
25
1
16
C.16 - Manufacture of wood and of products of wood and cork, except furniture; manufacture of articles of straw and plaiting materials
723
106
54
(33)
(3)
(28)
3,116
4
468
120
127
8
4
17
C.17 - Manufacture of pulp, paper and paperboard
280
32
12
(8)
(1)
(7)
26,511
188
53
38
1
4
18
C.18 - Printing and service activities related to printing
553
105
44
(22)
(2)
(19)
446
33
70
4
4
19
C.19 - Manufacture of coke oven products
814
698
269
24
(11)
(1)
(9)
278 262
9
407
215
166
25
6
20
C.20 - Production of chemicals
1,153
9
146
32
(22)
(3)
(17)
217 969
1
882
114
151
7
3
21
C.21 - Manufacture of pharmaceutical preparations
851
153
143
(24)
(3)
(19)
476
661
12
177
1
2
22
C.22 - Manufacture of rubber products
825
112
44
(25)
(3)
(20)
863
3
589
98
133
5
4
23
C.23 - Manufacture of other non-metallic mineral products
670
155
40
(31)
(6)
(22)
311 584
12
472
77
109
12
5
24
C.24 - Manufacture of basic metals
1,062
145
20
(13)
(2)
(10)
321 767
8
893
30
130
9
3
25
C.25 - Manufacture of fabricated metal products, except machinery and equipment
2,269
492
229
(108)
(14)
(89)
4,618
1
1,707
210
330
22
4
26
C.26 - Manufacture of computer, electronic and optical products
1,025
93
38
(21)
(1)
(18)
3,056
1
853
25
138
8
2
27
C.27 - Manufacture of electrical equipment
781
74
164
80
(57)
(3)
(53)
46,682
7
581
73
102
24
4
28
C.28 - Manufacture of machinery and equipment n.e.c.
1,331
153
92
(66)
(4)
(60)
85,166
33
1,085
41
181
24
4
29
C.29 - Manufacture of motor vehicles, trailers and semi-trailers
1,752
590
141
(57)
(7)
(48)
50,308
53
1,482
34
213
24
2
30
C.30 - Manufacture of other transport equipment
732
47
181
68
(39)
(6)
(32)
70,406
2
442
110
171
8
3
31
C.31 - Manufacture of furniture
261
46
33
(13)
(1)
(11)
194
22
43
2
4
32
C.32 - Other manufacturing
1,799
246
45
(24)
(2)
(20)
302 661
1,397
23
223
156
7
33
C.33 - Repair and installation of machinery and equipment
664
111
55
(31)
(3)
(26)
214
515
49
94
6
4
34
D - Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply
10,974
1,380
1,709
226
(132)
(68)
(67)
1,995 107
5
4,588
1,655
4,218
512
7
35
D35.1 - Electric power generation, transmission and distribution
10,038
682
1,292
226
(116)
(54)
(67)
1,670 317
3
4,213
1,433
3,880
511
7
36
D35.11 - Production of electricity
9,386
638
1,154
172
(105)
(45)
(61)
1,607 555
4
3,872
1,334
3,701
480
7
37
D35.2 - Manufacture of gas; distribution of gaseous fuels through mains
797
655
362
(13)
(10)
307 807
31
353
193
250
6
38
D35.3 - Steam and air conditioning supply
139
43
55
(4)
(4)
16,982
22
29
88
1
10
39
E - Water supply; sewerage, waste management and remediation activities
1,609
204
45
(35)
(6)
(26)
46,098
7
840
236
419
114
8
40
F - Construction
18,350
1
4,258
1,329
(841)
(160)
(624)
73;268
3
13,473
1,058
2,394
1,425
9
41
F.41 - Construction of buildings
9,038
1,537
534
(409)
(71)
(300)
8,415
2
5,617
500
1,668
1,253
13
42
F.42 - Civil engineering
2,804
1
447
96
(47)
(8)
(33)
55,128
16
2,235
197
296
76
5
43
F.43 - Specialized construction activities
6,508
2,274
699
(385)
(80)
(290)
9,725
5,622
361
430
96
4
44
G - Wholesale and retail trade; repair of motor vehicles and motorcycles
35,252
701
6,460
2,116
(1,380)
(248)
(1,051)
566 406
1
24,748
3,669
6,006
829
4
45
H - Transportation and storage
8,645
392
2,336
456
(279)
(65)
(170)
1,602 396
9
5,697
1,084
1,790
74
5
46
H.49 - Land transport and transport via pipelines
4,668
334
1,091
217
(132)
(37)
(70)
515 921
2
3,322
449
834
63
5
47
H.50 - Water transport
756
131
119
(49)
(9)
(35)
12,098
500
134
119
2
4
48
H.51 - Air transport
1,200
801
49
(52)
(15)
(31)
1,051 451
55
839
185
174
2
4
49
H.52 - Warehousing and support activities for transportation
2,010
59
312
71
(45)
(3)
(34)
22,926
1
1,028
315
661
6
6
50
H.53 - Postal and courier activities
12
2
1
10
1
5
51
I - Accommodation and food service activities
11,299
4,405
934
(786)
(330)
(402)
105 575
1
6,543
2,060
2,453
244
7
52
L - Real estate activities
121 112
12
18,514
2,357
(2,204)
(988)
(1,101)
161 795
2
32,611
22,367
55,935
10,200
12
53
Exposures towards sectors other than those that highly contribute to climate change*
54
K - Financial and insurance activities
32,205
650
5,126
941
(868)
(219)
(604)
1,547 425
1
22,842
5,458
3,188
717
5
55
Exposures to other sectors (NACE codes J, M - U)
54,196
40
8,089
2,918
(1,703)
(303)
(926)
3,646 993
4
32,334
7,183
12,769
1,910
5
56
TOTAL
326 448
5,844
58,461
13,562
(9,565)
(2,636)
(5,994)
12,151 898
167,000
48,704
94,150
16,594
*In accordance with the Commission delegated regulation EU) 2020/1818 supplementing regulation (EU) 2016/1011 as regards minimum standards for EU Climate Transition Benchmarks and EU Paris-aligned Benchmarks -Climate Benchmark Standards Regulation - Recital 6: Sectors listed in Sections A to H and Section L of Annex I to Regulation (EC) No 1893/2006
Counterparty
sector
31/12/2022
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
m
n
o
p
Total gross carrying amount amount (in millions of euros)
Level of energy efficiency (EP score in kWh/m2 of collateral)
Level of energy efficiency (EPC label of collateral)
Without EPC label of
collateral
0; <=
100
> 100;
<= 200
> 200;
<=
300
> 300;
<= 400
> 400;
<= 500
> 500
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
Of which
level of
energy
efficiency
(EP score
in kWh/m²
of
collateral)
estimated
1
TOTAL EU AREA
422,257
49,602
132,951
70,830
24,747
14,903
1,343
6,051
42,492
49,147
93,181
63,323
24,502
14,948
128,613
732
2
Of which Loans collateralized by commercial immovable property
47,175
261
1,020
584
174
182
138
96
143
319
555
361
183
160
45,359
543
3
Of which Loans collateralized by residential immovable property
343,014
47,633
126,748
67,141
23,327
13,857
1 091
5,699
41,100
46,959
88,895
60,249
23,041
13,860
63,211
(7)
4
Of which Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties
5
Of which Level of energy efficiency (EP score in kWh/m² of collateral) estimated
205,354
35,159
98,762
42,871
16,185
12,377
6
TOTAL NON-EU AREA
5 370
325
664
324
107
53
6
30
289
253
427
301
121
57
3,891
7
Of which Loans collateralized by commercial immovable property
1,334
1,334
8
Of which Loans collateralized by residential immovable property
3,206
319
653
320
104
52
6
30
284
251
418
297
119
56
1 752
9
Of which Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties
10
Of which Level of energy efficiency (EP score in kWh/m² of collateral) estimated
984
245
456
178
67
38
31/12/2022
a
b
c
d
e
Gross carrying
amount (aggregate)
Gross carrying
amount towards the
counterparties
compared to total
gross carrying
amount
(aggregate)*
Of which
environmentally
sustainable (CCM)
Weighted average
maturity
Number of top 20
polluting firms
included
1
982
0.082 %
2.553615
8
*For counterparties among the top 20 carbon emitting companies in the world
31/12/2022
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
m
n
o
Gross carrying amount (in millions of euros)
of which exposures sensitive to impact from climate change physical events
Breakdown by maturity bucket
of
which
expo-
sures
sensi-
tive to
impact
from
chronic
climate
change
events
of
which
expo-
sures
sensi-
tive to
impact
from
acute
climate
change
events
of
which
expo-
sures
sensi-
tive to
impact
both
from
chronic
and
acute
climate
change
events
Of
which
Stage 2
expo-
sures
Of
which
non-
perfor-
ming
expo-
sures
Accumulated impairment,
accumulated negative changes
in fair value due to credit risk
and provisions
Variable:
Geographical area
subject to climate
change physical
risk - acute and
chronic events
<= 5
years
> 5
year <=
10
years
> 10
year <=
20
years
> 20
years
Average
weighted
maturity
of
which
Stage 2
expo-
sures
Of
which
non-
perfor-
ming
expo-
sures
1
A - Agriculture, forestry and fishing
2
B - Mining and quarrying
3
C - Manufacturing
4
D - Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply
5
E - Water supply; sewerage, waste management and remediation activities
6
F - Construction
7
G - Wholesale and retail trade; repair of motor vehicles and motorcycles
8
H - Transportation and storage
9
L - Real estate activities
10
Loans collateralized by residential immovable property
346,220
95
286
1,109
771
17
2,261
2,261
383
9
(11)
(8)
(2)
11
Loans collateralized by commercial immovable property
12
Repossessed collaterals
13
Other relevant sectors (breakdown below where relevant)
31/12/2022
a
b
c
d
e
f
Type of financial
instrument
Type of counterparty
Gross carrying
amount (in millions of
euros)
Type of risk
mitigated (Climate
change transition
risk)
Type of risk
mitigated (Climate
change physical
risk)
Qualitative
information on the
nature of the
mitigating actions
1
Bonds (e.g. green, sustainable, sustainability-linked under standards other than the EU standards)
Financial corporations
58
2
Non-financial corporations
174
3
Of which Loans collateralized by commercial immovable property
4
Households
5
Of which Loans collateralized by residential immovable property
6
Of which building renovation loans
7
Other counterparties
1,997
8
Loans (e.g. green, sustainable, sustainability-linked under standards other than the EU standards)
Financial corporations
159
9
Non-financial corporations
2,229
10
Of which Loans collateralized by commercial immovable property
136
11
Households
349
12
Of which Loans collateralized by residential immovable property
13
Of which building renovation loans
14
Other counterparties
-
16.1 Internal control policy
The internal control system defined by the Group contributes to the control of risks of all kinds and is governed by an umbrella charter – the Group Internal Control Charter – which stipulates that this system is designed, in particular, to ensure “[...] the reliability of financial and non-financial information reported both inside and outside the Group”. In this context, the Group has defined and put in place a permanent control system to ensure the quality of the accounting and financial information in accordance with the requirements defined by the order of November 3, 2014 on internal control and all other regulatory obligations relating to the quality of reporting (in particular those resulting from Recommendation No. 239 issued on January 9, 2013 by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision regarding the implementation of the “Principles for aggregating risk data and risk notification” or from the application of CRR 2).
•the first level exercised by all those involved in the production and reporting process. For Pillar III, the people involved in the process come mainly from the Risk and Finance functions and are coordinated by the Finance & Strategy division (Institutional Financial Communication);
•the second level is handled by independent units within the Risk, Compliance or Permanent Control functions. For Pillar III, this work is carried out by the Risk division (Risk Governance) and the Group General Secretariat (Group Financial Control).
Included in the list of main reports published by BPCE (Reports booklet), Pillar III is governed by provisions strictly defined by the Group (in particular the Framework for the preparation and publication of reports and management indicators) aimed at strengthening the environment for producing, controlling and publishing the report and the quality of its underlying indicators.
In addition to the documentation and self-checking procedures or controls, whose drafting and implementation are the responsibility of the various contributors to the Pillar III report, the Finance and Strategy division has put in place a detailed mapping of the roles and responsibilities involved in the implementation of controls. It has also developed an automated inter-reports control tool comprising nearly 800 controls intended to ensure the consistency between the information appearing in Pillar III and that appearing in other reports (and in particular those provided to the control and regulatory authorities such as the COmmon solvency ratio REPorting and the FINancial REPorting).
The Group has defined a system to ensure that the main reports published within the Group comply with all regulatory obligations. This system is implemented as part of a review carried out by independent functions and aims to ensure that reports are prepared in a secure production environment and that they include reliable, clear, useful and auditable data.
The review of the Pillar III report is carried out by the Risk division (Risk Governance) and the Group General Secretariat (Group Financial Control) as part of a global approach, based in particular on the implementation of a standard assessment grid to carry out the review in a documented manner and subject it to validation according to strict criteria. Based on the scoring method, the grid is composed of 33 standard controls grouped into six analysis criteria (Documentation, Organization, Auditability, Clarity, Controls and Accuracy) rated on a scale between 1 (requirement not met) and 4 (Requirement fully met), with an average of 2.5.
For the first assessment exercise, the controls were mainly carried out on the basis of an analysis of the documentation and controls made available by the contributing business lines and by carrying out consistency checks on the production of the Pillar III report of June 30, 2021 (text and main indicators monitored in the context of the risk appetite). Additional controls will continue after publication, as part of a continuous improvement approach and permanent system.
-
16.2 Statement on the publication of information required under Pillar III
I certify that, to the best of my knowledge, the disclosures provided in this document in relation to Pillar III comply with part 8 of CRR Regulation (EU) No. 575/2013 (and subsequent modifications) and have been prepared in accordance with the internal control framework agreed at BPCE management body level.
-
17.1 Index to Pillar III report tables
Pillar III report
table number
Title
Report page
2022 – Pillar III
OWN FUNDS
EU KM1
Key indicators
8
EU CC2
Transition from accounting balance sheet to prudential balance sheet
44
BPCE01
Regulatory capital
48
BPCE02
Changes in CET1 capital
49
BPCE03
Breakdown of non-controlling interests (minority interests)
49
BPCE04
Change in AT1 capital
50
BPCE05
Changes in Tier 2 capital
50
EU OV1
Overview of risk-weighted assets
51
BPCE06
Risk-weighted assets by type of risk and business line
52
EU INS1
Non-deducted participations in insurance undertakings
52
BPCE07
Regulatory capital and Basel III phased-in capital ratios
53
EU LR1 (LRSum)
Transition from balance sheet to leverage exposure
54
EU LI3
Summary of the differences between the statutory and prudential scope of consolidation
57
EU CC1
Composition of regulatory capital by category
73
BPCE08
Additional Tier 1 capital
77
BPCE09
Issues of deeply subordinated notes
77
BPCE10
Tier 2 capital
77
BPCE11
Issues of subordinated notes
78
EU CCYB1
Geographical distribution of credit exposures relevant for the calculation of the countercyclical capital buffer
79
EU CCYB2
Amount of institution-specific countercyclical capital buffer
80
EU PV1
Prudent valuation adjustment (PVA)
81
EU LR2 (LRCOM)
Leverage ratio
82
EU LR3 (LRSpl)
Breakdown of balance sheet exposures (excluding derivatives, SFTs and exempted exposures)
84
EU INS2
Financial conglomerates – Information on capital and capital adequacy ratio
84
EU KM2
Key indicators – TLAC ratio
84
EU TLAC1
Composition TLAC ratio
85
EU TLAC3a
Rank in the hierarchy of creditors – Resolution group
86
CREDIT RISKS
BPCE12
Scope of standardized and IRB methods used by the Group
94
BPCE13
EAD breakdown by approach for the main customer segments
94
BPCE14
Concentration by borrower
106
BPCE15
Hedging of non-performing loans
107
EU CQ1
Credit quality of forborne exposures
108
EU CR1
Performing and non-performing exposures and related provisions
110
EU CQ3
Credit quality of performing and non-performing exposures by number of days past due
112
EU CQ4
Quality of exposures by geographical area
114
EU CQ5
Credit quality of loans and advances to non-financial corporations by industry
115
EU CR3
Use of credit risk mitigation techniques
117
EU CR1-A
Maturity of exposures
119
EU CQ7
Collateral obtained by taking possession and execution
119
Covid-1
Information on loans and advances subject to legislative and non-legislative moratoriums
120
Covid-2
Breakdown of loans and advances subject to legislative and non-legislative moratoriums by residual maturity of the moratorium
120
Covid-3
Information on new loans and advances provided under public guarantee schemes in
response to the Covid-19 crisis
121
EU CR4
Standardized Approach – Credit risk exposure and mitigation effects
122
EU CR5
Standardized Approach – Exposures by asset class and by risk weighting coefficient, after application of credit risk mitigation techniques
124
EU CR6
IRB approach – Credit risk exposures by exposure class and PD range
126
EU CR6-A
Scope of the use of IRB and SA approaches
134
EU CR7
IRB approach – Effect on risk-weighted assets of credit derivatives used as credit risk mitigation techniques
136
EU CR7-A
IRB approach – Disclosure of the extent of the use of CRM techniques
137
EU CR8
Statement of risk-weighted flows relating to credit risk exposures under the IRB approach
140
EU CR9
IRB Approach – Ex-post control of PDs by exposure class (fixed PD scale)
141
BPCE16
Average PD and LGD broken down by geographical area
149
BPCE17
Ex-post control of LGDs by exposure class
150
EU CR10
Specialized and equity financing exposures subject to the simple weighting method
151
COUNTERPARTY RISK
BPCE18
Breakdown of gross counterparty risk exposures by asset class (excluding other assets) and method
157
BPCE19
Breakdown by exposure class of risk-weighted assets for the credit valuation adjustment (CVA)
157
BPCE20
Securities exposed to counterparty risk on derivative transactions and repurchase agreements
158
EU CCR1
Analysis of counterparty risk exposure by approach
158
EU CCR2
Capital requirement for credit valuation adjustment (CVA)
159
EU CCR3
Standardized Approach – Counterparty risk exposures by regulatory portfolio and risk weighting
160
EU CCR4
IRB approach – Counterparty risk exposures by exposure class and PD scale
161
EU CCR5
Composition of collateral for counterparty risk exposures
165
EU CCR6
Credit derivative exposures
166
EU CCR7
Risk-weighted asset flow statements for counterparty risk exposures under the IMM
166
EU CCR8
Exposures to central counterparties
167
BPCE21
Notional amount of derivatives
168
SECURITIZATION
BPCE22
Breakdown of exposures by type of securitization
182
BPCE23
Breakdown of EAD and RWA by type of portfolio
182
BPCE24
Breakdown of investor securitization exposures in the banking book by rating
183
BPCE25
Breakdown of investor and sponsor securitization exposures in the trading book
184
EU SEC1
Banking book – Securitization exposures
185
EU SEC3
Banking book – Securitization exposures and associated regulatory capital requirements (originator and sponsor positions)
187
EU SEC4
Banking book – Securitization exposures and associated regulatory capital requirements (investor positions)
188
BPCE26
Banking book – Breakdown of securitization outstandings
189
EU SEC2
Trading book – Securitization exposures
189
EU SEC5
Securitization exposures – Defaulted exposures and adjustments for specific credit
190
MARKET RISKS
BPCE27
Groupe BPCE VaR – Breakdown by risk class
198
BPCE28
Groupe BPCE VaR – Evolution
198
BPCE29
Group stress test average
199
BPCE30
RWA and capital requirements by type of risk
199
BPCE31
Change in risk-weighted assets by impact
199
EU MR1
Market risk under the Standardized Approach
200
EU MR3
Internal Model Approach (IMA) values for trading books
200
EU MR4
Comparison of VaR estimates with profit/loss
201
EU MR2A
Market risk under the Internal Models Approach (IMA)
201
EU MR2B
Risk-weighted asset flow statements for market risk exposures under the Internal Models Approach (IMA)
202
BPCE32
Natixis Global VaR with guarantee – Trading book (VaR 99% 1-day)
203
BPCE33
Breakdown by risk class and netting
203
BPCE34
Natixis stressed VaR
204
BPCE35
IRC indicator
204
BPCE36
Natixis stress test results
205
LIQUIDITY, INTEREST RATE AND EXCHANGE RATE RISKS
BPCE37
Liquidity reserves
213
BPCE38
Liquidity gap
213
BPCE39
Sources and uses of funds by maturity
214
BPCE40
Interest rate gap
218
EU IRRBB1
Sensitivity of the economic value of Tier 1 capital
218
BPCE41
Outstanding amounts of financial instruments subject to benchmark index reform
218
EU LIQ1
Liquidity coverage ratio (LCR)
221
EU LIQ2
Net stable funding requirement (NSFR)
222
EU AE1
Encumbered and unencumbered assets
225
EU AE2
Collateral received
226
EU AE3
Sources of encumbrance
227
OPERATIONAL RISKS
EU OR1
Capital requirements for operational risk and risk-weighted exposure amounts
247
INSURANCE, ASSET MANAGEMENT, FINANCIAL CONGLOMERATE RISKS
BPCE42
Amount of CEGC regulated commitments
252
BPCE43
CEGC investment portfolio
252
CLIMATE RISKS
MODEL 1
Banking book - Indicators of transition risk potentially linked to climate change: Credit quality of exposures by sector, issues and residual maturity
264
MODEL 2
Banking book - Indicators of transition risk potentially linked to climate change: Loans secured by real estate assets - Energy efficiency of collateral
269
MODEL 4
Banking book - Indicators of the transition risk potentially linked to climate change: Exposures to the 20 companies that emit the most carbon in the world
270
MODEL 5
Banking book - Indicators of the transition risk potentially linked to climate change: Exposures subject to physical risk
271
MODEL 10
Other climate change mitigation measures not covered in Regulation (EU) 2020/852
272
-
17.2 Pillar III cross-reference table
CRR Article
Topic
Pillar III report reference
Pillar III report
pages
435
Objectives and risk management policy
4 Governance and risk management system
24-40
436
Scope of consolidation
3 Capital management and capital adequacy
44 ; 57-77
437
Capital
3 Capital management and capital adequacy
46-50 ; 73-76
438
Capital requirements
3 Capital management and capital adequacy
51-52
439
Exposure to counterparty credit risk
6 Counterparty risk
156-168
440
Capital buffers
3 Capital management and capital adequacy
42-43 ; 79
441
Global systemically important indicators
BPCE website – Investment/regulated information section
Regulatory publications
442
Credit risk adjustments
5 Credit risk
91-93 ; 107-113
443
Encumbered assets
9 Liquidity risk
225-228
444
Use of external credit rating agencies
5 Credit risk
98-100
445
Exposure to market risk
8 Market risks
194-205
446
Operational risk
11 Operational risk
244-248
447
Banking book equity exposures
5 Credit risk
151-153
448
Exposure to interest rate risk for banking book positions
9 Liquidity, interest rate and foreign exchange risks
217-218
449
Exposure to securitization positions
7 Securitization transactions
170-191
449 bis
Prudential information on ESG risks
14 Climate Risks
256-272
450
Remuneration policy
BPCE website – Investment/regulated information section
Other information
451
Leverage
3 Capital management and capital adequacy
54 ; 82-83
452
Use of the IRB approach for credit risk
5 Credit risk
94-100
453
Use of credit risk mitigation techniques
5 Credit risk
94-100 ; 122-125
454
Use of advanced measurement approaches for operational risk
11 Operational risk
N/A
455
Use of internal market risk models
8 Market risks
194-196 ; 200-205
458
Macroprudential supervision measures
3 Capital management and capital adequacy
79-80
-
17.3 Glossary
Acronyms
EBA
The European Banking Authority, established by EU regulation on November 24, 2010. It came into being on January 1, 2011 in London, superseding the Committee of European Banking Supervisors (CEBS). This new body has an expanded mandate. It is in charge of harmonizing prudential standards, ensuring coordination among the various national supervisory authorities and performing the role of mediator. The goal is to establish a Europe-wide supervision mechanism without compromising the ability of the national authorities to conduct the day-to-day supervision of credit institutions.
ABS
See securitization
ACPR
Autorité de contrôle prudentiel et de résolution (ACPR): French prudential supervisory authority for the banking and insurance sector (formerly the CECEI, or Comité des établissements de crédit et des entreprises d’investissement/Credit Institutions and Investment Firms Committee)
AFEP-MEDEF
Association française des entreprises privées – Mouvement des entreprises de France/French Association of Private Sector Companies – French Business Confederation
AFS
Available For Sale
ALM
Asset/Liability management
AMF
Autorité des marchés financiers (AMF), the French financial markets authority
AT1
Additional Tier 1
BCBS
Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, an organization comprised of the central bank governors of the G20 countries, tasked with strengthening the global financial system and improving the efficacy of prudential supervision and cooperation among bank regulators.
ECB
European Central Bank
EIB
European Investment Bank
BMTN
Negotiable medium-term notes
BRRD
Banking Recovery and Resolution Directive
CCF
Credit Conversion Factor
CDO
See securitization
CDPC
Credit Derivatives Products Company, i.e. a business specializing in providing protection against credit default through credit derivatives
CDS
Credit Default Swap, a credit derivative contract under which the party wishing to buy protection against a credit event (e.g. counterparty default) makes regular payments to a third party and receives a pre-determined payment from this third party should the credit event occur.
LTD
Loan-to-Deposit ratio, i.e. a liquidity indicator that enables a credit institution to measure its autonomy with respect to the financial markets
CLO
See securitization
CMBS
See securitization
CEGC
Compagnie Européenne de Garanties et de Cautions
CET1
Common Equity Tier 1
CFP
Contingency Funding Plan
CNCE
Caisse Nationale des Caisses d’Epargne
CPM
Credit Portfolio Management
CRD
Capital Requirements Directive
CRR
Capital Requirements Regulation
CVA
Credit Valuation Adjustment: the expected loss related to the risk of default by a counterparty. The CVA aims to take into account the fact that the full market value of the transactions may not be recovered. The method for determining the CVA is primarily based on the use of market inputs in connection with the practices of market professionals.
CVaR
Credit Value at Risk, i.e. the worst loss expected to be suffered after eliminating the 1% worst-case scenarios, used to determine individual counterparty limits.
DVA
Debit Valuation Adjustment, symmetrical to the CVA. Represents the expected loss, from the counterparty’s perspective, on valuations of derivative liabilities. It reflects the impact of the entity’s own credit quality on the valuation of these instruments.
EAD
Exposure at Default, i.e. the amount owed by the customer at the effective default date. It is the sum of the remaining principal, past due payments, accrued interest not yet due, fees and penalties.
OFR
Own Funds Requirements: i.e. 8% of risk-weighted assets (RWA)
EL
Expected Loss, i.e. the value of the loss likely to be incurred given the quality of the structure of the transaction and any measures taken to mitigate risk, such as collateral. It is calculated by multiplying Exposure at Risk (EAD) by Probability of Default (PD) and by Loss Given Default (LGD).
DVA
Debit Valuation Adjustment, symmetrical to the CVA. Represents the expected loss, from the counterparty’s perspective, on valuations of derivative liabilities. It reflects the impact of the entity’s own credit quality on the valuation of these instruments.
EURIBOR
Euro Interbank Offered Rate, the benchmark interest rate on the Euro zone’s money market
FBF
Fédération bancaire française (French Banking Federation), a professional body representing all banking institutions in France
FCPR
Fonds commun de placement à risque/Venture capital investment fund
FGAS
Fonds de garantie à l’accession sociale/French State guarantee fund for subsidized loans
FINREP
FINancial REPorting
SRF
Single Resolution Fund
FSB
The Financial Stability Board: whose mandate is to identify vulnerabilities in the global financial system and to implement principles for regulation and supervision in the interest of financial stability. Its members are central bank governors, finance ministers and supervisors from the G20 countries.
GAP
Asset/Liability management
G-SIBs
Global Systemically Important Banks are financial institutions whose distress or failure, because of their size, complexity and systemic inter-dependence, would cause significant disruption to the financial system and economic activity. These institutions meet the criteria established by the Basel Committee and are identified in a list published in November 2011 and updated every year. The constraints applicable to G-SIBs increase with their level of capital.
HQLA
High-Quality Liquid Assets
Non-life insurance policies (IARD)
Incendie, accidents et risques divers/property and casualty Insurance
IASB
International Accounting Standards Board
ICAAP
Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process: a process required under Pillar II of the Basel Accords to ensure that firms have sufficient capital to cover all their risks.
ILAAP
Internal Liquidity Adequacy Assessment Process: Process provided for in Pillar II of the Basel Accords through which the Group ensures the adequacy of its liquidity level and its management with regard to all its liquidity risks.
IFRS
International Financial Reporting Standards
IRB
Internal-Ratings Based: an approach to capital requirements based on the financial institution’s internal rating systems.
IRBA
Advanced IRB approach
IRBF
Foundation IRB approach
IRC
Incremental Risk Charge: the capital requirement for an issuer’s credit migration and default risks, covering a period of one year for fixed income and loan instruments in the trading book (bonds and CDSs). The IRC is a 99.9% Value at Risk measurement; i.e. the greatest risk obtained after eliminating the 0.1% worst-case scenarios.
L&R
Loans and receivables
LCR
Liquidity Coverage Ratio: a measurement introduced to improve the short-term resilience of banks’ liquidity risk profiles. The LCR requires banks to maintain a reserve of risk-free assets that can be converted easily into cash on the market in order to cover its cash outflows minus cash inflows over a 30-day stress period without the support of central banks.
LBO
Leveraged Buyout
AML-CTF
Anti-Money Laundering and Counter Terrorism Financing
LGD
Loss Given Default, a Basel II credit risk indicator corresponding to loss in the event of default
MDA
Maximum Distributable Amount, a new provision for banks placing restrictions on their dividend, Additional Tier 1 coupon and bonus payments (under a rule that tightens restrictions as banks deviate from their requirements), if the capital buffers are not met. As these buffers are on top of Pillars I and II, they apply immediately if the bank fails to comply with the combined requirements.
SSM
Single Supervisory Mechanism
MREL
Minimum Requirement for own funds and Eligible Liabilities
MRU
Single Resolution Mechanism
NPE
Non-Performing Exposure
NPL
Non-Performing Loan
NSFR
Net Stable Funding Ratio: this ratio is intended to strengthen the longer-term resilience of banks through additional incentives meant to encourage banks to finance their operations using more structurally stable resources. This long-term structural liquidity ratio, applicable to a one-year period, was formulated to provide a viable structure for asset and liability maturities.
OH
Obligations de financement de l’habitat/Housing financing bond
BCP
Business Continuity Plan
PD
Probability of Default: the likelihood that a counterparty of the bank will default within a one-year period.
RMBS
See securitization
RSSI
Responsable de la Sécurité des Systèmes d’Information/Head of Information System Security
RWA
Risk-Weighted Assets. The calculation of credit risks is further refined using a more detailed risk weighting that incorporates counterparty default risk and debt default risk.
S&P
Standard & Poor’s
SCF
Compagnie de Financement Foncier, the Group’s covered bond issuer
SEC
US Securities and Exchange Commission
SFH
Housing Finance Company
IS
Information System
SREP
Supervisory Review and Evaluation Process:
methodology for assessing and measuring the risks weighing on each bank. SREP gives the prudential authorities a set of harmonized tools to analyze a bank’s risk profile from four different angles: business model, governance and risk management, risk to capital, and risk to liquidity and funding.
The supervisor sends the bank the SREP decisions at the end of the process and sets key objectives. The bank must then “correct” these within a specific time.
SRM
Single Resolution Mechanism: an EU-level system to ensure an orderly resolution of non-viable banks with a minimal impact on taxpayers and the real economy. The SRM is one of the pillars of the European Banking Union and consists of an EU-level resolution authority (Single Resolution Board – SRB) and a common resolution fund financed by the banking sector (Single Resolution Fund – SRF).
SVaR
Stressed Value at Risk: the SVaR calculation method is identical to the VaR approach (historical or Monte Carlo method, scope – position, risk factors – choices and modeling – model approximations and numerical methods identical to those used for VaR) and involves a historical simulation (with “one-day” shocks) calculated over a one-year stressed period, at a 99% confidence level scaled up to ten days. The goal is to assess the impacts of stressed scenarios on the portfolio and current market levels.
T1/T2
Tier 1/Tier 2
TLAC
Total Loss Absorbing Capacity: a ratio applicable to G-SIBs that aims to ensure that each G-SIB has the capacity to continue its essential operations for the economy even after a loss has consumed all of its capital. In November 2015, the FSB published the final TLAC calibration: all TLAC-eligible instruments will have to be equivalent to at least 16% of risk-weighted assets at January 1, 2019 and at least 6% of the leverage ratio denominator. TLAC will subsequently have to be equivalent to 18% of risk-weighted assets and 6.75% of the leverage ratio denominator from January 1, 2022.
TRS
Total Return Swap, i.e. a transaction whereby two parties exchange the income generated and any change in value on two different assets over a given time period.
TSS
Titres super subordonnés/deeply subordinated notes, i.e. perpetual bonds with no contractual redemption commitment that pay interest in perpetuity. In the event of liquidation, they are repaid after other creditors (subordinated loans). These securities pay annual interest contingent on the payment of a dividend or the achievement of a specific result.
VaR
Value at Risk: a measurement of market risk on a bank’s trading book expressed as a monetary value. It allows the entity performing the calculation to appraise the maximum losses liable to be incurred on its trading book. A statistical variable, VaR is always associated with a confidence interval (generally 95% or 99%) and a specific time frame (in practice, one day or ten days, as the trading positions involved are meant to be unwound within a few days).
Key technical terms
Netting agreement
A contract whereby two parties to a forward financial instrument (financial contract, securities loan or repurchase agreement) agree to settle their reciprocal claims under these contracts through a single consolidated net payment, particularly in the event of default or contract termination. A master netting agreement extends this mechanism to different transactions through one all-encompassing contract.
Equities
An equity security issued by a corporation, representing a certificate of ownership and entitling the holder (the “shareholder”) to a proportional share in the distribution of any profits or net assets, as well as a voting right at the General Meeting.
Rating agency
An organization that specializes in assessing the creditworthiness of issuers of debt securities, i.e. their ability to honor their commitments (repayment of capital and interest within the contractual period).
Risk appetite
Level of risk, expressed through quantitative or qualitative criteria, by type of risk and business line, that the Group is prepared to accept given its strategy. The risk appetite exercise is one of the key strategic oversight tools available to the Group’s management team.
Standardized approach
An approach used to determine capital requirements relative to credit risk, pursuant to Pillar I of Basel II. Under this approach, the risk weightings used when calculating capital requirements are determined by the regulator.
Basel II (the Basel Accords)
A supervisory framework aimed at better anticipating and limiting the risks borne by credit institutions. It focuses on banks’ credit risk, market risk and operational risk. The terms drafted by the Basel Committee were adopted in Europe through a European directive and have been applicable in France since January 1, 2008.
Basel III (the Basel Accords)
Changes in banking prudential standards which incorporated the lessons of the financial crisis of 2007-2008. They complement the Basel II Accords by strengthening the quality and quantity of minimum own funds that institutions must hold. Basel III also establishes minimum requirements for liquidity risk management (quantitative ratios), defines measures aimed at limiting procyclicality in the financial system (capital buffers that vary according to the economic cycle) and reinforces requirements for financial institutions deemed to be systemically important.
“Bank acting as originator”
See securitization.
“Bank acting as sponsor”
See securitization.
“Bank acting as investor”
See securitization.
CRD IV/CRR
(See Acronyms) Directive No. 2013/36/EU (CRD IV) and regulation (EU) No. 575/2013 (CRR), which transpose Basel II in Europe. In conjunction with the EBA’s (European Banking Authority) technical standards, they define European regulations for the capital, major risk, leverage and liquidity ratios.
Cost income ratio
A ratio indicating the portion of net banking income used to cover operating expenses (the company’s operating costs). It is calculated by dividing operating costs by net banking income.
Collateral
A transferable asset or guarantee pledged to secure reimbursement on a loan in the event the borrower fails to meet its payment obligations.
Haircut
The percentage by which a security’s market value is reduced to reflect its value in a stressed environment (counterparty risk or market stress).
Derivative
A financial security or financial contract whose value changes based on the value of an underlying asset, which may be either financial (equities, bonds, currencies, etc.) or non-financial (commodities, agricultural products, etc.) in nature. This change may coincide with a multiplier effect (leverage effect). Derivatives can take the form of either securities (warrants, certificates, structured EMTNs, etc.) or contracts (forwards, options, swaps, etc.). Exchange-traded derivative contracts are called futures.
Credit derivative
A financial product whose underlying asset is a credit obligation or debt security (bond). The purpose of the credit derivative is to transfer credit risk without transferring the asset itself for hedging purposes. One of the most common forms of credit derivatives is the credit default swap (CDS).
Senior non-preferred debt
Senior non-preferred debt is a category of securities, advances, instruments or rights introduced by directive (EU) No. 2017/2399 amending directive No. 2014/59/EU (BRRD) that, in the event of the insolvency of the credit institution, rank higher than the securities, advances, instruments or rights considered as subordinated, but lower than that of the other securities, advances, instruments or rights considered as senior (including preferred senior debt).
Senior Preferred
Preferred senior debt is a category of securities, advances, instruments or rights that, in the event of the insolvency of the credit institution, rank higher than other securities, advances, instruments or rights considered as senior and subordinated (including senior non-preferred debt).
Gross exposure
Exposure before the impact of provisions, adjustments and risk mitigation techniques.
Tier 1 capital
Core capital including the financial institution’s consolidated shareholders’ equity minus regulatory deductions.
Tier 2 capital
Supplementary capital mainly consisting of subordinated securities minus regulatory deduction.
Fair value
The price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in a standard arm’s length transaction between market participants at the valuation date. Fair value is therefore based on the exit price.
Liquidity
In a banking context, liquidity refers to a bank’s ability to cover its short-term commitments. Liquidity also refers to the degree to which an asset can be quickly bought or sold on a market without a substantial reduction in value.
Rating
An appraisal by a financial rating agency (Fitch Ratings, Moody’s, Standard & Poor’s) of the creditworthiness of an issuer (company, government or other public entity) or a transaction (bond issue, securitization, covered bond). The rating has a direct impact on the cost of raising capital.
Bond
A portion of a loan issued in the form of an exchangeable security. For a given issue, a bond grants the same debt claims on the issuer for the same nominal value, the issuer being a company, a public sector entity or a government.
Pillar I
Pillar I sets minimum requirements for capital. It aims to ensure that banking institutions hold sufficient capital to provide a minimum level of coverage for their credit risk, market risk and operational risk. The bank can use standardized or advanced methods to calculate its capital requirement.
Pillar II
Pillar II establishes a process of prudential supervision that complements and strengthens Pillar I.
It consists of:
•an analysis by the bank of all of its risks, including those already covered by Pillar I;
•an estimate by the bank of the capital requirement for these risks;
•a comparison by the banking supervisor of its own analysis of the bank’s risk profile with the analysis conducted by the bank, in order to adapt its choice of prudential measures where applicable, which may take the form of capital requirements exceeding the minimum requirements or any other appropriate technique.
Pillar III
Pillar III is concerned with establishing market discipline through a series of reporting requirements. These requirements – both qualitative and quantitative – are intended to improve financial transparency in the assessment of exposure to risks, risk assessment procedures and capital adequacy.
Common Equity Tier 1 ratio
Ratio of Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital to risk-weighted assets. The CET1 ratio is a solvency indicator used in the Basel III prudential accords.
Leverage ratio
Tier 1 capital divided by exposures, which consist of assets and off-balance sheet items, after restatements of derivatives, funding transactions and items deducted from capital. Its main goal is to serve as a supplementary risk measurement for capital requirements.
Total capital ratio
Ratio of total capital (Tier 1 and 2) to risk-weighted assets (RWAs).
Resecuritization
The securitization of an exposure that is already securitized where the risk associated with an underlying pool of exposures is tranched and at least one of the underlying exposures is a securitization position.
Credit and counterparty risk
The risk of loss from the inability of clients, issuers or other counterparties to honor their financial commitments. Credit risk includes counterparty risk related to market transactions and securitization.
Market risks
The risk of loss of value on financial instruments resulting from changes in market inputs, from the volatility of these inputs or from the correlations between these inputs.
Operational risk
Risks of losses or penalties due in particular to failures of internal procedures and systems, human error or external events.
Structural interest rate and foreign exchange risk
The risk of losses or impairment on assets arising from changes in interest rates or exchange rates. Structural interest rate and foreign exchange risks are associated with commercial activities and proprietary transactions.
Liquidity risk
The risk that a bank will be unable to honor its payment commitments as they fall due and replace funds when they are withdrawn.
Swap
An agreement between two counterparties to exchange different assets, or revenues from different assets, until a given date.
Securitization
A transaction whereby credit risk on loans and advances is transferred to investors by an entity through the issuance of negotiable securities. This may involve the transfer of advances (physical securitization) or the transfer of risks only (credit derivatives). Some securitization transactions are subordinated through the creation of tranches:
•ABS – Asset-Backed Securities, i.e. instruments representing a pool of financial assets (excluding mortgage loans), whose performance is linked to that of the underlying asset or pool of assets;
•CDOs – Collateralized Debt Obligations, i.e. debt securities backed by a pool of assets which can be either bank loans (mortgages) or corporate bonds. Interest and principal payments may be subject to subordination (i.e. through the creation of tranches);
•–LOs – Collateralized Loan Obligations, i.e. credit derivatives backed by a homogeneous pool of commercial loans;
•CMBS – Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities;
•RMBS – Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities, i.e. debt securities backed by a pool of assets consisting of residential mortgage loans;
•Bank acting as originator: the securitization exposures are the retained positions, even where not eligible for the securitization framework due to the absence of significant and effective risk transfer;
•Bank acting as investor: investment positions purchased in third-party deals;
•Bank acting as sponsor: a bank is considered a “sponsor” if it, in fact or in substance, manages or advises the program, places securities into the market, or provides liquidity and/or credit enhancements. The program may include, for example, asset-backed commercial paper (ABCP) conduit programs and structured investment vehicles. The securitization exposures include exposures to ABCP conduits to which the bank provides program-wide enhancements, liquidity and other facilities.
Net value
Total gross value less allowances/impairments.
Volatility
A measurement of the magnitude of an asset’s price fluctuation and thus a measurement of its risk. Volatility corresponds to the standard deviation of the asset’s immediate returns over a given period.
Other terms
Back office
Support or back office department, in charge of administrative functions at a financial intermediary.
Backtesting
Method consisting of verifying that the actual result rarely exceeds the VaR (Value at Risk) loss.
Bail-in
Tool to limit any assistance from public funds to a troubled institution that is still in operation or in the process of liquidation. The bail-in grants to the prudential supervisory authorities the power to impose on certain creditors of a credit institution that may have solvency problems, the conversion of their receivables into shares of this institution and/or the reduction of the amount of these receivables. The European agreement of June 26, 2015 provides for priority requests, in the event of insufficient equity (following losses), from creditors holding subordinated debt, then senior creditors, then unsecured deposits of large companies, then those of SMEs and finally those of individuals above €100,000. However, guaranteed deposits, covered bonds, employee compensation, liabilities related to the institution’s vital activities and interbank liabilities with a maturity of less than seven days must not be affected.
Broker
Broker
Brokerage
Brokerage
Co-lead
Co-lead
Commodities
Commodities
Corporate
Corporate
Coverage
Hedging (in the sense of customer follow-up)
Covered bonds
Covered or collateralized bond: bond for which the repayment and payment of interest are ensured by income flows from a portfolio of high-quality assets that serves as collateral, often a portfolio of mortgages, and the issuing institution is often the manager of the payment of flows to investors (obligations foncières in France, Pfandbriefe in Germany).
Datacenter
Datacenter
Equity (tranche)
In a securitization arrangement, refers to the tranche that bears the first losses due to defaults in the underlying portfolio.
Fully-loaded
Expresses full compliance with the Basel III solvency requirements (which became mandatory in 2019).
Front office
Customer service (team of market operators)
Hedge funds
Alternative management funds: speculative investment funds that aim for an absolute return and have a great deal of freedom in their management.
Holding
Parent company
Investment grade
Long-term rating provided by an external agency ranging from AAA/Aaa to BBB-/Baa3 of a counterparty or underlying issue. A rating equal to or lower than BB+/Ba1 qualifies the instrument as non-investment grade.
Joint venture
Joint venture
Loss ratio
Ratio between claims/premiums collected
Mark-to-market
A method that consists of regularly or even continuously valuing a position on the basis of its market value at the time of the valuation.
Mark-to-model
Method which consists of valuing a position on the basis of a financial model and therefore assumptions made by the valuer.
Monoline
Companies that provide credit enhancement to financial market participants.
New Deal
Strategic plan implemented by Natixis.
Phase-in
Refers to compliance with current solvency requirements, taking into account the transitional period for the implementation of Basel III.
Reporting
Reporting
Spread
Actuarial margin: difference between the actuarial rate of return of a bond and that of a risk-free loan of identical duration.
Trading
Trading
Watchlist
Watchlist